Linux 2.6.13-rc4v2.6.13-rc4

author: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@g5.osdl.org> 2005-07-28 15:44:44 -0700
committer: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@g5.osdl.org> 2005-07-28 15:44:44 -0700
commit: 63953523341bcafe5928bf6e99bffd7db94b471e (patch)
tree: 2a27dc78b6883265da24f03b16774745c0f0865a /arch/mips/kernel/proc.c
parent: bafd2df5d0049bccc74947fece37963e3f68fadc (diff)
0 files changed, 0 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 57af07cf7e6..3b8b9b33be3 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ modules.builtin
 # Generated include files
 #
 include/config
-include/linux/version.h
 include/generated
 arch/*/include/generated
 
@@ -84,3 +83,11 @@ GTAGS
 *.orig
 *~
 \#*#
+
+#
+# Leavings from module signing
+#
+extra_certificates
+signing_key.priv
+signing_key.x509
+x509.genkey
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index d8fe12a9421..2346b09ca8b 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -1823,6 +1823,11 @@ S: Kattreinstr 38
 S: D-64295
 S: Germany
 
+N: Avi Kivity
+E: avi.kivity@gmail.com
+D: Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM)
+S: Ra'annana, Israel
+
 N: Andi Kleen
 E: andi@firstfloor.org
 U: http://www.halobates.de
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index 49c051380da..8afe64fb200 100644
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -136,8 +136,6 @@ fault-injection/
 	- dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure.
 fb/
 	- directory with info on the frame buffer graphics abstraction layer.
-feature-removal-schedule.txt
-	- list of files and features that are going to be removed.
 filesystems/
 	- info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
 firmware_class/
@@ -210,6 +208,8 @@ local_ops.txt
 	- semantics and behavior of local atomic operations.
 lockdep-design.txt
 	- documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator.
+lockup-watchdogs.txt
+	- info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog).
 logo.gif
 	- full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux).
 logo.txt
@@ -240,8 +240,6 @@ netlabel/
 	- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
 networking/
 	- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
-nmi_watchdog.txt
-	- info on NMI watchdog for SMP systems.
 nommu-mmap.txt
 	- documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support.
 numastat.txt
@@ -270,8 +268,6 @@ preempt-locking.txt
 	- info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
 printk-formats.txt
 	- how to get printk format specifiers right
-prio_tree.txt
-	- info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas.
 ramoops.txt
 	- documentation of the ramoops oops/panic logging module.
 rbtree.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README
index 9feaf16f161..10069828568 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/README
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/README
@@ -36,9 +36,6 @@ The different levels of stability are:
 	the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in
 	time.  The description of the interface will document the reason
 	why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
-	The file Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt may describe
-	some of these interfaces, giving a schedule for when they will
-	be removed.
 
   removed/
 	This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a3cb88ade4..00000000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-What:	/proc/<pid>/oom_adj
-When:	August 2012
-Why:	/proc/<pid>/oom_adj allows userspace to influence the oom killer's
-	badness heuristic used to determine which task to kill when the kernel
-	is out of memory.
-
-	The badness heuristic has since been rewritten since the introduction of
-	this tunable such that its meaning is deprecated.  The value was
-	implemented as a bitshift on a score generated by the badness()
-	function that did not have any precise units of measure.  With the
-	rewrite, the score is given as a proportion of available memory to the
-	task allocating pages, so using a bitshift which grows the score
-	exponentially is, thus, impossible to tune with fine granularity.
-
-	A much more powerful interface, /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj, was
-	introduced with the oom killer rewrite that allows users to increase or
-	decrease the badness score linearly.  This interface will replace
-	/proc/<pid>/oom_adj.
-
-	A warning will be emitted to the kernel log if an application uses this
-	deprecated interface.  After it is printed once, future warnings will be
-	suppressed until the kernel is rebooted.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
index c2a270b45b0..833fd59926a 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -8,3 +8,41 @@ Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
 		When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
 		and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
 		Please use actual_profile, it does the same thing.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version
+Date:		October 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+		left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
+		This file is readonly.
+		Please read binary attribute info which contains firmware version.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+		The returned data is 77 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+		The returned data is 43 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4a98e02b6c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_cpi
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
+		cpi level.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_x
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+		sensitivity in x direction.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_y
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
+		When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
+		sensitivity in y direction.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/firmware_version
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+		left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
+		This file is readonly.
+		Obsoleted by binary sysfs attribute "info".
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+		The returned data is 23 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date:		January 2011
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+		The returned data is 16 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87ac87e9556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_cpi
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
+		press of a button.
+		When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi
+		setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+		processed to receive the real dpi value.
+
+		VALUE DPI
+		1     400
+		2     800
+		4     1600
+
+		This file is readonly.
+		Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
+		range 0-4.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+		left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+		This file is readonly.
+		Please use binary attribute "info" which provides this information.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+		The returned data is 19 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
+		and light effects.
+		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+		The returned data is 13 bytes in size.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile
+Date:		August 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+                When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+                that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+		This file is readonly.
+		Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
index 49b82cad700..ce259c13c36 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -1,7 +1,101 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/possible
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that could be possibly become online at some point.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/online
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that are online.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/has_normal_memory
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that have regular memory.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/has_cpu
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that have one or more CPUs.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/has_high_memory
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Nodes that have regular or high memory.
+		Depends on CONFIG_HIGHMEM.
+
 What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX
 Date:		October 2002
 Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
 Description:
 		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing
 		information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the
-		node.
+		node. Each file is detailed next.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpumap
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		The node's cpumap.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpulist
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		The CPUs associated to the node.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/meminfo
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Provides information about the node's distribution and memory
+		utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/numastat
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		The node's hit/miss statistics, in units of pages.
+		See Documentation/numastat.txt
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/distance
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		Distance between the node and all the other nodes
+		in the system.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/vmstat
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		The node's zoned virtual memory statistics.
+		This is a superset of numastat.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact
+Date:		February 2010
+Contact:	Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
+Description:
+		When this file is written to, all memory within that node
+		will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed
+		into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/scan_unevictable_pages
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
+Description:
+		When set, it triggers scanning the node's unevictable lists
+		and move any pages that have become evictable onto the respective
+		zone's inactive list. See mm/vmscan.c
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/hugepages/hugepages-<size>/
+Date:		December 2009
+Contact:	Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
+Description:
+		The node's huge page size control/query attributes.
+		See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..481aae95c7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+What:		/sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/add_target
+Date:		January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.15
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Interface for making ib_srp connect to a new target.
+		One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing
+		a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs
+		attribute. The supported parameters are:
+		* id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
+		  byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port
+		  identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp
+		  to the target in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request.
+		* ioc_guid, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight
+		  byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target port
+		  identifier.
+		* dgid, a 32-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+		  destination GID.
+		* pkey, a four-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+		  InfiniBand partition key.
+		* service_id, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+		  InfiniBand service ID used to establish communication with
+		  the SRP target. How to find out the value of the service ID
+		  is specified in the documentation of the SRP target.
+		* max_sect, a decimal number specifying the maximum number of
+		  512-byte sectors to be transferred via a single SCSI command.
+		* max_cmd_per_lun, a decimal number specifying the maximum
+		  number of outstanding commands for a single LUN.
+		* io_class, a hexadecimal number specifying the SRP I/O class.
+		  Must be either 0xff00 (rev 10) or 0x0100 (rev 16a). The I/O
+		  class defines the format of the SRP initiator and target
+		  port identifiers.
+		* initiator_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the
+		  identifier extension portion of the SRP initiator port
+		  identifier. This data is sent by the initiator to the target
+		  in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request.
+		* cmd_sg_entries, a number in the range 1..255 that specifies
+		  the maximum number of data buffer descriptors stored in the
+		  SRP_CMD information unit itself. With allow_ext_sg=0 the
+		  parameter cmd_sg_entries defines the maximum S/G list length
+		  for a single SRP_CMD, and commands whose S/G list length
+		  exceeds this limit after S/G list collapsing will fail.
+		* allow_ext_sg, whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial
+		  memory descriptor list in an SRP_CMD instead of the entire
+		  list. If a partial memory descriptor list has been included
+		  in an SRP_CMD the remaining memory descriptors are
+		  communicated from initiator to target via an additional RDMA
+		  transfer. Setting allow_ext_sg to 1 increases the maximum
+		  amount of data that can be transferred between initiator and
+		  target via a single SCSI command. Since not all SRP target
+		  implementations support partial memory descriptor lists the
+		  default value for this option is 0.
+		* sg_tablesize, a number in the range 1..2048 specifying the
+		  maximum S/G list length the SCSI layer is allowed to pass to
+		  ib_srp. Specifying a value that exceeds cmd_sg_entries is
+		  only safe with partial memory descriptor list support enabled
+		  (allow_ext_sg=1).
+
+What:		/sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/ibdev
+Date:		January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.15
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	HCA name (<hca>).
+
+What:		/sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/port
+Date:		January 2, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.15
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	HCA port number (<port_number>).
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/allow_ext_sg
+Date:		May 19, 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial memory
+		descriptor list in an SRP_CMD when communicating with an SRP
+		target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/cmd_sg_entries
+Date:		May 19, 2011
+KernelVersion:	2.6.39
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Maximum number of data buffer descriptors that may be sent to
+		the target in a single SRP_CMD request.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/dgid
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	InfiniBand destination GID used for communication with the SRP
+		target. Differs from orig_dgid if port redirection has happened.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/id_ext
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Eight-byte identifier extension portion of the 16-byte target
+		port identifier.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/ioc_guid
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Eight-byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target
+		port identifier.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_device
+Date:		November 29, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.19
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Name of the InfiniBand HCA used for communicating with the
+		SRP target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_port
+Date:		November 29, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.19
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Number of the HCA port used for communicating with the
+		SRP target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/orig_dgid
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	InfiniBand destination GID specified in the parameters
+		written to the add_target sysfs attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/pkey
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	A 16-bit number representing the InfiniBand partition key used
+		for communication with the SRP target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/req_lim
+Date:		October 20, 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.36
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Number of requests ib_srp can send to the target before it has
+		to wait for more credits. For more information see also the
+		SRP credit algorithm in the SRP specification.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/service_id
+Date:		June 17, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	InfiniBand service ID used for establishing communication with
+		the SRP	target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/zero_req_lim
+Date:		September 20, 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.18
+Contact:	linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Number of times the initiator had to wait before sending a
+		request to the target because it ran out of credits. For more
+		information see also the SRP credit algorithm in the SRP
+		specification.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b36fb0dc13c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What:		/sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/delete
+Date:		June 1, 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Instructs an SRP initiator to disconnect from a target and to
+		remove all LUNs imported from that target.
+
+What:		/sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/port_id
+Date:		June 27, 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.24
+Contact:	linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	16-byte local SRP port identifier in hexadecimal format. An
+		example: 4c:49:4e:55:58:20:56:49:4f:00:00:00:00:00:00:00.
+
+What:		/sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/roles
+Date:		June 27, 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.24
+Contact:	linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Role of the remote port. Either "SRP Initiator" or "SRP Target".
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
index 7e7e07a82e0..bb820be4817 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Description:	The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access
 		The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a
 		fragment of a line. All following fragments are flagged with
 		'+'. Note, that these hints about continuation lines are not
-		neccessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with
+		necessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with
 		unrelated messages, but merging the lines in the output
 		usually produces better human readable results. A similar
 		logic is used internally when messages are printed to the
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
index 98694661354..ec0a38ef314 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Description:
 			lsm:	[[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
 				 [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
 
-		base: 	func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][FILE_CHECK]
+		base: 	func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
 			mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]
 			fsmagic:= hex value
 			uid:= decimal value
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ Description:
 			measure func=BPRM_CHECK
 			measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC
 			measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0
+			measure func=MODULE_CHECK uid=0
 			appraise fowner=0
 
 		The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check,
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index c1eb41cb987..279da08f754 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -206,3 +206,17 @@ Description:
 		when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data
 		parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and
 		the result of reading a discarded area is undefined.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes
+Date:		January 2012
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Some devices support a write same operation in which a
+		single data block can be written to a range of several
+		contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe
+		areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID
+		configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many
+		bytes can be written in a single write same command. If
+		write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported
+		by the device.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
index 469d09c02f6..50e2a80ea28 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -9,19 +9,19 @@ Attributes:
 			  this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
 			  FCFs discovered by this controller.
 
-	lesb_link_fail:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
+	lesb/link_fail:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
 
-	lesb_vlink_fail:  Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
+	lesb/vlink_fail:  Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
 			  failure count.
 
-	lesb_miss_fka:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
+	lesb/miss_fka:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
 			  Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
 
-	lesb_symb_err:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
+	lesb/symb_err:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
 
-	lesb_err_block:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
+	lesb/err_block:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
 
-	lesb_fcs_error:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
+	lesb/fcs_error:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
 			  Serivces error count.
 
 Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index 2f06d40fe07..2e33dc6b234 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -189,6 +189,14 @@ Description:
 		A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of
 		the underlying value in the specified directions.
 
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after
+		application of scale and offset are kilopascal.
+
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset
@@ -197,6 +205,8 @@ What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -226,6 +236,8 @@ What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -245,6 +257,8 @@ What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -262,6 +276,8 @@ What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale
 What		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale
 what		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale
 what		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -275,6 +291,8 @@ What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available
 What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available
+What:		/sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available
 KernelVersion:	2.6.35
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -694,6 +712,8 @@ What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressure_en
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -707,6 +727,8 @@ What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltage_type
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressure_type
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
@@ -751,6 +773,8 @@ What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index
 What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index
+What:		/sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_pressure_index
 KernelVersion:	2.6.37
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6349749ebc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_id
+Date:		November 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported
+		by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal.
+		This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate
+		driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index dff1f48d252..1ce5ae329c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -222,3 +222,37 @@ Description:
 		satisfied too.  Reading this attribute will show the current
 		value of d3cold_allowed bit.  Writing this attribute will set
 		the value of d3cold_allowed bit.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
+		Userspace applications can read this file to determine the
+		maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical
+		function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported
+		in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs
+		element.  Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the
+		value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs()
+		function.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV.
+		Userspace applications can read and write to this file to
+		determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual
+		Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this
+		file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF.
+		A number written to this file will enable the specified
+		number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the
+		file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number
+		of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written
+		should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs
+		file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would
+		write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values
+		are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not
+		valid.  For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs
+		is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10
+		when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
index 3c17b62899f..cd9213ccf3d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -25,6 +25,10 @@ client_id
 
 	The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session.
 
+features
+
+	A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image.
+
 major
 
 	The block device major number.
@@ -33,6 +37,11 @@ name
 
 	The name of the rbd image.
 
+image_id
+
+	The unique id for the rbd image.  (For rbd image format 1
+	this is empty.)
+
 pool
 
 	The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides.
@@ -57,16 +66,14 @@ current_snap
 
 	The current snapshot for which the device is mapped.
 
-create_snap
-
-	Create a snapshot:
-
-	 $ echo <snap-name> > /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_create
-
 snap_*
 
 	A directory per each snapshot
 
+parent
+
+	Information identifying the pool, image, and snapshot id for
+	the parent image in a layered rbd image (format 2 only).
 
 Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_<snap-name>
 -------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -79,4 +86,7 @@ snap_size
 
 	The size of the image when this snapshot was taken.
 
+snap_features
+
+	A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this snapshot.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index 5f75f8f7df3..b6fbe514a86 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -220,3 +220,10 @@ Description:
 		If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no".
 		The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will
 		always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+		is usb port device's sysfs directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
index 23d78b5aab1..0ba6ea2f89d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../governor
 Date:		September 2011
 Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
 Description:
-		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor shows the name of the
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the
 		governor used by the corresponding devfreq object.
 
 What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq
@@ -19,15 +19,16 @@ Date:		September 2011
 Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
 Description:
 		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current
-		frequency of the corresponding devfreq object.
+		frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as
+		target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by
+		devfreq driver.
 
-What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling
-Date:		September 2011
-Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Rajagopal Venkat <rajagopal.venkat@linaro.org>
 Description:
-		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling shows whether
-		the devfreq ojbect is using devfreq-provided central
-		polling mechanism or not.
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor
+		predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object.
 
 What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval
 Date:		September 2011
@@ -43,6 +44,17 @@ Description:
 		(/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value
 		may be useless.
 
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
+Descrtiption:
+		This ABI shows the statistics of devfreq behavior on a
+		specific device. It shows the time spent in each state and
+		the number of transitions between states.
+		In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device
+		driver should provide the list of available frequencies
+		with its profile.
+
 What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq
 Date:		September 2011
 Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
@@ -50,3 +62,19 @@ Description:
 		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and
 		sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if
 		userspace governor is in effect.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows
+		the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object.
+		This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited
+		by the min/max frequency restrictions.
+
+What:		/sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows
+		currently available governors in the system.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
index 20ab361bd8c..57a72623291 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Description:
 		accessory cables have such capability. For example,
 		the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos)
 		may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio,
-		video, and USB cables attached simulteneously.
+		video, and USB cables attached simultaneously.
 
 		If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other,
 		such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Description:
 		The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable
 		attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object.
 		If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state"
-		defined, the showing function is overriden with the optional
+		defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional
 		callback.
 
 		If the default callback for showing function is used, the
@@ -46,19 +46,19 @@ Description:
 		TA=1
 		EAR_JACK=0
 		#
-		In this example, the extcon device have USB_OTG and TA
+		In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA
 		cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached.
 
 		In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex
-		state number starting with 0x.
-		 echo 0xHEX > state
+		state number starting with 0x:
+		# echo 0xHEX > state
 
-		This updates the whole state of the extcon dev.
+		This updates the whole state of the extcon device.
 		Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the
-		mutually_exclusive contidions if they exist.
+		mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist.
 
 		It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if
-		you need to enter the value atomically. The later state
+		you need to set the value atomically. The later state
 		interface associated with each cable cannot update
 		multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously.
 
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ What:		/sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state
 Date:		February 2012
 Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
 Description:
-		The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows and stores the
+		The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the
 		state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon
 		device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1
 		(attached).
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ Date:		December 2011
 Contact:	MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
 Description:
 		Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example,
-		if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon_dev is
-		{0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, the, the output is:
+		if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is
+		{0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:
 		# ls mutually_exclusive/
 		0x3
 		0x5
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
index 38dd762def4..bdc00707c75 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
@@ -1,4 +1,10 @@
 
+What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman.
+
 What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface
 Date:           May 2010
 Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
@@ -7,8 +13,3 @@ Description:
                 displays the batman mesh interface this <iface>
                 currently is associated with.
 
-What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status
-Date:           May 2010
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
-Description:
-                Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f418c92ca55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable0
+Date:		October 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+		Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads
+		and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register.
+		Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP
+		core library documentation for details. The default value is 0
+		or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at
+		/sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable1
+Date:		October 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+		Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads
+		and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register.
+		Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP
+		core library documentation for details. The default value is 0
+		or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at
+		/sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/select
+Date:		October 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.8
+Contact:	Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
+Description:
+		Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible
+		values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core
+		library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is
+		set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at
+		/sys/module/grcan/parameters/select.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
index c81fe89c4c4..bc41da61608 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
@@ -6,6 +6,14 @@ Description:
                 Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the
                 mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not.
 
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/ap_isolation
+Date:           May 2011
+Contact:        Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the data traffic going from a
+                wireless client to another wireless client will be
+                silently dropped.
+
 What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding
 Date:           June 2010
 Contact:        Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
@@ -31,14 +39,6 @@ Description:
                 mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the
                 packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU.
 
-What:		/sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/ap_isolation
-Date:		May 2011
-Contact:	Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
-Description:
-		Indicates whether the data traffic going from a
-		wireless client to another wireless client will be
-		silently dropped.
-
 What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth
 Date:           October 2010
 Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
@@ -60,6 +60,13 @@ Description:
                 Defines the selection criteria this node will use
                 to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'.
 
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty
+Date:           Oct 2010
+Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the penalty which will be applied to an
+                originator message's tq-field on every hop.
+
 What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval
 Date:           May 2010
 Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
@@ -67,19 +74,12 @@ Description:
                 Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman
                 sends its protocol messages.
 
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty
-Date:           Oct 2010
-Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
-Description:
-		Defines the penalty which will be applied to an
-		originator message's tq-field on every hop.
-
-What:		/sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo
-Date:		Dec 2011
-Contact:	Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo
+Date:           Dec 2011
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
 Description:
-		Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance
-		uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh.
+                Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance
+                uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh.
 
 What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/vis_mode
 Date:           May 2010
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
index e091fa87379..bc578bc6062 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -349,3 +349,24 @@ Description:
 
 		This will be one of the same strings reported by
 		the "state" attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../bypass
+Date:		September 2012
+KernelVersion:	3.7
+Contact:	Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		bypass.  This indicates if the device is in bypass mode.
+
+		This will be one of the following strings:
+
+		'enabled'
+		'disabled'
+		'unknown'
+
+		'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode.
+
+		'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating.
+
+		'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+		the reported state is invalid.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..46badc9ea28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../firmware_node/
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	<>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes
+		allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware
+		related properties of given device.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string
+		that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI
+		namespace.  This attribute is read-only.  If the device does not have
+		an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this
+		attribute is not present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node
deleted file mode 100644
index 453a210c3ce..00000000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact
-Date:		February 2010
-Contact:	Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
-Description:
-		When this file is written to, all memory within that node
-		will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed
-		into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
index 45000f0db4d..9d43e767084 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
 Description:
 		The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute
 		contains the total time the device has been preventing
-		opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occuring.
+		opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring.
 		This attribute is read-only.  If the device is not enabled to
 		wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not
 		present.
@@ -204,3 +204,34 @@ Description:
 
 		This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
 		hibernation.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute
+		is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag.  If
+		set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not
+		be removed entirely from the device.
+
+		Not all drivers support this attribute.  If it isn't supported,
+		it is not present.
+
+		This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+		hibernation.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup attribute
+		is used for manipulating the PM QoS "remote wakeup required"
+		flag.  If set, this flag indicates to the kernel that the
+		device is a source of user events that have to be signaled from
+		its low-power states.
+
+		Not all drivers support this attribute.  If it isn't supported,
+		it is not present.
+
+		This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and
+		hibernation.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..86be9848a77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Whatt:		/sys/devices/.../sun
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Yasuaki Ishimatsu <isimatu.yasuaki@jp.fujitsu.com>
+Description:
+		The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN
+		method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced
+		Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows:
+
+		"The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of
+		the same type. It is also recommended that this number match
+		the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible."
+
+		So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position
+		of the slot in the system.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 5dab36448b4..6943133afcb 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -176,3 +176,14 @@ Description:	Disable L3 cache indices
 		All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality.
 		For details, see BKDGs at
 		http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	Processor frequency boosting control
+
+		This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system.
+		Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency
+		beyound it's nominal limit.
+		More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku
index 189dc43891b..9eca5a182e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku
@@ -117,6 +117,14 @@ Description:	When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500
 		which profile and key to read.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/reset
+Date:		November 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, this file lets one reset the device.
+		The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+		This file is writeonly.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
+
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/control
 Date:		June 2011
 Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
index 65e6e5dd67e..7bd776f9c3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -9,15 +9,12 @@ Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
 		and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version
-Date:		October 2010
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/info
+Date:		November 2012
 Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
-		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
-		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
-		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
-		left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
-		This file is readonly.
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
+		The data is 8 bytes long.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/macro
@@ -42,18 +39,8 @@ Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
 		The mouse will reject invalid data.
 		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
 		contained in the data.
-		This file is writeonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
-Date:		August 2010
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
-		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
-		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
-		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
-		The returned data is 77 bytes in size.
-		This file is readonly.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_settings
@@ -68,19 +55,8 @@ Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
 		The mouse will reject invalid data.
 		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
 		contained in the data.
-		This file is writeonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
-Date:		August 2010
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
-		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
-		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
-		and light effects.
-		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
-		The returned data is 43 bytes in size.
-		This file is readonly.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/sensor
@@ -104,9 +80,9 @@ What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-
 Date:		October 2010
 Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
 Description:	When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit
-		can be initiated/cancelled.
-		The data has to be 3 bytes long.
-		This file is writeonly.
+		can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor
+		registers.
+		The data has to be 4 bytes long.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu_image
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
index 20f937c9d84..a10404f15a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus
@@ -1,12 +1,3 @@
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_cpi
-Date:		January 2011
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4.
-		When read, this attribute returns the number of the active
-		cpi level.
-		This file is readonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_profile
 Date:		January 2011
 Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -18,33 +9,12 @@ Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
 		active when the mouse is powered on.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_x
-Date:		January 2011
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/info
+Date:		November 2012
 Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
-		When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
-		sensitivity in x direction.
-		This file is readonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_y
-Date:		January 2011
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10.
-		When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
-		sensitivity in y direction.
-		This file is readonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/firmware_version
-Date:		January 2011
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
-		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
-		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
-		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
-		left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
-		This file is readonly.
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
+		The data is 6 bytes long.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_buttons
@@ -58,18 +28,8 @@ Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
 		The mouse will reject invalid data.
 		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
 		contained in the data.
-		This file is writeonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
-Date:		January 2011
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
-		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
-		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
-		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
-		The returned data is 23 bytes in size.
-		This file is readonly.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_settings
@@ -84,17 +44,6 @@ Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
 		The mouse will reject invalid data.
 		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
 		contained in the data.
-		This file is writeonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
-Date:		January 2011
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
-		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
-		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
-		and light effects.
-		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
-		The returned data is 16 bytes in size.
-		This file is readonly.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..31c6c4c8ba2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/control
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When written, cpi, button and light settings can be configured.
+		When read, actual cpi setting and sensor data are returned.
+		The data has to be 8 bytes long.
+Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
index 3f8de50e4ff..9fa9de30d14 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -1,37 +1,9 @@
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_cpi
-Date:		August 2010
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
-		press of a button.
-		When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi
-		setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
-		processed to receive the real dpi value.
-
-		VALUE DPI
-		1     400
-		2     800
-		4     1600
-
-		This file is readonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile
-Date:		August 2010
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/info
+Date:		November 2012
 Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
-		range 0-4.
-		This file is readonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version
-Date:		August 2010
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
-		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
-		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
-		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
-		left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
-		This file is readonly.
+Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
+		The data is 6 bytes long.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_settings
@@ -46,19 +18,8 @@ Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
 		The mouse will reject invalid data.
 		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
 		contained in the data.
-		This file is writeonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
-Date:		August 2010
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
-		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
-		profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity
-		and light effects.
-		When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
-		The returned data is 13 bytes in size.
-		This file is readonly.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_buttons
@@ -72,27 +33,8 @@ Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
 		The mouse will reject invalid data.
 		Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
 		contained in the data.
-		This file is writeonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
-Date:		August 2010
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
-		press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
-		profile_buttons holds information about button layout.
-		When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
-		The returned data is 19 bytes in size.
-		This file is readonly.
-Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile
-Date:		August 2010
-Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
-Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
-                When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
-                that's active when the mouse is powered on.
-		This file is readonly.
+		Before reading this file, control has to be written to select
+		which profile to read.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/settings
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu
index b42922cf6b1..f1e02a98bd9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-
 Date:		Mai 2012
 Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
 Description:	When read, this file returns general data like firmware version.
+		When written, the device can be reset.
 		The data is 8 bytes long.
-		This file is readonly.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/macro
@@ -74,4 +74,3 @@ Description:	The mouse has a Avago ADNS-3090 sensor.
 		This file allows reading and writing of the mouse sensors registers.
 		The data has to be 4 bytes long.
 Users:		http://roccat.sourceforge.net
-
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
index 97a003ee058..7d1435bc976 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Contact:	xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com
 Description:
 		This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical
 		Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this
-		folder makes sence. The folder path can be got by command
+		folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command
 		'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI,
 		please refer to the PPI specification from
 		http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
index 8d55a83d692..7fc781048b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom
@@ -1,3 +1,16 @@
+WWhat:		/sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/oled*_img
+Date:		June 2012
+Contact:	linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/oled*_img files control
+		OLED mocro displays on Intuos4 Wireless tablet. Accepted image
+		has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). The format
+		is the same as PBM image 62x32px without header (64 bits per
+		horizontal line, 32 lines). An example of setting OLED No. 0:
+		dd bs=256 count=1 if=img_file of=[path to oled0_img]/oled0_img
+		The attribute is read only and no local copy of the image is
+		stored.
+
 What:		/sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed
 Date:		April 2010
 Kernel Version:	2.6.35
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
index f22ac0872ae..c631253cf85 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -96,3 +96,16 @@ Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
 Description:
 		The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will
 		try to write out before move on to another inode.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/extent_max_zeroout_kb
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed
+		out in preference to creating a new uninitialized
+		extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree.  Note
+		that using a larger value will increase the
+		variability of time necessary to complete a random
+		write operation (since a 4k random write might turn
+		into a much larger write due to the zeroout
+		operation).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
index b02d8b8c173..8a8e466eb2c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-What:		/sys/kernel/profile
+What:		/sys/kernel/profiling
 Date:		September 2008
 Contact:	Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
 Description:
-		/sys/kernel/profile is the runtime equivalent
+		/sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent
 		of the boot-time profile= option.
 
 		You can get the same effect running:
 
-			echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profile
+			echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling
 
 		as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot
 		command line.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
index d40d2b55050..05aeedf1779 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
@@ -19,7 +19,11 @@ Date:		September 2010
 Contact:	Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
 Description:
 		This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock
-		as a human readable string.
+		as a human readable string. The purpose of this
+		attribute is to provide the user with a "friendly
+		name" and to help distinguish PHY based devices from
+		MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have
+		to be any kind of unique id.
 
 What:		/sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment
 Date:		September 2010
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
index b138b663bf5..ad22fb0ee76 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
@@ -17,3 +17,124 @@ Description:
 		 device, like 'tty1'.
 		 The file supports poll() to detect virtual
 		 console switches.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/uartclk
+Date:		Sep 2012
+Contact:	Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		 Shows the current uartclk value associated with the
+		 UART port in serial_core, that is bound to TTY like ttyS0.
+		 uartclk = 16 * baud_base
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/type
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Shows the current tty type for this port.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/line
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Shows the current tty line number for this port.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/port
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Shows the current tty port I/O address for this port.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/irq
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Shows the current primary interrupt for this port.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/flags
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Show the tty port status flags for this port.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/xmit_fifo_size
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Show the transmit FIFO size for this port.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/close_delay
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Show the closing delay time for this port in ms.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/closing_wait
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Show the close wait time for this port in ms.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/custom_divisor
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Show the custom divisor if any that is set on this port.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/io_type
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Show the I/O type that is to be used with the iomem base
+		 address.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_base
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 The I/O memory base for this port.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
+
+What:		/sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_reg_shift
+Date:		October 2012
+Contact:	Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		 Show the register shift indicating the spacing to be used
+		 for accesses on this iomem address.
+
+		 These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via
+		 sysfs rather than via ioctls.
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index cb9258b8fd3..495e5ba1634 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -454,6 +454,16 @@ The preferred style for long (multi-line) comments is:
 	 * with beginning and ending almost-blank lines.
 	 */
 
+For files in net/ and drivers/net/ the preferred style for long (multi-line)
+comments is a little different.
+
+	/* The preferred comment style for files in net/ and drivers/net
+	 * looks like this.
+	 *
+	 * It is nearly the same as the generally preferred comment style,
+	 * but there is no initial almost-blank line.
+	 */
+
 It's also important to comment data, whether they are basic types or derived
 types.  To this end, use just one data declaration per line (no commas for
 multiple data declarations).  This leaves you room for a small comment on each
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
index a0b6250add7..4a4fb295cee 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
@@ -468,11 +468,46 @@ To map a single region, you do:
 	size_t size = buffer->len;
 
 	dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+	if (dma_mapping_error(dma_handle)) {
+		/*
+		 * reduce current DMA mapping usage,
+		 * delay and try again later or
+		 * reset driver.
+		 */
+		goto map_error_handling;
+	}
 
 and to unmap it:
 
 	dma_unmap_single(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
 
+You should call dma_mapping_error() as dma_map_single() could fail and return
+error. Not all dma implementations support dma_mapping_error() interface.
+However, it is a good practice to call dma_mapping_error() interface, which
+will invoke the generic mapping error check interface. Doing so will ensure
+that the mapping code will work correctly on all dma implementations without
+any dependency on the specifics of the underlying implementation. Using the
+returned address without checking for errors could result in failures ranging
+from panics to silent data corruption. Couple of example of incorrect ways to
+check for errors that make assumptions about the underlying dma implementation
+are as follows and these are applicable to dma_map_page() as well.
+
+Incorrect example 1:
+	dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+
+	dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+	if ((dma_handle & 0xffff != 0) || (dma_handle >= 0x1000000)) {
+		goto map_error;
+	}
+
+Incorrect example 2:
+	dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+
+	dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+	if (dma_handle == DMA_ERROR_CODE) {
+		goto map_error;
+	}
+
 You should call dma_unmap_single when the DMA activity is finished, e.g.
 from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done.
 
@@ -489,6 +524,14 @@ Specifically:
 	size_t size = buffer->len;
 
 	dma_handle = dma_map_page(dev, page, offset, size, direction);
+	if (dma_mapping_error(dma_handle)) {
+		/*
+		 * reduce current DMA mapping usage,
+		 * delay and try again later or
+		 * reset driver.
+		 */
+		goto map_error_handling;
+	}
 
 	...
 
@@ -496,6 +539,12 @@ Specifically:
 
 Here, "offset" means byte offset within the given page.
 
+You should call dma_mapping_error() as dma_map_page() could fail and return
+error as outlined under the dma_map_single() discussion.
+
+You should call dma_unmap_page when the DMA activity is finished, e.g.
+from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done.
+
 With scatterlists, you map a region gathered from several regions by:
 
 	int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
@@ -578,6 +627,14 @@ to use the dma_sync_*() interfaces.
 		dma_addr_t mapping;
 
 		mapping = dma_map_single(cp->dev, buffer, len, DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+		if (dma_mapping_error(dma_handle)) {
+			/*
+			 * reduce current DMA mapping usage,
+			 * delay and try again later or
+			 * reset driver.
+			 */
+			goto map_error_handling;
+		}
 
 		cp->rx_buf = buffer;
 		cp->rx_len = len;
@@ -658,6 +715,75 @@ failure can be determined by:
 		 * delay and try again later or
 		 * reset driver.
 		 */
+		goto map_error_handling;
+	}
+
+- unmap pages that are already mapped, when mapping error occurs in the middle
+  of a multiple page mapping attempt. These example are applicable to
+  dma_map_page() as well.
+
+Example 1:
+	dma_addr_t dma_handle1;
+	dma_addr_t dma_handle2;
+
+	dma_handle1 = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+	if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle1)) {
+		/*
+		 * reduce current DMA mapping usage,
+		 * delay and try again later or
+		 * reset driver.
+		 */
+		goto map_error_handling1;
+	}
+	dma_handle2 = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+	if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle2)) {
+		/*
+		 * reduce current DMA mapping usage,
+		 * delay and try again later or
+		 * reset driver.
+		 */
+		goto map_error_handling2;
+	}
+
+	...
+
+	map_error_handling2:
+		dma_unmap_single(dma_handle1);
+	map_error_handling1:
+
+Example 2: (if buffers are allocated a loop, unmap all mapped buffers when
+	    mapping error is detected in the middle)
+
+	dma_addr_t dma_addr;
+	dma_addr_t array[DMA_BUFFERS];
+	int save_index = 0;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < DMA_BUFFERS; i++) {
+
+		...
+
+		dma_addr = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+		if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_addr)) {
+			/*
+			 * reduce current DMA mapping usage,
+			 * delay and try again later or
+			 * reset driver.
+			 */
+			goto map_error_handling;
+		}
+		array[i].dma_addr = dma_addr;
+		save_index++;
+	}
+
+	...
+
+	map_error_handling:
+
+	for (i = 0; i < save_index; i++) {
+
+		...
+
+		dma_unmap_single(array[i].dma_addr);
 	}
 
 Networking drivers must call dev_kfree_skb to free the socket buffer
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
index 66bd97a95f1..78a6c569d20 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
@@ -678,3 +678,15 @@ out of dma_debug_entries. These entries are preallocated at boot. The number
 of preallocated entries is defined per architecture. If it is too low for you
 boot with 'dma_debug_entries=<your_desired_number>' to overwrite the
 architectural default.
+
+void debug_dmap_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr);
+
+dma-debug interface debug_dma_mapping_error() to debug drivers that fail
+to check dma mapping errors on addresses returned by dma_map_single() and
+dma_map_page() interfaces. This interface clears a flag set by
+debug_dma_map_page() to indicate that dma_mapping_error() has been called by
+the driver. When driver does unmap, debug_dma_unmap() checks the flag and if
+this flag is still set, prints warning message that includes call trace that
+leads up to the unmap. This interface can be called from dma_mapping_error()
+routines to enable dma mapping error check debugging.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
index f50309081ac..e59480db9ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
@@ -91,3 +91,12 @@ transferred to 'device' domain. This attribute can be also used for
 dma_unmap_{single,page,sg} functions family to force buffer to stay in
 device domain after releasing a mapping for it. Use this attribute with
 care!
+
+DMA_ATTR_FORCE_CONTIGUOUS
+-------------------------
+
+By default DMA-mapping subsystem is allowed to assemble the buffer
+allocated by dma_alloc_attrs() function from individual pages if it can
+be mapped as contiguous chunk into device dma address space. By
+specifing this attribute the allocated buffer is forced to be contiguous
+also in physical memory.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
index 196b8b9dba1..4ee2304f82f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -6,11 +6,36 @@
   <bookinfo>
     <title>Linux DRM Developer's Guide</title>
 
+    <authorgroup>
+      <author>
+	<firstname>Jesse</firstname>
+	<surname>Barnes</surname>
+	<contrib>Initial version</contrib>
+	<affiliation>
+	  <orgname>Intel Corporation</orgname>
+	  <address>
+	    <email>jesse.barnes@intel.com</email>
+	  </address>
+	</affiliation>
+      </author>
+      <author>
+	<firstname>Laurent</firstname>
+	<surname>Pinchart</surname>
+	<contrib>Driver internals</contrib>
+	<affiliation>
+	  <orgname>Ideas on board SPRL</orgname>
+	  <address>
+	    <email>laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com</email>
+	  </address>
+	</affiliation>
+      </author>
+    </authorgroup>
+
     <copyright>
       <year>2008-2009</year>
-      <holder>
-	Intel Corporation (Jesse Barnes &lt;jesse.barnes@intel.com&gt;)
-      </holder>
+      <year>2012</year>
+      <holder>Intel Corporation</holder>
+      <holder>Laurent Pinchart</holder>
     </copyright>
 
     <legalnotice>
@@ -20,6 +45,17 @@
 	the kernel source COPYING file.
       </para>
     </legalnotice>
+
+    <revhistory>
+      <!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
+      <revision>
+	<revnumber>1.0</revnumber>
+	<date>2012-07-13</date>
+	<authorinitials>LP</authorinitials>
+	<revremark>Added extensive documentation about driver internals.
+	</revremark>
+      </revision>
+    </revhistory>
   </bookinfo>
 
 <toc></toc>
@@ -72,342 +108,361 @@
       submission &amp; fencing, suspend/resume support, and DMA
       services.
     </para>
-    <para>
-      The core of every DRM driver is struct drm_driver.  Drivers
-      typically statically initialize a drm_driver structure,
-      then pass it to drm_init() at load time.
-    </para>
 
   <!-- Internals: driver init -->
 
   <sect1>
-    <title>Driver initialization</title>
-    <para>
-      Before calling the DRM initialization routines, the driver must
-      first create and fill out a struct drm_driver structure.
-    </para>
-    <programlisting>
-      static struct drm_driver driver = {
-	/* Don't use MTRRs here; the Xserver or userspace app should
-	 * deal with them for Intel hardware.
-	 */
-	.driver_features =
-	    DRIVER_USE_AGP | DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP |
-	    DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ | DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED | DRIVER_MODESET,
-	.load = i915_driver_load,
-	.unload = i915_driver_unload,
-	.firstopen = i915_driver_firstopen,
-	.lastclose = i915_driver_lastclose,
-	.preclose = i915_driver_preclose,
-	.save = i915_save,
-	.restore = i915_restore,
-	.device_is_agp = i915_driver_device_is_agp,
-	.get_vblank_counter = i915_get_vblank_counter,
-	.enable_vblank = i915_enable_vblank,
-	.disable_vblank = i915_disable_vblank,
-	.irq_preinstall = i915_driver_irq_preinstall,
-	.irq_postinstall = i915_driver_irq_postinstall,
-	.irq_uninstall = i915_driver_irq_uninstall,
-	.irq_handler = i915_driver_irq_handler,
-	.reclaim_buffers = drm_core_reclaim_buffers,
-	.get_map_ofs = drm_core_get_map_ofs,
-	.get_reg_ofs = drm_core_get_reg_ofs,
-	.fb_probe = intelfb_probe,
-	.fb_remove = intelfb_remove,
-	.fb_resize = intelfb_resize,
-	.master_create = i915_master_create,
-	.master_destroy = i915_master_destroy,
-#if defined(CONFIG_DEBUG_FS)
-	.debugfs_init = i915_debugfs_init,
-	.debugfs_cleanup = i915_debugfs_cleanup,
-#endif
-	.gem_init_object = i915_gem_init_object,
-	.gem_free_object = i915_gem_free_object,
-	.gem_vm_ops = &amp;i915_gem_vm_ops,
-	.ioctls = i915_ioctls,
-	.fops = {
-		.owner = THIS_MODULE,
-		.open = drm_open,
-		.release = drm_release,
-		.ioctl = drm_ioctl,
-		.mmap = drm_mmap,
-		.poll = drm_poll,
-		.fasync = drm_fasync,
-#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
-		.compat_ioctl = i915_compat_ioctl,
-#endif
-		.llseek = noop_llseek,
-		},
-	.pci_driver = {
-		.name = DRIVER_NAME,
-		.id_table = pciidlist,
-		.probe = probe,
-		.remove = __devexit_p(drm_cleanup_pci),
-		},
-	.name = DRIVER_NAME,
-	.desc = DRIVER_DESC,
-	.date = DRIVER_DATE,
-	.major = DRIVER_MAJOR,
-	.minor = DRIVER_MINOR,
-	.patchlevel = DRIVER_PATCHLEVEL,
-      };
-    </programlisting>
-    <para>
-      In the example above, taken from the i915 DRM driver, the driver
-      sets several flags indicating what core features it supports;
-      we go over the individual callbacks in later sections.  Since
-      flags indicate which features your driver supports to the DRM
-      core, you need to set most of them prior to calling drm_init().  Some,
-      like DRIVER_MODESET can be set later based on user supplied parameters,
-      but that's the exception rather than the rule.
-    </para>
-    <variablelist>
-      <title>Driver flags</title>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_USE_AGP</term>
-	<listitem><para>
-	    Driver uses AGP interface
-	</para></listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP</term>
-	<listitem><para>
-	    Driver needs AGP interface to function.
-	</para></listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_USE_MTRR</term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>
-	    Driver uses MTRR interface for mapping memory.  Deprecated.
-	  </para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_PCI_DMA</term>
-	<listitem><para>
-	    Driver is capable of PCI DMA.  Deprecated.
-	</para></listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_SG</term>
-	<listitem><para>
-	    Driver can perform scatter/gather DMA.  Deprecated.
-	</para></listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_HAVE_DMA</term>
-	<listitem><para>Driver supports DMA.  Deprecated.</para></listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ</term><term>DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED</term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>
-	    DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ indicates whether the driver has an IRQ
-	    handler.  DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED indicates whether the device &amp;
-	    handler support shared IRQs (note that this is required of
-	    PCI drivers).
-	  </para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_DMA_QUEUE</term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>
-	    Should be set if the driver queues DMA requests and completes them
-	    asynchronously.  Deprecated.
-	  </para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_FB_DMA</term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>
-	    Driver supports DMA to/from the framebuffer.  Deprecated.
-	  </para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-      <varlistentry>
-	<term>DRIVER_MODESET</term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>
-	    Driver supports mode setting interfaces.
-	  </para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-    </variablelist>
-    <para>
-      In this specific case, the driver requires AGP and supports
-      IRQs.  DMA, as discussed later, is handled by device-specific ioctls
-      in this case.  It also supports the kernel mode setting APIs, though
-      unlike in the actual i915 driver source, this example unconditionally
-      exports KMS capability.
+    <title>Driver Initialization</title>
+    <para>
+      At the core of every DRM driver is a <structname>drm_driver</structname>
+      structure. Drivers typically statically initialize a drm_driver structure,
+      and then pass it to one of the <function>drm_*_init()</function> functions
+      to register it with the DRM subsystem.
     </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <!-- Internals: driver load -->
-
-  <sect1>
-    <title>Driver load</title>
-    <para>
-      In the previous section, we saw what a typical drm_driver
-      structure might look like.  One of the more important fields in
-      the structure is the hook for the load function.
-    </para>
-    <programlisting>
-      static struct drm_driver driver = {
-      	...
-      	.load = i915_driver_load,
-        ...
-      };
-    </programlisting>
-    <para>
-      The load function has many responsibilities: allocating a driver
-      private structure, specifying supported performance counters,
-      configuring the device (e.g. mapping registers &amp; command
-      buffers), initializing the memory manager, and setting up the
-      initial output configuration.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      If compatibility is a concern (e.g. with drivers converted over
-      to the new interfaces from the old ones), care must be taken to
-      prevent device initialization and control that is incompatible with
-      currently active userspace drivers.  For instance, if user
-      level mode setting drivers are in use, it would be problematic
-      to perform output discovery &amp; configuration at load time.
-      Likewise, if user-level drivers unaware of memory management are
-      in use, memory management and command buffer setup may need to
-      be omitted.  These requirements are driver-specific, and care
-      needs to be taken to keep both old and new applications and
-      libraries working.  The i915 driver supports the "modeset"
-      module parameter to control whether advanced features are
-      enabled at load time or in legacy fashion.
+    <para>
+      The <structname>drm_driver</structname> structure contains static
+      information that describes the driver and features it supports, and
+      pointers to methods that the DRM core will call to implement the DRM API.
+      We will first go through the <structname>drm_driver</structname> static
+      information fields, and will then describe individual operations in
+      details as they get used in later sections.
     </para>
-
     <sect2>
-      <title>Driver private &amp; performance counters</title>
-      <para>
-	The driver private hangs off the main drm_device structure and
-	can be used for tracking various device-specific bits of
-	information, like register offsets, command buffer status,
-	register state for suspend/resume, etc.  At load time, a
-	driver may simply allocate one and set drm_device.dev_priv
-	appropriately; it should be freed and drm_device.dev_priv set
-	to NULL when the driver is unloaded.
-      </para>
+      <title>Driver Information</title>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Driver Features</title>
+        <para>
+          Drivers inform the DRM core about their requirements and supported
+          features by setting appropriate flags in the
+          <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field. Since those flags
+          influence the DRM core behaviour since registration time, most of them
+          must be set to registering the <structname>drm_driver</structname>
+          instance.
+        </para>
+        <synopsis>u32 driver_features;</synopsis>
+        <variablelist>
+          <title>Driver Feature Flags</title>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_USE_AGP</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver uses AGP interface, the DRM core will manage AGP resources.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver needs AGP interface to function. AGP initialization failure
+              will become a fatal error.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_USE_MTRR</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver uses MTRR interface for mapping memory, the DRM core will
+              manage MTRR resources. Deprecated.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_PCI_DMA</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver is capable of PCI DMA, mapping of PCI DMA buffers to
+              userspace will be enabled. Deprecated.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_SG</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver can perform scatter/gather DMA, allocation and mapping of
+              scatter/gather buffers will be enabled. Deprecated.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_HAVE_DMA</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver supports DMA, the userspace DMA API will be supported.
+              Deprecated.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ</term><term>DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ indicates whether the driver has an IRQ handler. The
+              DRM core will automatically register an interrupt handler when the
+              flag is set. DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED indicates whether the device &amp;
+              handler support shared IRQs (note that this is required of PCI
+              drivers).
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_IRQ_VBL</term>
+            <listitem><para>Unused. Deprecated.</para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_DMA_QUEUE</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Should be set if the driver queues DMA requests and completes them
+              asynchronously.  Deprecated.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_FB_DMA</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver supports DMA to/from the framebuffer, mapping of frambuffer
+              DMA buffers to userspace will be supported. Deprecated.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_IRQ_VBL2</term>
+            <listitem><para>Unused. Deprecated.</para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_GEM</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver use the GEM memory manager.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_MODESET</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver supports mode setting interfaces (KMS).
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRIVER_PRIME</term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Driver implements DRM PRIME buffer sharing.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+        </variablelist>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Major, Minor and Patchlevel</title>
+        <synopsis>int major;
+int minor;
+int patchlevel;</synopsis>
+        <para>
+          The DRM core identifies driver versions by a major, minor and patch
+          level triplet. The information is printed to the kernel log at
+          initialization time and passed to userspace through the
+          DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The major and minor numbers are also used to verify the requested driver
+          API version passed to DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION. When the driver API changes
+          between minor versions, applications can call DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION to
+          select a specific version of the API. If the requested major isn't equal
+          to the driver major, or the requested minor is larger than the driver
+          minor, the DRM_IOCTL_SET_VERSION call will return an error. Otherwise
+          the driver's set_version() method will be called with the requested
+          version.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Name, Description and Date</title>
+        <synopsis>char *name;
+char *desc;
+char *date;</synopsis>
+        <para>
+          The driver name is printed to the kernel log at initialization time,
+          used for IRQ registration and passed to userspace through
+          DRM_IOCTL_VERSION.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The driver description is a purely informative string passed to
+          userspace through the DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl and otherwise unused by
+          the kernel.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The driver date, formatted as YYYYMMDD, is meant to identify the date of
+          the latest modification to the driver. However, as most drivers fail to
+          update it, its value is mostly useless. The DRM core prints it to the
+          kernel log at initialization time and passes it to userspace through the
+          DRM_IOCTL_VERSION ioctl.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Driver Load</title>
       <para>
-	The DRM supports several counters which may be used for rough
-	performance characterization.  Note that the DRM stat counter
-	system is not often used by applications, and supporting
-	additional counters is completely optional.
+        The <methodname>load</methodname> method is the driver and device
+        initialization entry point. The method is responsible for allocating and
+        initializing driver private data, specifying supported performance
+        counters, performing resource allocation and mapping (e.g. acquiring
+        clocks, mapping registers or allocating command buffers), initializing
+        the memory manager (<xref linkend="drm-memory-management"/>), installing
+        the IRQ handler (<xref linkend="drm-irq-registration"/>), setting up
+        vertical blanking handling (<xref linkend="drm-vertical-blank"/>), mode
+	setting (<xref linkend="drm-mode-setting"/>) and initial output
+	configuration (<xref linkend="drm-kms-init"/>).
       </para>
+      <note><para>
+        If compatibility is a concern (e.g. with drivers converted over from
+        User Mode Setting to Kernel Mode Setting), care must be taken to prevent
+        device initialization and control that is incompatible with currently
+        active userspace drivers. For instance, if user level mode setting
+        drivers are in use, it would be problematic to perform output discovery
+        &amp; configuration at load time. Likewise, if user-level drivers
+        unaware of memory management are in use, memory management and command
+        buffer setup may need to be omitted. These requirements are
+        driver-specific, and care needs to be taken to keep both old and new
+        applications and libraries working.
+      </para></note>
+      <synopsis>int (*load) (struct drm_device *, unsigned long flags);</synopsis>
       <para>
-	These interfaces are deprecated and should not be used.  If performance
-	monitoring is desired, the developer should investigate and
-	potentially enhance the kernel perf and tracing infrastructure to export
-	GPU related performance information for consumption by performance
-	monitoring tools and applications.
+        The method takes two arguments, a pointer to the newly created
+	<structname>drm_device</structname> and flags. The flags are used to
+	pass the <structfield>driver_data</structfield> field of the device id
+	corresponding to the device passed to <function>drm_*_init()</function>.
+	Only PCI devices currently use this, USB and platform DRM drivers have
+	their <methodname>load</methodname> method called with flags to 0.
       </para>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Driver Private &amp; Performance Counters</title>
+        <para>
+          The driver private hangs off the main
+          <structname>drm_device</structname> structure and can be used for
+          tracking various device-specific bits of information, like register
+          offsets, command buffer status, register state for suspend/resume, etc.
+          At load time, a driver may simply allocate one and set
+          <structname>drm_device</structname>.<structfield>dev_priv</structfield>
+          appropriately; it should be freed and
+          <structname>drm_device</structname>.<structfield>dev_priv</structfield>
+          set to NULL when the driver is unloaded.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          DRM supports several counters which were used for rough performance
+          characterization. This stat counter system is deprecated and should not
+          be used. If performance monitoring is desired, the developer should
+          investigate and potentially enhance the kernel perf and tracing
+          infrastructure to export GPU related performance information for
+          consumption by performance monitoring tools and applications.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3 id="drm-irq-registration">
+        <title>IRQ Registration</title>
+        <para>
+          The DRM core tries to facilitate IRQ handler registration and
+          unregistration by providing <function>drm_irq_install</function> and
+          <function>drm_irq_uninstall</function> functions. Those functions only
+          support a single interrupt per device.
+        </para>
+  <!--!Fdrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c drm_irq_install-->
+        <para>
+          Both functions get the device IRQ by calling
+          <function>drm_dev_to_irq</function>. This inline function will call a
+          bus-specific operation to retrieve the IRQ number. For platform devices,
+          <function>platform_get_irq</function>(..., 0) is used to retrieve the
+          IRQ number.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          <function>drm_irq_install</function> starts by calling the
+          <methodname>irq_preinstall</methodname> driver operation. The operation
+          is optional and must make sure that the interrupt will not get fired by
+          clearing all pending interrupt flags or disabling the interrupt.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The IRQ will then be requested by a call to
+          <function>request_irq</function>. If the DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED driver
+          feature flag is set, a shared (IRQF_SHARED) IRQ handler will be
+          requested.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The IRQ handler function must be provided as the mandatory irq_handler
+          driver operation. It will get passed directly to
+          <function>request_irq</function> and thus has the same prototype as all
+          IRQ handlers. It will get called with a pointer to the DRM device as the
+          second argument.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Finally the function calls the optional
+          <methodname>irq_postinstall</methodname> driver operation. The operation
+          usually enables interrupts (excluding the vblank interrupt, which is
+          enabled separately), but drivers may choose to enable/disable interrupts
+          at a different time.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          <function>drm_irq_uninstall</function> is similarly used to uninstall an
+          IRQ handler. It starts by waking up all processes waiting on a vblank
+          interrupt to make sure they don't hang, and then calls the optional
+          <methodname>irq_uninstall</methodname> driver operation. The operation
+          must disable all hardware interrupts. Finally the function frees the IRQ
+          by calling <function>free_irq</function>.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Memory Manager Initialization</title>
+        <para>
+          Every DRM driver requires a memory manager which must be initialized at
+          load time. DRM currently contains two memory managers, the Translation
+          Table Manager (TTM) and the Graphics Execution Manager (GEM).
+          This document describes the use of the GEM memory manager only. See
+          <xref linkend="drm-memory-management"/> for details.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Miscellaneous Device Configuration</title>
+        <para>
+          Another task that may be necessary for PCI devices during configuration
+          is mapping the video BIOS. On many devices, the VBIOS describes device
+          configuration, LCD panel timings (if any), and contains flags indicating
+          device state. Mapping the BIOS can be done using the pci_map_rom() call,
+          a convenience function that takes care of mapping the actual ROM,
+          whether it has been shadowed into memory (typically at address 0xc0000)
+          or exists on the PCI device in the ROM BAR. Note that after the ROM has
+          been mapped and any necessary information has been extracted, it should
+          be unmapped; on many devices, the ROM address decoder is shared with
+          other BARs, so leaving it mapped could cause undesired behaviour like
+          hangs or memory corruption.
+  <!--!Fdrivers/pci/rom.c pci_map_rom-->
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
     </sect2>
+  </sect1>
 
-    <sect2>
-      <title>Configuring the device</title>
-      <para>
-	Obviously, device configuration is device-specific.
-	However, there are several common operations: finding a
-	device's PCI resources, mapping them, and potentially setting
-	up an IRQ handler.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	Finding &amp; mapping resources is fairly straightforward.  The
-	DRM wrapper functions, drm_get_resource_start() and
-	drm_get_resource_len(), may be used to find BARs on the given
-	drm_device struct.  Once those values have been retrieved, the
-	driver load function can call drm_addmap() to create a new
-	mapping for the BAR in question.  Note that you probably want a
-	drm_local_map_t in your driver private structure to track any
-	mappings you create.
-<!-- !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bufs.c drm_get_resource_* -->
-<!-- !Finclude/drm/drmP.h drm_local_map_t -->
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	if compatibility with other operating systems isn't a concern
-	(DRM drivers can run under various BSD variants and OpenSolaris),
-	native Linux calls may be used for the above, e.g. pci_resource_*
-	and iomap*/iounmap.  See the Linux device driver book for more
-	info.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	Once you have a register map, you may use the DRM_READn() and
-	DRM_WRITEn() macros to access the registers on your device, or
-	use driver-specific versions to offset into your MMIO space
-	relative to a driver-specific base pointer (see I915_READ for
-	an example).
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	If your device supports interrupt generation, you may want to
-	set up an interrupt handler when the driver is loaded.  This
-	is done using the drm_irq_install() function.  If your device
-	supports vertical blank interrupts, it should call
-	drm_vblank_init() to initialize the core vblank handling code before
-	enabling interrupts on your device.  This ensures the vblank related
-	structures are allocated and allows the core to handle vblank events.
-      </para>
-<!--!Fdrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c drm_irq_install-->
-      <para>
-	Once your interrupt handler is registered (it uses your
-	drm_driver.irq_handler as the actual interrupt handling
-	function), you can safely enable interrupts on your device,
-	assuming any other state your interrupt handler uses is also
-	initialized.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	Another task that may be necessary during configuration is
-	mapping the video BIOS.  On many devices, the VBIOS describes
-	device configuration, LCD panel timings (if any), and contains
-	flags indicating device state.  Mapping the BIOS can be done
-	using the pci_map_rom() call, a convenience function that
-	takes care of mapping the actual ROM, whether it has been
-	shadowed into memory (typically at address 0xc0000) or exists
-	on the PCI device in the ROM BAR.  Note that after the ROM
-	has been mapped and any necessary information has been extracted,
-	it should be unmapped; on many devices, the ROM address decoder is
-	shared with other BARs, so leaving it mapped could cause
-	undesired behavior like hangs or memory corruption.
-<!--!Fdrivers/pci/rom.c pci_map_rom-->
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
+  <!-- Internals: memory management -->
 
+  <sect1 id="drm-memory-management">
+    <title>Memory management</title>
+    <para>
+      Modern Linux systems require large amount of graphics memory to store
+      frame buffers, textures, vertices and other graphics-related data. Given
+      the very dynamic nature of many of that data, managing graphics memory
+      efficiently is thus crucial for the graphics stack and plays a central
+      role in the DRM infrastructure.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The DRM core includes two memory managers, namely Translation Table Maps
+      (TTM) and Graphics Execution Manager (GEM). TTM was the first DRM memory
+      manager to be developed and tried to be a one-size-fits-them all
+      solution. It provides a single userspace API to accomodate the need of
+      all hardware, supporting both Unified Memory Architecture (UMA) devices
+      and devices with dedicated video RAM (i.e. most discrete video cards).
+      This resulted in a large, complex piece of code that turned out to be
+      hard to use for driver development.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      GEM started as an Intel-sponsored project in reaction to TTM's
+      complexity. Its design philosophy is completely different: instead of
+      providing a solution to every graphics memory-related problems, GEM
+      identified common code between drivers and created a support library to
+      share it. GEM has simpler initialization and execution requirements than
+      TTM, but has no video RAM management capabitilies and is thus limited to
+      UMA devices.
+    </para>
     <sect2>
-      <title>Memory manager initialization</title>
-      <para>
-	In order to allocate command buffers, cursor memory, scanout
-	buffers, etc., as well as support the latest features provided
-	by packages like Mesa and the X.Org X server, your driver
-	should support a memory manager.
-      </para>
+      <title>The Translation Table Manager (TTM)</title>
       <para>
-	If your driver supports memory management (it should!), you
-	need to set that up at load time as well.  How you initialize
-	it depends on which memory manager you're using: TTM or GEM.
+	TTM design background and information belongs here.
       </para>
       <sect3>
 	<title>TTM initialization</title>
-	<para>
-	  TTM (for Translation Table Manager) manages video memory and
-	  aperture space for graphics devices. TTM supports both UMA devices
-	  and devices with dedicated video RAM (VRAM), i.e. most discrete
-	  graphics devices.  If your device has dedicated RAM, supporting
-	  TTM is desirable.  TTM also integrates tightly with your
-	  driver-specific buffer execution function.  See the radeon
-	  driver for examples.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  The core TTM structure is the ttm_bo_driver struct.  It contains
-	  several fields with function pointers for initializing the TTM,
-	  allocating and freeing memory, waiting for command completion
-	  and fence synchronization, and memory migration.  See the
-	  radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage.
+        <warning><para>This section is outdated.</para></warning>
+        <para>
+          Drivers wishing to support TTM must fill out a drm_bo_driver
+          structure. The structure contains several fields with function
+          pointers for initializing the TTM, allocating and freeing memory,
+          waiting for command completion and fence synchronization, and memory
+          migration. See the radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage.
 	</para>
 	<para>
 	  The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields:
@@ -445,82 +500,1071 @@
 	  count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function.
 	</para>
       </sect3>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2 id="drm-gem">
+      <title>The Graphics Execution Manager (GEM)</title>
+      <para>
+        The GEM design approach has resulted in a memory manager that doesn't
+        provide full coverage of all (or even all common) use cases in its
+        userspace or kernel API. GEM exposes a set of standard memory-related
+        operations to userspace and a set of helper functions to drivers, and let
+        drivers implement hardware-specific operations with their own private API.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        The GEM userspace API is described in the
+        <ulink url="http://lwn.net/Articles/283798/"><citetitle>GEM - the Graphics
+        Execution Manager</citetitle></ulink> article on LWN. While slightly
+        outdated, the document provides a good overview of the GEM API principles.
+        Buffer allocation and read and write operations, described as part of the
+        common GEM API, are currently implemented using driver-specific ioctls.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        GEM is data-agnostic. It manages abstract buffer objects without knowing
+        what individual buffers contain. APIs that require knowledge of buffer
+        contents or purpose, such as buffer allocation or synchronization
+        primitives, are thus outside of the scope of GEM and must be implemented
+        using driver-specific ioctls.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations:
+	<itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem>Memory allocation and freeing</listitem>
+	  <listitem>Command execution</listitem>
+	  <listitem>Aperture management at command execution time</listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+	Buffer object allocation is relatively straightforward and largely
+        provided by Linux's shmem layer, which provides memory to back each
+        object.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        Device-specific operations, such as command execution, pinning, buffer
+	read &amp; write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers are left to
+        driver-specific ioctls.
+      </para>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>GEM Initialization</title>
+        <para>
+          Drivers that use GEM must set the DRIVER_GEM bit in the struct
+          <structname>drm_driver</structname>
+          <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field. The DRM core will
+          then automatically initialize the GEM core before calling the
+          <methodname>load</methodname> operation. Behind the scene, this will
+          create a DRM Memory Manager object which provides an address space
+          pool for object allocation.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          In a KMS configuration, drivers need to allocate and initialize a
+          command ring buffer following core GEM initialization if required by
+          the hardware. UMA devices usually have what is called a "stolen"
+          memory region, which provides space for the initial framebuffer and
+          large, contiguous memory regions required by the device. This space is
+          typically not managed by GEM, and must be initialized separately into
+          its own DRM MM object.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
       <sect3>
-	<title>GEM initialization</title>
-	<para>
-	  GEM is an alternative to TTM, designed specifically for UMA
-	  devices.  It has simpler initialization and execution requirements
-	  than TTM, but has no VRAM management capability.  Core GEM
-	  is initialized by calling drm_mm_init() to create
-	  a GTT DRM MM object, which provides an address space pool for
-	  object allocation.  In a KMS configuration, the driver
-	  needs to allocate and initialize a command ring buffer following
-	  core GEM initialization.  A UMA device usually has what is called a
-	  "stolen" memory region, which provides space for the initial
-	  framebuffer and large, contiguous memory regions required by the
-	  device.  This space is not typically managed by GEM, and it must
-	  be initialized separately into its own DRM MM object.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Initialization is driver-specific. In the case of Intel
-	  integrated graphics chips like 965GM, GEM initialization can
-	  be done by calling the internal GEM init function,
-	  i915_gem_do_init().  Since the 965GM is a UMA device
-	  (i.e. it doesn't have dedicated VRAM), GEM manages
-	  making regular RAM available for GPU operations.  Memory set
-	  aside by the BIOS (called "stolen" memory by the i915
-	  driver) is managed by the DRM memrange allocator; the
-	  rest of the aperture is managed by GEM.
-	  <programlisting>
-	    /* Basic memrange allocator for stolen space (aka vram) */
-	    drm_memrange_init(&amp;dev_priv->vram, 0, prealloc_size);
-	    /* Let GEM Manage from end of prealloc space to end of aperture */
-	    i915_gem_do_init(dev, prealloc_size, agp_size);
-	  </programlisting>
-<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_memrange.c-->
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Once the memory manager has been set up, we may allocate the
-	  command buffer.  In the i915 case, this is also done with a
-	  GEM function, i915_gem_init_ringbuffer().
-	</para>
+        <title>GEM Objects Creation</title>
+        <para>
+          GEM splits creation of GEM objects and allocation of the memory that
+          backs them in two distinct operations.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          GEM objects are represented by an instance of struct
+          <structname>drm_gem_object</structname>. Drivers usually need to extend
+          GEM objects with private information and thus create a driver-specific
+          GEM object structure type that embeds an instance of struct
+          <structname>drm_gem_object</structname>.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          To create a GEM object, a driver allocates memory for an instance of its
+          specific GEM object type and initializes the embedded struct
+          <structname>drm_gem_object</structname> with a call to
+          <function>drm_gem_object_init</function>. The function takes a pointer to
+          the DRM device, a pointer to the GEM object and the buffer object size
+          in bytes.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          GEM uses shmem to allocate anonymous pageable memory.
+          <function>drm_gem_object_init</function> will create an shmfs file of
+          the requested size and store it into the struct
+          <structname>drm_gem_object</structname> <structfield>filp</structfield>
+          field. The memory is used as either main storage for the object when the
+          graphics hardware uses system memory directly or as a backing store
+          otherwise.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Drivers are responsible for the actual physical pages allocation by
+          calling <function>shmem_read_mapping_page_gfp</function> for each page.
+          Note that they can decide to allocate pages when initializing the GEM
+          object, or to delay allocation until the memory is needed (for instance
+          when a page fault occurs as a result of a userspace memory access or
+          when the driver needs to start a DMA transfer involving the memory).
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Anonymous pageable memory allocation is not always desired, for instance
+          when the hardware requires physically contiguous system memory as is
+          often the case in embedded devices. Drivers can create GEM objects with
+          no shmfs backing (called private GEM objects) by initializing them with
+          a call to <function>drm_gem_private_object_init</function> instead of
+          <function>drm_gem_object_init</function>. Storage for private GEM
+          objects must be managed by drivers.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Drivers that do not need to extend GEM objects with private information
+          can call the <function>drm_gem_object_alloc</function> function to
+          allocate and initialize a struct <structname>drm_gem_object</structname>
+          instance. The GEM core will call the optional driver
+          <methodname>gem_init_object</methodname> operation after initializing
+          the GEM object with <function>drm_gem_object_init</function>.
+          <synopsis>int (*gem_init_object) (struct drm_gem_object *obj);</synopsis>
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          No alloc-and-init function exists for private GEM objects.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>GEM Objects Lifetime</title>
+        <para>
+          All GEM objects are reference-counted by the GEM core. References can be
+          acquired and release by <function>calling drm_gem_object_reference</function>
+          and <function>drm_gem_object_unreference</function> respectively. The
+          caller must hold the <structname>drm_device</structname>
+          <structfield>struct_mutex</structfield> lock. As a convenience, GEM
+          provides the <function>drm_gem_object_reference_unlocked</function> and
+          <function>drm_gem_object_unreference_unlocked</function> functions that
+          can be called without holding the lock.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          When the last reference to a GEM object is released the GEM core calls
+          the <structname>drm_driver</structname>
+          <methodname>gem_free_object</methodname> operation. That operation is
+          mandatory for GEM-enabled drivers and must free the GEM object and all
+          associated resources.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          <synopsis>void (*gem_free_object) (struct drm_gem_object *obj);</synopsis>
+          Drivers are responsible for freeing all GEM object resources, including
+          the resources created by the GEM core. If an mmap offset has been
+          created for the object (in which case
+          <structname>drm_gem_object</structname>::<structfield>map_list</structfield>::<structfield>map</structfield>
+          is not NULL) it must be freed by a call to
+          <function>drm_gem_free_mmap_offset</function>. The shmfs backing store
+          must be released by calling <function>drm_gem_object_release</function>
+          (that function can safely be called if no shmfs backing store has been
+          created).
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>GEM Objects Naming</title>
+        <para>
+          Communication between userspace and the kernel refers to GEM objects
+          using local handles, global names or, more recently, file descriptors.
+          All of those are 32-bit integer values; the usual Linux kernel limits
+          apply to the file descriptors.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          GEM handles are local to a DRM file. Applications get a handle to a GEM
+          object through a driver-specific ioctl, and can use that handle to refer
+          to the GEM object in other standard or driver-specific ioctls. Closing a
+          DRM file handle frees all its GEM handles and dereferences the
+          associated GEM objects.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          To create a handle for a GEM object drivers call
+          <function>drm_gem_handle_create</function>. The function takes a pointer
+          to the DRM file and the GEM object and returns a locally unique handle.
+          When the handle is no longer needed drivers delete it with a call to
+          <function>drm_gem_handle_delete</function>. Finally the GEM object
+          associated with a handle can be retrieved by a call to
+          <function>drm_gem_object_lookup</function>.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Handles don't take ownership of GEM objects, they only take a reference
+          to the object that will be dropped when the handle is destroyed. To
+          avoid leaking GEM objects, drivers must make sure they drop the
+          reference(s) they own (such as the initial reference taken at object
+          creation time) as appropriate, without any special consideration for the
+          handle. For example, in the particular case of combined GEM object and
+          handle creation in the implementation of the
+          <methodname>dumb_create</methodname> operation, drivers must drop the
+          initial reference to the GEM object before returning the handle.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          GEM names are similar in purpose to handles but are not local to DRM
+          files. They can be passed between processes to reference a GEM object
+          globally. Names can't be used directly to refer to objects in the DRM
+          API, applications must convert handles to names and names to handles
+          using the DRM_IOCTL_GEM_FLINK and DRM_IOCTL_GEM_OPEN ioctls
+          respectively. The conversion is handled by the DRM core without any
+          driver-specific support.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Similar to global names, GEM file descriptors are also used to share GEM
+          objects across processes. They offer additional security: as file
+          descriptors must be explictly sent over UNIX domain sockets to be shared
+          between applications, they can't be guessed like the globally unique GEM
+          names.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Drivers that support GEM file descriptors, also known as the DRM PRIME
+          API, must set the DRIVER_PRIME bit in the struct
+          <structname>drm_driver</structname>
+          <structfield>driver_features</structfield> field, and implement the
+          <methodname>prime_handle_to_fd</methodname> and
+          <methodname>prime_fd_to_handle</methodname> operations.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          <synopsis>int (*prime_handle_to_fd)(struct drm_device *dev,
+                            struct drm_file *file_priv, uint32_t handle,
+                            uint32_t flags, int *prime_fd);
+  int (*prime_fd_to_handle)(struct drm_device *dev,
+                            struct drm_file *file_priv, int prime_fd,
+                            uint32_t *handle);</synopsis>
+          Those two operations convert a handle to a PRIME file descriptor and
+          vice versa. Drivers must use the kernel dma-buf buffer sharing framework
+          to manage the PRIME file descriptors.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          While non-GEM drivers must implement the operations themselves, GEM
+          drivers must use the <function>drm_gem_prime_handle_to_fd</function>
+          and <function>drm_gem_prime_fd_to_handle</function> helper functions.
+          Those helpers rely on the driver
+          <methodname>gem_prime_export</methodname> and
+          <methodname>gem_prime_import</methodname> operations to create a dma-buf
+          instance from a GEM object (dma-buf exporter role) and to create a GEM
+          object from a dma-buf instance (dma-buf importer role).
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          <synopsis>struct dma_buf * (*gem_prime_export)(struct drm_device *dev,
+                                       struct drm_gem_object *obj,
+                                       int flags);
+  struct drm_gem_object * (*gem_prime_import)(struct drm_device *dev,
+                                              struct dma_buf *dma_buf);</synopsis>
+          These two operations are mandatory for GEM drivers that support DRM
+          PRIME.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3 id="drm-gem-objects-mapping">
+        <title>GEM Objects Mapping</title>
+        <para>
+          Because mapping operations are fairly heavyweight GEM favours
+          read/write-like access to buffers, implemented through driver-specific
+          ioctls, over mapping buffers to userspace. However, when random access
+          to the buffer is needed (to perform software rendering for instance),
+          direct access to the object can be more efficient.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The mmap system call can't be used directly to map GEM objects, as they
+          don't have their own file handle. Two alternative methods currently
+          co-exist to map GEM objects to userspace. The first method uses a
+          driver-specific ioctl to perform the mapping operation, calling
+          <function>do_mmap</function> under the hood. This is often considered
+          dubious, seems to be discouraged for new GEM-enabled drivers, and will
+          thus not be described here.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The second method uses the mmap system call on the DRM file handle.
+          <synopsis>void *mmap(void *addr, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd,
+             off_t offset);</synopsis>
+          DRM identifies the GEM object to be mapped by a fake offset passed
+          through the mmap offset argument. Prior to being mapped, a GEM object
+          must thus be associated with a fake offset. To do so, drivers must call
+          <function>drm_gem_create_mmap_offset</function> on the object. The
+          function allocates a fake offset range from a pool and stores the
+          offset divided by PAGE_SIZE in
+          <literal>obj-&gt;map_list.hash.key</literal>. Care must be taken not to
+          call <function>drm_gem_create_mmap_offset</function> if a fake offset
+          has already been allocated for the object. This can be tested by
+          <literal>obj-&gt;map_list.map</literal> being non-NULL.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Once allocated, the fake offset value
+          (<literal>obj-&gt;map_list.hash.key &lt;&lt; PAGE_SHIFT</literal>)
+          must be passed to the application in a driver-specific way and can then
+          be used as the mmap offset argument.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The GEM core provides a helper method <function>drm_gem_mmap</function>
+          to handle object mapping. The method can be set directly as the mmap
+          file operation handler. It will look up the GEM object based on the
+          offset value and set the VMA operations to the
+          <structname>drm_driver</structname> <structfield>gem_vm_ops</structfield>
+          field. Note that <function>drm_gem_mmap</function> doesn't map memory to
+          userspace, but relies on the driver-provided fault handler to map pages
+          individually.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          To use <function>drm_gem_mmap</function>, drivers must fill the struct
+          <structname>drm_driver</structname> <structfield>gem_vm_ops</structfield>
+          field with a pointer to VM operations.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          <synopsis>struct vm_operations_struct *gem_vm_ops
+
+  struct vm_operations_struct {
+          void (*open)(struct vm_area_struct * area);
+          void (*close)(struct vm_area_struct * area);
+          int (*fault)(struct vm_area_struct *vma, struct vm_fault *vmf);
+  };</synopsis>
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The <methodname>open</methodname> and <methodname>close</methodname>
+          operations must update the GEM object reference count. Drivers can use
+          the <function>drm_gem_vm_open</function> and
+          <function>drm_gem_vm_close</function> helper functions directly as open
+          and close handlers.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          The fault operation handler is responsible for mapping individual pages
+          to userspace when a page fault occurs. Depending on the memory
+          allocation scheme, drivers can allocate pages at fault time, or can
+          decide to allocate memory for the GEM object at the time the object is
+          created.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Drivers that want to map the GEM object upfront instead of handling page
+          faults can implement their own mmap file operation handler.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Dumb GEM Objects</title>
+        <para>
+          The GEM API doesn't standardize GEM objects creation and leaves it to
+          driver-specific ioctls. While not an issue for full-fledged graphics
+          stacks that include device-specific userspace components (in libdrm for
+          instance), this limit makes DRM-based early boot graphics unnecessarily
+          complex.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Dumb GEM objects partly alleviate the problem by providing a standard
+          API to create dumb buffers suitable for scanout, which can then be used
+          to create KMS frame buffers.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          To support dumb GEM objects drivers must implement the
+          <methodname>dumb_create</methodname>,
+          <methodname>dumb_destroy</methodname> and
+          <methodname>dumb_map_offset</methodname> operations.
+        </para>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>int (*dumb_create)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
+                     struct drm_mode_create_dumb *args);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              The <methodname>dumb_create</methodname> operation creates a GEM
+              object suitable for scanout based on the width, height and depth
+              from the struct <structname>drm_mode_create_dumb</structname>
+              argument. It fills the argument's <structfield>handle</structfield>,
+              <structfield>pitch</structfield> and <structfield>size</structfield>
+              fields with a handle for the newly created GEM object and its line
+              pitch and size in bytes.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>int (*dumb_destroy)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
+                      uint32_t handle);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              The <methodname>dumb_destroy</methodname> operation destroys a dumb
+              GEM object created by <methodname>dumb_create</methodname>.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>int (*dumb_map_offset)(struct drm_file *file_priv, struct drm_device *dev,
+                         uint32_t handle, uint64_t *offset);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              The <methodname>dumb_map_offset</methodname> operation associates an
+              mmap fake offset with the GEM object given by the handle and returns
+              it. Drivers must use the
+              <function>drm_gem_create_mmap_offset</function> function to
+              associate the fake offset as described in
+              <xref linkend="drm-gem-objects-mapping"/>.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Memory Coherency</title>
+        <para>
+          When mapped to the device or used in a command buffer, backing pages
+          for an object are flushed to memory and marked write combined so as to
+          be coherent with the GPU. Likewise, if the CPU accesses an object
+          after the GPU has finished rendering to the object, then the object
+          must be made coherent with the CPU's view of memory, usually involving
+          GPU cache flushing of various kinds. This core CPU&lt;-&gt;GPU
+          coherency management is provided by a device-specific ioctl, which
+          evaluates an object's current domain and performs any necessary
+          flushing or synchronization to put the object into the desired
+          coherency domain (note that the object may be busy, i.e. an active
+          render target; in that case, setting the domain blocks the client and
+          waits for rendering to complete before performing any necessary
+          flushing operations).
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Command Execution</title>
+        <para>
+	  Perhaps the most important GEM function for GPU devices is providing a
+          command execution interface to clients. Client programs construct
+          command buffers containing references to previously allocated memory
+          objects, and then submit them to GEM. At that point, GEM takes care to
+          bind all the objects into the GTT, execute the buffer, and provide
+          necessary synchronization between clients accessing the same buffers.
+          This often involves evicting some objects from the GTT and re-binding
+          others (a fairly expensive operation), and providing relocation
+          support which hides fixed GTT offsets from clients. Clients must take
+          care not to submit command buffers that reference more objects than
+          can fit in the GTT; otherwise, GEM will reject them and no rendering
+          will occur. Similarly, if several objects in the buffer require fence
+          registers to be allocated for correct rendering (e.g. 2D blits on
+          pre-965 chips), care must be taken not to require more fence registers
+          than are available to the client. Such resource management should be
+          abstracted from the client in libdrm.
+        </para>
       </sect3>
     </sect2>
+  </sect1>
 
+  <!-- Internals: mode setting -->
+
+  <sect1 id="drm-mode-setting">
+    <title>Mode Setting</title>
+    <para>
+      Drivers must initialize the mode setting core by calling
+      <function>drm_mode_config_init</function> on the DRM device. The function
+      initializes the <structname>drm_device</structname>
+      <structfield>mode_config</structfield> field and never fails. Once done,
+      mode configuration must be setup by initializing the following fields.
+    </para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <synopsis>int min_width, min_height;
+int max_width, max_height;</synopsis>
+        <para>
+	  Minimum and maximum width and height of the frame buffers in pixel
+	  units.
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <synopsis>struct drm_mode_config_funcs *funcs;</synopsis>
+	<para>Mode setting functions.</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
     <sect2>
-      <title>Output configuration</title>
+      <title>Frame Buffer Creation</title>
+      <synopsis>struct drm_framebuffer *(*fb_create)(struct drm_device *dev,
+				     struct drm_file *file_priv,
+				     struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd);</synopsis>
       <para>
-	The final initialization task is output configuration.  This involves:
-	<itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-	    Finding and initializing the CRTCs, encoders, and connectors
-	    for the device.
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-	    Creating an initial configuration.
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-	    Registering a framebuffer console driver.
-	  </listitem>
-	</itemizedlist>
+        Frame buffers are abstract memory objects that provide a source of
+        pixels to scanout to a CRTC. Applications explicitly request the
+        creation of frame buffers through the DRM_IOCTL_MODE_ADDFB(2) ioctls and
+        receive an opaque handle that can be passed to the KMS CRTC control,
+        plane configuration and page flip functions.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        Frame buffers rely on the underneath memory manager for low-level memory
+        operations. When creating a frame buffer applications pass a memory
+        handle (or a list of memory handles for multi-planar formats) through
+        the <parameter>drm_mode_fb_cmd2</parameter> argument. This document
+        assumes that the driver uses GEM, those handles thus reference GEM
+        objects.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        Drivers must first validate the requested frame buffer parameters passed
+        through the mode_cmd argument. In particular this is where invalid
+        sizes, pixel formats or pitches can be caught.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        If the parameters are deemed valid, drivers then create, initialize and
+        return an instance of struct <structname>drm_framebuffer</structname>.
+        If desired the instance can be embedded in a larger driver-specific
+        structure. The new instance is initialized with a call to
+        <function>drm_framebuffer_init</function> which takes a pointer to DRM
+        frame buffer operations (struct
+        <structname>drm_framebuffer_funcs</structname>). Frame buffer operations are
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>int (*create_handle)(struct drm_framebuffer *fb,
+		     struct drm_file *file_priv, unsigned int *handle);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              Create a handle to the frame buffer underlying memory object. If
+              the frame buffer uses a multi-plane format, the handle will
+              reference the memory object associated with the first plane.
+            </para>
+            <para>
+              Drivers call <function>drm_gem_handle_create</function> to create
+              the handle.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>void (*destroy)(struct drm_framebuffer *framebuffer);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              Destroy the frame buffer object and frees all associated
+              resources. Drivers must call
+              <function>drm_framebuffer_cleanup</function> to free resources
+              allocated by the DRM core for the frame buffer object, and must
+              make sure to unreference all memory objects associated with the
+              frame buffer. Handles created by the
+              <methodname>create_handle</methodname> operation are released by
+              the DRM core.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>int (*dirty)(struct drm_framebuffer *framebuffer,
+	     struct drm_file *file_priv, unsigned flags, unsigned color,
+	     struct drm_clip_rect *clips, unsigned num_clips);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              This optional operation notifies the driver that a region of the
+              frame buffer has changed in response to a DRM_IOCTL_MODE_DIRTYFB
+              ioctl call.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        After initializing the <structname>drm_framebuffer</structname>
+        instance drivers must fill its <structfield>width</structfield>,
+        <structfield>height</structfield>, <structfield>pitches</structfield>,
+        <structfield>offsets</structfield>, <structfield>depth</structfield>,
+        <structfield>bits_per_pixel</structfield> and
+        <structfield>pixel_format</structfield> fields from the values passed
+        through the <parameter>drm_mode_fb_cmd2</parameter> argument. They
+        should call the <function>drm_helper_mode_fill_fb_struct</function>
+        helper function to do so.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Output Polling</title>
+      <synopsis>void (*output_poll_changed)(struct drm_device *dev);</synopsis>
+      <para>
+        This operation notifies the driver that the status of one or more
+        connectors has changed. Drivers that use the fb helper can just call the
+        <function>drm_fb_helper_hotplug_event</function> function to handle this
+        operation.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+  </sect1>
+
+  <!-- Internals: kms initialization and cleanup -->
+
+  <sect1 id="drm-kms-init">
+    <title>KMS Initialization and Cleanup</title>
+    <para>
+      A KMS device is abstracted and exposed as a set of planes, CRTCs, encoders
+      and connectors. KMS drivers must thus create and initialize all those
+      objects at load time after initializing mode setting.
+    </para>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>CRTCs (struct <structname>drm_crtc</structname>)</title>
+      <para>
+        A CRTC is an abstraction representing a part of the chip that contains a
+	pointer to a scanout buffer. Therefore, the number of CRTCs available
+	determines how many independent scanout buffers can be active at any
+	given time. The CRTC structure contains several fields to support this:
+	a pointer to some video memory (abstracted as a frame buffer object), a
+	display mode, and an (x, y) offset into the video memory to support
+	panning or configurations where one piece of video memory spans multiple
+	CRTCs.
       </para>
       <sect3>
-	<title>Output discovery and initialization</title>
-	<para>
-	  Several core functions exist to create CRTCs, encoders, and
-	  connectors, namely: drm_crtc_init(), drm_connector_init(), and
-	  drm_encoder_init(), along with several "helper" functions to
-	  perform common tasks.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Connectors should be registered with sysfs once they've been
-	  detected and initialized, using the
-	  drm_sysfs_connector_add() function.  Likewise, when they're
-	  removed from the system, they should be destroyed with
-	  drm_sysfs_connector_remove().
-	</para>
-	<programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
+        <title>CRTC Initialization</title>
+        <para>
+          A KMS device must create and register at least one struct
+          <structname>drm_crtc</structname> instance. The instance is allocated
+          and zeroed by the driver, possibly as part of a larger structure, and
+          registered with a call to <function>drm_crtc_init</function> with a
+          pointer to CRTC functions.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>CRTC Operations</title>
+        <sect4>
+          <title>Set Configuration</title>
+          <synopsis>int (*set_config)(struct drm_mode_set *set);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Apply a new CRTC configuration to the device. The configuration
+            specifies a CRTC, a frame buffer to scan out from, a (x,y) position in
+            the frame buffer, a display mode and an array of connectors to drive
+            with the CRTC if possible.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            If the frame buffer specified in the configuration is NULL, the driver
+            must detach all encoders connected to the CRTC and all connectors
+            attached to those encoders and disable them.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            This operation is called with the mode config lock held.
+          </para>
+          <note><para>
+            FIXME: How should set_config interact with DPMS? If the CRTC is
+            suspended, should it be resumed?
+          </para></note>
+        </sect4>
+        <sect4>
+          <title>Page Flipping</title>
+          <synopsis>int (*page_flip)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_framebuffer *fb,
+                   struct drm_pending_vblank_event *event);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Schedule a page flip to the given frame buffer for the CRTC. This
+            operation is called with the mode config mutex held.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            Page flipping is a synchronization mechanism that replaces the frame
+            buffer being scanned out by the CRTC with a new frame buffer during
+            vertical blanking, avoiding tearing. When an application requests a page
+            flip the DRM core verifies that the new frame buffer is large enough to
+            be scanned out by  the CRTC in the currently configured mode and then
+            calls the CRTC <methodname>page_flip</methodname> operation with a
+            pointer to the new frame buffer.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            The <methodname>page_flip</methodname> operation schedules a page flip.
+            Once any pending rendering targetting the new frame buffer has
+            completed, the CRTC will be reprogrammed to display that frame buffer
+            after the next vertical refresh. The operation must return immediately
+            without waiting for rendering or page flip to complete and must block
+            any new rendering to the frame buffer until the page flip completes.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            If a page flip is already pending, the
+            <methodname>page_flip</methodname> operation must return
+            -<errorname>EBUSY</errorname>.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            To synchronize page flip to vertical blanking the driver will likely
+            need to enable vertical blanking interrupts. It should call
+            <function>drm_vblank_get</function> for that purpose, and call
+            <function>drm_vblank_put</function> after the page flip completes.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            If the application has requested to be notified when page flip completes
+            the <methodname>page_flip</methodname> operation will be called with a
+            non-NULL <parameter>event</parameter> argument pointing to a
+            <structname>drm_pending_vblank_event</structname> instance. Upon page
+            flip completion the driver must call <methodname>drm_send_vblank_event</methodname>
+            to fill in the event and send to wake up any waiting processes.
+            This can be performed with
+            <programlisting><![CDATA[
+            spin_lock_irqsave(&dev->event_lock, flags);
+            ...
+            drm_send_vblank_event(dev, pipe, event);
+            spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev->event_lock, flags);
+            ]]></programlisting>
+          </para>
+          <note><para>
+            FIXME: Could drivers that don't need to wait for rendering to complete
+            just add the event to <literal>dev-&gt;vblank_event_list</literal> and
+            let the DRM core handle everything, as for "normal" vertical blanking
+            events?
+          </para></note>
+          <para>
+            While waiting for the page flip to complete, the
+            <literal>event-&gt;base.link</literal> list head can be used freely by
+            the driver to store the pending event in a driver-specific list.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            If the file handle is closed before the event is signaled, drivers must
+            take care to destroy the event in their
+            <methodname>preclose</methodname> operation (and, if needed, call
+            <function>drm_vblank_put</function>).
+          </para>
+        </sect4>
+        <sect4>
+          <title>Miscellaneous</title>
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <synopsis>void (*gamma_set)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, u16 *r, u16 *g, u16 *b,
+                        uint32_t start, uint32_t size);</synopsis>
+              <para>
+                Apply a gamma table to the device. The operation is optional.
+              </para>
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+              <synopsis>void (*destroy)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);</synopsis>
+              <para>
+                Destroy the CRTC when not needed anymore. See
+                <xref linkend="drm-kms-init"/>.
+              </para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect4>
+      </sect3>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Planes (struct <structname>drm_plane</structname>)</title>
+      <para>
+        A plane represents an image source that can be blended with or overlayed
+	on top of a CRTC during the scanout process. Planes are associated with
+	a frame buffer to crop a portion of the image memory (source) and
+	optionally scale it to a destination size. The result is then blended
+	with or overlayed on top of a CRTC.
+      </para>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Plane Initialization</title>
+        <para>
+          Planes are optional. To create a plane, a KMS drivers allocates and
+          zeroes an instances of struct <structname>drm_plane</structname>
+          (possibly as part of a larger structure) and registers it with a call
+          to <function>drm_plane_init</function>. The function takes a bitmask
+          of the CRTCs that can be associated with the plane, a pointer to the
+          plane functions and a list of format supported formats.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Plane Operations</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>int (*update_plane)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_crtc *crtc,
+                        struct drm_framebuffer *fb, int crtc_x, int crtc_y,
+                        unsigned int crtc_w, unsigned int crtc_h,
+                        uint32_t src_x, uint32_t src_y,
+                        uint32_t src_w, uint32_t src_h);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              Enable and configure the plane to use the given CRTC and frame buffer.
+            </para>
+            <para>
+              The source rectangle in frame buffer memory coordinates is given by
+              the <parameter>src_x</parameter>, <parameter>src_y</parameter>,
+              <parameter>src_w</parameter> and <parameter>src_h</parameter>
+              parameters (as 16.16 fixed point values). Devices that don't support
+              subpixel plane coordinates can ignore the fractional part.
+            </para>
+            <para>
+              The destination rectangle in CRTC coordinates is given by the
+              <parameter>crtc_x</parameter>, <parameter>crtc_y</parameter>,
+              <parameter>crtc_w</parameter> and <parameter>crtc_h</parameter>
+              parameters (as integer values). Devices scale the source rectangle to
+              the destination rectangle. If scaling is not supported, and the source
+              rectangle size doesn't match the destination rectangle size, the
+              driver must return a -<errorname>EINVAL</errorname> error.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>int (*disable_plane)(struct drm_plane *plane);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              Disable the plane. The DRM core calls this method in response to a
+              DRM_IOCTL_MODE_SETPLANE ioctl call with the frame buffer ID set to 0.
+              Disabled planes must not be processed by the CRTC.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>void (*destroy)(struct drm_plane *plane);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              Destroy the plane when not needed anymore. See
+              <xref linkend="drm-kms-init"/>.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect3>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Encoders (struct <structname>drm_encoder</structname>)</title>
+      <para>
+        An encoder takes pixel data from a CRTC and converts it to a format
+	suitable for any attached connectors. On some devices, it may be
+	possible to have a CRTC send data to more than one encoder. In that
+	case, both encoders would receive data from the same scanout buffer,
+	resulting in a "cloned" display configuration across the connectors
+	attached to each encoder.
+      </para>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Encoder Initialization</title>
+        <para>
+          As for CRTCs, a KMS driver must create, initialize and register at
+          least one struct <structname>drm_encoder</structname> instance. The
+          instance is allocated and zeroed by the driver, possibly as part of a
+          larger structure.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Drivers must initialize the struct <structname>drm_encoder</structname>
+          <structfield>possible_crtcs</structfield> and
+          <structfield>possible_clones</structfield> fields before registering the
+          encoder. Both fields are bitmasks of respectively the CRTCs that the
+          encoder can be connected to, and sibling encoders candidate for cloning.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          After being initialized, the encoder must be registered with a call to
+          <function>drm_encoder_init</function>. The function takes a pointer to
+          the encoder functions and an encoder type. Supported types are
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DAC for VGA and analog on DVI-I/DVI-A
+              </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+              DRM_MODE_ENCODER_TMDS for DVI, HDMI and (embedded) DisplayPort
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+              DRM_MODE_ENCODER_LVDS for display panels
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+              DRM_MODE_ENCODER_TVDAC for TV output (Composite, S-Video, Component,
+              SCART)
+            </listitem>
+            <listitem>
+              DRM_MODE_ENCODER_VIRTUAL for virtual machine displays
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Encoders must be attached to a CRTC to be used. DRM drivers leave
+          encoders unattached at initialization time. Applications (or the fbdev
+          compatibility layer when implemented) are responsible for attaching the
+          encoders they want to use to a CRTC.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Encoder Operations</title>
+        <itemizedlist>
+          <listitem>
+            <synopsis>void (*destroy)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);</synopsis>
+            <para>
+              Called to destroy the encoder when not needed anymore. See
+              <xref linkend="drm-kms-init"/>.
+            </para>
+          </listitem>
+        </itemizedlist>
+      </sect3>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Connectors (struct <structname>drm_connector</structname>)</title>
+      <para>
+        A connector is the final destination for pixel data on a device, and
+	usually connects directly to an external display device like a monitor
+	or laptop panel. A connector can only be attached to one encoder at a
+	time. The connector is also the structure where information about the
+	attached display is kept, so it contains fields for display data, EDID
+	data, DPMS &amp; connection status, and information about modes
+	supported on the attached displays.
+      </para>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Connector Initialization</title>
+        <para>
+          Finally a KMS driver must create, initialize, register and attach at
+          least one struct <structname>drm_connector</structname> instance. The
+          instance is created as other KMS objects and initialized by setting the
+          following fields.
+        </para>
+        <variablelist>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term><structfield>interlace_allowed</structfield></term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Whether the connector can handle interlaced modes.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term><structfield>doublescan_allowed</structfield></term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Whether the connector can handle doublescan.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term><structfield>display_info
+            </structfield></term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Display information is filled from EDID information when a display
+              is detected. For non hot-pluggable displays such as flat panels in
+              embedded systems, the driver should initialize the
+              <structfield>display_info</structfield>.<structfield>width_mm</structfield>
+              and
+              <structfield>display_info</structfield>.<structfield>height_mm</structfield>
+              fields with the physical size of the display.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term id="drm-kms-connector-polled"><structfield>polled</structfield></term>
+            <listitem><para>
+              Connector polling mode, a combination of
+              <variablelist>
+                <varlistentry>
+                  <term>DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD</term>
+                  <listitem><para>
+                    The connector generates hotplug events and doesn't need to be
+                    periodically polled. The CONNECT and DISCONNECT flags must not
+                    be set together with the HPD flag.
+                  </para></listitem>
+                </varlistentry>
+                <varlistentry>
+                  <term>DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_CONNECT</term>
+                  <listitem><para>
+                    Periodically poll the connector for connection.
+                  </para></listitem>
+                </varlistentry>
+                <varlistentry>
+                  <term>DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT</term>
+                  <listitem><para>
+                    Periodically poll the connector for disconnection.
+                  </para></listitem>
+                </varlistentry>
+              </variablelist>
+              Set to 0 for connectors that don't support connection status
+              discovery.
+            </para></listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+        </variablelist>
+        <para>
+          The connector is then registered with a call to
+          <function>drm_connector_init</function> with a pointer to the connector
+          functions and a connector type, and exposed through sysfs with a call to
+          <function>drm_sysfs_connector_add</function>.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Supported connector types are
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VGA</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVII</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVID</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DVIA</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Composite</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_SVIDEO</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_LVDS</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Component</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_9PinDIN</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_DisplayPort</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_HDMIA</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_HDMIB</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_TV</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_eDP</listitem>
+            <listitem>DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VIRTUAL</listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Connectors must be attached to an encoder to be used. For devices that
+          map connectors to encoders 1:1, the connector should be attached at
+          initialization time with a call to
+          <function>drm_mode_connector_attach_encoder</function>. The driver must
+          also set the <structname>drm_connector</structname>
+          <structfield>encoder</structfield> field to point to the attached
+          encoder.
+        </para>
+        <para>
+          Finally, drivers must initialize the connectors state change detection
+          with a call to <function>drm_kms_helper_poll_init</function>. If at
+          least one connector is pollable but can't generate hotplug interrupts
+          (indicated by the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_CONNECT and
+          DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT connector flags), a delayed work will
+          automatically be queued to periodically poll for changes. Connectors
+          that can generate hotplug interrupts must be marked with the
+          DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD flag instead, and their interrupt handler must
+          call <function>drm_helper_hpd_irq_event</function>. The function will
+          queue a delayed work to check the state of all connectors, but no
+          periodic polling will be done.
+        </para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+        <title>Connector Operations</title>
+        <note><para>
+          Unless otherwise state, all operations are mandatory.
+        </para></note>
+        <sect4>
+          <title>DPMS</title>
+          <synopsis>void (*dpms)(struct drm_connector *connector, int mode);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            The DPMS operation sets the power state of a connector. The mode
+            argument is one of
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem><para>DRM_MODE_DPMS_ON</para></listitem>
+              <listitem><para>DRM_MODE_DPMS_STANDBY</para></listitem>
+              <listitem><para>DRM_MODE_DPMS_SUSPEND</para></listitem>
+              <listitem><para>DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF</para></listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            In all but DPMS_ON mode the encoder to which the connector is attached
+            should put the display in low-power mode by driving its signals
+            appropriately. If more than one connector is attached to the encoder
+            care should be taken not to change the power state of other displays as
+            a side effect. Low-power mode should be propagated to the encoders and
+            CRTCs when all related connectors are put in low-power mode.
+          </para>
+        </sect4>
+        <sect4>
+          <title>Modes</title>
+          <synopsis>int (*fill_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector, uint32_t max_width,
+                      uint32_t max_height);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Fill the mode list with all supported modes for the connector. If the
+            <parameter>max_width</parameter> and <parameter>max_height</parameter>
+            arguments are non-zero, the implementation must ignore all modes wider
+            than <parameter>max_width</parameter> or higher than
+            <parameter>max_height</parameter>.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            The connector must also fill in this operation its
+            <structfield>display_info</structfield>
+            <structfield>width_mm</structfield> and
+            <structfield>height_mm</structfield> fields with the connected display
+            physical size in millimeters. The fields should be set to 0 if the value
+            isn't known or is not applicable (for instance for projector devices).
+          </para>
+        </sect4>
+        <sect4>
+          <title>Connection Status</title>
+          <para>
+            The connection status is updated through polling or hotplug events when
+            supported (see <xref linkend="drm-kms-connector-polled"/>). The status
+            value is reported to userspace through ioctls and must not be used
+            inside the driver, as it only gets initialized by a call to
+            <function>drm_mode_getconnector</function> from userspace.
+          </para>
+          <synopsis>enum drm_connector_status (*detect)(struct drm_connector *connector,
+                                        bool force);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Check to see if anything is attached to the connector. The
+            <parameter>force</parameter> parameter is set to false whilst polling or
+            to true when checking the connector due to user request.
+            <parameter>force</parameter> can be used by the driver to avoid
+            expensive, destructive operations during automated probing.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            Return connector_status_connected if something is connected to the
+            connector, connector_status_disconnected if nothing is connected and
+            connector_status_unknown if the connection state isn't known.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            Drivers should only return connector_status_connected if the connection
+            status has really been probed as connected. Connectors that can't detect
+            the connection status, or failed connection status probes, should return
+            connector_status_unknown.
+          </para>
+        </sect4>
+        <sect4>
+          <title>Miscellaneous</title>
+          <itemizedlist>
+            <listitem>
+              <synopsis>void (*destroy)(struct drm_connector *connector);</synopsis>
+              <para>
+                Destroy the connector when not needed anymore. See
+                <xref linkend="drm-kms-init"/>.
+              </para>
+            </listitem>
+          </itemizedlist>
+        </sect4>
+      </sect3>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Cleanup</title>
+      <para>
+        The DRM core manages its objects' lifetime. When an object is not needed
+	anymore the core calls its destroy function, which must clean up and
+	free every resource allocated for the object. Every
+	<function>drm_*_init</function> call must be matched with a
+	corresponding <function>drm_*_cleanup</function> call to cleanup CRTCs
+	(<function>drm_crtc_cleanup</function>), planes
+	(<function>drm_plane_cleanup</function>), encoders
+	(<function>drm_encoder_cleanup</function>) and connectors
+	(<function>drm_connector_cleanup</function>). Furthermore, connectors
+	that have been added to sysfs must be removed by a call to
+	<function>drm_sysfs_connector_remove</function> before calling
+	<function>drm_connector_cleanup</function>.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        Connectors state change detection must be cleanup up with a call to
+	<function>drm_kms_helper_poll_fini</function>.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Output discovery and initialization example</title>
+      <programlisting><![CDATA[
 void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
 {
 	struct drm_connector *connector;
@@ -556,252 +1600,756 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
 	drm_connector_helper_add(connector, &intel_crt_connector_helper_funcs);
 
 	drm_sysfs_connector_add(connector);
-}
-]]>
-	</programlisting>
-	<para>
-	  In the example above (again, taken from the i915 driver), a
-	  CRT connector and encoder combination is created.  A device-specific
-	  i2c bus is also created for fetching EDID data and
-	  performing monitor detection.  Once the process is complete,
-	  the new connector is registered with sysfs to make its
-	  properties available to applications.
-	</para>
-	<sect4>
-	  <title>Helper functions and core functions</title>
-	  <para>
-	    Since many PC-class graphics devices have similar display output
-	    designs, the DRM provides a set of helper functions to make
-	    output management easier.  The core helper routines handle
-	    encoder re-routing and the disabling of unused functions following
-	    mode setting.  Using the helpers is optional, but recommended for
-	    devices with PC-style architectures (i.e. a set of display planes
-	    for feeding pixels to encoders which are in turn routed to
-	    connectors).  Devices with more complex requirements needing
-	    finer grained management may opt to use the core callbacks
-	    directly.
-	  </para>
-	  <para>
-	    [Insert typical diagram here.]  [Insert OMAP style config here.]
-	  </para>
-	</sect4>
-	<para>
-	  Each encoder object needs to provide:
-	  <itemizedlist>
-	    <listitem>
-	      A DPMS (basically on/off) function.
-	    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-	      A mode-fixup function (for converting requested modes into
-	      native hardware timings).
-	    </listitem>
-	    <listitem>
-	      Functions (prepare, set, and commit) for use by the core DRM
-	      helper functions.
-	    </listitem>
-	  </itemizedlist>
-	  Connector helpers need to provide functions (mode-fetch, validity,
-	  and encoder-matching) for returning an ideal encoder for a given
-	  connector.  The core connector functions include a DPMS callback,
-	  save/restore routines (deprecated), detection, mode probing,
-	  property handling, and cleanup functions.
-	</para>
-<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.h-->
-<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.c-->
-<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c-->
-      </sect3>
+}]]></programlisting>
+      <para>
+        In the example above (taken from the i915 driver), a CRTC, connector and
+        encoder combination is created. A device-specific i2c bus is also
+        created for fetching EDID data and performing monitor detection. Once
+        the process is complete, the new connector is registered with sysfs to
+        make its properties available to applications.
+      </para>
     </sect2>
   </sect1>
 
-  <!-- Internals: vblank handling -->
+  <!-- Internals: kms helper functions -->
 
   <sect1>
-    <title>VBlank event handling</title>
+    <title>Mode Setting Helper Functions</title>
     <para>
-      The DRM core exposes two vertical blank related ioctls:
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term>DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK</term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              This takes a struct drm_wait_vblank structure as its argument,
-              and it is used to block or request a signal when a specified
-              vblank event occurs.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term>DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL</term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-              This should be called by application level drivers before and
-              after mode setting, since on many devices the vertical blank
-              counter is reset at that time.  Internally, the DRM snapshots
-              the last vblank count when the ioctl is called with the
-              _DRM_PRE_MODESET command, so that the counter won't go backwards
-              (which is dealt with when _DRM_POST_MODESET is used).
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c-->
+      The CRTC, encoder and connector functions provided by the drivers
+      implement the DRM API. They're called by the DRM core and ioctl handlers
+      to handle device state changes and configuration request. As implementing
+      those functions often requires logic not specific to drivers, mid-layer
+      helper functions are available to avoid duplicating boilerplate code.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The DRM core contains one mid-layer implementation. The mid-layer provides
+      implementations of several CRTC, encoder and connector functions (called
+      from the top of the mid-layer) that pre-process requests and call
+      lower-level functions provided by the driver (at the bottom of the
+      mid-layer). For instance, the
+      <function>drm_crtc_helper_set_config</function> function can be used to
+      fill the struct <structname>drm_crtc_funcs</structname>
+      <structfield>set_config</structfield> field. When called, it will split
+      the <methodname>set_config</methodname> operation in smaller, simpler
+      operations and call the driver to handle them.
     </para>
     <para>
-      To support the functions above, the DRM core provides several
-      helper functions for tracking vertical blank counters, and
-      requires drivers to provide several callbacks:
-      get_vblank_counter(), enable_vblank() and disable_vblank().  The
-      core uses get_vblank_counter() to keep the counter accurate
-      across interrupt disable periods.  It should return the current
-      vertical blank event count, which is often tracked in a device
-      register.  The enable and disable vblank callbacks should enable
-      and disable vertical blank interrupts, respectively.  In the
-      absence of DRM clients waiting on vblank events, the core DRM
-      code uses the disable_vblank() function to disable
-      interrupts, which saves power.  They are re-enabled again when
-      a client calls the vblank wait ioctl above.
+      To use the mid-layer, drivers call <function>drm_crtc_helper_add</function>,
+      <function>drm_encoder_helper_add</function> and
+      <function>drm_connector_helper_add</function> functions to install their
+      mid-layer bottom operations handlers, and fill the
+      <structname>drm_crtc_funcs</structname>,
+      <structname>drm_encoder_funcs</structname> and
+      <structname>drm_connector_funcs</structname> structures with pointers to
+      the mid-layer top API functions. Installing the mid-layer bottom operation
+      handlers is best done right after registering the corresponding KMS object.
     </para>
     <para>
-      A device that doesn't provide a count register may simply use an
-      internal atomic counter incremented on every vertical blank
-      interrupt (and then treat the enable_vblank() and disable_vblank()
-      callbacks as no-ops).
+      The mid-layer is not split between CRTC, encoder and connector operations.
+      To use it, a driver must provide bottom functions for all of the three KMS
+      entities.
     </para>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Helper Functions</title>
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int drm_crtc_helper_set_config(struct drm_mode_set *set);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            The <function>drm_crtc_helper_set_config</function> helper function
+            is a CRTC <methodname>set_config</methodname> implementation. It
+            first tries to locate the best encoder for each connector by calling
+            the connector <methodname>best_encoder</methodname> helper
+            operation.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            After locating the appropriate encoders, the helper function will
+            call the <methodname>mode_fixup</methodname> encoder and CRTC helper
+            operations to adjust the requested mode, or reject it completely in
+            which case an error will be returned to the application. If the new
+            configuration after mode adjustment is identical to the current
+            configuration the helper function will return without performing any
+            other operation.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            If the adjusted mode is identical to the current mode but changes to
+            the frame buffer need to be applied, the
+            <function>drm_crtc_helper_set_config</function> function will call
+            the CRTC <methodname>mode_set_base</methodname> helper operation. If
+            the adjusted mode differs from the current mode, or if the
+            <methodname>mode_set_base</methodname> helper operation is not
+            provided, the helper function performs a full mode set sequence by
+            calling the <methodname>prepare</methodname>,
+            <methodname>mode_set</methodname> and
+            <methodname>commit</methodname> CRTC and encoder helper operations,
+            in that order.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>void drm_helper_connector_dpms(struct drm_connector *connector, int mode);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            The <function>drm_helper_connector_dpms</function> helper function
+            is a connector <methodname>dpms</methodname> implementation that
+            tracks power state of connectors. To use the function, drivers must
+            provide <methodname>dpms</methodname> helper operations for CRTCs
+            and encoders to apply the DPMS state to the device.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            The mid-layer doesn't track the power state of CRTCs and encoders.
+            The <methodname>dpms</methodname> helper operations can thus be
+            called with a mode identical to the currently active mode.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(struct drm_connector *connector,
+                                            uint32_t maxX, uint32_t maxY);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            The <function>drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes</function> helper
+            function is a connector <methodname>fill_modes</methodname>
+            implementation that updates the connection status for the connector
+            and then retrieves a list of modes by calling the connector
+            <methodname>get_modes</methodname> helper operation.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            The function filters out modes larger than
+            <parameter>max_width</parameter> and <parameter>max_height</parameter>
+            if specified. It then calls the connector
+            <methodname>mode_valid</methodname> helper operation for  each mode in
+            the probed list to check whether the mode is valid for the connector.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>CRTC Helper Operations</title>
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem id="drm-helper-crtc-mode-fixup">
+          <synopsis>bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,
+                       const struct drm_display_mode *mode,
+                       struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Let CRTCs adjust the requested mode or reject it completely. This
+            operation returns true if the mode is accepted (possibly after being
+            adjusted) or false if it is rejected.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            The <methodname>mode_fixup</methodname> operation should reject the
+            mode if it can't reasonably use it. The definition of "reasonable"
+            is currently fuzzy in this context. One possible behaviour would be
+            to set the adjusted mode to the panel timings when a fixed-mode
+            panel is used with hardware capable of scaling. Another behaviour
+            would be to accept any input mode and adjust it to the closest mode
+            supported by the hardware (FIXME: This needs to be clarified).
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int (*mode_set_base)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, int x, int y,
+                     struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb)</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Move the CRTC on the current frame buffer (stored in
+            <literal>crtc-&gt;fb</literal>) to position (x,y). Any of the frame
+            buffer, x position or y position may have been modified.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            This helper operation is optional. If not provided, the
+            <function>drm_crtc_helper_set_config</function> function will fall
+            back to the <methodname>mode_set</methodname> helper operation.
+          </para>
+          <note><para>
+            FIXME: Why are x and y passed as arguments, as they can be accessed
+            through <literal>crtc-&gt;x</literal> and
+            <literal>crtc-&gt;y</literal>?
+          </para></note>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>void (*prepare)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Prepare the CRTC for mode setting. This operation is called after
+            validating the requested mode. Drivers use it to perform
+            device-specific operations required before setting the new mode.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int (*mode_set)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_display_mode *mode,
+                struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode, int x, int y,
+                struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Set a new mode, position and frame buffer. Depending on the device
+            requirements, the mode can be stored internally by the driver and
+            applied in the <methodname>commit</methodname> operation, or
+            programmed to the hardware immediately.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            The <methodname>mode_set</methodname> operation returns 0 on success
+	    or a negative error code if an error occurs.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>void (*commit)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Commit a mode. This operation is called after setting the new mode.
+            Upon return the device must use the new mode and be fully
+            operational.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Encoder Helper Operations</title>
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,
+                       const struct drm_display_mode *mode,
+                       struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);</synopsis>
+          <note><para>
+            FIXME: The mode argument be const, but the i915 driver modifies
+            mode-&gt;clock in <function>intel_dp_mode_fixup</function>.
+          </para></note>
+          <para>
+            Let encoders adjust the requested mode or reject it completely. This
+            operation returns true if the mode is accepted (possibly after being
+            adjusted) or false if it is rejected. See the
+            <link linkend="drm-helper-crtc-mode-fixup">mode_fixup CRTC helper
+            operation</link> for an explanation of the allowed adjustments.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>void (*prepare)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Prepare the encoder for mode setting. This operation is called after
+            validating the requested mode. Drivers use it to perform
+            device-specific operations required before setting the new mode.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>void (*mode_set)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,
+                 struct drm_display_mode *mode,
+                 struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Set a new mode. Depending on the device requirements, the mode can
+            be stored internally by the driver and applied in the
+            <methodname>commit</methodname> operation, or programmed to the
+            hardware immediately.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>void (*commit)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Commit a mode. This operation is called after setting the new mode.
+            Upon return the device must use the new mode and be fully
+            operational.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Connector Helper Operations</title>
+      <itemizedlist>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>struct drm_encoder *(*best_encoder)(struct drm_connector *connector);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Return a pointer to the best encoder for the connecter. Device that
+            map connectors to encoders 1:1 simply return the pointer to the
+            associated encoder. This operation is mandatory.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int (*get_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Fill the connector's <structfield>probed_modes</structfield> list
+            by parsing EDID data with <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> or
+            calling <function>drm_mode_probed_add</function> directly for every
+            supported mode and return the number of modes it has detected. This
+            operation is mandatory.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            When adding modes manually the driver creates each mode with a call to
+            <function>drm_mode_create</function> and must fill the following fields.
+            <itemizedlist>
+              <listitem>
+                <synopsis>__u32 type;</synopsis>
+                <para>
+                  Mode type bitmask, a combination of
+                  <variablelist>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_TYPE_BUILTIN</term>
+                      <listitem><para>not used?</para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_TYPE_CLOCK_C</term>
+                      <listitem><para>not used?</para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_TYPE_CRTC_C</term>
+                      <listitem><para>not used?</para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>
+        DRM_MODE_TYPE_PREFERRED - The preferred mode for the connector
+                      </term>
+                      <listitem>
+                        <para>not used?</para>
+                      </listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_TYPE_DEFAULT</term>
+                      <listitem><para>not used?</para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_TYPE_USERDEF</term>
+                      <listitem><para>not used?</para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_TYPE_DRIVER</term>
+                      <listitem>
+                        <para>
+                          The mode has been created by the driver (as opposed to
+                          to user-created modes).
+                        </para>
+                      </listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                  </variablelist>
+                  Drivers must set the DRM_MODE_TYPE_DRIVER bit for all modes they
+                  create, and set the DRM_MODE_TYPE_PREFERRED bit for the preferred
+                  mode.
+                </para>
+              </listitem>
+              <listitem>
+                <synopsis>__u32 clock;</synopsis>
+                <para>Pixel clock frequency in kHz unit</para>
+              </listitem>
+              <listitem>
+                <synopsis>__u16 hdisplay, hsync_start, hsync_end, htotal;
+    __u16 vdisplay, vsync_start, vsync_end, vtotal;</synopsis>
+                <para>Horizontal and vertical timing information</para>
+                <screen><![CDATA[
+             Active                 Front           Sync           Back
+             Region                 Porch                          Porch
+    <-----------------------><----------------><-------------><-------------->
+
+      //////////////////////|
+     ////////////////////// |
+    //////////////////////  |..................               ................
+                                               _______________
+
+    <----- [hv]display ----->
+    <------------- [hv]sync_start ------------>
+    <--------------------- [hv]sync_end --------------------->
+    <-------------------------------- [hv]total ----------------------------->
+]]></screen>
+              </listitem>
+              <listitem>
+                <synopsis>__u16 hskew;
+    __u16 vscan;</synopsis>
+                <para>Unknown</para>
+              </listitem>
+              <listitem>
+                <synopsis>__u32 flags;</synopsis>
+                <para>
+                  Mode flags, a combination of
+                  <variablelist>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_PHSYNC</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Horizontal sync is active high
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_NHSYNC</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Horizontal sync is active low
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_PVSYNC</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Vertical sync is active high
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_NVSYNC</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Vertical sync is active low
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_INTERLACE</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Mode is interlaced
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_DBLSCAN</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Mode uses doublescan
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_CSYNC</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Mode uses composite sync
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_PCSYNC</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Composite sync is active high
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_NCSYNC</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        Composite sync is active low
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_HSKEW</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        hskew provided (not used?)
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_BCAST</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        not used?
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_PIXMUX</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        not used?
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_DBLCLK</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        not used?
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                    <varlistentry>
+                      <term>DRM_MODE_FLAG_CLKDIV2</term>
+                      <listitem><para>
+                        ?
+                      </para></listitem>
+                    </varlistentry>
+                  </variablelist>
+                </para>
+                <para>
+                  Note that modes marked with the INTERLACE or DBLSCAN flags will be
+                  filtered out by
+                  <function>drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes</function> if
+                  the connector's <structfield>interlace_allowed</structfield> or
+                  <structfield>doublescan_allowed</structfield> field is set to 0.
+                </para>
+              </listitem>
+              <listitem>
+                <synopsis>char name[DRM_DISPLAY_MODE_LEN];</synopsis>
+                <para>
+                  Mode name. The driver must call
+                  <function>drm_mode_set_name</function> to fill the mode name from
+                  <structfield>hdisplay</structfield>,
+                  <structfield>vdisplay</structfield> and interlace flag after
+                  filling the corresponding fields.
+                </para>
+              </listitem>
+            </itemizedlist>
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            The <structfield>vrefresh</structfield> value is computed by
+            <function>drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes</function>.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            When parsing EDID data, <function>drm_add_edid_modes</function> fill the
+            connector <structfield>display_info</structfield>
+            <structfield>width_mm</structfield> and
+            <structfield>height_mm</structfield> fields. When creating modes
+            manually the <methodname>get_modes</methodname> helper operation must
+            set the <structfield>display_info</structfield>
+            <structfield>width_mm</structfield> and
+            <structfield>height_mm</structfield> fields if they haven't been set
+            already (for instance at initilization time when a fixed-size panel is
+            attached to the connector). The mode <structfield>width_mm</structfield>
+            and <structfield>height_mm</structfield> fields are only used internally
+            during EDID parsing and should not be set when creating modes manually.
+          </para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+          <synopsis>int (*mode_valid)(struct drm_connector *connector,
+		  struct drm_display_mode *mode);</synopsis>
+          <para>
+            Verify whether a mode is valid for the connector. Return MODE_OK for
+            supported modes and one of the enum drm_mode_status values (MODE_*)
+            for unsupported modes. This operation is mandatory.
+          </para>
+          <para>
+            As the mode rejection reason is currently not used beside for
+            immediately removing the unsupported mode, an implementation can
+            return MODE_BAD regardless of the exact reason why the mode is not
+            valid.
+          </para>
+          <note><para>
+            Note that the <methodname>mode_valid</methodname> helper operation is
+            only called for modes detected by the device, and
+            <emphasis>not</emphasis> for modes set by the user through the CRTC
+            <methodname>set_config</methodname> operation.
+          </para></note>
+        </listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Modeset Helper Functions Reference</title>
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>fbdev Helper Functions Reference</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_helper.c fbdev helpers
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_helper.c
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Display Port Helper Functions Reference</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_helper.c dp helpers
+!Iinclude/drm/drm_dp_helper.h
+!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_helper.c
+    </sect2>
   </sect1>
 
-  <sect1>
-    <title>Memory management</title>
+  <!-- Internals: vertical blanking -->
+
+  <sect1 id="drm-vertical-blank">
+    <title>Vertical Blanking</title>
     <para>
-      The memory manager lies at the heart of many DRM operations; it
-      is required to support advanced client features like OpenGL
-      pbuffers.  The DRM currently contains two memory managers: TTM
-      and GEM.
+      Vertical blanking plays a major role in graphics rendering. To achieve
+      tear-free display, users must synchronize page flips and/or rendering to
+      vertical blanking. The DRM API offers ioctls to perform page flips
+      synchronized to vertical blanking and wait for vertical blanking.
     </para>
+    <para>
+      The DRM core handles most of the vertical blanking management logic, which
+      involves filtering out spurious interrupts, keeping race-free blanking
+      counters, coping with counter wrap-around and resets and keeping use
+      counts. It relies on the driver to generate vertical blanking interrupts
+      and optionally provide a hardware vertical blanking counter. Drivers must
+      implement the following operations.
+    </para>
+    <itemizedlist>
+      <listitem>
+        <synopsis>int (*enable_vblank) (struct drm_device *dev, int crtc);
+void (*disable_vblank) (struct drm_device *dev, int crtc);</synopsis>
+        <para>
+	  Enable or disable vertical blanking interrupts for the given CRTC.
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+      <listitem>
+        <synopsis>u32 (*get_vblank_counter) (struct drm_device *dev, int crtc);</synopsis>
+        <para>
+	  Retrieve the value of the vertical blanking counter for the given
+	  CRTC. If the hardware maintains a vertical blanking counter its value
+	  should be returned. Otherwise drivers can use the
+	  <function>drm_vblank_count</function> helper function to handle this
+	  operation.
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+    <para>
+      Drivers must initialize the vertical blanking handling core with a call to
+      <function>drm_vblank_init</function> in their
+      <methodname>load</methodname> operation. The function will set the struct
+      <structname>drm_device</structname>
+      <structfield>vblank_disable_allowed</structfield> field to 0. This will
+      keep vertical blanking interrupts enabled permanently until the first mode
+      set operation, where <structfield>vblank_disable_allowed</structfield> is
+      set to 1. The reason behind this is not clear. Drivers can set the field
+      to 1 after <function>calling drm_vblank_init</function> to make vertical
+      blanking interrupts dynamically managed from the beginning.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Vertical blanking interrupts can be enabled by the DRM core or by drivers
+      themselves (for instance to handle page flipping operations). The DRM core
+      maintains a vertical blanking use count to ensure that the interrupts are
+      not disabled while a user still needs them. To increment the use count,
+      drivers call <function>drm_vblank_get</function>. Upon return vertical
+      blanking interrupts are guaranteed to be enabled.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      To decrement the use count drivers call
+      <function>drm_vblank_put</function>. Only when the use count drops to zero
+      will the DRM core disable the vertical blanking interrupts after a delay
+      by scheduling a timer. The delay is accessible through the vblankoffdelay
+      module parameter or the <varname>drm_vblank_offdelay</varname> global
+      variable and expressed in milliseconds. Its default value is 5000 ms.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      When a vertical blanking interrupt occurs drivers only need to call the
+      <function>drm_handle_vblank</function> function to account for the
+      interrupt.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Resources allocated by <function>drm_vblank_init</function> must be freed
+      with a call to <function>drm_vblank_cleanup</function> in the driver
+      <methodname>unload</methodname> operation handler.
+    </para>
+  </sect1>
 
+  <!-- Internals: open/close, file operations and ioctls -->
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>Open/Close, File Operations and IOCTLs</title>
     <sect2>
-      <title>The Translation Table Manager (TTM)</title>
+      <title>Open and Close</title>
+      <synopsis>int (*firstopen) (struct drm_device *);
+void (*lastclose) (struct drm_device *);
+int (*open) (struct drm_device *, struct drm_file *);
+void (*preclose) (struct drm_device *, struct drm_file *);
+void (*postclose) (struct drm_device *, struct drm_file *);</synopsis>
+      <abstract>Open and close handlers. None of those methods are mandatory.
+      </abstract>
       <para>
-	TTM was developed by Tungsten Graphics, primarily by Thomas
-	Hellström, and is intended to be a flexible, high performance
-	graphics memory manager.
+        The <methodname>firstopen</methodname> method is called by the DRM core
+	when an application opens a device that has no other opened file handle.
+	Similarly the <methodname>lastclose</methodname> method is called when
+	the last application holding a file handle opened on the device closes
+	it. Both methods are mostly used for UMS (User Mode Setting) drivers to
+	acquire and release device resources which should be done in the
+	<methodname>load</methodname> and <methodname>unload</methodname>
+	methods for KMS drivers.
       </para>
       <para>
-	Drivers wishing to support TTM must fill out a drm_bo_driver
-	structure.
+        Note that the <methodname>lastclose</methodname> method is also called
+	at module unload time or, for hot-pluggable devices, when the device is
+	unplugged. The <methodname>firstopen</methodname> and
+	<methodname>lastclose</methodname> calls can thus be unbalanced.
       </para>
       <para>
-	TTM design background and information belongs here.
+        The <methodname>open</methodname> method is called every time the device
+	is opened by an application. Drivers can allocate per-file private data
+	in this method and store them in the struct
+	<structname>drm_file</structname> <structfield>driver_priv</structfield>
+	field. Note that the <methodname>open</methodname> method is called
+	before <methodname>firstopen</methodname>.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        The close operation is split into <methodname>preclose</methodname> and
+	<methodname>postclose</methodname> methods. Drivers must stop and
+	cleanup all per-file operations in the <methodname>preclose</methodname>
+	method. For instance pending vertical blanking and page flip events must
+	be cancelled. No per-file operation is allowed on the file handle after
+	returning from the <methodname>preclose</methodname> method.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        Finally the <methodname>postclose</methodname> method is called as the
+	last step of the close operation, right before calling the
+	<methodname>lastclose</methodname> method if no other open file handle
+	exists for the device. Drivers that have allocated per-file private data
+	in the <methodname>open</methodname> method should free it here.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        The <methodname>lastclose</methodname> method should restore CRTC and
+	plane properties to default value, so that a subsequent open of the
+	device will not inherit state from the previous user.
       </para>
     </sect2>
-
     <sect2>
-      <title>The Graphics Execution Manager (GEM)</title>
+      <title>File Operations</title>
+      <synopsis>const struct file_operations *fops</synopsis>
+      <abstract>File operations for the DRM device node.</abstract>
       <para>
-	GEM is an Intel project, authored by Eric Anholt and Keith
-	Packard.  It provides simpler interfaces than TTM, and is well
-	suited for UMA devices.
+        Drivers must define the file operations structure that forms the DRM
+	userspace API entry point, even though most of those operations are
+	implemented in the DRM core. The <methodname>open</methodname>,
+	<methodname>release</methodname> and <methodname>ioctl</methodname>
+	operations are handled by
+	<programlisting>
+	.owner = THIS_MODULE,
+	.open = drm_open,
+	.release = drm_release,
+	.unlocked_ioctl = drm_ioctl,
+  #ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+	.compat_ioctl = drm_compat_ioctl,
+  #endif
+        </programlisting>
       </para>
       <para>
-	GEM-enabled drivers must provide gem_init_object() and
-	gem_free_object() callbacks to support the core memory
-	allocation routines.  They should also provide several driver-specific
-	ioctls to support command execution, pinning, buffer
-	read &amp; write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers.
+        Drivers that implement private ioctls that requires 32/64bit
+	compatibility support must provide their own
+	<methodname>compat_ioctl</methodname> handler that processes private
+	ioctls and calls <function>drm_compat_ioctl</function> for core ioctls.
       </para>
       <para>
-	On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations:
-	<itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem>Memory allocation and freeing</listitem>
-	  <listitem>Command execution</listitem>
-	  <listitem>Aperture management at command execution time</listitem>
-	</itemizedlist>
-	Buffer object allocation is relatively
-	straightforward and largely provided by Linux's shmem layer, which
-	provides memory to back each object.  When mapped into the GTT
-	or used in a command buffer, the backing pages for an object are
-	flushed to memory and marked write combined so as to be coherent
-	with the GPU.  Likewise, if the CPU accesses an object after the GPU
-	has finished rendering to the object, then the object must be made
-	coherent with the CPU's view
-	of memory, usually involving GPU cache flushing of various kinds.
-	This core CPU&lt;-&gt;GPU coherency management is provided by a
-	device-specific ioctl, which evaluates an object's current domain and
-	performs any necessary flushing or synchronization to put the object
-	into the desired coherency domain (note that the object may be busy,
-	i.e. an active render target; in that case, setting the domain
-	blocks the client and waits for rendering to complete before
-	performing any necessary flushing operations).
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	Perhaps the most important GEM function is providing a command
-	execution interface to clients.  Client programs construct command
-	buffers containing references to previously allocated memory objects,
-	and then submit them to GEM.  At that point, GEM takes care to bind
-	all the objects into the GTT, execute the buffer, and provide
-	necessary synchronization between clients accessing the same buffers.
-	This often involves evicting some objects from the GTT and re-binding
-	others (a fairly expensive operation), and providing relocation
-	support which hides fixed GTT offsets from clients.  Clients must
-	take care not to submit command buffers that reference more objects
-	than can fit in the GTT; otherwise, GEM will reject them and no rendering
-	will occur.  Similarly, if several objects in the buffer require
-	fence registers to be allocated for correct rendering (e.g. 2D blits
-	on pre-965 chips), care must be taken not to require more fence
-	registers than are available to the client.  Such resource management
-	should be abstracted from the client in libdrm.
+        The <methodname>read</methodname> and <methodname>poll</methodname>
+	operations provide support for reading DRM events and polling them. They
+	are implemented by
+	<programlisting>
+	.poll = drm_poll,
+	.read = drm_read,
+	.fasync = drm_fasync,
+	.llseek = no_llseek,
+	</programlisting>
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        The memory mapping implementation varies depending on how the driver
+	manages memory. Pre-GEM drivers will use <function>drm_mmap</function>,
+	while GEM-aware drivers will use <function>drm_gem_mmap</function>. See
+	<xref linkend="drm-gem"/>.
+	<programlisting>
+	.mmap = drm_gem_mmap,
+	</programlisting>
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        No other file operation is supported by the DRM API.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+    <sect2>
+      <title>IOCTLs</title>
+      <synopsis>struct drm_ioctl_desc *ioctls;
+int num_ioctls;</synopsis>
+      <abstract>Driver-specific ioctls descriptors table.</abstract>
+      <para>
+        Driver-specific ioctls numbers start at DRM_COMMAND_BASE. The ioctls
+	descriptors table is indexed by the ioctl number offset from the base
+	value. Drivers can use the DRM_IOCTL_DEF_DRV() macro to initialize the
+	table entries.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+        <programlisting>DRM_IOCTL_DEF_DRV(ioctl, func, flags)</programlisting>
+	<para>
+	  <parameter>ioctl</parameter> is the ioctl name. Drivers must define
+	  the DRM_##ioctl and DRM_IOCTL_##ioctl macros to the ioctl number
+	  offset from DRM_COMMAND_BASE and the ioctl number respectively. The
+	  first macro is private to the device while the second must be exposed
+	  to userspace in a public header.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	  <parameter>func</parameter> is a pointer to the ioctl handler function
+	  compatible with the <type>drm_ioctl_t</type> type.
+	  <programlisting>typedef int drm_ioctl_t(struct drm_device *dev, void *data,
+		struct drm_file *file_priv);</programlisting>
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	  <parameter>flags</parameter> is a bitmask combination of the following
+	  values. It restricts how the ioctl is allowed to be called.
+	  <itemizedlist>
+	    <listitem><para>
+	      DRM_AUTH - Only authenticated callers allowed
+	    </para></listitem>
+	    <listitem><para>
+	      DRM_MASTER - The ioctl can only be called on the master file
+	      handle
+	    </para></listitem>
+            <listitem><para>
+	      DRM_ROOT_ONLY - Only callers with the SYSADMIN capability allowed
+	    </para></listitem>
+            <listitem><para>
+	      DRM_CONTROL_ALLOW - The ioctl can only be called on a control
+	      device
+	    </para></listitem>
+            <listitem><para>
+	      DRM_UNLOCKED - The ioctl handler will be called without locking
+	      the DRM global mutex
+	    </para></listitem>
+	  </itemizedlist>
+	</para>
       </para>
     </sect2>
-
-  </sect1>
-
-  <!-- Output management -->
-  <sect1>
-    <title>Output management</title>
-    <para>
-      At the core of the DRM output management code is a set of
-      structures representing CRTCs, encoders, and connectors.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      A CRTC is an abstraction representing a part of the chip that
-      contains a pointer to a scanout buffer.  Therefore, the number
-      of CRTCs available determines how many independent scanout
-      buffers can be active at any given time.  The CRTC structure
-      contains several fields to support this: a pointer to some video
-      memory, a display mode, and an (x, y) offset into the video
-      memory to support panning or configurations where one piece of
-      video memory spans multiple CRTCs.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      An encoder takes pixel data from a CRTC and converts it to a
-      format suitable for any attached connectors.  On some devices,
-      it may be possible to have a CRTC send data to more than one
-      encoder.  In that case, both encoders would receive data from
-      the same scanout buffer, resulting in a "cloned" display
-      configuration across the connectors attached to each encoder.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      A connector is the final destination for pixel data on a device,
-      and usually connects directly to an external display device like
-      a monitor or laptop panel.  A connector can only be attached to
-      one encoder at a time.  The connector is also the structure
-      where information about the attached display is kept, so it
-      contains fields for display data, EDID data, DPMS &amp;
-      connection status, and information about modes supported on the
-      attached displays.
-    </para>
-<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.c-->
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1>
-    <title>Framebuffer management</title>
-    <para>
-      Clients need to provide a framebuffer object which provides a source
-      of pixels for a CRTC to deliver to the encoder(s) and ultimately the
-      connector(s). A framebuffer is fundamentally a driver-specific memory
-      object, made into an opaque handle by the DRM's addfb() function.
-      Once a framebuffer has been created this way, it may be passed to the
-      KMS mode setting routines for use in a completed configuration.
-    </para>
   </sect1>
 
   <sect1>
@@ -812,15 +2360,24 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
     </para>
   </sect1>
 
+  <!-- Internals: suspend/resume -->
+
   <sect1>
-    <title>Suspend/resume</title>
+    <title>Suspend/Resume</title>
+    <para>
+      The DRM core provides some suspend/resume code, but drivers wanting full
+      suspend/resume support should provide save() and restore() functions.
+      These are called at suspend, hibernate, or resume time, and should perform
+      any state save or restore required by your device across suspend or
+      hibernate states.
+    </para>
+    <synopsis>int (*suspend) (struct drm_device *, pm_message_t state);
+int (*resume) (struct drm_device *);</synopsis>
     <para>
-      The DRM core provides some suspend/resume code, but drivers
-      wanting full suspend/resume support should provide save() and
-      restore() functions.  These are called at suspend,
-      hibernate, or resume time, and should perform any state save or
-      restore required by your device across suspend or hibernate
-      states.
+      Those are legacy suspend and resume methods. New driver should use the
+      power management interface provided by their bus type (usually through
+      the struct <structname>device_driver</structname> dev_pm_ops) and set
+      these methods to NULL.
     </para>
   </sect1>
 
@@ -833,6 +2390,35 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
   </sect1>
   </chapter>
 
+<!-- TODO
+
+- Add a glossary
+- Document the struct_mutex catch-all lock
+- Document connector properties
+
+- Why is the load method optional?
+- What are drivers supposed to set the initial display state to, and how?
+  Connector's DPMS states are not initialized and are thus equal to
+  DRM_MODE_DPMS_ON. The fbcon compatibility layer calls
+  drm_helper_disable_unused_functions(), which disables unused encoders and
+  CRTCs, but doesn't touch the connectors' DPMS state, and
+  drm_helper_connector_dpms() in reaction to fbdev blanking events. Do drivers
+  that don't implement (or just don't use) fbcon compatibility need to call
+  those functions themselves?
+- KMS drivers must call drm_vblank_pre_modeset() and drm_vblank_post_modeset()
+  around mode setting. Should this be done in the DRM core?
+- vblank_disable_allowed is set to 1 in the first drm_vblank_post_modeset()
+  call and never set back to 0. It seems to be safe to permanently set it to 1
+  in drm_vblank_init() for KMS driver, and it might be safe for UMS drivers as
+  well. This should be investigated.
+- crtc and connector .save and .restore operations are only used internally in
+  drivers, should they be removed from the core?
+- encoder mid-layer .save and .restore operations are only used internally in
+  drivers, should they be removed from the core?
+- encoder mid-layer .detect operation is only used internally in drivers,
+  should it be removed from the core?
+-->
+
   <!-- External interfaces -->
 
   <chapter id="drmExternals">
@@ -853,6 +2439,42 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
       Cover generic ioctls and sysfs layout here.  We only need high-level
       info, since man pages should cover the rest.
     </para>
+
+  <!-- External: vblank handling -->
+
+    <sect1>
+      <title>VBlank event handling</title>
+      <para>
+        The DRM core exposes two vertical blank related ioctls:
+        <variablelist>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK</term>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>
+                This takes a struct drm_wait_vblank structure as its argument,
+                and it is used to block or request a signal when a specified
+                vblank event occurs.
+              </para>
+            </listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+          <varlistentry>
+            <term>DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL</term>
+            <listitem>
+              <para>
+                This should be called by application level drivers before and
+                after mode setting, since on many devices the vertical blank
+                counter is reset at that time.  Internally, the DRM snapshots
+                the last vblank count when the ioctl is called with the
+                _DRM_PRE_MODESET command, so that the counter won't go backwards
+                (which is dealt with when _DRM_POST_MODESET is used).
+              </para>
+            </listitem>
+          </varlistentry>
+        </variablelist>
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c-->
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
   </chapter>
 
   <!-- API reference -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl
index 6ef2f0073e5..4017f147ba2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ than a kernel driver.
 <para>There's a USB Mass Storage class driver, which provides
 a different solution for interoperability with systems such
 as MS-Windows and MacOS.
-That <emphasis>File-backed Storage</emphasis> driver uses a
+That <emphasis>Mass Storage</emphasis> driver uses a
 file or block device as backing store for a drive,
 like the <filename>loop</filename> driver.
 The USB host uses the BBB, CB, or CBI versions of the mass
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
index 00687ee9d36..f75ab4c1b28 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
@@ -58,6 +58,9 @@
 
      <sect1><title>String Conversions</title>
 !Elib/vsprintf.c
+!Finclude/linux/kernel.h kstrtol
+!Finclude/linux/kernel.h kstrtoul
+!Elib/kstrtox.c
      </sect1>
      <sect1><title>String Manipulation</title>
 <!-- All functions are exported at now
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
index 362520992ce..f9fd615427f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@ FUNCS = \
 	write \
 
 IOCTLS = \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/video.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/media.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \
 	VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL \
 	VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL \
 	VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE \
@@ -74,32 +74,32 @@ IOCTLS = \
 	VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION \
 
 TYPES = \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+[^\s]+\s+([^\s]+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^}\s+([a-z0-9_]+_t)/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h)
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+[^\s]+\s+([^\s]+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^}\s+([a-z0-9_]+_t)/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h)
 
 ENUMS = \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/video.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/media.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-subdev.h)
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h)
 
 STRUCTS = \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s\{]+)\s*/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (!/dtv\_cmds\_h/ && /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/video.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/media.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h)
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s\{]+)\s*/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (!/dtv\_cmds\_h/ && /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h)
 
 ERRORS = \
 	E2BIG \
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml: $(OBJIMGFILES)
 	@(ln -sf $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/)
 	@(ln -sf $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/dvb/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/)
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/videodev2.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/videodev2.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/videodev2.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h $(MEDIA_O
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/audio.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/audio.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/audio.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_D
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/ca.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/ca.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/ca.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/dmx.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/dmx.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/dmx.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/frontend.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/frontend.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/frontend.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h $(MEDIA
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/net.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/net.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/net.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/video.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/video.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/video.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-entities.tmpl: $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@(								\
 	for ident in $(IOCTLS) ; do					\
 	  entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ;				\
-	  id=`grep "<refname>$$ident" $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/vidioc-*.xml | sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \
+	  id=`grep "<refname>$$ident" $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/vidioc-*.xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-ioc-*.xml | sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \
 	  echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link"				\
 	    "linkend='$$id'><constant>$$ident</constant></link>\">"	\
 	  >>$@ ;							\
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml
index d6438623720..a7ea56c71a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml
@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
 <title>DVB Audio Device</title>
 <para>The DVB audio device controls the MPEG2 audio decoder of the DVB hardware. It
 can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0</emphasis>. Data types and and
-ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your
+ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/audio.h</emphasis> in your
 application.
 </para>
 <para>Please note that some DVB cards don&#8217;t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in
 the omission of the audio and video device.
 </para>
+<para>
+These ioctls were also used by V4L2 to control MPEG decoders implemented in V4L2. The use
+of these ioctls for that purpose has been made obsolete and proper V4L2 ioctls or controls
+have been created to replace that functionality.</para>
 
 <section id="audio_data_types">
 <title>Audio Data Types</title>
@@ -558,6 +562,8 @@ role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE</title>
 role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_MUTE</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; with the <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_START_MUTE_AUDIO</constant> flag instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call asks the audio device to mute the stream that is currently being
@@ -730,6 +736,8 @@ role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE</title>
 role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+<constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK</constant> control instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to select the requested channel if possible.</para>
@@ -772,6 +780,109 @@ role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT</title>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 &return-value-dvb;
 
+</section><section id="AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT"
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. It has been replaced by
+the V4L2 <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK</constant> control
+for MPEG decoders controlled through V4L2.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to select the requested channel for bilingual streams if possible.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT, audio_channel_select_t);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio_channel_select_t
+ch</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Select the output format of the audio (mono left/right,
+ stereo).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="AUDIO_GET_PTS"
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_GET_PTS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. If you need this functionality,
+then please contact the linux-media mailing list (&v4l-ml;).</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to return the current PTS timestamp.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ AUDIO_GET_PTS, __u64 *pts);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_GET_PTS for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u64 *pts
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the 33-bit timestamp as defined in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1.
+</para>
+<para>
+The PTS should belong to the currently played
+frame if possible, but may also be a value close to it
+like the PTS of the last decoded frame or the last PTS
+extracted by the PES parser.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
 </section><section id="AUDIO_GET_STATUS"
 role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_GET_STATUS</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml
index 5c4adb44b1c..85eaf4fe293 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml
@@ -226,4 +226,357 @@ typedef struct ca_pid {
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
  </section>
+
+<section id="CA_RESET"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_RESET</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_RESET);
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_RESET for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_GET_CAP"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_GET_CAP</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_CAP,
+ ca_caps_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_GET_CAP for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_caps_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_GET_SLOT_INFO"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_GET_SLOT_INFO</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_SLOT_INFO,
+ ca_slot_info_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_GET_SLOT_INFO for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_slot_info_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_GET_DESCR_INFO"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_GET_DESCR_INFO</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_DESCR_INFO,
+ ca_descr_info_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_GET_DESCR_INFO for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_descr_info_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_GET_MSG"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_GET_MSG</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_MSG,
+ ca_msg_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_GET_MSG for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_msg_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_SEND_MSG"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_SEND_MSG</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SEND_MSG,
+ ca_msg_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_SEND_MSG for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_msg_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_SET_DESCR"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_SET_DESCR</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SET_DESCR,
+ ca_descr_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_SET_DESCR for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_descr_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_SET_PID"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_SET_PID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SET_PID,
+ ca_pid_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_SET_PID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_pid_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
index 37c17908aa4..86de89cfbd6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
@@ -899,4 +899,232 @@ typedef enum {
 <para>Invalid stc number.</para>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- </section></section>
+ </section>
+
+<section id="DMX_GET_PES_PIDS"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_GET_PES_PIDS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_GET_PES_PIDS,
+ __u16[5]);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_GET_PES_PIDS for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16[5]
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="DMX_GET_CAPS"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_GET_CAPS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_GET_CAPS,
+ dmx_caps_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_GET_CAPS for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_caps_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="DMX_SET_SOURCE"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_SET_SOURCE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_SET_SOURCE,
+ dmx_source_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_SET_SOURCE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_source_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="DMX_ADD_PID"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_ADD_PID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_ADD_PID,
+ __u16 *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_ADD_PID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16 *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="DMX_REMOVE_PID"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_REMOVE_PID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_REMOVE_PID,
+ __u16 *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_REMOVE_PID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16 *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
index 2ab6ddcfc4e..757488b24f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 	<holder>Convergence GmbH</holder>
 </copyright>
 <copyright>
-	<year>2009-2011</year>
+	<year>2009-2012</year>
 	<holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
 </copyright>
 
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher
 
 
 <title>LINUX DVB API</title>
-<subtitle>Version 5.2</subtitle>
+<subtitle>Version 5.8</subtitle>
 <!-- ADD THE CHAPTERS HERE -->
   <chapter id="dvb_introdution">
     &sub-intro;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
index e633c097a8d..957e3acaae8 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
@@ -194,6 +194,7 @@ get/set up to 64 properties. The actual meaning of each property is described on
 	APSK_16,
 	APSK_32,
 	DQPSK,
+	QAM_4_NR,
  } fe_modulation_t;
 </programlisting>
 	</section>
@@ -265,6 +266,7 @@ typedef enum fe_code_rate {
 	FEC_AUTO,
 	FEC_3_5,
 	FEC_9_10,
+	FEC_2_5,
 } fe_code_rate_t;
 	</programlisting>
 	<para>which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc.,
@@ -351,7 +353,7 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system {
 	SYS_ISDBC,
 	SYS_ATSC,
 	SYS_ATSCMH,
-	SYS_DMBTH,
+	SYS_DTMB,
 	SYS_CMMB,
 	SYS_DAB,
 	SYS_DVBT2,
@@ -567,28 +569,33 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system {
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant></title>
 			<para>RS frame mode.</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-rs-frame-mode">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode {
 	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY  = 0,
 	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC   = 1,
 } atscmh_rs_frame_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-ENSEMBLE">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant></title>
 			<para>RS frame ensemble.</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-rs-frame-ensemble">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble {
 	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI   = 0,
 	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_SEC   = 1,
 } atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-PRI">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></title>
 			<para>RS code mode (primary).</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-rs-code-mode">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode {
 	ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187    = 0,
@@ -596,6 +603,7 @@ typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode {
 	ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187    = 2,
 } atscmh_rs_code_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-SEC">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></title>
@@ -613,23 +621,27 @@ typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode {
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant></title>
 			<para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Block Mode.</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-sccc-block-mode">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_sccc_block_mode {
 	ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP      = 0,
 	ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB     = 1,
 } atscmh_sccc_block_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-A">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></title>
 			<para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-sccc-code-mode">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode {
 	ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF     = 0,
 	ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR     = 1,
 } atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-B">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></title>
@@ -725,6 +737,9 @@ typedef enum fe_guard_interval {
 	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128,
 	GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128,
 	GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256,
+	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420,
+	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595,
+	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945,
 } fe_guard_interval_t;
 </programlisting>
 
@@ -733,6 +748,7 @@ typedef enum fe_guard_interval {
 			try to find the correct guard interval (if capable) and will use TMCC to fill
 			in the missing parameters.</para>
 		<para>2) Intervals 1/128, 19/128 and 19/256 are used only for DVB-T2 at present</para>
+		<para>3) DTMB specifies PN420, PN595 and PN945.</para>
 	</section>
 	<section id="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE">
 		<title><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></title>
@@ -749,6 +765,8 @@ typedef enum fe_transmit_mode {
 	TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K,
 	TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K,
 	TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K,
+	TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1,
+	TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780,
 } fe_transmit_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
 		<para>Notes:</para>
@@ -760,6 +778,7 @@ typedef enum fe_transmit_mode {
 			use TMCC to fill in the missing parameters.</para>
 		<para>3) DVB-T specifies 2K and 8K as valid sizes.</para>
 		<para>4) DVB-T2 specifies 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K and 32K.</para>
+		<para>5) DTMB specifies C1 and C3780.</para>
 	</section>
 	<section id="DTV-HIERARCHY">
 	<title><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></title>
@@ -774,17 +793,28 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
  } fe_hierarchy_t;
 	</programlisting>
 	</section>
-	<section id="DTV-ISDBS-TS-ID">
-	<title><constant>DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID</constant></title>
-	<para>Currently unused.</para>
+	<section id="DTV-STREAM-ID">
+	<title><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></title>
+	<para>DVB-S2, DVB-T2 and ISDB-S support the transmission of several
+	      streams on a single transport stream.
+	      This property enables the DVB driver to handle substream filtering,
+	      when supported by the hardware.
+	      By default, substream filtering is disabled.
+	</para><para>
+	      For DVB-S2 and DVB-T2, the valid substream id range is from 0 to 255.
+	</para><para>
+	      For ISDB, the valid substream id range is from 1 to 65535.
+	</para><para>
+	      To disable it, you should use the special macro NO_STREAM_ID_FILTER.
+	</para><para>
+	      Note: any value outside the id range also disables filtering.
+	</para>
 	</section>
-	<section id="DTV-DVBT2-PLP-ID">
-		<title><constant>DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID</constant></title>
-		<para>DVB-T2 supports Physical Layer Pipes (PLP) to allow transmission of
-			many data types via a single multiplex. The API will soon support this
-			at which point this section will be expanded.</para>
+	<section id="DTV-DVBT2-PLP-ID-LEGACY">
+		<title><constant>DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID_LEGACY</constant></title>
+		<para>Obsolete, replaced with DTV_STREAM_ID.</para>
 	</section>
-	<section id="DTV_ENUM_DELSYS">
+	<section id="DTV-ENUM-DELSYS">
 		<title><constant>DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</constant></title>
 		<para>A Multi standard frontend needs to advertise the delivery systems provided.
 			Applications need to enumerate the provided delivery systems, before using
@@ -796,6 +826,29 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
 			FE_GET_INFO. In the case of a legacy frontend, the result is just the same
 			as with FE_GET_INFO, but in a more structured format </para>
 	</section>
+	<section id="DTV-INTERLEAVING">
+	<title><constant>DTV_INTERLEAVING</constant></title>
+	<para id="fe-interleaving">Interleaving mode</para>
+	<programlisting>
+enum fe_interleaving {
+	INTERLEAVING_NONE,
+	INTERLEAVING_AUTO,
+	INTERLEAVING_240,
+	INTERLEAVING_720,
+};
+	</programlisting>
+	</section>
+	<section id="DTV-LNA">
+	<title><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></title>
+	<para>Low-noise amplifier.</para>
+	<para>Hardware might offer controllable LNA which can be set manually
+		using that parameter. Usually LNA could be found only from
+		terrestrial devices if at all.</para>
+	<para>Possible values: 0, 1, LNA_AUTO</para>
+	<para>0, LNA off</para>
+	<para>1, LNA on</para>
+	<para>use the special macro LNA_AUTO to set LNA auto</para>
+	</section>
 </section>
 	<section id="frontend-property-terrestrial-systems">
 	<title>Properties used on terrestrial delivery systems</title>
@@ -816,6 +869,7 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-HIERARCHY"><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			</itemizedlist>
 		</section>
 		<section id="dvbt2-params">
@@ -838,7 +892,8 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-HIERARCHY"><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></link></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-DVBT2-PLP-ID"><constant>DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-STREAM-ID"><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 		</section>
 		<section id="isdbt">
@@ -925,13 +980,32 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-PRC"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_PRC</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-MODE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-ENSEMBLE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-CODE-MODE-PRI"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-CODE-MODE-SEC"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-PRI"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-SEC"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-BLOCK-MODE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-A"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-B"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-C"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-D"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-A"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-B"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-C"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-D"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			</itemizedlist>
+		</section>
+		<section id="dtmb-params">
+			<title>DTMB delivery system</title>
+			<para>The following parameters are valid for DTMB:</para>
+			<itemizedlist mark='opencircle'>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-API-VERSION"><constant>DTV_API_VERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM"><constant>DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TUNE"><constant>DTV_TUNE</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-CLEAR"><constant>DTV_CLEAR</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-FREQUENCY"><constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-MODULATION"><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-BANDWIDTH-HZ"><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INVERSION"><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INNER-FEC"><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INTERLEAVING"><constant>DTV_INTERLEAVING</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			</itemizedlist>
 		</section>
 	</section>
@@ -952,6 +1026,7 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INVERSION"><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-SYMBOL-RATE"><constant>DTV_SYMBOL_RATE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INNER-FEC"><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 	</section>
 	<section id="dvbc-annex-b-params">
@@ -966,6 +1041,7 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-FREQUENCY"><constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-MODULATION"><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INVERSION"><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 	</section>
 	</section>
@@ -999,6 +1075,7 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-MODULATION"><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-PILOT"><constant>DTV_PILOT</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ROLLOFF"><constant>DTV_ROLLOFF</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-STREAM-ID"><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 	</section>
 	<section id="turbo-params">
@@ -1021,7 +1098,7 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-SYMBOL-RATE"><constant>DTV_SYMBOL_RATE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INNER-FEC"><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-VOLTAGE"><constant>DTV_VOLTAGE</constant></link></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ISDBS-TS-ID"><constant>DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-STREAM-ID"><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 	</section>
 	</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
index aeaed59d0f1..426c2526a45 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ supported via the new <link linkend="FE_GET_SET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_GET
 
 <para>The usage of this field is deprecated, as it doesn't report all supported standards, and
 will provide an incomplete information for frontends that support multiple delivery systems.
-Please use <link linkend="DTV_ENUM_DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead.</para>
+Please use <link linkend="DTV-ENUM-DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead.</para>
 </section>
 
 <section id="fe-caps-t">
@@ -101,6 +101,7 @@ a specific frontend type.</para>
 	FE_CAN_8VSB                   = 0x200000,
 	FE_CAN_16VSB                  = 0x400000,
 	FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS          = 0x800000,
+	FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM            = 0x4000000,
 	FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC              = 0x8000000,
 	FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION          = 0x10000000,
 	FE_NEEDS_BENDING              = 0x20000000,
@@ -207,18 +208,44 @@ spec.</para>
 <para>Several functions of the frontend device use the fe_status data type defined
 by</para>
 <programlisting>
- typedef enum fe_status {
-	 FE_HAS_SIGNAL     = 0x01,   /&#x22C6;  found something above the noise level &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_HAS_CARRIER    = 0x02,   /&#x22C6;  found a DVB signal  &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_HAS_VITERBI    = 0x04,   /&#x22C6;  FEC is stable  &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_HAS_SYNC       = 0x08,   /&#x22C6;  found sync bytes  &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_HAS_LOCK       = 0x10,   /&#x22C6;  everything's working... &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_TIMEDOUT       = 0x20,   /&#x22C6;  no lock within the last ~2 seconds &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_REINIT         = 0x40    /&#x22C6;  frontend was reinitialized,  &#x22C6;/
- } fe_status_t;                      /&#x22C6;  application is recommned to reset &#x22C6;/
+typedef enum fe_status {
+	FE_HAS_SIGNAL		= 0x01,
+	FE_HAS_CARRIER		= 0x02,
+	FE_HAS_VITERBI		= 0x04,
+	FE_HAS_SYNC		= 0x08,
+	FE_HAS_LOCK		= 0x10,
+	FE_TIMEDOUT		= 0x20,
+	FE_REINIT		= 0x40,
+} fe_status_t;
 </programlisting>
-<para>to indicate the current state and/or state changes of the frontend hardware.
-</para>
+<para>to indicate the current state and/or state changes of the frontend hardware:
+</para>
+
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SIGNAL</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend has found something above the noise level</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_CARRIER</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend has found a DVB signal</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_VITERBI</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend FEC code is stable</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SYNC</entry>
+<entry align="char">Syncronization bytes was found</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_LOCK</entry>
+<entry align="char">The DVB were locked and everything is working</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_TIMEDOUT</entry>
+<entry align="char">no lock within the last about 2 seconds</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_REINIT</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend was reinitialized, application is
+recommended to reset DiSEqC, tone and parameters</entry>
+</row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 
 </section>
 
@@ -238,7 +265,7 @@ and to add newer delivery systems.</para>
 <constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> instead, in
 order to be able to support the newer System Delivery like  DVB-S2, DVB-T2,
 DVB-C2, ISDB, etc.</para>
-<para>All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure:</para>
+<para>All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure:
 <programlisting>
 struct dvb_frontend_parameters {
 	uint32_t frequency;     /&#x22C6; (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM &#x22C6;/
@@ -251,12 +278,13 @@ struct dvb_frontend_parameters {
 		struct dvb_vsb_parameters  vsb;
 	} u;
 };
-</programlisting>
+</programlisting></para>
 <para>In the case of QPSK frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> field specifies the intermediate
 frequency, i.e. the offset which is effectively added to the local oscillator frequency (LOF) of
 the LNB. The intermediate frequency has to be specified in units of kHz. For QAM and
 OFDM frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> specifies the absolute frequency and is given in Hz.
 </para>
+
 <section id="dvb-qpsk-parameters">
 <title>QPSK parameters</title>
 <para>For satellite QPSK frontends you have to use the <constant>dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant> structure:</para>
@@ -321,8 +349,8 @@ itself.
 <section id="fe-code-rate-t">
 <title>frontend code rate</title>
 <para>The possible values for the <constant>fec_inner</constant> field used on
-<link refend="dvb-qpsk-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link> and
-<link refend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> are:
+<link linkend="dvb-qpsk-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link> and
+<link linkend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> are:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum fe_code_rate {
@@ -347,9 +375,9 @@ detection.
 <section id="fe-modulation-t">
 <title>frontend modulation type for QAM, OFDM and VSB</title>
 <para>For cable and terrestrial frontends, e. g. for
-<link refend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link>,
-<link refend="dvb-ofdm-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> and
-<link refend="dvb-vsb-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="dvb-ofdm-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> and
+<link linkend="dvb-vsb-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link>,
 it needs to specify the quadrature modulation mode which can be one of the following:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
@@ -370,8 +398,8 @@ it needs to specify the quadrature modulation mode which can be one of the follo
  } fe_modulation_t;
 </programlisting>
 </section>
-<para>Finally, there are several more parameters for OFDM:
-</para>
+<section>
+<title>More OFDM parameters</title>
 <section id="fe-transmit-mode-t">
 <title>Number of carriers per channel</title>
 <programlisting>
@@ -427,6 +455,7 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
  } fe_hierarchy_t;
 </programlisting>
 </section>
+</section>
 
 </section>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml
index 170064a3dc8..2048b53d19b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ a partial path like:</para>
 additional include file <emphasis
 role="tt">linux/dvb/version.h</emphasis> exists, which defines the
 constant <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION</emphasis>. This document
-describes <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION 5.4</emphasis>.
+describes <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION 5.8</emphasis>.
 </para>
 
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml
index 6c67481eaa4..6c11ec52cbe 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 <para>The kernel demux API defines a driver-internal interface for registering low-level,
 hardware specific driver to a hardware independent demux layer. It is only of interest for
 DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named <emphasis role="tt">demux.h</emphasis> and located in
-<emphasis role="tt">drivers/media/dvb/dvb-core</emphasis>.
+<emphasis role="tt">drivers/media/dvb-core</emphasis>.
 </para>
 <para>Maintainer note: This section must be reviewed. It is probably out of date.
 </para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml
index 67d37e5ce59..a193e86941b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml
@@ -26,4 +26,131 @@ struct dvb_net_if {
 <title>DVB net Function Calls</title>
 <para>To be written&#x2026;
 </para>
+
+<section id="NET_ADD_IF"
+role="subsection"><title>NET_ADD_IF</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_ADD_IF,
+ struct dvb_net_if *if);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals NET_ADD_IF for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct dvb_net_if *if
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="NET_REMOVE_IF"
+role="subsection"><title>NET_REMOVE_IF</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_REMOVE_IF);
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals NET_REMOVE_IF for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="NET_GET_IF"
+role="subsection"><title>NET_GET_IF</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_GET_IF,
+ struct dvb_net_if *if);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals NET_GET_IF for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct dvb_net_if *if
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml
index 25fb823226b..3ea1ca7e785 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml
@@ -15,6 +15,10 @@ the audio and video device as well as the video4linux device.
 <para>The ioctls that deal with SPUs (sub picture units) and navigation packets are only
 supported on some MPEG decoders made for DVD playback.
 </para>
+<para>
+These ioctls were also used by V4L2 to control MPEG decoders implemented in V4L2. The use
+of these ioctls for that purpose has been made obsolete and proper V4L2 ioctls or controls
+have been created to replace that functionality.</para>
 <section id="video_types">
 <title>Video Data Types</title>
 
@@ -55,7 +59,7 @@ typedef enum {
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-stream-source-t">
-<title>video stream source</title>
+<title>video_stream_source_t</title>
 <para>The video stream source is set through the VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE call and can take
 the following values, depending on whether we are replaying from an internal (demuxer) or
 external (user write) source.
@@ -76,7 +80,7 @@ call.
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-play-state-t">
-<title>video play state</title>
+<title>video_play_state_t</title>
 <para>The following values can be returned by the VIDEO_GET_STATUS call representing the
 state of video playback.
 </para>
@@ -90,9 +94,9 @@ typedef enum {
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-command">
+<title>struct video_command</title>
 <para>The structure must be zeroed before use by the application
 This ensures it can be extended safely in the future.</para>
-<title>struct video-command</title>
 <programlisting>
 struct video_command {
 	__u32 cmd;
@@ -121,7 +125,7 @@ struct video_command {
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-size-t">
-<title>struct video_size-t</title>
+<title>video_size_t</title>
 <programlisting>
 typedef struct {
 	int w;
@@ -217,7 +221,7 @@ bits set according to the hardwares capabilities.
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-system">
-<title>video system</title>
+<title>video_system_t</title>
 <para>A call to VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM sets the desired video system for TV output. The
 following system types can be set:
 </para>
@@ -263,7 +267,7 @@ call expects the following format for that information:
 
 </section>
 <section id="video-spu">
-<title>video SPU</title>
+<title>struct video_spu</title>
 <para>Calling VIDEO_SET_SPU deactivates or activates SPU decoding, according to the
 following format:
 </para>
@@ -277,12 +281,12 @@ following format:
 
 </section>
 <section id="video-spu-palette">
-<title>video SPU palette</title>
+<title>struct video_spu_palette</title>
 <para>The following structure is used to set the SPU palette by calling VIDEO_SPU_PALETTE:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
  typedef
- struct video_spu_palette{
+ struct video_spu_palette {
 	 int length;
 	 uint8_t &#x22C6;palette;
  } video_spu_palette_t;
@@ -290,13 +294,13 @@ following format:
 
 </section>
 <section id="video-navi-pack">
-<title>video NAVI pack</title>
+<title>struct video_navi_pack</title>
 <para>In order to get the navigational data the following structure has to be passed to the ioctl
 VIDEO_GET_NAVI:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
  typedef
- struct video_navi_pack{
+ struct video_navi_pack {
 	 int length;         /&#x22C6; 0 ... 1024 &#x22C6;/
 	 uint8_t data[1024];
  } video_navi_pack_t;
@@ -305,7 +309,7 @@ VIDEO_GET_NAVI:
 
 
 <section id="video-attributes-t">
-<title>video attributes</title>
+<title>video_attributes_t</title>
 <para>The following attributes can be set by a call to VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTES:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
@@ -541,6 +545,8 @@ VIDEO_GET_NAVI:
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_STOP</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to stop playing the current stream.
@@ -598,6 +604,8 @@ role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_STOP</title>
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_PLAY</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to start playing a video stream from the
@@ -634,6 +642,8 @@ role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_PLAY</title>
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_FREEZE</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call suspends the live video stream being played. Decoding
@@ -674,6 +684,8 @@ role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_FREEZE</title>
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_CONTINUE</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call restarts decoding and playing processes of the video stream
@@ -710,6 +722,9 @@ role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_CONTINUE</title>
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. This ioctl was also supported by the
+V4L2 ivtv driver, but that has been replaced by the ivtv-specific
+<constant>IVTV_IOC_PASSTHROUGH_MODE</constant> ioctl.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call informs the video device which source shall be used for the input
@@ -845,10 +860,160 @@ role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_STATUS</title>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 &return-value-dvb;
 
+</section><section id="VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this
+ioctl has been replaced by the <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME</constant> control.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the number of displayed frames
+since the decoder was started.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT, __u64 *pts);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u64 *pts
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the number of frames displayed since the decoder was started.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="VIDEO_GET_PTS"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_PTS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this
+ioctl has been replaced by the <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS</constant> control.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the current PTS timestamp.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_GET_PTS, __u64 *pts);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_PTS for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u64 *pts
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the 33-bit timestamp as defined in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1.
+</para>
+<para>
+The PTS should belong to the currently played
+frame if possible, but may also be a value close to it
+like the PTS of the last decoded frame or the last PTS
+extracted by the PES parser.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the current framerate.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE, unsigned int *rate);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>unsigned int *rate
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the framerate in number of frames per 1000 seconds.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
 </section><section id="VIDEO_GET_EVENT"
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_EVENT</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To get events from a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DQEVENT; ioctl instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call returns an event of type video_event if available. If an event is
@@ -914,6 +1079,152 @@ role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_EVENT</title>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 
+</section><section id="VIDEO_COMMAND"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_COMMAND</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this
+ioctl has been replaced by the &VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; ioctl.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl commands the decoder. The <constant>video_command</constant> struct
+is a subset of the <constant>v4l2_decoder_cmd</constant> struct, so refer to the
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; documentation for more information.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_COMMAND, struct video_command *cmd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_COMMAND for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct video_command *cmd
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Commands the decoder.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this
+ioctl has been replaced by the &VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD; ioctl.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl tries a decoder command. The <constant>video_command</constant> struct
+is a subset of the <constant>v4l2_decoder_cmd</constant> struct, so refer to the
+&VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD; documentation for more information.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND, struct video_command *cmd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct video_command *cmd
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Try a decoder command.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="VIDEO_GET_SIZE"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_SIZE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl returns the size and aspect ratio.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_GET_SIZE, video_size_t *size);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_SIZE for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_size_t *size
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the size and aspect ratio.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
 </section><section id="VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT"
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
index 1078e45f189..d2eb79e41a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
@@ -178,23 +178,23 @@ Signal - NTSC for Studio Applications"</title>
 1125-Line High-Definition Production"</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
-    <biblioentry id="en50067">
-      <abbrev>EN&nbsp;50067</abbrev>
+    <biblioentry id="iec62106">
+      <abbrev>IEC&nbsp;62106</abbrev>
       <authorgroup>
-	<corpauthor>European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization
-(<ulink url="http://www.cenelec.eu">http://www.cenelec.eu</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+	<corpauthor>International Electrotechnical Commission
+(<ulink url="http://www.iec.ch">http://www.iec.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
       </authorgroup>
       <title>Specification of the radio data system (RDS) for VHF/FM sound broadcasting
 in the frequency range from 87,5 to 108,0 MHz</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
     <biblioentry id="nrsc4">
-      <abbrev>NRSC-4</abbrev>
+      <abbrev>NRSC-4-B</abbrev>
       <authorgroup>
 	<corpauthor>National Radio Systems Committee
 (<ulink url="http://www.nrscstandards.org">http://www.nrscstandards.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
       </authorgroup>
-      <title>NRSC-4: United States RBDS Standard</title>
+      <title>NRSC-4-B: United States RBDS Standard</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
     <biblioentry id="iso12232">
@@ -226,4 +226,44 @@ in the frequency range from 87,5 to 108,0 MHz</title>
       <title>VESA and Industry Standards and Guidelines for Computer Display Monitor Timing (DMT)</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
+    <biblioentry id="vesaedid">
+      <abbrev>EDID</abbrev>
+      <authorgroup>
+	<corpauthor>Video Electronics Standards Association
+(<ulink url="http://www.vesa.org">http://www.vesa.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+      </authorgroup>
+      <title>VESA Enhanced Extended Display Identification Data Standard</title>
+      <subtitle>Release A, Revision 2</subtitle>
+    </biblioentry>
+
+    <biblioentry id="hdcp">
+      <abbrev>HDCP</abbrev>
+      <authorgroup>
+	<corpauthor>Digital Content Protection LLC
+(<ulink url="http://www.digital-cp.com">http://www.digital-cp.com</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+      </authorgroup>
+      <title>High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection System</title>
+      <subtitle>Revision 1.3</subtitle>
+    </biblioentry>
+
+    <biblioentry id="hdmi">
+      <abbrev>HDMI</abbrev>
+      <authorgroup>
+	<corpauthor>HDMI Licensing LLC
+(<ulink url="http://www.hdmi.org">http://www.hdmi.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+      </authorgroup>
+      <title>High-Definition Multimedia Interface</title>
+      <subtitle>Specification Version 1.4a</subtitle>
+    </biblioentry>
+
+    <biblioentry id="dp">
+      <abbrev>DP</abbrev>
+      <authorgroup>
+	<corpauthor>Video Electronics Standards Association
+(<ulink url="http://www.vesa.org">http://www.vesa.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+      </authorgroup>
+      <title>VESA DisplayPort Standard</title>
+      <subtitle>Version 1, Revision 2</subtitle>
+    </biblioentry>
+
   </bibliography>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
index b91d25313b6..73c6847436c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ automatically.</para>
     <para>To query and select the standard used by the current video
 input or output applications call the &VIDIOC-G-STD; and
 &VIDIOC-S-STD; ioctl, respectively. The <emphasis>received</emphasis>
-standard can be sensed with the &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl. Note parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type (a standard set), <emphasis>not</emphasis> an index into the standard enumeration.<footnote>
+standard can be sensed with the &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl. Note that the parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type (a standard set), <emphasis>not</emphasis> an index into the standard enumeration.<footnote>
 	<para>An alternative to the current scheme is to use pointers
 to indices as arguments of <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant> and
 <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant>, the &v4l2-input; and
@@ -588,30 +588,28 @@ switch to a standard by &v4l2-std-id;.</para>
       </footnote> Drivers must implement all video standard ioctls
 when the device has one or more video inputs or outputs.</para>
 
-    <para>Special rules apply to USB cameras where the notion of video
-standards makes little sense. More generally any capture device,
-output devices accordingly, which is <itemizedlist>
+    <para>Special rules apply to devices such as USB cameras where the notion of video
+standards makes little sense. More generally for any capture or output device
+which is: <itemizedlist>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>incapable of capturing fields or frames at the nominal
 rate of the video standard, or</para>
 	</listitem>
 	<listitem>
-	  <para>where <link linkend="buffer">timestamps</link> refer
-to the instant the field or frame was received by the driver, not the
-capture time, or</para>
-	</listitem>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>where <link linkend="buffer">sequence numbers</link>
-refer to the frames received by the driver, not the captured
-frames.</para>
+	  <para>that does not support the video standard formats at all.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </itemizedlist> Here the driver shall set the
 <structfield>std</structfield> field of &v4l2-input; and &v4l2-output;
-to zero, the <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>,
+to zero and the <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>,
 <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant>,
 <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant> and
 <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant> ioctls shall return the
-&EINVAL;.<footnote>
+&ENOTTY;.<footnote>
+	<para>See <xref linkend="buffer" /> for a rationale.</para>
+	<para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
+<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to determine whether the video standard ioctls
+are available for the device.</para>
+&ENOTTY;.
 	<para>See <xref linkend="buffer" /> for a rationale. Probably
 even USB cameras follow some well known video standard. It might have
 been better to explicitly indicate elsewhere if a device cannot live
@@ -626,9 +624,9 @@ up to normal expectations, instead of this exception.</para>
 &v4l2-standard; standard;
 
 if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-STD;, &amp;std_id)) {
-	/* Note when VIDIOC_ENUMSTD always returns EINVAL this
+	/* Note when VIDIOC_ENUMSTD always returns ENOTTY this
 	   is no video device or it falls under the USB exception,
-	   and VIDIOC_G_STD returning EINVAL is no error. */
+	   and VIDIOC_G_STD returning ENOTTY is no error. */
 
 	perror ("VIDIOC_G_STD");
 	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
index faa0fd14666..3dd9e78815d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ follows.<informaltable>
 		  </row>
 		  <row>
 		    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE_BASE</constant></entry>
-		    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant></entry>
+		    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> (but this is deprecated)</entry>
 		  </row>
 		</tbody>
 	      </tgroup>
@@ -2468,21 +2468,9 @@ that used it. It was originally scheduled for removal in 2.6.35.
 	  <structfield>reserved2</structfield> and removed
 	  <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant>.</para>
 	</listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.6</title>
-      <orderedlist>
         <listitem>
 	  <para>Added V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M and V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M_MPLANE capabilities.</para>
         </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.6</title>
-      <orderedlist>
         <listitem>
 	  <para>Added support for frequency band enumerations: &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS;.</para>
         </listitem>
@@ -2567,29 +2555,6 @@ and may change in the future.</para>
 	  <para>Video Output Overlay (OSD) Interface, <xref
 	    linkend="osd" />.</para>
         </listitem>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant>,
-	&v4l2-buf-type;, <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant>,
-&VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl, <xref linkend="device-capabilities" />.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para>&VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES; and
-&VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS; ioctls.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para>&VIDIOC-G-ENC-INDEX; ioctl.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para>&VIDIOC-ENCODER-CMD; and &VIDIOC-TRY-ENCODER-CMD;
-ioctls.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para>&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; and &VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD;
-ioctls.</para>
-        </listitem>
         <listitem>
 	  <para>&VIDIOC-DBG-G-REGISTER; and &VIDIOC-DBG-S-REGISTER;
 ioctls.</para>
@@ -2615,11 +2580,18 @@ ioctls.</para>
 	  and &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-SELECTION; ioctls.</para>
         </listitem>
         <listitem>
-	  <para><link linkend="v4l2-auto-focus-area"><constant>
-	  V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_AREA</constant></link> control.</para>
+	  <para>Support for frequency band enumeration: &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS; ioctl.</para>
         </listitem>
         <listitem>
-	  <para>Support for frequency band enumeration: &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS; ioctl.</para>
+	  <para>Vendor and device specific media bus pixel formats.
+	    <xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-vendor-spec-fmts" />.</para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+	  <para>Importing DMABUF file descriptors as a new IO method described
+	  in <xref linkend="dmabuf" />.</para>
+        </listitem>
+        <listitem>
+	  <para>Exporting DMABUF files using &VIDIOC-EXPBUF; ioctl.</para>
         </listitem>
       </itemizedlist>
     </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
index b0964fb4e83..7fe5be1d3bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -1586,7 +1586,6 @@ frame counter of the frame that is currently displayed (decoded). This value is
 the decoder is started.</entry>
 	      </row>
 
-
 	      <row><entry></entry></row>
 	      <row>
 		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_SLICE_INTERFACE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
@@ -2270,6 +2269,14 @@ Applicable to the MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG4 encoders.</entry>
 	      </row>
 
 	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-vbv-delay">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_DELAY</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the initial delay in milliseconds for
+VBV buffer control.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
 	      <row>
 		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
 		<entry>integer</entry>
@@ -2334,6 +2341,265 @@ Applicable to the MPEG4 decoder.</entry>
 	      </row><row><entry spanname="descr">vop_time_increment value for MPEG4. Applicable to the MPEG4 encoder.</entry>
 	      </row>
 
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FRAME_PACKING</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Enable generation of frame packing supplemental enhancement information in the encoded bitstream.
+The frame packing SEI message contains the arrangement of L and R planes for 3D viewing. Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_CURRENT_FRAME_0</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets current frame as frame0 in frame packing SEI.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-h264-sei-fp-arrangement-type">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>enum&nbsp;v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_sei_fp_arrangement_type</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Frame packing arrangement type for H264 SEI.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_CHEKERBOARD</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Pixels are alternatively from L and R.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_COLUMN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>L and R are interlaced by column.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_ROW</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>L and R are interlaced by row.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_SIDE_BY_SIDE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>L is on the left, R on the right.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_TOP_BOTTOM</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>L is on top, R on bottom.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_TEMPORAL</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>One view per frame.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables flexible macroblock ordering in the encoded bitstream. It is a technique
+used for restructuring the ordering of macroblocks in pictures. Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-h264-fmo-map-type">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>enum&nbsp;v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_fmo_map_type</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">When using FMO, the map type divides the image in different scan patterns of macroblocks.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_INTERLEAVED_SLICES</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Slices are interleaved one after other with macroblocks in run length order.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_SCATTERED_SLICES</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Scatters the macroblocks based on a mathematical function known to both encoder and decoder.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_FOREGROUND_WITH_LEFT_OVER</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Macroblocks arranged in rectangular areas or regions of interest.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_BOX_OUT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice groups grow in a cyclic way from centre to outwards.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_RASTER_SCAN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice groups grow in raster scan pattern from left to right.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_WIPE_SCAN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice groups grow in wipe scan pattern from top to bottom.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_EXPLICIT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>User defined map type.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_SLICE_GROUP</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Number of slice groups in FMO.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-h264-fmo-change-direction">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIRECTION</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>enum&nbsp;v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_fmo_change_dir</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies a direction of the slice group change for raster and wipe maps.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIR_RIGHT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Raster scan or wipe right.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIR_LEFT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Reverse raster scan or wipe left.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_RATE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the size of the first slice group for raster and wipe map.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_RUN_LENGTH</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the number of consecutive macroblocks for the interleaved map.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables arbitrary slice ordering in encoded bitstream.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO_SLICE_ORDER</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the slice order in ASO. Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit
+0 = least significant bit):</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>Bit 0:15</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice ID</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>Bit 16:32</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice position or order</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables H264 hierarchical coding.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-h264-hierarchical-coding-type">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_TYPE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>enum&nbsp;v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_hierarchical_coding_type</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the hierarchical coding type.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_B</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Hierarchical B coding.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_P</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Hierarchical P coding.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the number of hierarchical coding layers.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER_QP</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies a user defined QP for each layer. Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit
+0 = least significant bit):</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>Bit 0:15</entry>
+		      <entry>QP value</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>Bit 16:32</entry>
+		      <entry>Layer number</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
 	    </tbody>
 	  </tgroup>
 	</table>
@@ -3505,7 +3771,7 @@ This encodes up to 31 pre-defined programme types.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Programme Service name (PS_NAME) for transmission.
 It is intended for static display on a receiver. It is the primary aid to listeners in programme service
-identification and selection.  In Annex E of <xref linkend="en50067" />, the RDS specification,
+identification and selection.  In Annex E of <xref linkend="iec62106" />, the RDS specification,
 there is a full description of the correct character encoding for Programme Service name strings.
 Also from RDS specification, PS is usually a single eight character text. However, it is also possible
 to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 8 x N characters. So, this control must be configured
@@ -3519,7 +3785,7 @@ with steps of 8 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with s
 what is being broadcasted. RDS Radio Text can be applied when broadcaster wishes to transmit longer PS names,
 programme-related information or any other text. In these cases, RadioText should be used in addition to
 <constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME</constant>. The encoding for Radio Text strings is also fully described
-in Annex E of <xref linkend="en50067" />. The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being
+in Annex E of <xref linkend="iec62106" />. The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being
 used to transmit it, either 32 (2A block) or 64 (2B block).  However, it is also possible
 to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. So, this control must be configured
 with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. </entry>
@@ -3650,7 +3916,7 @@ manually or automatically if set to zero. Unit, range and step are driver-specif
       </table>
 
 <para>For more details about RDS specification, refer to
-<xref linkend="en50067" /> document, from CENELEC.</para>
+<xref linkend="iec62106" /> document, from CENELEC.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section id="flash-controls">
@@ -3717,232 +3983,231 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para>
 	    use case involving camera or individually.
 	  </para>
 
-	</section>
 
+          <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="flash-control-id">
+          <title>Flash Control IDs</title>
+    
+          <tgroup cols="4">
+    	<colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+    	<colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+    	<colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+    	<colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+    	<spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+    	<spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+    	<thead>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+    	    <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+    	  </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	</thead>
+    	<tbody valign="top">
+    	  <row><entry></entry></row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>class</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">The FLASH class descriptor.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>menu</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row id="v4l2-flash-led-mode">
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Defines the mode of the flash LED,
+    	    the high-power white LED attached to the flash controller.
+    	    Setting this control may not be possible in presence of
+    	    some faults. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+    	      <tbody valign="top">
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Off.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Flash mode.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Torch mode. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    	      </tbody>
+    	    </entrytbl>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>menu</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row id="v4l2-flash-strobe-source"><entry
+    	  spanname="descr">Defines the source of the flash LED
+    	  strobe.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+    	      <tbody valign="top">
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash strobe is triggered by using
+    		  the V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE control.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_EXTERNAL</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash strobe is triggered by an
+    		  external source. Typically this is a sensor,
+    		  which makes it possible to synchronises the
+    		  flash strobe start to exposure start.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    	      </tbody>
+    	    </entrytbl>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>button</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Strobe flash. Valid when
+    	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to
+    	    V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH and V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE
+    	    is set to V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE. Setting this
+    	    control may not be possible in presence of some faults.
+    	    See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>button</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Stop flash strobe immediately.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>boolean</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Strobe status: whether the flash
+    	    is strobing at the moment or not. This is a read-only
+    	    control.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>integer</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Hardware timeout for flash. The
+    	    flash strobe is stopped after this period of time has
+    	    passed from the start of the strobe.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>integer</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the flash strobe when
+    	    the flash LED is in flash mode
+    	    (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH). The unit should be milliamps
+    	    (mA) if possible.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>integer</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the flash LED in
+    	    torch mode (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH). The unit should be
+    	    milliamps (mA) if possible. Setting this control may not
+    	    be possible in presence of some faults. See
+    	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_INDICATOR_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>integer</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the indicator LED.
+    	    The indicator LED may be fully independent of the flash
+    	    LED. The unit should be microamps (uA) if possible.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Faults related to the flash. The
+    	    faults tell about specific problems in the flash chip
+    	    itself or the LEDs attached to it. Faults may prevent
+    	    further use of some of the flash controls. In particular,
+    	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE
+    	    if the fault affects the flash LED. Exactly which faults
+    	    have such an effect is chip dependent. Reading the faults
+    	    resets the control and returns the chip to a usable state
+    	    if possible.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+    	      <tbody valign="top">
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_VOLTAGE</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+    		  has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
+    		  controller.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_TIMEOUT</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash strobe was still on when
+    		  the timeout set by the user ---
+    		  V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT control --- has expired.
+    		  Not all flash controllers may set this in all
+    		  such conditions.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_TEMPERATURE</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash controller has overheated.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_SHORT_CIRCUIT</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The short circuit protection of the flash
+    		  controller has been triggered.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_CURRENT</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Current in the LED power supply has exceeded the limit
+    		  specific to the flash controller.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INDICATOR</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash controller has detected a short or open
+    		  circuit condition on the indicator LED.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    	      </tbody>
+    	    </entrytbl>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>boolean</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Enable or disable charging of the xenon
+    	  flash capacitor.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>boolean</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Is the flash ready to strobe?
+    	    Xenon flashes require their capacitors charged before
+    	    strobing. LED flashes often require a cooldown period
+    	    after strobe during which another strobe will not be
+    	    possible. This is a read-only control.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row><entry></entry></row>
+    	</tbody>
+          </tgroup>
+          </table>
+	</section>
       </section>
-
-      <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="flash-control-id">
-      <title>Flash Control IDs</title>
-
-      <tgroup cols="4">
-	<colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
-	<colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
-	<colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
-	<colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
-	<spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
-	<spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
-	<thead>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
-	    <entry align="left">Type</entry>
-	  </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
-	  </row>
-	</thead>
-	<tbody valign="top">
-	  <row><entry></entry></row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>class</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">The FLASH class descriptor.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>menu</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row id="v4l2-flash-led-mode">
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Defines the mode of the flash LED,
-	    the high-power white LED attached to the flash controller.
-	    Setting this control may not be possible in presence of
-	    some faults. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
-	      <tbody valign="top">
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Off.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Flash mode.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Torch mode. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY.</entry>
-		</row>
-	      </tbody>
-	    </entrytbl>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>menu</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row id="v4l2-flash-strobe-source"><entry
-	  spanname="descr">Defines the source of the flash LED
-	  strobe.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
-	      <tbody valign="top">
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash strobe is triggered by using
-		  the V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE control.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_EXTERNAL</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash strobe is triggered by an
-		  external source. Typically this is a sensor,
-		  which makes it possible to synchronises the
-		  flash strobe start to exposure start.</entry>
-		</row>
-	      </tbody>
-	    </entrytbl>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>button</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Strobe flash. Valid when
-	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to
-	    V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH and V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE
-	    is set to V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE. Setting this
-	    control may not be possible in presence of some faults.
-	    See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>button</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Stop flash strobe immediately.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>boolean</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Strobe status: whether the flash
-	    is strobing at the moment or not. This is a read-only
-	    control.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>integer</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Hardware timeout for flash. The
-	    flash strobe is stopped after this period of time has
-	    passed from the start of the strobe.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>integer</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the flash strobe when
-	    the flash LED is in flash mode
-	    (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH). The unit should be milliamps
-	    (mA) if possible.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>integer</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the flash LED in
-	    torch mode (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH). The unit should be
-	    milliamps (mA) if possible. Setting this control may not
-	    be possible in presence of some faults. See
-	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_INDICATOR_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>integer</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the indicator LED.
-	    The indicator LED may be fully independent of the flash
-	    LED. The unit should be microamps (uA) if possible.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Faults related to the flash. The
-	    faults tell about specific problems in the flash chip
-	    itself or the LEDs attached to it. Faults may prevent
-	    further use of some of the flash controls. In particular,
-	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE
-	    if the fault affects the flash LED. Exactly which faults
-	    have such an effect is chip dependent. Reading the faults
-	    resets the control and returns the chip to a usable state
-	    if possible.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
-	      <tbody valign="top">
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_VOLTAGE</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Flash controller voltage to the flash LED
-		  has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
-		  controller.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_TIMEOUT</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash strobe was still on when
-		  the timeout set by the user ---
-		  V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT control --- has expired.
-		  Not all flash controllers may set this in all
-		  such conditions.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_TEMPERATURE</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash controller has overheated.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_SHORT_CIRCUIT</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The short circuit protection of the flash
-		  controller has been triggered.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_CURRENT</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Current in the LED power supply has exceeded the limit
-		  specific to the flash controller.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INDICATOR</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash controller has detected a short or open
-		  circuit condition on the indicator LED.</entry>
-		</row>
-	      </tbody>
-	    </entrytbl>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>boolean</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Enable or disable charging of the xenon
-	  flash capacitor.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>boolean</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Is the flash ready to strobe?
-	    Xenon flashes require their capacitors charged before
-	    strobing. LED flashes often require a cooldown period
-	    after strobe during which another strobe will not be
-	    possible. This is a read-only control.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><entry></entry></row>
-	</tbody>
-      </tgroup>
-      </table>
     </section>
 
     <section id="jpeg-controls">
@@ -4268,6 +4533,177 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para>
 	    pixels / second.
 	    </entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>menu</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row id="v4l2-test-pattern">
+	    <entry spanname="descr"> Some capture/display/sensor devices have
+	    the capability to generate test pattern images. These hardware
+	    specific test patterns can be used to test if a device is working
+	    properly.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row><entry></entry></row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+      </table>
+
+    </section>
+
+    <section id="dv-controls">
+      <title>Digital Video Control Reference</title>
+
+      <note>
+	<title>Experimental</title>
+
+	<para>This is an <link
+	linkend="experimental">experimental</link> interface and may
+	change in the future.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <para>
+	The Digital Video control class is intended to control receivers
+	and transmitters for <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vga">VGA</ulink>,
+	<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Visual_Interface">DVI</ulink>
+	(Digital Visual Interface), HDMI (<xref linkend="hdmi" />) and DisplayPort (<xref linkend="dp" />).
+	These controls are generally expected to be private to the receiver or transmitter
+	subdevice that implements them, so they are only exposed on the
+	<filename>/dev/v4l-subdev*</filename> device node.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>Note that these devices can have multiple input or output pads which are
+      hooked up to e.g. HDMI connectors. Even though the subdevice will receive or
+      transmit video from/to only one of those pads, the other pads can still be
+      active when it comes to EDID (Extended Display Identification Data,
+      <xref linkend="vesaedid" />) and HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content
+      Protection System, <xref linkend="hdcp" />) processing, allowing the device
+      to do the fairly slow EDID/HDCP handling in advance. This allows for quick
+      switching between connectors.</para>
+
+      <para>These pads appear in several of the controls in this section as
+      bitmasks, one bit for each pad. Bit 0 corresponds to pad 0, bit 1 to pad 1,
+      etc. The maximum value of the control is the set of valid pads.</para>
+
+      <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-control-id">
+      <title>Digital Video Control IDs</title>
+
+      <tgroup cols="4">
+	<colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+	<colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+	<colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+	<colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+	<spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+	<spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+	<thead>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+	    <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+	  </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</thead>
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row><entry></entry></row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>class</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">The Digital Video class descriptor.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Many connectors have a hotplug pin which is high
+	    if EDID information is available from the source. This control shows the
+	    state of the hotplug pin as seen by the transmitter.
+	    Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad
+	    does not have an associated hotplug pin, then the bit for that pad will be 0.
+	    This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Rx Sense is the detection of pull-ups on the TMDS
+            clock lines. This normally means that the sink has left/entered standby (i.e.
+	    the transmitter can sense that the receiver is ready to receive video).
+	    Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad
+	    does not have an associated Rx Sense, then the bit for that pad will be 0.
+	    This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D and HDMI devices.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">When the transmitter sees the hotplug signal from the
+	    receiver it will attempt to read the EDID. If set, then the transmitter has read
+	    at least the first block (= 128 bytes).
+	    Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad
+	    does not support EDIDs, then the bit for that pad will be 0.
+	    This read-only control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry id="v4l2-dv-tx-mode">enum v4l2_dv_tx_mode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">HDMI transmitters can transmit in DVI-D mode (just video)
+	    or in HDMI mode (video + audio + auxiliary data). This control selects which mode
+	    to use: V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_DVI_D or V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_HDMI.
+	    This control is applicable to HDMI connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry id="v4l2-dv-rgb-range">enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Select the quantization range for RGB output. V4L2_DV_RANGE_AUTO
+	    follows the RGB quantization range specified in the standard for the video interface
+	    (ie. <xref linkend="cea861" /> for HDMI). V4L2_DV_RANGE_LIMITED and V4L2_DV_RANGE_FULL override the standard
+	    to be compatible with sinks that have not implemented the standard correctly
+	    (unfortunately quite common for HDMI and DVI-D). Full range allows all possible values to be
+	    used whereas limited range sets the range to (16 &lt;&lt; (N-8)) - (235 &lt;&lt; (N-8))
+	    where N is the number of bits per component.
+	    This control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Detects whether the receiver receives power from the source
+	    (e.g. HDMI carries 5V on one of the pins). This is often used to power an eeprom
+	    which contains EDID information, such that the source can read the EDID even if
+	    the sink is in standby/power off.
+	    Each bit corresponds to an input pad on the transmitter. If an input pad
+	    cannot detect whether power is present, then the bit for that pad will be 0.
+	    This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Select the quantization range for RGB input. V4L2_DV_RANGE_AUTO
+	    follows the RGB quantization range specified in the standard for the video interface
+	    (ie. <xref linkend="cea861" /> for HDMI). V4L2_DV_RANGE_LIMITED and V4L2_DV_RANGE_FULL override the standard
+	    to be compatible with sources that have not implemented the standard correctly
+	    (unfortunately quite common for HDMI and DVI-D). Full range allows all possible values to be
+	    used whereas limited range sets the range to (16 &lt;&lt; (N-8)) - (235 &lt;&lt; (N-8))
+	    where N is the number of bits per component.
+	    This control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
 	  <row><entry></entry></row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
index 479d9433869..dd91d6134e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
@@ -1,13 +1,6 @@
   <title>Video Output Overlay Interface</title>
   <subtitle>Also known as On-Screen Display (OSD)</subtitle>
 
-  <note>
-    <title>Experimental</title>
-
-    <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-  </note>
-
   <para>Some video output devices can overlay a framebuffer image onto
 the outgoing video signal. Applications can set up such an overlay
 using this interface, which borrows structures and ioctls of the <link
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml
index 38883a419e6..be2f3373732 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ information, on an inaudible audio subcarrier of a radio program. This
 interface is aimed at devices capable of receiving and/or transmitting RDS
 information.</para>
 
-      <para>For more information see the core RDS standard <xref linkend="en50067" />
+      <para>For more information see the core RDS standard <xref linkend="iec62106" />
 and the RBDS standard <xref linkend="nrsc4" />.</para>
 
       <para>Note that the RBDS standard as is used in the USA is almost identical
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml
index a3d9dd09326..d15aaf83f56 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml
@@ -374,29 +374,29 @@
       rectangle --- if it is supported by the hardware.</para>
 
       <orderedlist>
-	<listitem>Sink pad format. The user configures the sink pad
+	<listitem><para>Sink pad format. The user configures the sink pad
 	format. This format defines the parameters of the image the
-	entity receives through the pad for further processing.</listitem>
+	entity receives through the pad for further processing.</para></listitem>
 
-	<listitem>Sink pad actual crop selection. The sink pad crop
-	defines the crop performed to the sink pad format.</listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Sink pad actual crop selection. The sink pad crop
+	defines the crop performed to the sink pad format.</para></listitem>
 
-	<listitem>Sink pad actual compose selection. The size of the
+	<listitem><para>Sink pad actual compose selection. The size of the
 	sink pad compose rectangle defines the scaling ratio compared
 	to the size of the sink pad crop rectangle. The location of
 	the compose rectangle specifies the location of the actual
 	sink compose rectangle in the sink compose bounds
-	rectangle.</listitem>
+	rectangle.</para></listitem>
 
-	<listitem>Source pad actual crop selection. Crop on the source
+	<listitem><para>Source pad actual crop selection. Crop on the source
 	pad defines crop performed to the image in the sink compose
-	bounds rectangle.</listitem>
+	bounds rectangle.</para></listitem>
 
-	<listitem>Source pad format. The source pad format defines the
+	<listitem><para>Source pad format. The source pad format defines the
 	output pixel format of the subdev, as well as the other
 	parameters with the exception of the image width and height.
 	Width and height are defined by the size of the source pad
-	actual crop selection.</listitem>
+	actual crop selection.</para></listitem>
       </orderedlist>
 
       <para>Accessing any of the above rectangles not supported by the
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml
index 5bbf3ce1973..7e29a4e1f69 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml
@@ -7,6 +7,15 @@
     <tbody valign="top">
 	<!-- Keep it ordered alphabetically -->
       <row>
+	<entry>EAGAIN (aka EWOULDBLOCK)</entry>
+	<entry>The ioctl can't be handled because the device is in state where
+	       it can't perform it. This could happen for example in case where
+	       device is sleeping and ioctl is performed to query statistics.
+	       It is also returned when the ioctl would need to wait
+	       for an event, but the device was opened in non-blocking mode.
+	</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
 	<entry>EBADF</entry>
 	<entry>The file descriptor is not a valid.</entry>
       </row>
@@ -51,21 +60,11 @@
 	       for periodic transfers (up to 80% of the USB bandwidth).</entry>
       </row>
       <row>
-	<entry>ENOSYS or EOPNOTSUPP</entry>
-	<entry>Function not available for this device (dvb API only. Will likely
-	       be replaced anytime soon by ENOTTY).</entry>
-      </row>
-      <row>
 	<entry>EPERM</entry>
 	<entry>Permission denied. Can be returned if the device needs write
 		permission, or some special capabilities is needed
 		(e. g. root)</entry>
       </row>
-      <row>
-	<entry>EWOULDBLOCK</entry>
-	<entry>Operation would block. Used when the ioctl would need to wait
-	       for an event, but the device was opened in non-blocking mode.</entry>
-      </row>
     </tbody>
   </tgroup>
 </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
index 1885cc0755c..388a3403265 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default
 outgoing queue. When the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag was
 given to the &func-open; function, <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
 returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available. The
-&func-select; or &func-poll; function are always available.</para>
+&func-select; or &func-poll; functions are always available.</para>
 
     <para>To start and stop capturing or output applications call the
 &VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; ioctl. Note
@@ -472,6 +472,165 @@ rest should be evident.</para>
       </footnote></para>
   </section>
 
+  <section id="dmabuf">
+    <title>Streaming I/O (DMA buffer importing)</title>
+
+    <note>
+      <title>Experimental</title>
+      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link>
+      interface and may change in the future.</para>
+    </note>
+
+<para>The DMABUF framework provides a generic method for sharing buffers
+between multiple devices. Device drivers that support DMABUF can export a DMA
+buffer to userspace as a file descriptor (known as the exporter role), import a
+DMA buffer from userspace using a file descriptor previously exported for a
+different or the same device (known as the importer role), or both. This
+section describes the DMABUF importer role API in V4L2.</para>
+
+    <para>Refer to <link linked="vidioc-expbuf"> DMABUF exporting </link> for
+details about exporting V4L2 buffers as DMABUF file descriptors.</para>
+
+<para>Input and output devices support the streaming I/O method when the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_STREAMING</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability; returned by
+the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is set. Whether importing DMA buffers through
+DMABUF file descriptors is supported is determined by calling the
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl with the memory type set to
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF</constant>.</para>
+
+    <para>This I/O method is dedicated to sharing DMA buffers between different
+devices, which may be V4L devices or other video-related devices (e.g. DRM).
+Buffers (planes) are allocated by a driver on behalf of an application. Next,
+these buffers are exported to the application as file descriptors using an API
+which is specific for an allocator driver.  Only such file descriptor are
+exchanged. The descriptors and meta-information are passed in &v4l2-buffer; (or
+in &v4l2-plane; in the multi-planar API case).  The driver must be switched
+into DMABUF I/O mode by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; with the desired buffer
+type.</para>
+
+    <example>
+      <title>Initiating streaming I/O with DMABUF file descriptors</title>
+
+      <programlisting>
+&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf;
+
+memset(&amp;reqbuf, 0, sizeof (reqbuf));
+reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF;
+reqbuf.count = 1;
+
+if (ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &amp;reqbuf) == -1) {
+	if (errno == EINVAL)
+		printf("Video capturing or DMABUF streaming is not supported\n");
+	else
+		perror("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");
+
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+      </programlisting>
+    </example>
+
+    <para>The buffer (plane) file descriptor is passed on the fly with the
+&VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl. In case of multiplanar buffers, every plane can be
+associated with a different DMABUF descriptor. Although buffers are commonly
+cycled, applications can pass a different DMABUF descriptor at each
+<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> call.</para>
+
+    <example>
+      <title>Queueing DMABUF using single plane API</title>
+
+      <programlisting>
+int buffer_queue(int v4lfd, int index, int dmafd)
+{
+	&v4l2-buffer; buf;
+
+	memset(&amp;buf, 0, sizeof buf);
+	buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+	buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF;
+	buf.index = index;
+	buf.m.fd = dmafd;
+
+	if (ioctl(v4lfd, &VIDIOC-QBUF;, &amp;buf) == -1) {
+		perror("VIDIOC_QBUF");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+      </programlisting>
+    </example>
+
+    <example>
+      <title>Queueing DMABUF using multi plane API</title>
+
+      <programlisting>
+int buffer_queue_mp(int v4lfd, int index, int dmafd[], int n_planes)
+{
+	&v4l2-buffer; buf;
+	&v4l2-plane; planes[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES];
+	int i;
+
+	memset(&amp;buf, 0, sizeof buf);
+	buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE;
+	buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF;
+	buf.index = index;
+	buf.m.planes = planes;
+	buf.length = n_planes;
+
+	memset(&amp;planes, 0, sizeof planes);
+
+	for (i = 0; i &lt; n_planes; ++i)
+		buf.m.planes[i].m.fd = dmafd[i];
+
+	if (ioctl(v4lfd, &VIDIOC-QBUF;, &amp;buf) == -1) {
+		perror("VIDIOC_QBUF");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+      </programlisting>
+    </example>
+
+    <para>Captured or displayed buffers are dequeued with the
+&VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. The driver can unlock the buffer at any
+time between the completion of the DMA and this ioctl. The memory is
+also unlocked when &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; is called, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, or
+when the device is closed.</para>
+
+    <para>For capturing applications it is customary to enqueue a
+number of empty buffers, to start capturing and enter the read loop.
+Here the application waits until a filled buffer can be dequeued, and
+re-enqueues the buffer when the data is no longer needed. Output
+applications fill and enqueue buffers, when enough buffers are stacked
+up output is started. In the write loop, when the application
+runs out of free buffers it must wait until an empty buffer can be
+dequeued and reused. Two methods exist to suspend execution of the
+application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default
+<constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> blocks when no buffer is in the
+outgoing queue. When the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag was
+given to the &func-open; function, <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
+returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available. The
+&func-select; and &func-poll; functions are always available.</para>
+
+    <para>To start and stop capturing or displaying applications call the
+&VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; ioctls. Note that
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> removes all buffers from both queues and
+unlocks all buffers as a side effect. Since there is no notion of doing
+anything "now" on a multitasking system, if an application needs to synchronize
+with another event it should examine the &v4l2-buffer;
+<structfield>timestamp</structfield> of captured buffers, or set the field
+before enqueuing buffers for output.</para>
+
+    <para>Drivers implementing DMABUF importing I/O must support the
+<constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> ioctls, and the
+<function>select()</function> and <function>poll()</function> functions.</para>
+
+  </section>
+
   <section id="async">
     <title>Asynchronous I/O</title>
 
@@ -613,8 +772,8 @@ field is independent of the <structfield>timestamp</structfield> and
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>sequence</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Set by the driver, counting the frames in the
-sequence.</entry>
+	    <entry>Set by the driver, counting the frames (not fields!) in
+sequence. This field is set for both input and output devices.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry spanname="hspan"><para>In <link
@@ -673,30 +832,36 @@ memory, set by the application. See <xref linkend="userp" /> for details.
 	    <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> structure.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>int</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>fd</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>For the single-plane API and when
+<structfield>memory</structfield> is <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF</constant> this
+is the file descriptor associated with a DMABUF buffer.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>Size of the buffer (not the payload) in bytes for the
-	    single-planar API. For the multi-planar API should contain the
-	    number of elements in the <structfield>planes</structfield> array.
+	    single-planar API. For the multi-planar API the application sets
+	    this to the number of elements in the <structfield>planes</structfield>
+	    array. The driver will fill in the actual number of valid elements in
+	    that array.
 	    </entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>reserved2</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) buffer types
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher. Applications
+	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Applications
 should set this to 0.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) buffer types
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher. Applications
+	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Applications
 should set this to 0.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
@@ -746,6 +911,15 @@ should set this to 0.</entry>
 	      </entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>int</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>fd</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>When the memory type in the containing &v4l2-buffer; is
+		<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF</constant>, this is a file
+		descriptor associated with a DMABUF buffer, similar to the
+		<structfield>fd</structfield> field in &v4l2-buffer;.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>data_offset</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
@@ -827,14 +1001,7 @@ should set this to 0.</entry>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>8</entry>
 	    <entry>Buffer for video output overlay (OSD), see <xref
-		linkend="osd" />. Status: <link
-linkend="experimental">Experimental</link>.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x80</entry>
-	  <entry>This and higher values are reserved for custom
-(driver defined) buffer types.</entry>
+		linkend="osd" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
@@ -932,7 +1099,7 @@ application. Drivers set or clear this flag when the
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_INVALIDATE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0400</entry>
+	    <entry>0x0800</entry>
 	    <entry>Caches do not have to be invalidated for this buffer.
 Typically applications shall use this flag if the data captured in the buffer
 is not going to be touched by the CPU, instead the buffer will, probably, be
@@ -941,7 +1108,7 @@ passed on to a DMA-capable hardware unit for further processing or output.
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_NO_CACHE_CLEAN</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x0800</entry>
+	    <entry>0x1000</entry>
 	    <entry>Caches do not have to be cleaned for this buffer.
 Typically applications shall use this flag for output buffers if the data
 in this buffer has not been created by the CPU but by some DMA-capable unit,
@@ -973,6 +1140,12 @@ pointer</link> I/O.</entry>
 	    <entry>3</entry>
 	    <entry>[to do]</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>4</entry>
+	    <entry>The buffer is used for <link linkend="dmabuf">DMA shared
+buffer</link> I/O.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
index 5274c24d11e..a990b34d911 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
-    <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12M">
+    <refentry>
       <refmeta>
-	<refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M ('NM12')</refentrytitle>
+	<refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M ('NM12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M ('NM21'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16</refentrytitle>
 	&manvol;
       </refmeta>
       <refnamediv>
-	<refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant></refname>
-	<refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> with planes
+	<refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant></refname>
+	<refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV21M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M</constant></refname>
+	<refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12MT_16X16"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16</constant></refname>
+	<refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> and <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21</constant> with planes
 	  non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
       </refnamediv>
       <refsect1>
@@ -22,7 +24,12 @@ The CbCr plane is the same width, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image),
 but is half as tall in pixels. Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example,
 Cb<subscript>0</subscript>/Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to
 Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, Y'<subscript>01</subscript>,
-Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. </para>
+Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, Y'<subscript>11</subscript>.
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16</constant> is the tiled version of
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> with 16x16 macroblock tiles. Here pixels
+are arranged in 16x16 2D tiles and tiles are arranged in linear order in memory.
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M</constant> is the same as <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant>
+except the Cb and Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte.</para>
 
 	<para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> is intended to be
 used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml
index 8eace3e2e7d..2d3f0b1aefe 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml
@@ -22,8 +22,7 @@
 	with 10 bits per colour compressed to 8 bits each, using DPCM
 	compression. DPCM, differential pulse-code modulation, is lossy.
 	Each colour component consumes 8 bits of memory. In other respects
-	this format is similar to <xref
-	linkend="pixfmt-srggb10">.</xref></para>
+	this format is similar to <xref linkend="pixfmt-srggb10" />.</para>
 
       </refsect1>
     </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2330667907c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+    <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420M">
+      <refmeta>
+	<refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M ('YM21')</refentrytitle>
+	&manvol;
+      </refmeta>
+      <refnamediv>
+	<refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant></refname>
+	<refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant>
+	  with planes non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
+      </refnamediv>
+
+      <refsect1>
+	<title>Description</title>
+
+	<para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format.
+The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.
+
+The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cr data
+constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half
+the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs to four
+pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example,
+Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
+Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, and
+Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. The Cb data, just like the Cr plane, constitutes
+the third plane. </para>
+
+	<para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
+and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
+words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
+(including padding).</para>
+
+	<para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> is intended to be
+used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
+described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
+
+	<example>
+	  <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 &times; 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+	  <formalpara>
+	    <title>Byte Order.</title>
+	    <para>Each cell is one byte.
+		<informaltable frame="none">
+		<tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+		  <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row><entry></entry></row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+		      <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
+		      <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row><entry></entry></row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+		      <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
+		      <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</tgroup>
+		</informaltable>
+	      </para>
+	  </formalpara>
+
+	  <formalpara>
+	    <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+	    <para>
+		<informaltable frame="none">
+		<tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry></entry>
+		      <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>0</entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry></entry>
+		      <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>1</entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>2</entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry></entry>
+		      <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>3</entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</tgroup>
+		</informaltable>
+	      </para>
+	  </formalpara>
+	</example>
+      </refsect1>
+    </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index e58934c9289..bf94f417592 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -708,6 +708,7 @@ information.</para>
     &sub-y41p;
     &sub-yuv420;
     &sub-yuv420m;
+    &sub-yvu420m;
     &sub-yuv410;
     &sub-yuv422p;
     &sub-yuv411p;
@@ -757,6 +758,11 @@ extended control <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE</constant>, see
 		<entry>'AVC1'</entry>
 		<entry>H264 video elementary stream without start codes.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-H264-MVC">
+		<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264_MVC</constant></entry>
+		<entry>'MVC'</entry>
+		<entry>H264 MVC video elementary stream.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-H263">
 		<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_H263</constant></entry>
 		<entry>'H263'</entry>
@@ -792,6 +798,11 @@ extended control <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE</constant>, see
 		<entry>'VC1L'</entry>
 		<entry>VC1, SMPTE 421M Annex L compliant stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-VP8">
+		<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_VP8</constant></entry>
+		<entry>'VP8'</entry>
+		<entry>VP8 video elementary stream.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
@@ -995,6 +1006,34 @@ the other bits are set to 0.</entry>
 	    <entry>Old 6-bit greyscale format. Only the most significant 6 bits of each byte are used,
 the other bits are set to 0.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-S5C-UYVY-JPG">
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_S5C_UYVY_JPG</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>'S5CI'</entry>
+	    <entry>Two-planar format used by Samsung S5C73MX cameras. The
+first plane contains interleaved JPEG and UYVY image data, followed by meta data
+in form of an array of offsets to the UYVY data blocks. The actual pointer array
+follows immediately the interleaved JPEG/UYVY data, the number of entries in
+this array equals the height of the UYVY image. Each entry is a 4-byte unsigned
+integer in big endian order and it's an offset to a single pixel line of the
+UYVY image. The first plane can start either with JPEG or UYVY data chunk. The
+size of a single UYVY block equals the UYVY image's width multiplied by 2. The
+size of a JPEG chunk depends on the image and can vary with each line.
+<para>The second plane, at an offset of 4084 bytes, contains a 4-byte offset to
+the pointer array in the first plane. This offset is followed by a 4-byte value
+indicating size of the pointer array. All numbers in the second plane are also
+in big endian order. Remaining data in the second plane is undefined. The
+information in the second plane allows to easily find location of the pointer
+array, which can be different for each frame. The size of the pointer array is
+constant for given UYVY image height.</para>
+<para>In order to extract UYVY and JPEG frames an application can initially set
+a data pointer to the start of first plane and then add an offset from the first
+entry of the pointers table. Such a pointer indicates start of an UYVY image
+pixel line. Whole UYVY line can be copied to a separate buffer. These steps
+should be repeated for each line, i.e. the number of entries in the pointer
+array. Anything what's in between the UYVY lines is JPEG data and should be
+concatenated to form the JPEG stream. </para>
+</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
index e7ed5077834..4c238ce068b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ cropping and composing rectangles have the same size.</para>
     <section>
       <title>Selection targets</title>
 
+      <para>
       <figure id="sel-targets-capture">
 	<title>Cropping and composing targets</title>
 	<mediaobject>
@@ -52,12 +53,12 @@ cropping and composing rectangles have the same size.</para>
 	  </textobject>
 	</mediaobject>
       </figure>
+      </para>
 
+      <para>See <xref linkend="v4l2-selection-targets" /> for more
+    information.</para>
     </section>
 
-    See <xref linkend="v4l2-selection-targets" /> for more
-    information.
-
   <section>
 
   <title>Configuration</title>
@@ -216,18 +217,17 @@ composing and cropping operations by setting the appropriate targets.  The V4L2
 API lacks any support for composing to and cropping from an image inside a
 memory buffer.  The application could configure a capture device to fill only a
 part of an image by abusing V4L2 API.  Cropping a smaller image from a larger
-one is achieved by setting the field <structfield>
-&v4l2-pix-format;::bytesperline </structfield>.  Introducing an image offsets
-could be done by modifying field <structfield> &v4l2-buffer;::m:userptr
-</structfield> before calling <constant> VIDIOC_QBUF </constant>. Those
+one is achieved by setting the field
+&v4l2-pix-format;<structfield>::bytesperline</structfield>.  Introducing an image offsets
+could be done by modifying field &v4l2-buffer;<structfield>::m_userptr</structfield>
+before calling <constant> VIDIOC_QBUF </constant>. Those
 operations should be avoided because they are not portable (endianness), and do
 not work for macroblock and Bayer formats and mmap buffers.  The selection API
 deals with configuration of buffer cropping/composing in a clear, intuitive and
 portable way.  Next, with the selection API the concepts of the padded target
-and constraints flags are introduced.  Finally, <structname> &v4l2-crop;
-</structname> and <structname> &v4l2-cropcap; </structname> have no reserved
-fields. Therefore there is no way to extend their functionality.  The new
-<structname> &v4l2-selection; </structname> provides a lot of place for future
+and constraints flags are introduced.  Finally, &v4l2-crop; and &v4l2-cropcap;
+have no reserved fields. Therefore there is no way to extend their functionality.
+The new &v4l2-selection; provides a lot of place for future
 extensions.  Driver developers are encouraged to implement only selection API.
 The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one. </para>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
index 49c532ebbbb..a0a936455fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
@@ -2565,5 +2565,49 @@
 	</tgroup>
       </table>
     </section>
+
+    <section id="v4l2-mbus-vendor-spec-fmts">
+      <title>Vendor and Device Specific Formats</title>
+
+      <note>
+	<title>Experimental</title>
+	<para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
+interface and may change in the future.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <para>This section lists complex data formats that are either vendor or
+	device specific.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>The following table lists the existing vendor and device specific
+	formats.</para>
+
+      <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-vendor-specific">
+	<title>Vendor and device specific formats</title>
+	<tgroup cols="3">
+	  <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+	  <colspec colname="code" align="left"/>
+	  <colspec colname="remarks" align="left"/>
+	  <thead>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry>Identifier</entry>
+	      <entry>Code</entry>
+	      <entry>Comments</entry>
+	    </row>
+	  </thead>
+	  <tbody valign="top">
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-S5C-UYVY-JPEG-1X8">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_S5C_UYVY_JPEG_1X8</entry>
+	      <entry>0x5001</entry>
+	      <entry>
+		Interleaved raw UYVY and JPEG image format with embedded
+		meta-data used by Samsung S3C73MX camera sensors.
+	      </entry>
+	    </row>
+	  </tbody>
+	</tgroup>
+      </table>
+    </section>
+
   </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index eee6908c749..4d110b1ad3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -145,9 +145,12 @@ applications. -->
 	<authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
 	<revremark>Added VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS.
 	</revremark>
+      </revision>
+
+      <revision>
 	<revnumber>3.5</revnumber>
 	<date>2012-05-07</date>
-	<authorinitials>sa, sn</authorinitials>
+	<authorinitials>sa, sn, hv</authorinitials>
 	<revremark>Added V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU and V4L2 subdev
 	    selections API. Improved the description of V4L2_CID_COLORFX
 	    control, added V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR control.
@@ -158,11 +161,8 @@ applications. -->
 	    V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK, V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START,
 	    V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP, V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS
 	    and V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE.
-	</revremark>
-	<date>2012-05-01</date>
-	<authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
-	<revremark>Added VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS and
-	VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP.
+	    Added VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS and
+	    VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP.
 	</revremark>
       </revision>
 
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
 </partinfo>
 
 <title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
- <subtitle>Revision 3.5</subtitle>
+ <subtitle>Revision 3.6</subtitle>
 
   <chapter id="common">
     &sub-common;
@@ -543,6 +543,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
     &sub-enuminput;
     &sub-enumoutput;
     &sub-enumstd;
+    &sub-expbuf;
     &sub-g-audio;
     &sub-g-audioout;
     &sub-g-crop;
@@ -581,6 +582,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
     &sub-subdev-enum-frame-size;
     &sub-subdev-enum-mbus-code;
     &sub-subdev-g-crop;
+    &sub-subdev-g-edid;
     &sub-subdev-g-fmt;
     &sub-subdev-g-frame-interval;
     &sub-subdev-g-selection;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml
index a8cda1acacd..cd994367243 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@
 
   <refnamediv>
     <refname>VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS</refname>
-    <refpurpose>Create buffers for Memory Mapped or User Pointer I/O</refpurpose>
+    <refpurpose>Create buffers for Memory Mapped or User Pointer or DMA Buffer
+    I/O</refpurpose>
   </refnamediv>
 
   <refsynopsisdiv>
@@ -55,11 +56,11 @@
     </note>
 
     <para>This ioctl is used to create buffers for <link linkend="mmap">memory
-mapped</link> or <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link>
-I/O. It can be used as an alternative or in addition to the
-<constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant> ioctl, when a tighter control over buffers
-is required. This ioctl can be called multiple times to create buffers of
-different sizes.</para>
+mapped</link> or <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link> or <link
+linkend="dmabuf">DMA buffer</link> I/O. It can be used as an alternative or in
+addition to the <constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant> ioctl, when a tighter
+control over buffers is required. This ioctl can be called multiple times to
+create buffers of different sizes.</para>
 
     <para>To allocate device buffers applications initialize relevant fields of
 the <structname>v4l2_create_buffers</structname> structure. They set the
@@ -109,7 +110,8 @@ information.</para>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>memory</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Applications set this field to
-<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF</constant> or
 <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-memory"
 /></entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
index f1bac2c6e97..bf7cc979fdf 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
@@ -59,6 +59,9 @@ constant except when switching the video standard. Remember this
 switch can occur implicit when switching the video input or
 output.</para>
 
+    <para>This ioctl must be implemented for video capture or output devices that
+support cropping and/or scaling and/or have non-square pixels, and for overlay devices.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-cropcap">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_cropcap</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -70,10 +73,10 @@ output.</para>
 	    <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
 Only these types are valid here:
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>,
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
-defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
-and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect-crop">v4l2_rect</link></entry>
@@ -156,8 +159,7 @@ on 22 Oct 2002 subject "Re:[V4L][patches!] Re:v4l2/kernel-2.5" -->
 	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The &v4l2-cropcap; <structfield>type</structfield> is
-invalid. This is not permitted for video capture, output and overlay devices,
-which must support <constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant>.</para>
+invalid.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml
index 74b87f6e480..9215627b04c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml
@@ -49,13 +49,6 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <note>
-      <title>Experimental</title>
-
-      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-    </note>
-
     <para>These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) decoder.
 <constant>VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD</constant> sends a command to the
 decoder, <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD</constant> can be used to
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml
index f431b3ba79b..0619ca5d2d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml
@@ -49,13 +49,6 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <note>
-      <title>Experimental</title>
-
-      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-    </note>
-
     <para>These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) encoder.
 <constant>VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD</constant> sends a command to the
 encoder, <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</constant> can be used to
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
index 509f0012d2a..fced5fb0dbf 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
@@ -229,6 +229,12 @@ intended for the user.</entry>
 is out of bounds.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml
index 24c3bf4fd29..b3e17c1dfaf 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml
@@ -106,6 +106,12 @@ application.</entry>
 is out of bounds.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
index 81ebe48317f..f8dfeed34fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
@@ -58,6 +58,9 @@ structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
 incrementing by one until <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> is
 returned.</para>
 
+    <para>Note that after switching input or output the list of enumerated image
+formats may be different.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-fmtdesc">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_fmtdesc</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -78,10 +81,8 @@ Only these types are valid here:
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>,
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
-defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
-and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml
index f77a13f486d..a78454b5abc 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml
@@ -50,13 +50,6 @@ and pixel format and receives a frame width and height.</para>
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <note>
-      <title>Experimental</title>
-
-      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-    </note>
-
     <para>This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame sizes
 (&ie; width and height in pixels) that the device supports for the
 given pixel format.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
index 46d5a044a53..3c9a81305ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
 	    <entry>This input supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x00000002</entry>
 	    <entry>This input supports setting video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
index 428020000ef..f4ab0798545 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
 	    <entry>This output supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_DV_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x00000002</entry>
 	    <entry>This output supports setting video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml
index 3a5fc5405f9..8065099401d 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml
@@ -378,6 +378,12 @@ system)</para></footnote></para></entry>
 is out of bounds.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..72dfbd20a80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-expbuf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-expbuf">
+
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_EXPBUF</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_EXPBUF</refname>
+    <refpurpose>Export a buffer as a DMABUF file descriptor.</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>struct v4l2_exportbuffer *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Arguments</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>&fd;</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_EXPBUF</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para></para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Description</title>
+
+    <note>
+      <title>Experimental</title>
+      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link>
+      interface and may change in the future.</para>
+    </note>
+
+<para>This ioctl is an extension to the <link linkend="mmap">memory
+mapping</link> I/O method, therefore it is available only for
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> buffers.  It can be used to export a
+buffer as a DMABUF file at any time after buffers have been allocated with the
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
+
+<para> To export a buffer, applications fill &v4l2-exportbuffer;.  The
+<structfield> type </structfield> field is set to the same buffer type as was
+previously used with  &v4l2-requestbuffers;<structfield> type </structfield>.
+Applications must also set the <structfield> index </structfield> field. Valid
+index numbers range from zero to the number of buffers allocated with
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; (&v4l2-requestbuffers;<structfield> count </structfield>)
+minus one.  For the multi-planar API, applications set the <structfield> plane
+</structfield> field to the index of the plane to be exported. Valid planes
+range from zero to the maximal number of valid planes for the currently active
+format. For the single-planar API, applications must set <structfield> plane
+</structfield> to zero.  Additional flags may be posted in the <structfield>
+flags </structfield> field.  Refer to a manual for open() for details.
+Currently only O_CLOEXEC is supported.  All other fields must be set to zero.
+In the case of multi-planar API, every plane is exported separately using
+multiple <constant> VIDIOC_EXPBUF </constant> calls. </para>
+
+<para> After calling <constant>VIDIOC_EXPBUF</constant> the <structfield> fd
+</structfield> field will be set by a driver.  This is a DMABUF file
+descriptor. The application may pass it to other DMABUF-aware devices. Refer to
+<link linkend="dmabuf">DMABUF importing</link> for details about importing
+DMABUF files into V4L2 nodes. It is recommended to close a DMABUF file when it
+is no longer used to allow the associated memory to be reclaimed. </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+   <section>
+      <title>Examples</title>
+
+      <example>
+	<title>Exporting a buffer.</title>
+	<programlisting>
+int buffer_export(int v4lfd, &v4l2-buf-type; bt, int index, int *dmafd)
+{
+	&v4l2-exportbuffer; expbuf;
+
+	memset(&amp;expbuf, 0, sizeof(expbuf));
+	expbuf.type = bt;
+	expbuf.index = index;
+	if (ioctl(v4lfd, &VIDIOC-EXPBUF;, &amp;expbuf) == -1) {
+		perror("VIDIOC_EXPBUF");
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	*dmafd = expbuf.fd;
+
+	return 0;
+}
+        </programlisting>
+      </example>
+
+      <example>
+	<title>Exporting a buffer using the multi-planar API.</title>
+	<programlisting>
+int buffer_export_mp(int v4lfd, &v4l2-buf-type; bt, int index,
+	int dmafd[], int n_planes)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i &lt; n_planes; ++i) {
+		&v4l2-exportbuffer; expbuf;
+
+		memset(&amp;expbuf, 0, sizeof(expbuf));
+		expbuf.type = bt;
+		expbuf.index = index;
+		expbuf.plane = i;
+		if (ioctl(v4lfd, &VIDIOC-EXPBUF;, &amp;expbuf) == -1) {
+			perror("VIDIOC_EXPBUF");
+			while (i)
+				close(dmafd[--i]);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		dmafd[i] = expbuf.fd;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+        </programlisting>
+      </example>
+   </section>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-exportbuffer">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_exportbuffer</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Type of the buffer, same as &v4l2-format;
+<structfield>type</structfield> or &v4l2-requestbuffers;
+<structfield>type</structfield>, set by the application. See <xref
+linkend="v4l2-buf-type" /></entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Number of the buffer, set by the application. This field is
+only used for <link linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> I/O and can range from
+zero to the number of buffers allocated with the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; and/or
+&VIDIOC-CREATE-BUFS; ioctls. </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>plane</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Index of the plane to be exported when using the
+multi-planar API. Otherwise this value must be set to zero. </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Flags for the newly created file, currently only <constant>
+O_CLOEXEC </constant> is supported, refer to the manual of open() for more
+details.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__s32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>fd</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>The DMABUF file descriptor associated with a buffer. Set by
+		the driver.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Reserved field for future use. Must be set to zero.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    &return-value;
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>A queue is not in MMAP mode or DMABUF exporting is not
+supported or <structfield> flags </structfield> or <structfield> type
+</structfield> or <structfield> index </structfield> or <structfield> plane
+</structfield> fields are invalid.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
index c4ff3b1887f..75c6a93de3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
@@ -104,10 +104,8 @@ changed and <constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> returns the
 	    <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
 Only these types are valid here: <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
-defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
-and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
index 61be9fa3803..b9ea37634f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
@@ -78,6 +78,12 @@ If the preset is not supported, it returns an &EINVAL; </para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the preset.</para>
@@ -104,7 +110,4 @@ If the preset is not supported, it returns an &EINVAL; </para>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
   </refsect1>
-  <refsect1>
-    &return-value;
-  </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
index eda1a2991bb..72369707bd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
@@ -56,7 +56,9 @@ a pointer to the &v4l2-dv-timings; structure as argument. If the ioctl is not su
 or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;.</para>
 <para>The <filename>linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h</filename> header can be used to get the
 timings of the formats in the <xref linkend="cea861" /> and <xref linkend="vesadmt" />
-standards.</para>
+standards. If the current input or output does not support DV timings (e.g. if
+&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; does not set the <constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS</constant> flag), then
+&ENODATA; is returned.</para>
   </refsect1>
 
   <refsect1>
@@ -71,6 +73,12 @@ standards.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the timings.</para>
@@ -320,7 +328,4 @@ detected or used depends on the hardware.
       </tgroup>
     </table>
   </refsect1>
-  <refsect1>
-    &return-value;
-  </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml
index 2aef02c9044..be25029a16f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml
@@ -48,13 +48,6 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <note>
-      <title>Experimental</title>
-
-      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-    </note>
-
     <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant> ioctl provides
 meta data about a compressed video stream the same or another
 application currently reads from the driver, which is useful for
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
index 52acff193a6..ee8f56e1bac 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ the application calls the <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl
 with a pointer to a <structname>v4l2_format</structname> structure
 the driver checks
 and adjusts the parameters against hardware abilities. Drivers
-should not return an error code unless the input is ambiguous, this is
+should not return an error code unless the <structfield>type</structfield> field is invalid, this is
 a mechanism to fathom device capabilities and to approach parameters
 acceptable for both the application and driver. On success the driver
 may program the hardware, allocate resources and generally prepare for
@@ -107,6 +107,10 @@ disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware preparations.
 Although strongly recommended drivers are not required to implement
 this ioctl.</para>
 
+    <para>The format as returned by <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant>
+must be identical to what <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> returns for
+the same input or output.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-format">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_format</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="4">
@@ -170,9 +174,7 @@ capture and output devices.</entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>raw_data</structfield>[200]</entry>
-	    <entry>Place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) formats with <structfield>type</structfield>
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher.</entry>
+	    <entry>Place holder for future extensions.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
@@ -187,8 +189,7 @@ capture and output devices.</entry>
 	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield>
-field is invalid, the requested buffer type not supported, or the
-format is not supported with this buffer type.</para>
+field is invalid or the requested buffer type not supported.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
index f83d2cdd118..9058224d1bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
@@ -108,9 +108,7 @@ devices.</para>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>raw_data</structfield>[200]</entry>
-	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) buffer types <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and
-higher.</entry>
+	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
index f76d8a6d9b9..b11ec75e21a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
@@ -152,12 +152,10 @@ satisfactory parameters have been negotiated. If constraints flags have to be
 violated at then ERANGE is returned. The error indicates that <emphasis> there
 exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para>
 
-  </refsect1>
-
   <para>Selection targets and flags are documented in <xref
   linkend="v4l2-selections-common"/>.</para>
 
-    <section>
+    <para>
       <figure id="sel-const-adjust">
 	<title>Size adjustments with constraint flags.</title>
 	<mediaobject>
@@ -170,9 +168,9 @@ exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para>
 	  </textobject>
 	</mediaobject>
       </figure>
-    </section>
+    </para>
 
-  <refsect1>
+  <para>
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-selection">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_selection</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -208,6 +206,7 @@ exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
+  </para>
   </refsect1>
 
   <refsect1>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
index 99ff1a01622..4a898417de2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
@@ -72,7 +72,9 @@ flags, being a write-only ioctl it does not return the actual new standard as
 the current input does not support the requested standard the driver
 returns an &EINVAL;. When the standard set is ambiguous drivers may
 return <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> or choose any of the requested
-standards.</para>
+standards. If the current input or output does not support standard video timings (e.g. if
+&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; does not set the <constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_STD</constant> flag), then
+&ENODATA; is returned.</para>
   </refsect1>
 
   <refsect1>
@@ -85,6 +87,12 @@ standards.</para>
 	  <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
index 701138f1209..6cc82010c73 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
@@ -354,6 +354,12 @@ radio tuners.</entry>
 	<entry>The &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS; ioctl can be used to enumerate
 	the available frequency bands.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	<entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_PROG_LIM</constant></entry>
+	<entry>0x0800</entry>
+	<entry>The range to search when using the hardware seek functionality
+	is programmable, see &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; for details.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
index 77ff5be0809..3504a7f2f38 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
@@ -109,6 +109,23 @@ they cannot be swapped out to disk. Buffers remain locked until
 dequeued, until the &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; or &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl is
 called, or until the device is closed.</para>
 
+    <para>To enqueue a <link linkend="dmabuf">DMABUF</link> buffer applications
+set the <structfield>memory</structfield> field to
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF</constant> and the <structfield>m.fd</structfield>
+field to a file descriptor associated with a DMABUF buffer. When the
+multi-planar API is used the <structfield>m.fd</structfield> fields of the
+passed array of &v4l2-plane; have to be used instead. When
+<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> is called with a pointer to this structure the
+driver sets the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> flag and clears the
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags in the
+<structfield>flags</structfield> field, or it returns an error code.  This
+ioctl locks the buffer. Locking a buffer means passing it to a driver for a
+hardware access (usually DMA).  If an application accesses (reads/writes) a
+locked buffer then the result is undefined.  Buffers remain locked until
+dequeued, until the &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; or &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl is called, or
+until the device is closed.</para>
+
     <para>Applications call the <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
 ioctl to dequeue a filled (capturing) or displayed (output) buffer
 from the driver's outgoing queue. They just set the
@@ -121,8 +138,7 @@ remaining fields or returns an error code. The driver may also set
 field. It indicates a non-critical (recoverable) streaming error. In such case
 the application may continue as normal, but should be aware that data in the
 dequeued buffer might be corrupted. When using the multi-planar API, the
-planes array does not have to be passed; the <structfield>m.planes</structfield>
-member must be set to NULL in that case.</para>
+planes array must be passed in as well.</para>
 
     <para>By default <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> blocks when no
 buffer is in the outgoing queue. When the
@@ -155,6 +171,8 @@ or no buffers have been allocated yet, or the
 <structfield>userptr</structfield> or
 <structfield>length</structfield> are invalid.</para>
 	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>EIO</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para><constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> failed due to an
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
index 1bc8aeb3ff1..68b49d09e24 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
@@ -65,5 +65,14 @@ returned.</para>
 
   <refsect1>
     &return-value;
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
index 44935a0ffcf..e185f149e0a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
@@ -78,6 +78,12 @@ capabilities in order to give more precise feedback to the user.
 
     <variablelist>
       <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>ENOLINK</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>No timings could be detected because no signal was found.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
index 6e414d7b6df..a597155c052 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <para>This ioctl is part of the <link linkend="mmap">memory
-mapping</link> I/O method. It can be used to query the status of a
+    <para>This ioctl is part of the <link linkend="mmap">streaming
+</link> I/O method. It can be used to query the status of a
 buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the
 &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
 
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ the structure.</para>
 
     <para>In the <structfield>flags</structfield> field the
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PREPARED</constant>,
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> and
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags will be valid. The
 <structfield>memory</structfield> field will be set to the current
@@ -79,8 +80,10 @@ contains the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory,
 the <structfield>length</structfield> field its size. For the multi-planar API,
 fields <structfield>m.mem_offset</structfield> and
 <structfield>length</structfield> in the <structfield>m.planes</structfield>
-array elements will be used instead. The driver may or may not set the remaining
-fields and flags, they are meaningless in this context.</para>
+array elements will be used instead and the <structfield>length</structfield>
+field of &v4l2-buffer; is set to the number of filled-in array elements.
+The driver may or may not set the remaining fields and flags, they are
+meaningless in this context.</para>
 
     <para>The <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> structure is
     specified in <xref linkend="buffer" />.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
index f33dd746b66..4c70215ae03 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
@@ -90,11 +90,13 @@ ambiguities.</entry>
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>bus_info</structfield>[32]</entry>
 	    <entry>Location of the device in the system, a
-NUL-terminated ASCII string. For example: "PCI Slot 4". This
+NUL-terminated ASCII string. For example: "PCI:0000:05:06.0". This
 information is intended for users, to distinguish multiple
-identical devices. If no such information is available the field may
-simply count the devices controlled by the driver, or contain the
-empty string (<structfield>bus_info</structfield>[0] = 0).<!-- XXX pci_dev->slot_name example --></entry>
+identical devices. If no such information is available the field must
+simply count the devices controlled by the driver ("platform:vivi-000").
+The bus_info must start with "PCI:" for PCI boards, "PCIe:" for PCI Express boards,
+"usb-" for USB devices, "I2C:" for i2c devices, "ISA:" for ISA devices,
+"parport" for parallel port devices and "platform:" for platform devices.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
index 4b79c7c04ed..fe80a183d95 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
@@ -62,5 +62,13 @@ current video input or output.</para>
 
   <refsect1>
     &return-value;
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml
index d7c95057bc5..78a06a9a5ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml
@@ -48,28 +48,30 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <para>This ioctl is used to initiate <link linkend="mmap">memory
-mapped</link> or <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link>
-I/O. Memory mapped buffers are located in device memory and must be
-allocated with this ioctl before they can be mapped into the
-application's address space. User buffers are allocated by
-applications themselves, and this ioctl is merely used to switch the
-driver into user pointer I/O mode and to setup some internal structures.</para>
+<para>This ioctl is used to initiate <link linkend="mmap">memory mapped</link>,
+<link linkend="userp">user pointer</link> or <link
+linkend="dmabuf">DMABUF</link> based I/O.  Memory mapped buffers are located in
+device memory and must be allocated with this ioctl before they can be mapped
+into the application's address space. User buffers are allocated by
+applications themselves, and this ioctl is merely used to switch the driver
+into user pointer I/O mode and to setup some internal structures.
+Similarly, DMABUF buffers are allocated by applications through a device
+driver, and this ioctl only configures the driver into DMABUF I/O mode without
+performing any direct allocation.</para>
 
-    <para>To allocate device buffers applications initialize all
-fields of the <structname>v4l2_requestbuffers</structname> structure.
-They set the <structfield>type</structfield> field to the respective
-stream or buffer type, the <structfield>count</structfield> field to
-the desired number of buffers, <structfield>memory</structfield>
-must be set to the requested I/O method and the <structfield>reserved</structfield> array
-must be zeroed. When the ioctl
-is called with a pointer to this structure the driver will attempt to allocate
-the requested number of buffers and it stores the actual number
-allocated in the <structfield>count</structfield> field. It can be
-smaller than the number requested, even zero, when the driver runs out
-of free memory. A larger number is also possible when the driver requires
-more buffers to function correctly. For example video output requires at least two buffers,
-one displayed and one filled by the application.</para>
+    <para>To allocate device buffers applications initialize all fields of the
+<structname>v4l2_requestbuffers</structname> structure.  They set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field to the respective stream or buffer type,
+the <structfield>count</structfield> field to the desired number of buffers,
+<structfield>memory</structfield> must be set to the requested I/O method and
+the <structfield>reserved</structfield> array must be zeroed. When the ioctl is
+called with a pointer to this structure the driver will attempt to allocate the
+requested number of buffers and it stores the actual number allocated in the
+<structfield>count</structfield> field. It can be smaller than the number
+requested, even zero, when the driver runs out of free memory. A larger number
+is also possible when the driver requires more buffers to function correctly.
+For example video output requires at least two buffers, one displayed and one
+filled by the application.</para>
     <para>When the I/O method is not supported the ioctl
 returns an &EINVAL;.</para>
 
@@ -102,16 +104,16 @@ as the &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> field. See <xref
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>memory</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Applications set this field to
-<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_DMABUF</constant> or
 <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-memory"
 />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
-	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) buffer types <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and
-higher. This array should be zeroed by applications.</entry>
+	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions. This array should
+be zeroed by applications.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
index 3dd1bec6d3c..5b379e75219 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
@@ -75,6 +75,9 @@ seek is started.</para>
 
     <para>This ioctl is supported if the <constant>V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK</constant> capability is set.</para>
 
+    <para>If this ioctl is called from a non-blocking filehandle, then &EAGAIN; is
+    returned and no seek takes place.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-hw-freq-seek">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_hw_freq_seek</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -158,6 +161,13 @@ fields is wrong.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EAGAIN</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Attempted to call <constant>VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK</constant>
+	  with the filehandle in non-blocking mode.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The hardware seek found no channels.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
index 81cca456905..716ea15e54a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
@@ -74,7 +74,12 @@ not transmitted yet. I/O returns to the same state as after calling
 stream type. This is the same as &v4l2-requestbuffers;
 <structfield>type</structfield>.</para>
 
-    <para>Note applications can be preempted for unknown periods right
+    <para>If <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> is called when streaming
+is already in progress, or if <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> is called
+when streaming is already stopped, then the ioctl does nothing and 0 is
+returned.</para>
+
+    <para>Note that applications can be preempted for unknown periods right
 before or after the <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> or
 <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> calls, there is no notion of
 starting or stopping "now". Buffer timestamps can be used to
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bbd18f0e6ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-g-edid">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID</refname>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</refname>
+    <refpurpose>Get or set the EDID of a video receiver/transmitter</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_edid *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>const struct v4l2_subdev_edid *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Arguments</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>&fd;</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para></para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Description</title>
+    <para>These ioctls can be used to get or set an EDID associated with an input pad
+    from a receiver or an output pad of a transmitter subdevice.</para>
+
+    <para>To get the EDID data the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>,
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield>, <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield>
+    fields and call <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID</constant>. The current EDID from block
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield> and of size <structfield>blocks</structfield>
+    will be placed in the memory <structfield>edid</structfield> points to. The <structfield>edid</structfield>
+    pointer must point to memory at least <structfield>blocks</structfield>&nbsp;*&nbsp;128 bytes
+    large (the size of one block is 128 bytes).</para>
+
+    <para>If there are fewer blocks than specified, then the driver will set <structfield>blocks</structfield>
+    to the actual number of blocks. If there are no EDID blocks available at all, then the error code
+    ENODATA is set.</para>
+
+    <para>If blocks have to be retrieved from the sink, then this call will block until they
+    have been read.</para>
+
+    <para>To set the EDID blocks of a receiver the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>,
+    <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield> fields and set
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield> to 0. It is not possible to set part of an EDID,
+    it is always all or nothing. Setting the EDID data is only valid for receivers as it makes
+    no sense for a transmitter.</para>
+
+    <para>The driver assumes that the full EDID is passed in. If there are more EDID blocks than
+    the hardware can handle then the EDID is not written, but instead the error code E2BIG is set
+    and <structfield>blocks</structfield> is set to the maximum that the hardware supports.
+    If <structfield>start_block</structfield> is any
+    value other than 0 then the error code EINVAL is set.</para>
+
+    <para>To disable an EDID you set <structfield>blocks</structfield> to 0. Depending on the
+    hardware this will drive the hotplug pin low and/or block the source from reading the EDID
+    data in some way. In any case, the end result is the same: the EDID is no longer available.
+    </para>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-edid">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_edid</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+        &cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pad for which to get/set the EDID blocks.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>start_block</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Read the EDID from starting with this block. Must be 0 when setting
+	    the EDID.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>blocks</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>The number of blocks to get or set. Must be less or equal to 256 (the
+	    maximum number of blocks as defined by the standard). When you set the EDID and
+	    <structfield>blocks</structfield> is 0, then the EDID is disabled or erased.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u8&nbsp;*</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>edid</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pointer to memory that contains the EDID. The minimum size is
+	    <structfield>blocks</structfield>&nbsp;*&nbsp;128.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[5]</entry>
+	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
+	    set the array to zero.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    &return-value;
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The EDID data is not available.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>E2BIG</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The EDID data you provided is more than the hardware can handle.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml
index f33cc814a01..1ba9e999af3 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml
@@ -69,23 +69,22 @@
     more information on how each selection target affects the image
     processing pipeline inside the subdevice.</para>
 
-    <section>
+    <refsect2>
       <title>Types of selection targets</title>
 
       <para>There are two types of selection targets: actual and bounds. The
       actual targets are the targets which configure the hardware. The BOUNDS
       target will return a rectangle that contain all possible actual
       rectangles.</para>
-    </section>
+    </refsect2>
 
-    <section>
+    <refsect2>
       <title>Discovering supported features</title>
 
       <para>To discover which targets are supported, the user can
       perform <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION</constant> on them.
       Any unsupported target will return
       <constant>EINVAL</constant>.</para>
-    </section>
 
     <para>Selection targets and flags are documented in <xref
     linkend="v4l2-selections-common"/>.</para>
@@ -132,6 +131,7 @@
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
+    </refsect2>
 
   </refsect1>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
index 4e8e8985cc1..f2413acfe24 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 <title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title>
 
 <copyright>
-	<year>2009-2011</year>
+	<year>2009-2012</year>
 	<holder>LinuxTV Developers</holder>
 </copyright>
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
 		video and radio straming devices, including video cameras,
 		analog and digital TV receiver cards, AM/FM receiver cards,
 		streaming capture devices.</para>
-	<para>It is divided into three parts.</para>
+	<para>It is divided into four parts.</para>
 	<para>The first part covers radio, capture,
 		cameras and analog TV devices.</para>
 	<para>The second part covers the
@@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
 		in fact it covers several different video standards including
 		DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated
 		to documment support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para>
-	<para>The third part covers Remote Controller API</para>
+	<para>The third part covers the Remote Controller API.</para>
+	<para>The fourth part covers the Media Controller API.</para>
 	<para>For additional information and for the latest development code,
 		see: <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para>
 	<para>For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: <ulink url="http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media">Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).</ulink>.</para>
@@ -87,7 +88,7 @@ Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
 </author>
 </authorgroup>
 <copyright>
-	<year>2009-2011</year>
+	<year>2009-2012</year>
 	<holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
 </copyright>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
index e0aedb7a782..fe122d6e686 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
@@ -1216,8 +1216,6 @@ in this page</entry>
 #define	NAND_BBT_LASTBLOCK	0x00000010
 /* The bbt is at the given page, else we must scan for the bbt */
 #define NAND_BBT_ABSPAGE	0x00000020
-/* The bbt is at the given page, else we must scan for the bbt */
-#define NAND_BBT_SEARCH		0x00000040
 /* bbt is stored per chip on multichip devices */
 #define NAND_BBT_PERCHIP	0x00000080
 /* bbt has a version counter at offset veroffs */
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl
index 59ad69a9d77..29df25016c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 !Enet/core/filter.c
      </sect1>
      <sect1><title>Generic Network Statistics</title>
-!Iinclude/linux/gen_stats.h
+!Iinclude/uapi/linux/gen_stats.h
 !Enet/core/gen_stats.c
 !Enet/core/gen_estimator.c
      </sect1>
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 !Enet/wimax/op-rfkill.c
 !Enet/wimax/stack.c
 !Iinclude/net/wimax.h
-!Iinclude/linux/wimax.h
+!Iinclude/uapi/linux/wimax.h
      </sect1>
   </chapter>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
index ac3d0018140..ddb05e98af0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
@@ -719,6 +719,62 @@ framework to set up sysfs files for this region. Simply leave it alone.
 	</para>
 </sect1>
 
+<sect1 id="using uio_dmem_genirq">
+<title>Using uio_dmem_genirq for platform devices</title>
+	<para>
+	In addition to statically allocated memory ranges, they may also be
+	a desire to use dynamically allocated regions in a user space driver.
+	In particular, being able to access memory made available through the
+	dma-mapping API, may be particularly useful.  The
+	<varname>uio_dmem_genirq</varname> driver provides a way to accomplish
+	this.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	This driver is used in a similar manner to the
+	<varname>"uio_pdrv_genirq"</varname> driver with respect to interrupt
+	configuration and handling.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	Set the <varname>.name</varname> element of
+	<varname>struct platform_device</varname> to
+	<varname>"uio_dmem_genirq"</varname> to use this driver.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	When using this driver, fill in the <varname>.platform_data</varname>
+	element of <varname>struct platform_device</varname>, which is of type
+	<varname>struct uio_dmem_genirq_pdata</varname> and which contains the
+	following elements:
+	</para>
+	<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><varname>struct uio_info uioinfo</varname>: The same
+	structure used as the  <varname>uio_pdrv_genirq</varname> platform
+	data</listitem>
+	<listitem><varname>unsigned int *dynamic_region_sizes</varname>:
+	Pointer to list of sizes of dynamic memory regions to be mapped into
+	user space.
+	</listitem>
+	<listitem><varname>unsigned int num_dynamic_regions</varname>:
+	Number of elements in <varname>dynamic_region_sizes</varname> array.
+	</listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+	<para>
+	The dynamic regions defined in the platform data will be appended to
+	the <varname> mem[] </varname> array after the platform device
+	resources, which implies that the total number of static and dynamic
+	memory regions cannot exceed <varname>MAX_UIO_MAPS</varname>.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	The dynamic memory regions will be allocated when the UIO device file,
+	<varname>/dev/uioX</varname> is opened.
+	Simiar to static memory resources, the memory region information for
+	dynamic regions is then visible via sysfs at
+	<varname>/sys/class/uio/uioX/maps/mapY/*</varname>.
+	The dynmaic memory regions will be freed when the UIO device file is
+	closed. When no processes are holding the device file open, the address
+	returned to userspace is ~0.
+	</para>
+</sect1>
+
 </chapter>
 
 <chapter id="userspace_driver" xreflabel="Writing a driver in user space">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
index cab4ec58e46..fb32aead5a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
@@ -433,9 +433,9 @@
   /* chip-specific constructor
    * (see "Management of Cards and Components")
    */
-  static int __devinit snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
-                                         struct pci_dev *pci,
-                                         struct mychip **rchip)
+  static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
+                               struct pci_dev *pci,
+                               struct mychip **rchip)
   {
           struct mychip *chip;
           int err;
@@ -475,8 +475,8 @@
   }
 
   /* constructor -- see "Constructor" sub-section */
-  static int __devinit snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
-                               const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
+  static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
+                              const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
   {
           static int dev;
           struct snd_card *card;
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
   }
 
   /* destructor -- see the "Destructor" sub-section */
-  static void __devexit snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
+  static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
   {
           snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));
           pci_set_drvdata(pci, NULL);
@@ -542,9 +542,8 @@
       <para>
         The real constructor of PCI drivers is the <function>probe</function> callback.
       The <function>probe</function> callback and other component-constructors which are called
-      from the <function>probe</function> callback should be defined with
-      the <parameter>__devinit</parameter> prefix. You 
-      cannot use the <parameter>__init</parameter> prefix for them,
+      from the <function>probe</function> callback cannot be used with
+      the <parameter>__init</parameter> prefix
       because any PCI device could be a hotplug device. 
       </para>
 
@@ -728,7 +727,7 @@
         <informalexample>
           <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
-  static void __devexit snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
+  static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
   {
           snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));
           pci_set_drvdata(pci, NULL);
@@ -1059,14 +1058,6 @@
       </para>
 
       <para>
-        As further notes, the destructors (both
-      <function>snd_mychip_dev_free</function> and
-      <function>snd_mychip_free</function>) cannot be defined with
-      the <parameter>__devexit</parameter> prefix, because they may be
-      called from the constructor, too, at the false path. 
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
       For a device which allows hotplugging, you can use
       <function>snd_card_free_when_closed</function>.  This one will
       postpone the destruction until all devices are closed.
@@ -1120,9 +1111,9 @@
   }
 
   /* chip-specific constructor */
-  static int __devinit snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
-                                         struct pci_dev *pci,
-                                         struct mychip **rchip)
+  static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
+                               struct pci_dev *pci,
+                               struct mychip **rchip)
   {
           struct mychip *chip;
           int err;
@@ -1200,7 +1191,7 @@
           .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
           .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,
           .probe = snd_mychip_probe,
-          .remove = __devexit_p(snd_mychip_remove),
+          .remove = snd_mychip_remove,
   };
 
   /* module initialization */
@@ -1465,11 +1456,6 @@
       </para>
 
       <para>
-      Again, remember that you cannot
-      use the <parameter>__devexit</parameter> prefix for this destructor. 
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
       We didn't implement the hardware disabling part in the above.
       If you need to do this, please note that the destructor may be
       called even before the initialization of the chip is completed.
@@ -1619,7 +1605,7 @@
           .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
           .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,
           .probe = snd_mychip_probe,
-          .remove = __devexit_p(snd_mychip_remove),
+          .remove = snd_mychip_remove,
   };
 ]]>
           </programlisting>
@@ -1630,11 +1616,7 @@
         The <structfield>probe</structfield> and
       <structfield>remove</structfield> functions have already
       been defined in the previous sections.
-      The <structfield>remove</structfield> function should
-      be defined with the 
-      <function>__devexit_p()</function> macro, so that it's not
-      defined for built-in (and non-hot-pluggable) case. The
-      <structfield>name</structfield> 
+      The <structfield>name</structfield>
       field is the name string of this device. Note that you must not
       use a slash <quote>/</quote> in this string. 
       </para>
@@ -1665,9 +1647,7 @@
       <para>
         Note that these module entries are tagged with
       <parameter>__init</parameter> and 
-      <parameter>__exit</parameter> prefixes, not
-      <parameter>__devinit</parameter> nor
-      <parameter>__devexit</parameter>.
+      <parameter>__exit</parameter> prefixes.
       </para>
 
       <para>
@@ -1918,7 +1898,7 @@
    */
 
   /* create a pcm device */
-  static int __devinit snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
+  static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
   {
           struct snd_pcm *pcm;
           int err;
@@ -1957,7 +1937,7 @@
         <informalexample>
           <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
-  static int __devinit snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
+  static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
   {
           struct snd_pcm *pcm;
           int err;
@@ -2124,7 +2104,7 @@
           ....
   }
 
-  static int __devinit snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
+  static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
   {
           struct snd_pcm *pcm;
           ....
@@ -3399,7 +3379,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
 	  <title>Definition of a Control</title>
           <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
-  static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control __devinitdata = {
+  static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control = {
           .iface = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_MIXER,
           .name = "PCM Playback Switch",
           .index = 0,
@@ -3415,13 +3395,6 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
       </para>
 
       <para>
-        Most likely the control is created via
-      <function>snd_ctl_new1()</function>, and in such a case, you can
-      add the <parameter>__devinitdata</parameter> prefix to the
-      definition as above. 
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
         The <structfield>iface</structfield> field specifies the control
       type, <constant>SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_XXX</constant>, which
       is usually <constant>MIXER</constant>.
@@ -3847,10 +3820,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
 
       <para>
         <function>snd_ctl_new1()</function> allocates a new
-      <structname>snd_kcontrol</structname> instance (that's why the definition
-      of <parameter>my_control</parameter> can be with
-      the <parameter>__devinitdata</parameter> 
-      prefix), and <function>snd_ctl_add</function> assigns the given
+      <structname>snd_kcontrol</structname> instance,
+      and <function>snd_ctl_add</function> assigns the given
       control component to the card. 
       </para>
     </section>
@@ -3896,7 +3867,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
 <![CDATA[
   static DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE(db_scale_my_control, -4050, 150, 0);
 
-  static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control __devinitdata = {
+  static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control = {
           ...
           .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE |
                     SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV_READ,
@@ -5761,8 +5732,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
       <informalexample>
         <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
-  static int __devinit snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
-                               const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
+  static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
+                              const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
   {
           ....
           struct snd_card *card;
@@ -5787,8 +5758,8 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
       <informalexample>
         <programlisting>
 <![CDATA[
-  static int __devinit snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
-                               const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
+  static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
+                              const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
   {
           ....
           struct snd_card *card;
@@ -5825,7 +5796,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
           .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
           .id_table = snd_my_ids,
           .probe = snd_my_probe,
-          .remove = __devexit_p(snd_my_remove),
+          .remove = snd_my_remove,
   #ifdef CONFIG_PM
           .suspend = snd_my_suspend,
           .resume = snd_my_resume,
diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO
index 59c080f084e..a9f288ff54f 100644
--- a/Documentation/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/HOWTO
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Differences between the kernel community and corporate structures
 
 The kernel community works differently than most traditional corporate
 development environments.  Here are a list of things that you can try to
-do to try to avoid problems:
+do to avoid problems:
   Good things to say regarding your proposed changes:
     - "This solves multiple problems."
     - "This deletes 2000 lines of code."
diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
index b2bea15137d..16eb4c9e923 100644
--- a/Documentation/IPMI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
@@ -42,13 +42,7 @@ The driver interface depends on your hardware.  If your system
 properly provides the SMBIOS info for IPMI, the driver will detect it
 and just work.  If you have a board with a standard interface (These
 will generally be either "KCS", "SMIC", or "BT", consult your hardware
-manual), choose the 'IPMI SI handler' option.  A driver also exists
-for direct I2C access to the IPMI management controller.  Some boards
-support this, but it is unknown if it will work on every board.  For
-this, choose 'IPMI SMBus handler', but be ready to try to do some
-figuring to see if it will work on your system if the SMBIOS/APCI
-information is wrong or not present.  It is fairly safe to have both
-these enabled and let the drivers auto-detect what is present.
+manual), choose the 'IPMI SI handler' option.
 
 You should generally enable ACPI on your system, as systems with IPMI
 can have ACPI tables describing them.
@@ -58,8 +52,7 @@ their job correctly, the IPMI controller should be automatically
 detected (via ACPI or SMBIOS tables) and should just work.  Sadly,
 many boards do not have this information.  The driver attempts
 standard defaults, but they may not work.  If you fall into this
-situation, you need to read the section below named 'The SI Driver' or
-"The SMBus Driver" on how to hand-configure your system.
+situation, you need to read the section below named 'The SI Driver'.
 
 IPMI defines a standard watchdog timer.  You can enable this with the
 'IPMI Watchdog Timer' config option.  If you compile the driver into
@@ -104,12 +97,7 @@ driver, each open file for this device ties in to the message handler
 as an IPMI user.
 
 ipmi_si - A driver for various system interfaces.  This supports KCS,
-SMIC, and BT interfaces.  Unless you have an SMBus interface or your
-own custom interface, you probably need to use this.
-
-ipmi_smb - A driver for accessing BMCs on the SMBus. It uses the
-I2C kernel driver's SMBus interfaces to send and receive IPMI messages
-over the SMBus.
+SMIC, and BT interfaces.
 
 ipmi_watchdog - IPMI requires systems to have a very capable watchdog
 timer.  This driver implements the standard Linux watchdog timer
@@ -482,53 +470,6 @@ for specifying an interface.  Note that when removing an interface,
 only the first three parameters (si type, address type, and address)
 are used for the comparison.  Any options are ignored for removing.
 
-The SMBus Driver
-----------------
-
-The SMBus driver allows up to 4 SMBus devices to be configured in the
-system.  By default, the driver will register any SMBus interfaces it finds
-in the I2C address range of 0x20 to 0x4f on any adapter.  You can change this
-at module load time (for a module) with:
-
-  modprobe ipmi_smb.o
-	addr=<adapter1>,<i2caddr1>[,<adapter2>,<i2caddr2>[,...]]
-	dbg=<flags1>,<flags2>...
-	[defaultprobe=1] [dbg_probe=1]
-
-The addresses are specified in pairs, the first is the adapter ID and the
-second is the I2C address on that adapter.
-
-The debug flags are bit flags for each BMC found, they are:
-IPMI messages: 1, driver state: 2, timing: 4, I2C probe: 8
-
-Setting smb_defaultprobe to zero disabled the default probing of SMBus
-interfaces at address range 0x20 to 0x4f.  This means that only the
-BMCs specified on the smb_addr line will be detected.
-
-Setting smb_dbg_probe to 1 will enable debugging of the probing and
-detection process for BMCs on the SMBusses.
-
-Discovering the IPMI compliant BMC on the SMBus can cause devices
-on the I2C bus to fail. The SMBus driver writes a "Get Device ID" IPMI
-message as a block write to the I2C bus and waits for a response.
-This action can be detrimental to some I2C devices. It is highly recommended
-that the known I2c address be given to the SMBus driver in the smb_addr
-parameter. The default address range will not be used when a smb_addr
-parameter is provided.
-
-When compiled into the kernel, the addresses can be specified on the
-kernel command line as:
-
-  ipmb_smb.addr=<adapter1>,<i2caddr1>[,<adapter2>,<i2caddr2>[,...]]
-	ipmi_smb.dbg=<flags1>,<flags2>...
-	ipmi_smb.defaultprobe=0 ipmi_smb.dbg_probe=1
-
-These are the same options as on the module command line.
-
-Note that you might need some I2C changes if CONFIG_IPMI_PANIC_EVENT
-is enabled along with this, so the I2C driver knows to run to
-completion during sending a panic event.
-
 
 Other Pieces
 ------------
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
index 1401cece745..9bc95942ec2 100644
--- a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,21 @@ systems with multiple interrupt controllers the kernel must ensure
 that each one gets assigned non-overlapping allocations of Linux
 IRQ numbers.
 
+The number of interrupt controllers registered as unique irqchips
+show a rising tendency: for example subdrivers of different kinds
+such as GPIO controllers avoid reimplementing identical callback
+mechanisms as the IRQ core system by modelling their interrupt
+handlers as irqchips, i.e. in effect cascading interrupt controllers.
+
+Here the interrupt number loose all kind of correspondence to
+hardware interrupt numbers: whereas in the past, IRQ numbers could
+be chosen so they matched the hardware IRQ line into the root
+interrupt controller (i.e. the component actually fireing the
+interrupt line to the CPU) nowadays this number is just a number.
+
+For this reason we need a mechanism to separate controller-local
+interrupt numbers, called hardware irq's, from Linux IRQ numbers.
+
 The irq_alloc_desc*() and irq_free_desc*() APIs provide allocation of
 irq numbers, but they don't provide any support for reverse mapping of
 the controller-local IRQ (hwirq) number into the Linux IRQ number
@@ -40,6 +55,10 @@ required hardware setup.
 When an interrupt is received, irq_find_mapping() function should
 be used to find the Linux IRQ number from the hwirq number.
 
+The irq_create_mapping() function must be called *atleast once*
+before any call to irq_find_mapping(), lest the descriptor will not
+be allocated.
+
 If the driver has the Linux IRQ number or the irq_data pointer, and
 needs to know the associated hwirq number (such as in the irq_chip
 callbacks) then it can be directly obtained from irq_data->hwirq.
@@ -119,4 +138,17 @@ numbers.
 
 Most users of legacy mappings should use irq_domain_add_simple() which
 will use a legacy domain only if an IRQ range is supplied by the
-system and will otherwise use a linear domain mapping.
+system and will otherwise use a linear domain mapping. The semantics
+of this call are such that if an IRQ range is specified then
+descriptors will be allocated on-the-fly for it, and if no range is
+specified it will fall through to irq_domain_add_linear() which meand
+*no* irq descriptors will be allocated.
+
+A typical use case for simple domains is where an irqchip provider
+is supporting both dynamic and static IRQ assignments.
+
+In order to avoid ending up in a situation where a linear domain is
+used and no descriptor gets allocated it is very important to make sure
+that the driver using the simple domain call irq_create_mapping()
+before any irq_find_mapping() since the latter will actually work
+for the static IRQ assignment case.
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt
index fc73ef5d65b..cfaca7e6989 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-iov-howto.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,9 @@
 		Copyright (C) 2009 Intel Corporation
 		    Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
 
+		Update: November 2012
+			-- sysfs-based SRIOV enable-/disable-ment
+		Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com>
 
 1. Overview
 
@@ -24,10 +27,21 @@ real existing PCI device.
 
 2.1 How can I enable SR-IOV capability
 
-The device driver (PF driver) will control the enabling and disabling
-of the capability via API provided by SR-IOV core. If the hardware
-has SR-IOV capability, loading its PF driver would enable it and all
-VFs associated with the PF.
+Multiple methods are available for SR-IOV enablement.
+In the first method, the device driver (PF driver) will control the
+enabling and disabling of the capability via API provided by SR-IOV core.
+If the hardware has SR-IOV capability, loading its PF driver would
+enable it and all VFs associated with the PF.  Some PF drivers require
+a module parameter to be set to determine the number of VFs to enable.
+In the second method, a write to the sysfs file sriov_numvfs will
+enable and disable the VFs associated with a PCIe PF.  This method
+enables per-PF, VF enable/disable values versus the first method,
+which applies to all PFs of the same device.  Additionally, the
+PCI SRIOV core support ensures that enable/disable operations are
+valid to reduce duplication in multiple drivers for the same
+checks, e.g., check numvfs == 0 if enabling VFs, ensure
+numvfs <= totalvfs.
+The second method is the recommended method for new/future VF devices.
 
 2.2 How can I use the Virtual Functions
 
@@ -40,13 +54,22 @@ requires device driver that is same as a normal PCI device's.
 3.1 SR-IOV API
 
 To enable SR-IOV capability:
+(a) For the first method, in the driver:
 	int pci_enable_sriov(struct pci_dev *dev, int nr_virtfn);
 	'nr_virtfn' is number of VFs to be enabled.
+(b) For the second method, from sysfs:
+	echo 'nr_virtfn' > \
+        /sys/bus/pci/devices/<DOMAIN:BUS:DEVICE.FUNCTION>/sriov_numvfs
 
 To disable SR-IOV capability:
+(a) For the first method, in the driver:
 	void pci_disable_sriov(struct pci_dev *dev);
+(b) For the second method, from sysfs:
+	echo  0 > \
+        /sys/bus/pci/devices/<DOMAIN:BUS:DEVICE.FUNCTION>/sriov_numvfs
 
 To notify SR-IOV core of Virtual Function Migration:
+(a) In the driver:
 	irqreturn_t pci_sriov_migration(struct pci_dev *dev);
 
 3.2 Usage example
@@ -88,6 +111,22 @@ static void dev_shutdown(struct pci_dev *dev)
 	...
 }
 
+static int dev_sriov_configure(struct pci_dev *dev, int numvfs)
+{
+	if (numvfs > 0) {
+		...
+		pci_enable_sriov(dev, numvfs);
+		...
+		return numvfs;
+	}
+	if (numvfs == 0) {
+		....
+		pci_disable_sriov(dev);
+		...
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+
 static struct pci_driver dev_driver = {
 	.name =		"SR-IOV Physical Function driver",
 	.id_table =	dev_id_table,
@@ -96,4 +135,5 @@ static struct pci_driver dev_driver = {
 	.suspend =	dev_suspend,
 	.resume =	dev_resume,
 	.shutdown =	dev_shutdown,
+	.sriov_configure = dev_sriov_configure,
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
index 7c1dfb19fc4..7f40c72a9c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Bibtex Entries
 
 @article{Kung80
 ,author="H. T. Kung and Q. Lehman"
-,title="Concurrent Maintenance of Binary Search Trees"
+,title="Concurrent Manipulation of Binary Search Trees"
 ,Year="1980"
 ,Month="September"
 ,journal="ACM Transactions on Database Systems"
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
index fc103d7a047..31ef8fe07f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
@@ -271,15 +271,14 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 	The same cautions apply to call_rcu_bh() and call_rcu_sched().
 
 9.	All RCU list-traversal primitives, which include
-	rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(),
-	list_for_each_continue_rcu(), and list_for_each_safe_rcu(),
-	must be either within an RCU read-side critical section or
-	must be protected by appropriate update-side locks.  RCU
-	read-side critical sections are delimited by rcu_read_lock()
-	and rcu_read_unlock(), or by similar primitives such as
-	rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(), in which case
-	the matching rcu_dereference() primitive must be used in order
-	to keep lockdep happy, in this case, rcu_dereference_bh().
+	rcu_dereference(), list_for_each_entry_rcu(), and
+	list_for_each_safe_rcu(), must be either within an RCU read-side
+	critical section or must be protected by appropriate update-side
+	locks.	RCU read-side critical sections are delimited by
+	rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(), or by similar primitives
+	such as rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(), in which
+	case the matching rcu_dereference() primitive must be used in
+	order to keep lockdep happy, in this case, rcu_dereference_bh().
 
 	The reason that it is permissible to use RCU list-traversal
 	primitives when the update-side lock is held is that doing so
@@ -310,6 +309,12 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 	code under the influence of preempt_disable(), you instead
 	need to use synchronize_irq() or synchronize_sched().
 
+	This same limitation also applies to synchronize_rcu_bh()
+	and synchronize_srcu(), as well as to the asynchronous and
+	expedited forms of the three primitives, namely call_rcu(),
+	call_rcu_bh(), call_srcu(), synchronize_rcu_expedited(),
+	synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(), and synchronize_srcu_expedited().
+
 12.	Any lock acquired by an RCU callback must be acquired elsewhere
 	with softirq disabled, e.g., via spin_lock_irqsave(),
 	spin_lock_bh(), etc.  Failing to disable irq on a given
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt
index 4349c1487e9..adb5a378284 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/listRCU.txt
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ RCU ("read-copy update") its name.  The RCU code is as follows:
 				audit_copy_rule(&ne->rule, &e->rule);
 				ne->rule.action = newaction;
 				ne->rule.file_count = newfield_count;
-				list_replace_rcu(e, ne);
+				list_replace_rcu(&e->list, &ne->list);
 				call_rcu(&e->rcu, audit_free_rule);
 				return 0;
 			}
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt
index 4202ad09313..141d531aa14 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ release_referenced()			delete()
 {					{
     ...					    write_lock(&list_lock);
     atomic_dec(&el->rc, relfunc)	    ...
-    ...					    delete_element
+    ...					    remove_element
 }					    write_unlock(&list_lock);
  					    ...
 					    if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc))
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ release_referenced()			delete()
 {					{
     ...					    spin_lock(&list_lock);
     if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc))       ...
-        call_rcu(&el->head, el_free);       delete_element
+        call_rcu(&el->head, el_free);       remove_element
     ...                                     spin_unlock(&list_lock);
 } 					    ...
 					    if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc))
@@ -64,3 +64,60 @@ Sometimes, a reference to the element needs to be obtained in the
 update (write) stream.  In such cases, atomic_inc_not_zero() might be
 overkill, since we hold the update-side spinlock.  One might instead
 use atomic_inc() in such cases.
+
+It is not always convenient to deal with "FAIL" in the
+search_and_reference() code path.  In such cases, the
+atomic_dec_and_test() may be moved from delete() to el_free()
+as follows:
+
+1.					2.
+add()					search_and_reference()
+{					{
+    alloc_object			    rcu_read_lock();
+    ...					    search_for_element
+    atomic_set(&el->rc, 1);		    atomic_inc(&el->rc);
+    spin_lock(&list_lock);		    ...
+
+    add_element				    rcu_read_unlock();
+    ...					}
+    spin_unlock(&list_lock);		4.
+}					delete()
+3.					{
+release_referenced()			    spin_lock(&list_lock);
+{					    ...
+    ...					    remove_element
+    if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc))       spin_unlock(&list_lock);
+        kfree(el);			    ...
+    ...                                     call_rcu(&el->head, el_free);
+} 					    ...
+5.					}
+void el_free(struct rcu_head *rhp)
+{
+    release_referenced();
+}
+
+The key point is that the initial reference added by add() is not removed
+until after a grace period has elapsed following removal.  This means that
+search_and_reference() cannot find this element, which means that the value
+of el->rc cannot increase.  Thus, once it reaches zero, there are no
+readers that can or ever will be able to reference the element.  The
+element can therefore safely be freed.  This in turn guarantees that if
+any reader finds the element, that reader may safely acquire a reference
+without checking the value of the reference counter.
+
+In cases where delete() can sleep, synchronize_rcu() can be called from
+delete(), so that el_free() can be subsumed into delete as follows:
+
+4.
+delete()
+{
+    spin_lock(&list_lock);
+    ...
+    remove_element
+    spin_unlock(&list_lock);
+    ...
+    synchronize_rcu();
+    if (atomic_dec_and_test(&el->rc))
+    	kfree(el);
+    ...
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
index 523364e4e1f..1927151b386 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ In kernels with CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, even more information is
 printed:
 
 	INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU
-	0: (64628 ticks this GP) idle=dd5/3fffffffffffffff/0 drain=0 . timer=-1
+	0: (64628 ticks this GP) idle=dd5/3fffffffffffffff/0 drain=0 . timer not pending
 	   (t=65000 jiffies)
 
 The "(64628 ticks this GP)" indicates that this CPU has taken more
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ number between the two "/"s is the value of the nesting, which will
 be a small positive number if in the idle loop and a very large positive
 number (as shown above) otherwise.
 
-For CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ kernels, the "drain=0" indicates that the
-CPU is not in the process of trying to force itself into dyntick-idle
-state, the "." indicates that the CPU has not given up forcing RCU
-into dyntick-idle mode (it would be "H" otherwise), and the "timer=-1"
-indicates that the CPU has not recented forced RCU into dyntick-idle
-mode (it would otherwise indicate the number of microseconds remaining
-in this forced state).
+For CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ kernels, the "drain=0" indicates that the CPU is
+not in the process of trying to force itself into dyntick-idle state, the
+"." indicates that the CPU has not given up forcing RCU into dyntick-idle
+mode (it would be "H" otherwise), and the "timer not pending" indicates
+that the CPU has not recently forced RCU into dyntick-idle mode (it
+would otherwise indicate the number of microseconds remaining in this
+forced state).
 
 
 Multiple Warnings From One Stall
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
index f6f15ce3990..c776968f446 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
@@ -10,51 +10,63 @@ for rcutree and next for rcutiny.
 
 CONFIG_TREE_RCU and CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU debugfs Files and Formats
 
-These implementations of RCU provides several debugfs files under the
+These implementations of RCU provide several debugfs directories under the
 top-level directory "rcu":
 
-rcu/rcudata:
+rcu/rcu_bh
+rcu/rcu_preempt
+rcu/rcu_sched
+
+Each directory contains files for the corresponding flavor of RCU.
+Note that rcu/rcu_preempt is only present for CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU.
+For CONFIG_TREE_RCU, the RCU flavor maps onto the RCU-sched flavor,
+so that activity for both appears in rcu/rcu_sched.
+
+In addition, the following file appears in the top-level directory:
+rcu/rcutorture.  This file displays rcutorture test progress.  The output
+of "cat rcu/rcutorture" looks as follows:
+
+rcutorture test sequence: 0 (test in progress)
+rcutorture update version number: 615
+
+The first line shows the number of rcutorture tests that have completed
+since boot.  If a test is currently running, the "(test in progress)"
+string will appear as shown above.  The second line shows the number of
+update cycles that the current test has started, or zero if there is
+no test in progress.
+
+
+Within each flavor directory (rcu/rcu_bh, rcu/rcu_sched, and possibly
+also rcu/rcu_preempt) the following files will be present:
+
+rcudata:
 	Displays fields in struct rcu_data.
-rcu/rcudata.csv:
-	Comma-separated values spreadsheet version of rcudata.
-rcu/rcugp:
+rcuexp:
+	Displays statistics for expedited grace periods.
+rcugp:
 	Displays grace-period counters.
-rcu/rcuhier:
+rcuhier:
 	Displays the struct rcu_node hierarchy.
-rcu/rcu_pending:
+rcu_pending:
 	Displays counts of the reasons rcu_pending() decided that RCU had
 	work to do.
-rcu/rcutorture:
-	Displays rcutorture test progress.
-rcu/rcuboost:
+rcuboost:
 	Displays RCU boosting statistics.  Only present if
 	CONFIG_RCU_BOOST=y.
 
-The output of "cat rcu/rcudata" looks as follows:
-
-rcu_sched:
-  0 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=50 of=0 ql=163 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=153737 co=0 ca=0
-  1 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=58 of=0 ql=634 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=191037 co=0 ca=0
-  2 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=175 of=0 ql=74 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=75991 co=0 ca=0
-  3 c=20942 g=20943 pq=1 pgp=20942 qp=1 dt=1846/0/0 df=404 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=72261 co=0 ca=0
-  4 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=83 of=0 ql=48 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=128365 co=0 ca=0
-  5 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=64 of=0 ql=169 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=164360 co=0 ca=0
-  6 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=183 of=0 ql=62 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=65663 co=0 ca=0
-  7 c=20897 g=20897 pq=1 pgp=20896 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=382 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=75006 co=0 ca=0
-rcu_bh:
-  0 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
-  1 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=3 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=151 co=0 ca=0
-  2 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
-  3 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1846/0/0 df=8 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
-  4 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
-  5 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=4 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
-  6 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
-  7 c=1474 g=1474 pq=1 pgp=1473 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=8 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
-
-The first section lists the rcu_data structures for rcu_sched, the second
-for rcu_bh.  Note that CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will have an
-additional section for rcu_preempt.  Each section has one line per CPU,
-or eight for this 8-CPU system.  The fields are as follows:
+The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcudata" looks as follows:
+
+  0!c=30455 g=30456 pq=1 qp=1 dt=126535/140000000000000/0 df=2002 of=4 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=74572 nci=0 co=1131 ca=716
+  1!c=30719 g=30720 pq=1 qp=0 dt=132007/140000000000000/0 df=1874 of=10 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=123209 nci=0 co=685 ca=982
+  2!c=30150 g=30151 pq=1 qp=1 dt=138537/140000000000000/0 df=1707 of=8 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=80132 nci=0 co=1328 ca=1458
+  3 c=31249 g=31250 pq=1 qp=0 dt=107255/140000000000000/0 df=1749 of=6 ql=0/450 qs=NRW. b=10 ci=151700 nci=0 co=509 ca=622
+  4!c=29502 g=29503 pq=1 qp=1 dt=83647/140000000000000/0 df=965 of=5 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=65643 nci=0 co=1373 ca=1521
+  5 c=31201 g=31202 pq=1 qp=1 dt=70422/0/0 df=535 of=7 ql=0/0 qs=.... b=10 ci=58500 nci=0 co=764 ca=698
+  6!c=30253 g=30254 pq=1 qp=1 dt=95363/140000000000000/0 df=780 of=5 ql=0/0 qs=N... b=10 ci=100607 nci=0 co=1414 ca=1353
+  7 c=31178 g=31178 pq=1 qp=0 dt=91536/0/0 df=547 of=4 ql=0/0 qs=.... b=10 ci=109819 nci=0 co=1115 ca=969
+
+This file has one line per CPU, or eight for this 8-CPU system.
+The fields are as follows:
 
 o	The number at the beginning of each line is the CPU number.
 	CPUs numbers followed by an exclamation mark are offline,
@@ -64,11 +76,13 @@ o	The number at the beginning of each line is the CPU number.
 	substantially larger than the number of actual CPUs.
 
 o	"c" is the count of grace periods that this CPU believes have
-	completed.  Offlined CPUs and CPUs in dynticks idle mode may
-	lag quite a ways behind, for example, CPU 6 under "rcu_sched"
-	above, which has been offline through not quite 40,000 RCU grace
-	periods.  It is not unusual to see CPUs lagging by thousands of
-	grace periods.
+	completed.  Offlined CPUs and CPUs in dynticks idle mode may lag
+	quite a ways behind, for example, CPU 4 under "rcu_sched" above,
+	which has been offline through 16 RCU grace periods.  It is not
+	unusual to see offline CPUs lagging by thousands of grace periods.
+	Note that although the grace-period number is an unsigned long,
+	it is printed out as a signed long to allow more human-friendly
+	representation near boot time.
 
 o	"g" is the count of grace periods that this CPU believes have
 	started.  Again, offlined CPUs and CPUs in dynticks idle mode
@@ -84,30 +98,25 @@ o	"pq" indicates that this CPU has passed through a quiescent state
 	CPU has not yet reported that fact, (2) some other CPU has not
 	yet reported for this grace period, or (3) both.
 
-o	"pgp" indicates which grace period the last-observed quiescent
-	state for this CPU corresponds to.  This is important for handling
-	the race between CPU 0 reporting an extended dynticks-idle
-	quiescent state for CPU 1 and CPU 1 suddenly waking up and
-	reporting its own quiescent state.  If CPU 1 was the last CPU
-	for the current grace period, then the CPU that loses this race
-	will attempt to incorrectly mark CPU 1 as having checked in for
-	the next grace period!
-
 o	"qp" indicates that RCU still expects a quiescent state from
 	this CPU.  Offlined CPUs and CPUs in dyntick idle mode might
 	well have qp=1, which is OK: RCU is still ignoring them.
 
 o	"dt" is the current value of the dyntick counter that is incremented
-	when entering or leaving dynticks idle state, either by the
-	scheduler or by irq.  This number is even if the CPU is in
-	dyntick idle mode and odd otherwise.  The number after the first
-	"/" is the interrupt nesting depth when in dyntick-idle state,
-	or one greater than the interrupt-nesting depth otherwise.
-	The number after the second "/" is the NMI nesting depth.
+	when entering or leaving idle, either due to a context switch or
+	due to an interrupt.  This number is even if the CPU is in idle
+	from RCU's viewpoint and odd otherwise.  The number after the
+	first "/" is the interrupt nesting depth when in idle state,
+	or a large number added to the interrupt-nesting depth when
+	running a non-idle task.  Some architectures do not accurately
+	count interrupt nesting when running in non-idle kernel context,
+	which can result in interesting anomalies such as negative
+	interrupt-nesting levels.  The number after the second "/"
+	is the NMI nesting depth.
 
 o	"df" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a
 	quiescent state on behalf of this CPU due to this CPU being in
-	dynticks-idle state.
+	idle state.
 
 o	"of" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a
 	quiescent state on behalf of this CPU due to this CPU being
@@ -120,9 +129,13 @@ o	"of" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a
 	error, so it makes sense to err conservatively.
 
 o	"ql" is the number of RCU callbacks currently residing on
-	this CPU.  This is the total number of callbacks, regardless
-	of what state they are in (new, waiting for grace period to
-	start, waiting for grace period to end, ready to invoke).
+	this CPU.  The first number is the number of "lazy" callbacks
+	that are known to RCU to only be freeing memory, and the number
+	after the "/" is the total number of callbacks, lazy or not.
+	These counters count callbacks regardless of what phase of
+	grace-period processing that they are in (new, waiting for
+	grace period to start, waiting for grace period to end, ready
+	to invoke).
 
 o	"qs" gives an indication of the state of the callback queue
 	with four characters:
@@ -150,6 +163,43 @@ o	"qs" gives an indication of the state of the callback queue
 	If there are no callbacks in a given one of the above states,
 	the corresponding character is replaced by ".".
 
+o	"b" is the batch limit for this CPU.  If more than this number
+	of RCU callbacks is ready to invoke, then the remainder will
+	be deferred.
+
+o	"ci" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been invoked for
+	this CPU.  Note that ci+nci+ql is the number of callbacks that have
+	been registered in absence of CPU-hotplug activity.
+
+o	"nci" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been offloaded from
+	this CPU.  This will always be zero unless the kernel was built
+	with CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU=y and the "rcu_nocbs=" kernel boot
+	parameter was specified.
+
+o	"co" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been orphaned due to
+	this CPU going offline.  These orphaned callbacks have been moved
+	to an arbitrarily chosen online CPU.
+
+o	"ca" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been adopted by this
+	CPU due to other CPUs going offline.  Note that ci+co-ca+ql is
+	the number of RCU callbacks registered on this CPU.
+
+
+Kernels compiled with CONFIG_RCU_BOOST=y display the following from
+/debug/rcu/rcu_preempt/rcudata:
+
+  0!c=12865 g=12866 pq=1 qp=1 dt=83113/140000000000000/0 df=288 of=11 ql=0/0 qs=N... kt=0/O ktl=944 b=10 ci=60709 nci=0 co=748 ca=871
+  1 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1 qp=0 dt=100679/140000000000000/0 df=378 of=7 ql=0/119 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=9b6 b=10 ci=109740 nci=0 co=589 ca=485
+  2 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1 qp=0 dt=105486/0/0 df=90 of=9 ql=0/89 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=c0c b=10 ci=83113 nci=0 co=533 ca=490
+  3 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1 qp=0 dt=107138/0/0 df=142 of=8 ql=0/188 qs=NRW. kt=0/W ktl=b96 b=10 ci=121114 nci=0 co=426 ca=290
+  4 c=14405 g=14406 pq=1 qp=1 dt=50238/0/0 df=706 of=7 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=812 b=10 ci=34929 nci=0 co=643 ca=114
+  5!c=14168 g=14169 pq=1 qp=0 dt=45465/140000000000000/0 df=161 of=11 ql=0/0 qs=N... kt=0/O ktl=b4d b=10 ci=47712 nci=0 co=677 ca=722
+  6 c=14404 g=14405 pq=1 qp=0 dt=59454/0/0 df=94 of=6 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=e57 b=10 ci=55597 nci=0 co=701 ca=811
+  7 c=14407 g=14408 pq=1 qp=1 dt=68850/0/0 df=31 of=8 ql=0/0 qs=.... kt=0/W ktl=14bd b=10 ci=77475 nci=0 co=508 ca=1042
+
+This is similar to the output discussed above, but contains the following
+additional fields:
+
 o	"kt" is the per-CPU kernel-thread state.  The digit preceding
 	the first slash is zero if there is no work pending and 1
 	otherwise.  The character between the first pair of slashes is
@@ -184,35 +234,51 @@ o	"ktl" is the low-order 16 bits (in hexadecimal) of the count of
 
 	This field is displayed only for CONFIG_RCU_BOOST kernels.
 
-o	"b" is the batch limit for this CPU.  If more than this number
-	of RCU callbacks is ready to invoke, then the remainder will
-	be deferred.
 
-o	"ci" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been invoked for
-	this CPU.  Note that ci+ql is the number of callbacks that have
-	been registered in absence of CPU-hotplug activity.
+The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcuexp" looks as follows:
 
-o	"co" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been orphaned due to
-	this CPU going offline.  These orphaned callbacks have been moved
-	to an arbitrarily chosen online CPU.
+s=21872 d=21872 w=0 tf=0 wd1=0 wd2=0 n=0 sc=21872 dt=21872 dl=0 dx=21872
+
+These fields are as follows:
+
+o	"s" is the starting sequence number.
+
+o	"d" is the ending sequence number.  When the starting and ending
+	numbers differ, there is an expedited grace period in progress.
 
-o	"ca" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been adopted due to
-	other CPUs going offline.  Note that ci+co-ca+ql is the number of
-	RCU callbacks registered on this CPU.
+o	"w" is the number of times that the sequence numbers have been
+	in danger of wrapping.
 
-There is also an rcu/rcudata.csv file with the same information in
-comma-separated-variable spreadsheet format.
+o	"tf" is the number of times that contention has resulted in a
+	failure to begin an expedited grace period.
 
+o	"wd1" and "wd2" are the number of times that an attempt to
+	start an expedited grace period found that someone else had
+	completed an expedited grace period that satisfies the
+	attempted request.  "Our work is done."
 
-The output of "cat rcu/rcugp" looks as follows:
+o	"n" is number of times that contention was so great that
+	the request was demoted from an expedited grace period to
+	a normal grace period.
+
+o	"sc" is the number of times that the attempt to start a
+	new expedited grace period succeeded.
+
+o	"dt" is the number of times that we attempted to update
+	the "d" counter.
+
+o	"dl" is the number of times that we failed to update the "d"
+	counter.
+
+o	"dx" is the number of times that we succeeded in updating
+	the "d" counter.
 
-rcu_sched: completed=33062  gpnum=33063
-rcu_bh: completed=464  gpnum=464
 
-Again, this output is for both "rcu_sched" and "rcu_bh".  Note that
-kernels built with CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU will have an additional
-"rcu_preempt" line.  The fields are taken from the rcu_state structure,
-and are as follows:
+The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcugp" looks as follows:
+
+completed=31249  gpnum=31250  age=1  max=18
+
+These fields are taken from the rcu_state structure, and are as follows:
 
 o	"completed" is the number of grace periods that have completed.
 	It is comparable to the "c" field from rcu/rcudata in that a
@@ -220,44 +286,42 @@ o	"completed" is the number of grace periods that have completed.
 	that the corresponding RCU grace period has completed.
 
 o	"gpnum" is the number of grace periods that have started.  It is
-	comparable to the "g" field from rcu/rcudata in that a CPU
-	whose "g" field matches the value of "gpnum" is aware that the
-	corresponding RCU grace period has started.
+	similarly comparable to the "g" field from rcu/rcudata in that
+	a CPU whose "g" field matches the value of "gpnum" is aware that
+	the corresponding RCU grace period has started.
 
-	If these two fields are equal (as they are for "rcu_bh" above),
-	then there is no grace period in progress, in other words, RCU
-	is idle.  On the other hand, if the two fields differ (as they
-	do for "rcu_sched" above), then an RCU grace period is in progress.
+	If these two fields are equal, then there is no grace period
+	in progress, in other words, RCU is idle.  On the other hand,
+	if the two fields differ (as they are above), then an RCU grace
+	period is in progress.
 
+o	"age" is the number of jiffies that the current grace period
+	has extended for, or zero if there is no grace period currently
+	in effect.
 
-The output of "cat rcu/rcuhier" looks as follows, with very long lines:
+o	"max" is the age in jiffies of the longest-duration grace period
+	thus far.
 
-c=6902 g=6903 s=2 jfq=3 j=72c7 nfqs=13142/nfqsng=0(13142) fqlh=6
-1/1 ..>. 0:127 ^0
-3/3 ..>. 0:35 ^0    0/0 ..>. 36:71 ^1    0/0 ..>. 72:107 ^2    0/0 ..>. 108:127 ^3
-3/3f ..>. 0:5 ^0    2/3 ..>. 6:11 ^1    0/0 ..>. 12:17 ^2    0/0 ..>. 18:23 ^3    0/0 ..>. 24:29 ^4    0/0 ..>. 30:35 ^5    0/0 ..>. 36:41 ^0    0/0 ..>. 42:47 ^1    0/0 ..>. 48:53 ^2    0/0 ..>. 54:59 ^3    0/0 ..>. 60:65 ^4    0/0 ..>. 66:71 ^5    0/0 ..>. 72:77 ^0    0/0 ..>. 78:83 ^1    0/0 ..>. 84:89 ^2    0/0 ..>. 90:95 ^3    0/0 ..>. 96:101 ^4    0/0 ..>. 102:107 ^5    0/0 ..>. 108:113 ^0    0/0 ..>. 114:119 ^1    0/0 ..>. 120:125 ^2    0/0 ..>. 126:127 ^3
-rcu_bh:
-c=-226 g=-226 s=1 jfq=-5701 j=72c7 nfqs=88/nfqsng=0(88) fqlh=0
-0/1 ..>. 0:127 ^0
-0/3 ..>. 0:35 ^0    0/0 ..>. 36:71 ^1    0/0 ..>. 72:107 ^2    0/0 ..>. 108:127 ^3
-0/3f ..>. 0:5 ^0    0/3 ..>. 6:11 ^1    0/0 ..>. 12:17 ^2    0/0 ..>. 18:23 ^3    0/0 ..>. 24:29 ^4    0/0 ..>. 30:35 ^5    0/0 ..>. 36:41 ^0    0/0 ..>. 42:47 ^1    0/0 ..>. 48:53 ^2    0/0 ..>. 54:59 ^3    0/0 ..>. 60:65 ^4    0/0 ..>. 66:71 ^5    0/0 ..>. 72:77 ^0    0/0 ..>. 78:83 ^1    0/0 ..>. 84:89 ^2    0/0 ..>. 90:95 ^3    0/0 ..>. 96:101 ^4    0/0 ..>. 102:107 ^5    0/0 ..>. 108:113 ^0    0/0 ..>. 114:119 ^1    0/0 ..>. 120:125 ^2    0/0 ..>. 126:127 ^3
+The output of "cat rcu/rcu_preempt/rcuhier" looks as follows:
 
-This is once again split into "rcu_sched" and "rcu_bh" portions,
-and CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will again have an additional
-"rcu_preempt" section.  The fields are as follows:
+c=14407 g=14408 s=0 jfq=2 j=c863 nfqs=12040/nfqsng=0(12040) fqlh=1051 oqlen=0/0
+3/3 ..>. 0:7 ^0
+e/e ..>. 0:3 ^0    d/d ..>. 4:7 ^1
 
-o	"c" is exactly the same as "completed" under rcu/rcugp.
+The fields are as follows:
 
-o	"g" is exactly the same as "gpnum" under rcu/rcugp.
+o	"c" is exactly the same as "completed" under rcu/rcu_preempt/rcugp.
 
-o	"s" is the "signaled" state that drives force_quiescent_state()'s
+o	"g" is exactly the same as "gpnum" under rcu/rcu_preempt/rcugp.
+
+o	"s" is the current state of the force_quiescent_state()
 	state machine.
 
 o	"jfq" is the number of jiffies remaining for this grace period
 	before force_quiescent_state() is invoked to help push things
-	along.  Note that CPUs in dyntick-idle mode throughout the grace
-	period will not report on their own, but rather must be check by
-	some other CPU via force_quiescent_state().
+	along.	Note that CPUs in idle mode throughout the grace period
+	will not report on their own, but rather must be check by some
+	other CPU via force_quiescent_state().
 
 o	"j" is the low-order four hex digits of the jiffies counter.
 	Yes, Paul did run into a number of problems that turned out to
@@ -268,7 +332,8 @@ o	"nfqs" is the number of calls to force_quiescent_state() since
 
 o	"nfqsng" is the number of useless calls to force_quiescent_state(),
 	where there wasn't actually a grace period active.  This can
-	happen due to races.  The number in parentheses is the difference
+	no longer happen due to grace-period processing being pushed
+	into a kthread.  The number in parentheses is the difference
 	between "nfqs" and "nfqsng", or the number of times that
 	force_quiescent_state() actually did some real work.
 
@@ -276,28 +341,27 @@ o	"fqlh" is the number of calls to force_quiescent_state() that
 	exited immediately (without even being counted in nfqs above)
 	due to contention on ->fqslock.
 
-o	Each element of the form "1/1 0:127 ^0" represents one struct
-	rcu_node.  Each line represents one level of the hierarchy, from
-	root to leaves.  It is best to think of the rcu_data structures
-	as forming yet another level after the leaves.  Note that there
-	might be either one, two, or three levels of rcu_node structures,
-	depending on the relationship between CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT and
-	CONFIG_NR_CPUS.
+o	Each element of the form "3/3 ..>. 0:7 ^0" represents one rcu_node
+	structure.  Each line represents one level of the hierarchy,
+	from root to leaves.  It is best to think of the rcu_data
+	structures as forming yet another level after the leaves.
+	Note that there might be either one, two, three, or even four
+	levels of rcu_node structures, depending on the relationship
+	between CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT, CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT_LEAF (possibly
+	adjusted using the rcu_fanout_leaf kernel boot parameter), and
+	CONFIG_NR_CPUS (possibly adjusted using the nr_cpu_ids count of
+	possible CPUs for the booting hardware).
 
 	o	The numbers separated by the "/" are the qsmask followed
 		by the qsmaskinit.  The qsmask will have one bit
-		set for each entity in the next lower level that
-		has not yet checked in for the current grace period.
+		set for each entity in the next lower level that has
+		not yet checked in for the current grace period ("e"
+		indicating CPUs 5, 6, and 7 in the example above).
 		The qsmaskinit will have one bit for each entity that is
 		currently expected to check in during each grace period.
 		The value of qsmaskinit is assigned to that of qsmask
 		at the beginning of each grace period.
 
-		For example, for "rcu_sched", the qsmask of the first
-		entry of the lowest level is 0x14, meaning that we
-		are still waiting for CPUs 2 and 4 to check in for the
-		current grace period.
-
 	o	The characters separated by the ">" indicate the state
 		of the blocked-tasks lists.  A "G" preceding the ">"
 		indicates that at least one task blocked in an RCU
@@ -312,48 +376,39 @@ o	Each element of the form "1/1 0:127 ^0" represents one struct
 		A "." character appears if the corresponding condition
 		does not hold, so that "..>." indicates that no tasks
 		are blocked.  In contrast, "GE>T" indicates maximal
-		inconvenience from blocked tasks.
+		inconvenience from blocked tasks.  CONFIG_TREE_RCU
+		builds of the kernel will always show "..>.".
 
 	o	The numbers separated by the ":" are the range of CPUs
 		served by this struct rcu_node.  This can be helpful
 		in working out how the hierarchy is wired together.
 
-		For example, the first entry at the lowest level shows
-		"0:5", indicating that it covers CPUs 0 through 5.
+		For example, the example rcu_node structure shown above
+		has "0:7", indicating that it covers CPUs 0 through 7.
 
 	o	The number after the "^" indicates the bit in the
-		next higher level rcu_node structure that this
-		rcu_node structure corresponds to.
-
-		For example, the first entry at the lowest level shows
-		"^0", indicating that it corresponds to bit zero in
-		the first entry at the middle level.
-
-
-The output of "cat rcu/rcu_pending" looks as follows:
-
-rcu_sched:
-  0 np=255892 qsp=53936 rpq=85 cbr=0 cng=14417 gpc=10033 gps=24320 nf=6445 nn=146741
-  1 np=261224 qsp=54638 rpq=33 cbr=0 cng=25723 gpc=16310 gps=2849 nf=5912 nn=155792
-  2 np=237496 qsp=49664 rpq=23 cbr=0 cng=2762 gpc=45478 gps=1762 nf=1201 nn=136629
-  3 np=236249 qsp=48766 rpq=98 cbr=0 cng=286 gpc=48049 gps=1218 nf=207 nn=137723
-  4 np=221310 qsp=46850 rpq=7 cbr=0 cng=26 gpc=43161 gps=4634 nf=3529 nn=123110
-  5 np=237332 qsp=48449 rpq=9 cbr=0 cng=54 gpc=47920 gps=3252 nf=201 nn=137456
-  6 np=219995 qsp=46718 rpq=12 cbr=0 cng=50 gpc=42098 gps=6093 nf=4202 nn=120834
-  7 np=249893 qsp=49390 rpq=42 cbr=0 cng=72 gpc=38400 gps=17102 nf=41 nn=144888
-rcu_bh:
-  0 np=146741 qsp=1419 rpq=6 cbr=0 cng=6 gpc=0 gps=0 nf=2 nn=145314
-  1 np=155792 qsp=12597 rpq=3 cbr=0 cng=0 gpc=4 gps=8 nf=3 nn=143180
-  2 np=136629 qsp=18680 rpq=1 cbr=0 cng=0 gpc=7 gps=6 nf=0 nn=117936
-  3 np=137723 qsp=2843 rpq=0 cbr=0 cng=0 gpc=10 gps=7 nf=0 nn=134863
-  4 np=123110 qsp=12433 rpq=0 cbr=0 cng=0 gpc=4 gps=2 nf=0 nn=110671
-  5 np=137456 qsp=4210 rpq=1 cbr=0 cng=0 gpc=6 gps=5 nf=0 nn=133235
-  6 np=120834 qsp=9902 rpq=2 cbr=0 cng=0 gpc=6 gps=3 nf=2 nn=110921
-  7 np=144888 qsp=26336 rpq=0 cbr=0 cng=0 gpc=8 gps=2 nf=0 nn=118542
-
-As always, this is once again split into "rcu_sched" and "rcu_bh"
-portions, with CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels having an additional
-"rcu_preempt" section.  The fields are as follows:
+		next higher level rcu_node structure that this rcu_node
+		structure corresponds to.  For example, the "d/d ..>. 4:7
+		^1" has a "1" in this position, indicating that it
+		corresponds to the "1" bit in the "3" shown in the
+		"3/3 ..>. 0:7 ^0" entry on the next level up.
+
+
+The output of "cat rcu/rcu_sched/rcu_pending" looks as follows:
+
+  0!np=26111 qsp=29 rpq=5386 cbr=1 cng=570 gpc=3674 gps=577 nn=15903
+  1!np=28913 qsp=35 rpq=6097 cbr=1 cng=448 gpc=3700 gps=554 nn=18113
+  2!np=32740 qsp=37 rpq=6202 cbr=0 cng=476 gpc=4627 gps=546 nn=20889
+  3 np=23679 qsp=22 rpq=5044 cbr=1 cng=415 gpc=3403 gps=347 nn=14469
+  4!np=30714 qsp=4 rpq=5574 cbr=0 cng=528 gpc=3931 gps=639 nn=20042
+  5 np=28910 qsp=2 rpq=5246 cbr=0 cng=428 gpc=4105 gps=709 nn=18422
+  6!np=38648 qsp=5 rpq=7076 cbr=0 cng=840 gpc=4072 gps=961 nn=25699
+  7 np=37275 qsp=2 rpq=6873 cbr=0 cng=868 gpc=3416 gps=971 nn=25147
+
+The fields are as follows:
+
+o	The leading number is the CPU number, with "!" indicating
+	an offline CPU.
 
 o	"np" is the number of times that __rcu_pending() has been invoked
 	for the corresponding flavor of RCU.
@@ -377,49 +432,23 @@ o	"gpc" is the number of times that an old grace period had
 o	"gps" is the number of times that a new grace period had started,
 	but this CPU was not yet aware of it.
 
-o	"nf" is the number of times that this CPU suspected that the
-	current grace period had run for too long, and thus needed to
-	be forced.
-
-	Please note that "forcing" consists of sending resched IPIs
-	to holdout CPUs.  If that CPU really still is in an old RCU
-	read-side critical section, then we really do have to wait for it.
-	The assumption behing "forcing" is that the CPU is not still in
-	an old RCU read-side critical section, but has not yet responded
-	for some other reason.
-
-o	"nn" is the number of times that this CPU needed nothing.  Alert
-	readers will note that the rcu "nn" number for a given CPU very
-	closely matches the rcu_bh "np" number for that same CPU.  This
-	is due to short-circuit evaluation in rcu_pending().
-
-
-The output of "cat rcu/rcutorture" looks as follows:
-
-rcutorture test sequence: 0 (test in progress)
-rcutorture update version number: 615
-
-The first line shows the number of rcutorture tests that have completed
-since boot.  If a test is currently running, the "(test in progress)"
-string will appear as shown above.  The second line shows the number of
-update cycles that the current test has started, or zero if there is
-no test in progress.
+o	"nn" is the number of times that this CPU needed nothing.
 
 
 The output of "cat rcu/rcuboost" looks as follows:
 
-0:5 tasks=.... kt=W ntb=0 neb=0 nnb=0 j=2f95 bt=300f
-     balk: nt=0 egt=989 bt=0 nb=0 ny=0 nos=16
-6:7 tasks=.... kt=W ntb=0 neb=0 nnb=0 j=2f95 bt=300f
-     balk: nt=0 egt=225 bt=0 nb=0 ny=0 nos=6
+0:3 tasks=.... kt=W ntb=0 neb=0 nnb=0 j=c864 bt=c894
+    balk: nt=0 egt=4695 bt=0 nb=0 ny=56 nos=0
+4:7 tasks=.... kt=W ntb=0 neb=0 nnb=0 j=c864 bt=c894
+    balk: nt=0 egt=6541 bt=0 nb=0 ny=126 nos=0
 
 This information is output only for rcu_preempt.  Each two-line entry
 corresponds to a leaf rcu_node strcuture.  The fields are as follows:
 
 o	"n:m" is the CPU-number range for the corresponding two-line
 	entry.  In the sample output above, the first entry covers
-	CPUs zero through five and the second entry covers CPUs 6
-	and 7.
+	CPUs zero through three and the second entry covers CPUs four
+	through seven.
 
 o	"tasks=TNEB" gives the state of the various segments of the
 	rnp->blocked_tasks list:
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
index 69ee188515e..0cc7820967f 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
@@ -499,6 +499,8 @@ The foo_reclaim() function might appear as follows:
 	{
 		struct foo *fp = container_of(rp, struct foo, rcu);
 
+		foo_cleanup(fp->a);
+
 		kfree(fp);
 	}
 
@@ -521,6 +523,12 @@ o	Use call_rcu() -after- removing a data element from an
 	read-side critical sections that might be referencing that
 	data item.
 
+If the callback for call_rcu() is not doing anything more than calling
+kfree() on the structure, you can use kfree_rcu() instead of call_rcu()
+to avoid having to write your own callback:
+
+	kfree_rcu(old_fp, rcu);
+
 Again, see checklist.txt for additional rules governing the use of RCU.
 
 
@@ -773,8 +781,8 @@ a single atomic update, converting to RCU will require special care.
 
 Also, the presence of synchronize_rcu() means that the RCU version of
 delete() can now block.  If this is a problem, there is a callback-based
-mechanism that never blocks, namely call_rcu(), that can be used in
-place of synchronize_rcu().
+mechanism that never blocks, namely call_rcu() or kfree_rcu(), that can
+be used in place of synchronize_rcu().
 
 
 7.  FULL LIST OF RCU APIs
@@ -789,9 +797,7 @@ RCU list traversal:
 	list_for_each_entry_rcu
 	hlist_for_each_entry_rcu
 	hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_rcu
-
-	list_for_each_continue_rcu	(to be deprecated in favor of new
-					 list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu)
+	list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu
 
 RCU pointer/list update:
 
@@ -813,6 +819,7 @@ RCU:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 	rcu_read_unlock		synchronize_rcu
 	rcu_dereference		synchronize_rcu_expedited
 				call_rcu
+				kfree_rcu
 
 
 bh:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
@@ -873,7 +880,7 @@ d.	Do you need to treat NMI handlers, hardirq handlers,
 	and code segments with preemption disabled (whether
 	via preempt_disable(), local_irq_save(), local_bh_disable(),
 	or some other mechanism) as if they were explicit RCU readers?
-	If so, you need RCU-sched.
+	If so, RCU-sched is the only choice that will work for you.
 
 e.	Do you need RCU grace periods to complete even in the face
 	of softirq monopolization of one or more of the CPUs?  For
@@ -884,7 +891,12 @@ f.	Is your workload too update-intensive for normal use of
 	RCU, but inappropriate for other synchronization mechanisms?
 	If so, consider SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU.  But please be careful!
 
-g.	Otherwise, use RCU.
+g.	Do you need read-side critical sections that are respected
+	even though they are in the middle of the idle loop, during
+	user-mode execution, or on an offlined CPU?  If so, SRCU is the
+	only choice that will work for you.
+
+h.	Otherwise, use RCU.
 
 Of course, this all assumes that you have determined that RCU is in fact
 the right tool for your job.
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c b/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
index f6318f6d7ba..f8ebcde43b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
@@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ int dbg;
 int print_delays;
 int print_io_accounting;
 int print_task_context_switch_counts;
-__u64 stime, utime;
 
 #define PRINTF(fmt, arg...) {			\
 	    if (dbg) {				\
@@ -98,10 +97,9 @@ static int create_nl_socket(int protocol)
 	if (rcvbufsz)
 		if (setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF,
 				&rcvbufsz, sizeof(rcvbufsz)) < 0) {
-			fprintf(stderr, "Unable to set socket rcv buf size "
-					"to %d\n",
+			fprintf(stderr, "Unable to set socket rcv buf size to %d\n",
 				rcvbufsz);
-			return -1;
+			goto error;
 		}
 
 	memset(&local, 0, sizeof(local));
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4f27785ca0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+ACPI based device enumeration
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+ACPI 5 introduced a set of new resources (UartTSerialBus, I2cSerialBus,
+SpiSerialBus, GpioIo and GpioInt) which can be used in enumerating slave
+devices behind serial bus controllers.
+
+In addition we are starting to see peripherals integrated in the
+SoC/Chipset to appear only in ACPI namespace. These are typically devices
+that are accessed through memory-mapped registers.
+
+In order to support this and re-use the existing drivers as much as
+possible we decided to do following:
+
+	o Devices that have no bus connector resource are represented as
+	  platform devices.
+
+	o Devices behind real busses where there is a connector resource
+	  are represented as struct spi_device or struct i2c_device
+	  (standard UARTs are not busses so there is no struct uart_device).
+
+As both ACPI and Device Tree represent a tree of devices (and their
+resources) this implementation follows the Device Tree way as much as
+possible.
+
+The ACPI implementation enumerates devices behind busses (platform, SPI and
+I2C), creates the physical devices and binds them to their ACPI handle in
+the ACPI namespace.
+
+This means that when ACPI_HANDLE(dev) returns non-NULL the device was
+enumerated from ACPI namespace. This handle can be used to extract other
+device-specific configuration. There is an example of this below.
+
+Platform bus support
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+Since we are using platform devices to represent devices that are not
+connected to any physical bus we only need to implement a platform driver
+for the device and add supported ACPI IDs. If this same IP-block is used on
+some other non-ACPI platform, the driver might work out of the box or needs
+some minor changes.
+
+Adding ACPI support for an existing driver should be pretty
+straightforward. Here is the simplest example:
+
+	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
+	static struct acpi_device_id mydrv_acpi_match[] = {
+		/* ACPI IDs here */
+		{ }
+	};
+	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, mydrv_acpi_match);
+	#endif
+
+	static struct platform_driver my_driver = {
+		...
+		.driver = {
+			.acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(mydrv_acpi_match),
+		},
+	};
+
+If the driver needs to perform more complex initialization like getting and
+configuring GPIOs it can get its ACPI handle and extract this information
+from ACPI tables.
+
+Currently the kernel is not able to automatically determine from which ACPI
+device it should make the corresponding platform device so we need to add
+the ACPI device explicitly to acpi_platform_device_ids list defined in
+drivers/acpi/scan.c. This limitation is only for the platform devices, SPI
+and I2C devices are created automatically as described below.
+
+SPI serial bus support
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+Slave devices behind SPI bus have SpiSerialBus resource attached to them.
+This is extracted automatically by the SPI core and the slave devices are
+enumerated once spi_register_master() is called by the bus driver.
+
+Here is what the ACPI namespace for a SPI slave might look like:
+
+	Device (EEP0)
+	{
+		Name (_ADR, 1)
+		Name (_CID, Package() {
+			"ATML0025",
+			"AT25",
+		})
+		...
+		Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
+		{
+			SPISerialBus(1, PolarityLow, FourWireMode, 8,
+				ControllerInitiated, 1000000, ClockPolarityLow,
+				ClockPhaseFirst, "\\_SB.PCI0.SPI1",)
+		}
+		...
+
+The SPI device drivers only need to add ACPI IDs in a similar way than with
+the platform device drivers. Below is an example where we add ACPI support
+to at25 SPI eeprom driver (this is meant for the above ACPI snippet):
+
+	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
+	static struct acpi_device_id at25_acpi_match[] = {
+		{ "AT25", 0 },
+		{ },
+	};
+	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, at25_acpi_match);
+	#endif
+
+	static struct spi_driver at25_driver = {
+		.driver = {
+			...
+			.acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(at25_acpi_match),
+		},
+	};
+
+Note that this driver actually needs more information like page size of the
+eeprom etc. but at the time writing this there is no standard way of
+passing those. One idea is to return this in _DSM method like:
+
+	Device (EEP0)
+	{
+		...
+		Method (_DSM, 4, NotSerialized)
+		{
+			Store (Package (6)
+			{
+				"byte-len", 1024,
+				"addr-mode", 2,
+				"page-size, 32
+			}, Local0)
+
+			// Check UUIDs etc.
+
+			Return (Local0)
+		}
+
+Then the at25 SPI driver can get this configation by calling _DSM on its
+ACPI handle like:
+
+	struct acpi_buffer output = { ACPI_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL };
+	struct acpi_object_list input;
+	acpi_status status;
+
+	/* Fill in the input buffer */
+
+	status = acpi_evaluate_object(ACPI_HANDLE(&spi->dev), "_DSM",
+				      &input, &output);
+	if (ACPI_FAILURE(status))
+		/* Handle the error */
+
+	/* Extract the data here */
+
+	kfree(output.pointer);
+
+I2C serial bus support
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+The slaves behind I2C bus controller only need to add the ACPI IDs like
+with the platform and SPI drivers. However the I2C bus controller driver
+needs to call acpi_i2c_register_devices() after it has added the adapter.
+
+An I2C bus (controller) driver does:
+
+	...
+	ret = i2c_add_numbered_adapter(adapter);
+	if (ret)
+		/* handle error */
+
+	of_i2c_register_devices(adapter);
+	/* Enumerate the slave devices behind this bus via ACPI */
+	acpi_i2c_register_devices(adapter);
+
+Below is an example of how to add ACPI support to the existing mpu3050
+input driver:
+
+	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
+	static struct acpi_device_id mpu3050_acpi_match[] = {
+		{ "MPU3050", 0 },
+		{ },
+	};
+	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, mpu3050_acpi_match);
+	#endif
+
+	static struct i2c_driver mpu3050_i2c_driver = {
+		.driver	= {
+			.name	= "mpu3050",
+			.owner	= THIS_MODULE,
+			.pm	= &mpu3050_pm,
+			.of_match_table = mpu3050_of_match,
+			.acpi_match_table  ACPI_PTR(mpu3050_acpi_match),
+		},
+		.probe		= mpu3050_probe,
+		.remove		= __devexit_p(mpu3050_remove),
+		.id_table	= mpu3050_ids,
+	};
+
+GPIO support
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+ACPI 5 introduced two new resources to describe GPIO connections: GpioIo
+and GpioInt. These resources are used be used to pass GPIO numbers used by
+the device to the driver. For example:
+
+	Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
+	{
+		Name (SBUF, ResourceTemplate()
+		{
+			GpioIo (Exclusive, PullDefault, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+				IoRestrictionOutputOnly, "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0",
+				0x00, ResourceConsumer,,)
+			{
+				// Pin List
+				0x0055
+			}
+			...
+
+			Return (SBUF)
+		}
+	}
+
+These GPIO numbers are controller relative and path "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0"
+specifies the path to the controller. In order to use these GPIOs in Linux
+we need to translate them to the Linux GPIO numbers.
+
+The driver can do this by including <linux/acpi_gpio.h> and then calling
+acpi_get_gpio(path, gpio). This will return the Linux GPIO number or
+negative errno if there was no translation found.
+
+Other GpioIo parameters must be converted first by the driver to be
+suitable to the gpiolib before passing them.
+
+In case of GpioInt resource an additional call to gpio_to_irq() must be
+done before calling request_irq().
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt b/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..35c3f541547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+Overriding ACPI tables via initrd
+=================================
+
+1) Introduction (What is this about)
+2) What is this for
+3) How does it work
+4) References (Where to retrieve userspace tools)
+
+1) What is this about
+---------------------
+
+If the ACPI_INITRD_TABLE_OVERRIDE compile option is true, it is possible to
+override nearly any ACPI table provided by the BIOS with an instrumented,
+modified one.
+
+For a full list of ACPI tables that can be overridden, take a look at
+the char *table_sigs[MAX_ACPI_SIGNATURE]; definition in drivers/acpi/osl.c
+All ACPI tables iasl (Intel's ACPI compiler and disassembler) knows should
+be overridable, except:
+   - ACPI_SIG_RSDP (has a signature of 6 bytes)
+   - ACPI_SIG_FACS (does not have an ordinary ACPI table header)
+Both could get implemented as well.
+
+
+2) What is this for
+-------------------
+
+Please keep in mind that this is a debug option.
+ACPI tables should not get overridden for productive use.
+If BIOS ACPI tables are overridden the kernel will get tainted with the
+TAINT_OVERRIDDEN_ACPI_TABLE flag.
+Complain to your platform/BIOS vendor if you find a bug which is so sever
+that a workaround is not accepted in the Linux kernel.
+
+Still, it can and should be enabled in any kernel, because:
+  - There is no functional change with not instrumented initrds
+  - It provides a powerful feature to easily debug and test ACPI BIOS table
+    compatibility with the Linux kernel.
+
+
+3) How does it work
+-------------------
+
+# Extract the machine's ACPI tables:
+cd /tmp
+acpidump >acpidump
+acpixtract -a acpidump
+# Disassemble, modify and recompile them:
+iasl -d *.dat
+# For example add this statement into a _PRT (PCI Routing Table) function
+# of the DSDT:
+Store("HELLO WORLD", debug)
+iasl -sa dsdt.dsl
+# Add the raw ACPI tables to an uncompressed cpio archive.
+# They must be put into a /kernel/firmware/acpi directory inside the
+# cpio archive.
+# The uncompressed cpio archive must be the first.
+# Other, typically compressed cpio archives, must be
+# concatenated on top of the uncompressed one.
+mkdir -p kernel/firmware/acpi
+cp dsdt.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
+# A maximum of: #define ACPI_OVERRIDE_TABLES 10
+# tables are  currently allowed (see osl.c):
+iasl -sa facp.dsl
+iasl -sa ssdt1.dsl
+cp facp.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
+cp ssdt1.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
+# Create the uncompressed cpio archive and concatenate the original initrd
+# on top:
+find kernel | cpio -H newc --create > /boot/instrumented_initrd
+cat /boot/initrd >>/boot/instrumented_initrd
+# reboot with increased acpi debug level, e.g. boot params:
+acpi.debug_level=0x2 acpi.debug_layer=0xFFFFFFFF
+# and check your syslog:
+[    1.268089] ACPI: PCI Interrupt Routing Table [\_SB_.PCI0._PRT]
+[    1.272091] [ACPI Debug]  String [0x0B] "HELLO WORLD"
+
+iasl is able to disassemble and recompile quite a lot different,
+also static ACPI tables.
+
+
+4) Where to retrieve userspace tools
+------------------------------------
+
+iasl and acpixtract are part of Intel's ACPICA project:
+http://acpica.org/
+and should be packaged by distributions (for example in the acpica package
+on SUSE).
+
+acpidump can be found in Len Browns pmtools:
+ftp://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/lenb/acpi/utils/pmtools/acpidump
+This tool is also part of the acpica package on SUSE.
+Alternatively, used ACPI tables can be retrieved via sysfs in latest kernels:
+/sys/firmware/acpi/tables
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
index 5f5aa16047f..c71487d399d 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,16 @@
-The EtherDrive (R) HOWTO for users of 2.6 kernels is found at ...
+ATA over Ethernet is a network protocol that provides simple access to
+block storage on the LAN.
 
-  http://www.coraid.com/SUPPORT/EtherDrive-HBA  
+  http://support.coraid.com/documents/AoEr11.txt
 
-  It has many tips and hints!
+The EtherDrive (R) HOWTO for 2.6 and 3.x kernels is found at ...
+
+  http://support.coraid.com/support/linux/EtherDrive-2.6-HOWTO.html
+
+It has many tips and hints!  Please see, especially, recommended
+tunings for virtual memory:
+
+  http://support.coraid.com/support/linux/EtherDrive-2.6-HOWTO-5.html#ss5.19
 
 The aoetools are userland programs that are designed to work with this
 driver.  The aoetools are on sourceforge.
@@ -23,20 +31,12 @@ CREATING DEVICE NODES
   There is a udev-install.sh script that shows how to install these
   rules on your system.
 
-  If you are not using udev, two scripts are provided in
-  Documentation/aoe as examples of static device node creation for
-  using the aoe driver.
-
-    rm -rf /dev/etherd
-    sh Documentation/aoe/mkdevs.sh /dev/etherd
-
-  ... or to make just one shelf's worth of block device nodes ...
-
-    sh Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh /dev/etherd 0
-
   There is also an autoload script that shows how to edit
   /etc/modprobe.d/aoe.conf to ensure that the aoe module is loaded when
-  necessary.
+  necessary.  Preloading the aoe module is preferable to autoloading,
+  however, because AoE discovery takes a few seconds.  It can be
+  confusing when an AoE device is not present the first time the a
+  command is run but appears a second later.
 
 USING DEVICE NODES
 
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ USING DEVICE NODES
   "echo > /dev/etherd/discover" tells the driver to find out what AoE
   devices are available.
 
-  These character devices may disappear and be replaced by sysfs
-  counterparts.  Using the commands in aoetools insulates users from
-  these implementation details.
+  In the future these character devices may disappear and be replaced
+  by sysfs counterparts.  Using the commands in aoetools insulates
+  users from these implementation details.
 
   The block devices are named like this:
 
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ USING SYSFS
   The netif attribute is the network interface on the localhost
   through which we are communicating with the remote AoE device.
 
-  There is a script in this directory that formats this information
-  in a convenient way.  Users with aoetools can use the aoe-stat
+  There is a script in this directory that formats this information in
+  a convenient way.  Users with aoetools should use the aoe-stat
   command.
 
   root@makki root# sh Documentation/aoe/status.sh 
@@ -121,3 +121,23 @@ DRIVER OPTIONS
   usage example for the module parameter.
 
     modprobe aoe_iflist="eth1 eth3"
+
+  The aoe_deadsecs module parameter determines the maximum number of
+  seconds that the driver will wait for an AoE device to provide a
+  response to an AoE command.  After aoe_deadsecs seconds have
+  elapsed, the AoE device will be marked as "down".  A value of zero
+  is supported for testing purposes and makes the aoe driver keep
+  trying AoE commands forever.
+
+  The aoe_maxout module parameter has a default of 128.  This is the
+  maximum number of unresponded packets that will be sent to an AoE
+  target at one time.
+
+  The aoe_dyndevs module parameter defaults to 1, meaning that the
+  driver will assign a block device minor number to a discovered AoE
+  target based on the order of its discovery.  With dynamic minor
+  device numbers in use, a greater range of AoE shelf and slot
+  addresses can be supported.  Users with udev will never have to
+  think about minor numbers.  Using aoe_dyndevs=0 allows device nodes
+  to be pre-created using a static minor-number scheme with the
+  aoe-mkshelf script in the aoetools.
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/mkdevs.sh b/Documentation/aoe/mkdevs.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 44c0ab70243..00000000000
--- a/Documentation/aoe/mkdevs.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-n_shelves=${n_shelves:-10}
-n_partitions=${n_partitions:-16}
-
-if test "$#" != "1"; then
-	echo "Usage: sh `basename $0` {dir}" 1>&2
-	echo "       n_partitions=16 sh `basename $0` {dir}" 1>&2
-	exit 1
-fi
-dir=$1
-
-MAJOR=152
-
-echo "Creating AoE devnode files in $dir ..."
-
-set -e
-
-mkdir -p $dir
-
-# (Status info is in sysfs.  See status.sh.)
-# rm -f $dir/stat
-# mknod -m 0400 $dir/stat c $MAJOR 1
-rm -f $dir/err
-mknod -m 0400 $dir/err c $MAJOR 2
-rm -f $dir/discover
-mknod -m 0200 $dir/discover c $MAJOR 3
-rm -f $dir/interfaces
-mknod -m 0200 $dir/interfaces c $MAJOR 4
-rm -f $dir/revalidate
-mknod -m 0200 $dir/revalidate c $MAJOR 5
-rm -f $dir/flush
-mknod -m 0200 $dir/flush c $MAJOR 6
-
-export n_partitions
-mkshelf=`echo $0 | sed 's!mkdevs!mkshelf!'`
-i=0
-while test $i -lt $n_shelves; do
-	sh -xc "sh $mkshelf $dir $i"
-	i=`expr $i + 1`
-done
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh b/Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 32615814271..00000000000
--- a/Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-if test "$#" != "2"; then
-	echo "Usage: sh `basename $0` {dir} {shelfaddress}" 1>&2
-	echo "       n_partitions=16 sh `basename $0` {dir} {shelfaddress}" 1>&2
-	exit 1
-fi
-n_partitions=${n_partitions:-16}
-dir=$1
-shelf=$2
-nslots=16
-maxslot=`echo $nslots 1 - p | dc`
-MAJOR=152
-
-set -e
-
-minor=`echo $nslots \* $shelf \* $n_partitions | bc`
-endp=`echo $n_partitions - 1 | bc`
-for slot in `seq 0 $maxslot`; do
-	for part in `seq 0 $endp`; do
-		name=e$shelf.$slot
-		test "$part" != "0" && name=${name}p$part
-		rm -f $dir/$name
-		mknod -m 0660 $dir/$name b $MAJOR $minor
-
-		minor=`expr $minor + 1`
-	done
-done
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/status.sh b/Documentation/aoe/status.sh
index 751f3be514b..eeec7baae57 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/status.sh
+++ b/Documentation/aoe/status.sh
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # collate and present sysfs information about AoE storage
+#
+# A more complete version of this script is aoe-stat, in the
+# aoetools.
 
 set -e
 format="%8s\t%8s\t%8s\n"
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Booting b/Documentation/arm/Booting
index a341d87d276..0c1f475fdf3 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Booting
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Booting
@@ -154,13 +154,33 @@ In either case, the following conditions must be met:
 
 - CPU mode
   All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs)
-  The CPU must be in SVC mode.  (A special exception exists for Angel)
+
+  For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the
+  CPU must be in SVC mode.  (A special exception exists for Angel)
+
+  CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be
+  entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of
+  these extensions.  This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs,
+  unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed
+  hypervisor.
+
+  If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be
+  entered in SVC mode.
 
 - Caches, MMUs
   The MMU must be off.
   Instruction cache may be on or off.
   Data cache must be off.
 
+  If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to
+  the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged
+  kernel modes) configuration.  In addition, all traps into the
+  hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all
+  peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally
+  possible.  Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration
+  should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the
+  virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help.
+
 - The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping
   directly to the first instruction of the kernel image.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8f08a86e03b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+ARM Marvell SoCs
+================
+
+This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently
+supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of
+SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support
+for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document
+tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to
+match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available.
+
+Orion family
+------------
+
+  Flavors:
+        88F5082
+        88F5181
+        88F5181L
+        88F5182
+               Datasheet               : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf
+               Programmer's User Guide : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf
+               User Manual             : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf
+        88F5281
+               Datasheet               : http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf
+        88F6183
+  Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible
+  Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-orion5x
+  Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion
+
+Kirkwood family
+---------------
+
+  Flavors:
+        88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300
+                Product Brief  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
+        88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310
+                Product Brief  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
+        88F6190
+                Product Brief  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf
+                Hardware Spec  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
+                Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+        88F6192
+                Product Brief  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf
+                Hardware Spec  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
+                Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+        88F6182
+        88F6180
+                Product Brief  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf
+                Hardware Spec  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf
+                Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+        88F6281
+                Product Brief  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf
+                Hardware Spec  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf
+                Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+  Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/
+  Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible
+  Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-kirkwood
+  Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion
+
+Discovery family
+----------------
+
+  Flavors:
+        MV78100
+                Product Brief  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf
+                Hardware Spec  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf
+                Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
+        MV78200
+                Product Brief  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf
+                Hardware Spec  : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf
+                Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
+        MV76100
+                Not supported by the Linux kernel.
+
+  Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible
+
+  Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0
+  Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion
+
+EBU Armada family
+-----------------
+
+  Armada 370 Flavors:
+        88F6710
+        88F6707
+        88F6W11
+
+  Armada XP Flavors:
+        MV78230
+        MV78260
+        MV78460
+
+  Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
+  No public datasheet available.
+
+  Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible
+
+  Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu
+  Linux kernel plat directory: none
+
+Avanta family
+-------------
+
+  Flavors:
+       88F6510
+       88F6530P
+       88F6550
+       88F6560
+  Homepage     : http://www.marvell.com/broadband/
+  Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf
+  No public datasheet available.
+
+  Core: ARMv5 compatible
+
+  Linux kernel mach directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
+  Linux kernel plat directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
+
+Dove family (application processor)
+-----------------------------------
+
+  Flavors:
+        88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510
+                Product Brief   : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf
+                Hardware Spec   : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf
+                Functional Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf
+  Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/
+  Core: ARMv7 compatible
+  Directory: arch/arm/mach-dove
+
+PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family
+--------------------------
+
+  Flavors:
+        PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x
+             Application processor only
+             Core: ARMv5 XScale core
+        PXA270, PXA271, PXA272
+             Product Brief         : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf
+             Design guide          : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf
+             Developers manual     : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf
+             Specification         : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf
+             Specification update  : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf
+             Application processor only
+             Core: ARMv5 XScale core
+        PXA300, PXA310, PXA320
+             PXA 300 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf
+             PXA 310 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf
+             PXA 320 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf
+             Design guide          : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf
+             Developers manual     : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip
+             Specifications        : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf
+             Specification Update  : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip
+             Reference Manual      : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf
+             Application processor only
+             Core: ARMv5 XScale core
+        PXA930, PXA935
+             Application processor with Communication processor
+             Core: ARMv5 XScale core
+        PXA955
+             Application processor with Communication processor
+             Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
+
+   Comments:
+
+    * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
+      Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x,
+      PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while
+      the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell.
+
+    * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
+      common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
+      SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs.
+
+   Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-pxa
+   Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa
+
+MMP/MMP2 family (communication processor)
+-----------------------------------------
+
+   Flavors:
+        PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168
+             Homepage             : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp
+             Product brief        : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf
+             Hardware manual      : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf
+             Software manual      : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf
+             Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf
+             Boot ROM manual      : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf
+             App node package     : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf
+             Application processor only
+             Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 (Mohawk)
+        PXA910
+             Homepage             : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/
+             Product Brief        : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/assets/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB_final.pdf
+             Application processor with Communication processor
+             Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 (Mohawk)
+        MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610
+             Product Brief        : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf
+             Application processor only
+             Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
+
+   Comments:
+
+    * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
+      Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of
+      this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell.
+
+    * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
+      common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
+      SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above.
+
+   Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mmp
+   Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa
+
+Long-term plans
+---------------
+
+ * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ and
+   mach-kirkwood/ into the mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the
+   Marvell EBU (Engineering Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo>
+   directory. The plat-orion/ would therefore disappear.
+
+ * Unify the mach-mmp/ and mach-pxa/ into the same mach-pxa
+   directory. The plat-pxa/ would therefore disappear.
+
+Credits
+-------
+
+ Maen Suleiman <maen@marvell.com>
+ Lior Amsalem <alior@marvell.com>
+ Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
+ Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
+ Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
+ Eric Miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS
index a564ceea9e9..4484e021290 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS
+++ b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS
@@ -285,7 +285,10 @@ FB0 +-- GFX  ---- LCD ---- LCD
 Misc notes
 ----------
 
-OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the OMAP VRAM allocator.
+OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You
+can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma
+allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase
+the global memory area for CMA.
 
 Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock
 of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI.
@@ -301,11 +304,6 @@ framebuffer parameters.
 Kernel boot arguments
 ---------------------
 
-vram=<size>[,<physaddr>]
-	- Amount of total VRAM to preallocate and optionally a physical start
-	  memory address. For example, "10M". omapfb allocates memory for
-	  framebuffers from VRAM.
-
 omapfb.mode=<display>:<mode>[,...]
 	- Default video mode for specified displays. For example,
 	  "dvi:800x400MR-24@60".  See drivers/video/modedb.c.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
index 816d6071669..8b46c79679c 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-			S3C2410 GPIO Control
+			S3C24XX GPIO Control
 			====================
 
 Introduction
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Introduction
   of the s3c2410 GPIO system, please read the Samsung provided
   data-sheet/users manual to find out the complete list.
 
-  See Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt for the core implemetation.
+  See Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt for the core implementation.
 
 
 GPIOLIB
@@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ GPIOLIB
 GPIOLIB conversion
 ------------------
 
-If you need to convert your board or driver to use gpiolib from the exiting
-s3c2410 api, then here are some notes on the process.
+If you need to convert your board or driver to use gpiolib from the phased
+out s3c2410 API, then here are some notes on the process.
 
 1) If your board is exclusively using an GPIO, say to control peripheral
    power, then it will require to claim the gpio with gpio_request() before
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ s3c2410 api, then here are some notes on the process.
    as they have the same arguments, and can either take the pin specific
    values, or the more generic special-function-number arguments.
 
-3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changs have the problem that whilst the 
+3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changes have the problem that whilst the
    s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 1) can be easily translated to the
    s3c_gpio_setpull(x, S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE), the s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0)
    are not so easy.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ s3c2410 api, then here are some notes on the process.
    when using gpio_get_value() on an output pin (s3c2410_gpio_getpin
    would return the value the pin is supposed to be outputting).
 
-6) s3c2410_gpio_getirq() should be directly replacable with the
+6) s3c2410_gpio_getirq() should be directly replaceable with the
    gpio_to_irq() call.
 
 The s3c2410_gpio and gpio_ calls have always operated on the same gpio
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ PIN Numbers
 -----------
 
   Each pin has an unique number associated with it in regs-gpio.h,
-  eg S3C2410_GPA(0) or S3C2410_GPF(1). These defines are used to tell
+  e.g. S3C2410_GPA(0) or S3C2410_GPF(1). These defines are used to tell
   the GPIO functions which pin is to be used.
 
   With the conversion to gpiolib, there is no longer a direct conversion
@@ -120,31 +120,27 @@ Configuring a pin
   The following function allows the configuration of a given pin to
   be changed.
 
-    void s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function);
+    void s3c_gpio_cfgpin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function);
 
-  Eg:
+  e.g.:
 
-     s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPA(0), S3C2410_GPA0_ADDR0);
-     s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPE(8), S3C2410_GPE8_SDDAT1);
+     s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPA(0), S3C_GPIO_SFN(1));
+     s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPE(8), S3C_GPIO_SFN(2));
 
    which would turn GPA(0) into the lowest Address line A0, and set
    GPE(8) to be connected to the SDIO/MMC controller's SDDAT1 line.
 
-   The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() call is a functional replacement for this call.
-
 
 Reading the current configuration
 ---------------------------------
 
-  The current configuration of a pin can be read by using:
+  The current configuration of a pin can be read by using standard
+  gpiolib function:
 
-  s3c2410_gpio_getcfg(unsigned int pin);
+  s3c_gpio_getcfg(unsigned int pin);
 
   The return value will be from the same set of values which can be
-  passed to s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin().
-
-  The s3c_gpio_getcfg() call should be a functional replacement for
-  this call.
+  passed to s3c_gpio_cfgpin().
 
 
 Configuring a pull-up resistor
@@ -154,61 +150,33 @@ Configuring a pull-up resistor
   pull-up resistors enabled. This can be configured by the following
   function:
 
-    void s3c2410_gpio_pullup(unsigned int pin, unsigned int to);
-
-  Where the to value is zero to set the pull-up off, and 1 to enable
-  the specified pull-up. Any other values are currently undefined.
-
-  The s3c_gpio_setpull() offers similar functionality, but with the
-  ability to encode whether the pull is up or down. Currently there
-  is no 'just on' state, so up or down must be selected.
-
-
-Getting the state of a PIN
---------------------------
-
-  The state of a pin can be read by using the function:
-
-    unsigned int s3c2410_gpio_getpin(unsigned int pin);
+    void s3c_gpio_setpull(unsigned int pin, unsigned int to);
 
-  This will return either zero or non-zero. Do not count on this
-  function returning 1 if the pin is set.
+  Where the to value is S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE to set the pull-up off,
+  and S3C_GPIO_PULL_UP to enable the specified pull-up. Any other
+  values are currently undefined.
 
-  This call is now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert
-  your board or driver to use gpiolib.
-
-
-Setting the state of a PIN
---------------------------
-
-  The value an pin is outputing can be modified by using the following:
 
-    void s3c2410_gpio_setpin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int to);
+Getting and setting the state of a PIN
+--------------------------------------
 
-  Which sets the given pin to the value. Use 0 to write 0, and 1 to
-  set the output to 1.
-
-  This call is now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert
+  These calls are now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert
   your board or driver to use gpiolib.
 
 
 Getting the IRQ number associated with a PIN
 --------------------------------------------
 
-  The following function can map the given pin number to an IRQ
+  A standard gpiolib function can map the given pin number to an IRQ
   number to pass to the IRQ system.
 
-   int s3c2410_gpio_getirq(unsigned int pin);
+   int gpio_to_irq(unsigned int pin);
 
   Note, not all pins have an IRQ.
 
-  This call is now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert
-  your board or driver to use gpiolib.
-
 
-Authour
+Author
 -------
 
-
 Ben Dooks, 03 October 2004
 Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt
index 513f2562c1a..795adfd8808 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt
@@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ Introduction
 ------------
 
 This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture
-specific calls provided alongisde the drivers/gpio core.
+specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core.
 
 
 S3C24XX (Legacy)
 ----------------
 
 See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt for more information
-about these devices. Their implementation is being brought into line
+about these devices. Their implementation has been brought into line
 with the core samsung implementation described in this document.
 
 
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system.
 PIN configuration
 -----------------
 
-Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecutre, with each SoC
+Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC
 registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration
 implementation to configure pins as necessary.
 
@@ -38,5 +38,3 @@ driver or machine to change gpio configuration.
 
 See arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h for more information
 on these functions.
-
-
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
index 208a2d465b9..4bfb9ffbdbc 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt
@@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ ffc00000	ffefffff	DMA memory mapping region.  Memory returned
 ff000000	ffbfffff	Reserved for future expansion of DMA
 				mapping region.
 
+fee00000	feffffff	Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static
+				mapping within the vmalloc space.
+
 VMALLOC_START	VMALLOC_END-1	vmalloc() / ioremap() space.
 				Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will
 				be dynamically placed in this region.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87a1e8fb624
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+ARM Allwinner SoCs
+==================
+
+This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently
+supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also
+provide links to documentation and or datasheet for these SoCs.
+
+SunXi family
+------------
+
+  Flavors:
+        Allwinner A10 (sun4i)
+                Datasheet       : http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf
+
+        Allwinner A13 (sun5i)
+                Datasheet       : http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf
+
+  Core: Cortex A8
+  Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi
+\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c4d388dadd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+			Booting AArch64 Linux
+			=====================
+
+Author: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
+Date  : 07 September 2012
+
+This document is based on the ARM booting document by Russell King and
+is relevant to all public releases of the AArch64 Linux kernel.
+
+The AArch64 exception model is made up of a number of exception levels
+(EL0 - EL3), with EL0 and EL1 having a secure and a non-secure
+counterpart.  EL2 is the hypervisor level and exists only in non-secure
+mode. EL3 is the highest priority level and exists only in secure mode.
+
+For the purposes of this document, we will use the term `boot loader'
+simply to define all software that executes on the CPU(s) before control
+is passed to the Linux kernel.  This may include secure monitor and
+hypervisor code, or it may just be a handful of instructions for
+preparing a minimal boot environment.
+
+Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the
+following:
+
+1. Setup and initialise the RAM
+2. Setup the device tree
+3. Decompress the kernel image
+4. Call the kernel image
+
+
+1. Setup and initialise RAM
+---------------------------
+
+Requirement: MANDATORY
+
+The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the
+kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system.  It performs
+this in a machine dependent manner.  (It may use internal algorithms
+to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of
+the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer
+sees fit.)
+
+
+2. Setup the device tree
+-------------------------
+
+Requirement: MANDATORY
+
+The device tree blob (dtb) must be no bigger than 2 megabytes in size
+and placed at a 2-megabyte boundary within the first 512 megabytes from
+the start of the kernel image. This is to allow the kernel to map the
+blob using a single section mapping in the initial page tables.
+
+
+3. Decompress the kernel image
+------------------------------
+
+Requirement: OPTIONAL
+
+The AArch64 kernel does not currently provide a decompressor and
+therefore requires decompression (gzip etc.) to be performed by the boot
+loader if a compressed Image target (e.g. Image.gz) is used.  For
+bootloaders that do not implement this requirement, the uncompressed
+Image target is available instead.
+
+
+4. Call the kernel image
+------------------------
+
+Requirement: MANDATORY
+
+The decompressed kernel image contains a 32-byte header as follows:
+
+  u32 magic	= 0x14000008;	/* branch to stext, little-endian */
+  u32 res0	= 0;		/* reserved */
+  u64 text_offset;		/* Image load offset */
+  u64 res1	= 0;		/* reserved */
+  u64 res2	= 0;		/* reserved */
+
+The image must be placed at the specified offset (currently 0x80000)
+from the start of the system RAM and called there. The start of the
+system RAM must be aligned to 2MB.
+
+Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met:
+
+- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get
+  corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data.  This will save
+  you many hours of debug.
+
+- Primary CPU general-purpose register settings
+  x0 = physical address of device tree blob (dtb) in system RAM.
+  x1 = 0 (reserved for future use)
+  x2 = 0 (reserved for future use)
+  x3 = 0 (reserved for future use)
+
+- CPU mode
+  All forms of interrupts must be masked in PSTATE.DAIF (Debug, SError,
+  IRQ and FIQ).
+  The CPU must be in either EL2 (RECOMMENDED in order to have access to
+  the virtualisation extensions) or non-secure EL1.
+
+- Caches, MMUs
+  The MMU must be off.
+  Instruction cache may be on or off.
+  Data cache must be off and invalidated.
+  External caches (if present) must be configured and disabled.
+
+- Architected timers
+  CNTFRQ must be programmed with the timer frequency.
+  If entering the kernel at EL1, CNTHCTL_EL2 must have EL1PCTEN (bit 0)
+  set where available.
+
+- Coherency
+  All CPUs to be booted by the kernel must be part of the same coherency
+  domain on entry to the kernel.  This may require IMPLEMENTATION DEFINED
+  initialisation to enable the receiving of maintenance operations on
+  each CPU.
+
+- System registers
+  All writable architected system registers at the exception level where
+  the kernel image will be entered must be initialised by software at a
+  higher exception level to prevent execution in an UNKNOWN state.
+
+The boot loader is expected to enter the kernel on each CPU in the
+following manner:
+
+- The primary CPU must jump directly to the first instruction of the
+  kernel image.  The device tree blob passed by this CPU must contain
+  for each CPU node:
+
+    1. An 'enable-method' property. Currently, the only supported value
+       for this field is the string "spin-table".
+
+    2. A 'cpu-release-addr' property identifying a 64-bit,
+       zero-initialised memory location.
+
+  It is expected that the bootloader will generate these device tree
+  properties and insert them into the blob prior to kernel entry.
+
+- Any secondary CPUs must spin outside of the kernel in a reserved area
+  of memory (communicated to the kernel by a /memreserve/ region in the
+  device tree) polling their cpu-release-addr location, which must be
+  contained in the reserved region.  A wfe instruction may be inserted
+  to reduce the overhead of the busy-loop and a sev will be issued by
+  the primary CPU.  When a read of the location pointed to by the
+  cpu-release-addr returns a non-zero value, the CPU must jump directly
+  to this value.
+
+- Secondary CPU general-purpose register settings
+  x0 = 0 (reserved for future use)
+  x1 = 0 (reserved for future use)
+  x2 = 0 (reserved for future use)
+  x3 = 0 (reserved for future use)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d758702fc03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+		     Memory Layout on AArch64 Linux
+		     ==============================
+
+Author: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
+Date  : 20 February 2012
+
+This document describes the virtual memory layout used by the AArch64
+Linux kernel. The architecture allows up to 4 levels of translation
+tables with a 4KB page size and up to 3 levels with a 64KB page size.
+
+AArch64 Linux uses 3 levels of translation tables with the 4KB page
+configuration, allowing 39-bit (512GB) virtual addresses for both user
+and kernel. With 64KB pages, only 2 levels of translation tables are
+used but the memory layout is the same.
+
+User addresses have bits 63:39 set to 0 while the kernel addresses have
+the same bits set to 1. TTBRx selection is given by bit 63 of the
+virtual address. The swapper_pg_dir contains only kernel (global)
+mappings while the user pgd contains only user (non-global) mappings.
+The swapper_pgd_dir address is written to TTBR1 and never written to
+TTBR0.
+
+
+AArch64 Linux memory layout:
+
+Start			End			Size		Use
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+0000000000000000	0000007fffffffff	 512GB		user
+
+ffffff8000000000	ffffffbbfffeffff	~240GB		vmalloc
+
+ffffffbbffff0000	ffffffbbffffffff	  64KB		[guard page]
+
+ffffffbc00000000	ffffffbdffffffff	   8GB		vmemmap
+
+ffffffbe00000000	ffffffbffbbfffff	  ~8GB		[guard, future vmmemap]
+
+ffffffbffbe00000	ffffffbffbe0ffff	  64KB		PCI I/O space
+
+ffffffbbffff0000	ffffffbcffffffff	  ~2MB		[guard]
+
+ffffffbffc000000	ffffffbfffffffff	  64MB		modules
+
+ffffffc000000000	ffffffffffffffff	 256GB		kernel logical memory map
+
+
+Translation table lookup with 4KB pages:
+
++--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
+|63    56|55    48|47    40|39    32|31    24|23    16|15     8|7      0|
++--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ |                 |         |         |         |         |
+ |                 |         |         |         |         v
+ |                 |         |         |         |   [11:0]  in-page offset
+ |                 |         |         |         +-> [20:12] L3 index
+ |                 |         |         +-----------> [29:21] L2 index
+ |                 |         +---------------------> [38:30] L1 index
+ |                 +-------------------------------> [47:39] L0 index (not used)
+ +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
+
+
+Translation table lookup with 64KB pages:
+
++--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
+|63    56|55    48|47    40|39    32|31    24|23    16|15     8|7      0|
++--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ |                 |    |               |              |
+ |                 |    |               |              v
+ |                 |    |               |            [15:0]  in-page offset
+ |                 |    |               +----------> [28:16] L3 index
+ |                 |    +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 index (only 38:29 used)
+ |                 +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 index (not used)
+ +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
diff --git a/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
index f5e4caafab7..1529394cfe8 100644
--- a/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt
@@ -35,11 +35,8 @@ For supporting platform specific data, the lp855x platform data can be used.
 * mode : Brightness control mode. PWM or register based.
 * device_control : Value of DEVICE CONTROL register.
 * initial_brightness : Initial value of backlight brightness.
-* pwm_data : Platform specific pwm generation functions.
+* period_ns : Platform specific PWM period value. unit is nano.
 	     Only valid when brightness is pwm input mode.
-	     Functions should be implemented by PWM driver.
-	     - pwm_set_intensity() : set duty of PWM
-	     - pwm_get_intensity() : get current duty of PWM
 * load_new_rom_data :
 	0 : use default configuration data
 	1 : update values of eeprom or eprom registers on loading driver
@@ -71,8 +68,5 @@ static struct lp855x_platform_data lp8556_pdata = {
 	.mode = PWM_BASED,
 	.device_control = PWM_CONFIG(LP8556),
 	.initial_brightness = INITIAL_BRT,
-	.pwm_data = {
-		     .pwm_set_intensity = platform_pwm_set_intensity,
-		     .pwm_get_intensity = platform_pwm_get_intensity,
-		     },
+	.period_ns = 1000000,
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index e418dc0a708..8df5e8e6dce 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -465,7 +465,6 @@ struct bio {
        bio_end_io_t	*bi_end_io;  /* bi_end_io (bio) */
        atomic_t		bi_cnt;	     /* pin count: free when it hits zero */
        void             *bi_private;
-       bio_destructor_t *bi_destructor; /* bi_destructor (bio) */
 };
 
 With this multipage bio design:
@@ -647,10 +646,6 @@ for a non-clone bio. There are the 6 pools setup for different size biovecs,
 so bio_alloc(gfp_mask, nr_iovecs) will allocate a vec_list of the
 given size from these slabs.
 
-The bi_destructor() routine takes into account the possibility of the bio
-having originated from a different source (see later discussions on
-n/w to block transfers and kvec_cb)
-
 The bio_get() routine may be used to hold an extra reference on a bio prior
 to i/o submission, if the bio fields are likely to be accessed after the
 i/o is issued (since the bio may otherwise get freed in case i/o completion
diff --git a/Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.txt b/Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc9ce57e0a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/bus-devices/ti-gpmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+GPMC (General Purpose Memory Controller):
+=========================================
+
+GPMC is an unified memory controller dedicated to interfacing external
+memory devices like
+ * Asynchronous SRAM like memories and application specific integrated
+   circuit devices.
+ * Asynchronous, synchronous, and page mode burst NOR flash devices
+   NAND flash
+ * Pseudo-SRAM devices
+
+GPMC is found on Texas Instruments SoC's (OMAP based)
+IP details: http://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruh73 section 7.1
+
+
+GPMC generic timing calculation:
+================================
+
+GPMC has certain timings that has to be programmed for proper
+functioning of the peripheral, while peripheral has another set of
+timings. To have peripheral work with gpmc, peripheral timings has to
+be translated to the form gpmc can understand. The way it has to be
+translated depends on the connected peripheral. Also there is a
+dependency for certain gpmc timings on gpmc clock frequency. Hence a
+generic timing routine was developed to achieve above requirements.
+
+Generic routine provides a generic method to calculate gpmc timings
+from gpmc peripheral timings. struct gpmc_device_timings fields has to
+be updated with timings from the datasheet of the peripheral that is
+connected to gpmc. A few of the peripheral timings can be fed either
+in time or in cycles, provision to handle this scenario has been
+provided (refer struct gpmc_device_timings definition). It may so
+happen that timing as specified by peripheral datasheet is not present
+in timing structure, in this scenario, try to correlate peripheral
+timing to the one available. If that doesn't work, try to add a new
+field as required by peripheral, educate generic timing routine to
+handle it, make sure that it does not break any of the existing.
+Then there may be cases where peripheral datasheet doesn't mention
+certain fields of struct gpmc_device_timings, zero those entries.
+
+Generic timing routine has been verified to work properly on
+multiple onenand's and tusb6010 peripherals.
+
+A word of caution: generic timing routine has been developed based
+on understanding of gpmc timings, peripheral timings, available
+custom timing routines, a kind of reverse engineering without
+most of the datasheets & hardware (to be exact none of those supported
+in mainline having custom timing routine) and by simulation.
+
+gpmc timing dependency on peripheral timings:
+[<gpmc_timing>: <peripheral timing1>, <peripheral timing2> ...]
+
+1. common
+cs_on: t_ceasu
+adv_on: t_avdasu, t_ceavd
+
+2. sync common
+sync_clk: clk
+page_burst_access: t_bacc
+clk_activation: t_ces, t_avds
+
+3. read async muxed
+adv_rd_off: t_avdp_r
+oe_on: t_oeasu, t_aavdh
+access: t_iaa, t_oe, t_ce, t_aa
+rd_cycle: t_rd_cycle, t_cez_r, t_oez
+
+4. read async non-muxed
+adv_rd_off: t_avdp_r
+oe_on: t_oeasu
+access: t_iaa, t_oe, t_ce, t_aa
+rd_cycle: t_rd_cycle, t_cez_r, t_oez
+
+5. read sync muxed
+adv_rd_off: t_avdp_r, t_avdh
+oe_on: t_oeasu, t_ach, cyc_aavdh_oe
+access: t_iaa, cyc_iaa, cyc_oe
+rd_cycle: t_cez_r, t_oez, t_ce_rdyz
+
+6. read sync non-muxed
+adv_rd_off: t_avdp_r
+oe_on: t_oeasu
+access: t_iaa, cyc_iaa, cyc_oe
+rd_cycle: t_cez_r, t_oez, t_ce_rdyz
+
+7. write async muxed
+adv_wr_off: t_avdp_w
+we_on, wr_data_mux_bus: t_weasu, t_aavdh, cyc_aavhd_we
+we_off: t_wpl
+cs_wr_off: t_wph
+wr_cycle: t_cez_w, t_wr_cycle
+
+8. write async non-muxed
+adv_wr_off: t_avdp_w
+we_on, wr_data_mux_bus: t_weasu
+we_off: t_wpl
+cs_wr_off: t_wph
+wr_cycle: t_cez_w, t_wr_cycle
+
+9. write sync muxed
+adv_wr_off: t_avdp_w, t_avdh
+we_on, wr_data_mux_bus: t_weasu, t_rdyo, t_aavdh, cyc_aavhd_we
+we_off: t_wpl, cyc_wpl
+cs_wr_off: t_wph
+wr_cycle: t_cez_w, t_ce_rdyz
+
+10. write sync non-muxed
+adv_wr_off: t_avdp_w
+we_on, wr_data_mux_bus: t_weasu, t_rdyo
+we_off: t_wpl, cyc_wpl
+cs_wr_off: t_wph
+wr_cycle: t_cez_w, t_ce_rdyz
+
+
+Note: Many of gpmc timings are dependent on other gpmc timings (a few
+gpmc timings purely dependent on other gpmc timings, a reason that
+some of the gpmc timings are missing above), and it will result in
+indirect dependency of peripheral timings to gpmc timings other than
+mentioned above, refer timing routine for more details. To know what
+these peripheral timings correspond to, please see explanations in
+struct gpmc_device_timings definition. And for gpmc timings refer
+IP details (link above).
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
index 3f58fa3d6d0..f78b90a35ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
@@ -1,7 +1,11 @@
 00-INDEX
 	- this file
+blkio-controller.txt
+	- Description for Block IO Controller, implementation and usage details.
 cgroups.txt
 	- Control Groups definition, implementation details, examples and API.
+cgroup_event_listener.c
+	- A user program for cgroup listener.
 cpuacct.txt
 	- CPU Accounting Controller; account CPU usage for groups of tasks.
 cpusets.txt
@@ -10,9 +14,13 @@ devices.txt
 	- Device Whitelist Controller; description, interface and security.
 freezer-subsystem.txt
 	- checkpointing; rationale to not use signals, interface.
+hugetlb.txt
+	- HugeTLB Controller implementation and usage details.
 memcg_test.txt
 	- Memory Resource Controller; implementation details.
 memory.txt
 	- Memory Resource Controller; design, accounting, interface, testing.
+net_prio.txt
+	- Network priority cgroups details and usages.
 resource_counter.txt
 	- Resource Counter API.
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
index 4a0b64c605f..bcf1a00b06a 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
@@ -29,7 +29,8 @@ CONTENTS:
   3.1 Overview
   3.2 Synchronization
   3.3 Subsystem API
-4. Questions
+4. Extended attributes usage
+5. Questions
 
 1. Control Groups
 =================
@@ -62,9 +63,9 @@ an instance of the cgroup virtual filesystem associated with it.
 At any one time there may be multiple active hierarchies of task
 cgroups. Each hierarchy is a partition of all tasks in the system.
 
-User level code may create and destroy cgroups by name in an
+User-level code may create and destroy cgroups by name in an
 instance of the cgroup virtual file system, specify and query to
-which cgroup a task is assigned, and list the task pids assigned to
+which cgroup a task is assigned, and list the task PIDs assigned to
 a cgroup. Those creations and assignments only affect the hierarchy
 associated with that instance of the cgroup file system.
 
@@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ On their own, the only use for cgroups is for simple job
 tracking. The intention is that other subsystems hook into the generic
 cgroup support to provide new attributes for cgroups, such as
 accounting/limiting the resources which processes in a cgroup can
-access. For example, cpusets (see Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt) allows
+access. For example, cpusets (see Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt) allow
 you to associate a set of CPUs and a set of memory nodes with the
 tasks in each cgroup.
 
@@ -80,11 +81,11 @@ tasks in each cgroup.
 ----------------------------
 
 There are multiple efforts to provide process aggregations in the
-Linux kernel, mainly for resource tracking purposes. Such efforts
+Linux kernel, mainly for resource-tracking purposes. Such efforts
 include cpusets, CKRM/ResGroups, UserBeanCounters, and virtual server
 namespaces. These all require the basic notion of a
 grouping/partitioning of processes, with newly forked processes ending
-in the same group (cgroup) as their parent process.
+up in the same group (cgroup) as their parent process.
 
 The kernel cgroup patch provides the minimum essential kernel
 mechanisms required to efficiently implement such groups. It has
@@ -127,14 +128,14 @@ following lines:
                                / \
                Professors (15%)  students (5%)
 
-Browsers like Firefox/Lynx go into the WWW network class, while (k)nfsd go
-into NFS network class.
+Browsers like Firefox/Lynx go into the WWW network class, while (k)nfsd goes
+into the NFS network class.
 
 At the same time Firefox/Lynx will share an appropriate CPU/Memory class
 depending on who launched it (prof/student).
 
 With the ability to classify tasks differently for different resources
-(by putting those resource subsystems in different hierarchies) then
+(by putting those resource subsystems in different hierarchies),
 the admin can easily set up a script which receives exec notifications
 and depending on who is launching the browser he can
 
@@ -145,19 +146,19 @@ a separate cgroup for every browser launched and associate it with
 appropriate network and other resource class.  This may lead to
 proliferation of such cgroups.
 
-Also lets say that the administrator would like to give enhanced network
+Also let's say that the administrator would like to give enhanced network
 access temporarily to a student's browser (since it is night and the user
-wants to do online gaming :))  OR give one of the students simulation
-apps enhanced CPU power,
+wants to do online gaming :))  OR give one of the student's simulation
+apps enhanced CPU power.
 
-With ability to write pids directly to resource classes, it's just a
-matter of :
+With ability to write PIDs directly to resource classes, it's just a
+matter of:
 
        # echo pid > /sys/fs/cgroup/network/<new_class>/tasks
        (after some time)
        # echo pid > /sys/fs/cgroup/network/<orig_class>/tasks
 
-Without this ability, he would have to split the cgroup into
+Without this ability, the administrator would have to split the cgroup into
 multiple separate ones and then associate the new cgroups with the
 new resource classes.
 
@@ -184,20 +185,20 @@ Control Groups extends the kernel as follows:
    field of each task_struct using the css_set, anchored at
    css_set->tasks.
 
- - A cgroup hierarchy filesystem can be mounted  for browsing and
+ - A cgroup hierarchy filesystem can be mounted for browsing and
    manipulation from user space.
 
- - You can list all the tasks (by pid) attached to any cgroup.
+ - You can list all the tasks (by PID) attached to any cgroup.
 
 The implementation of cgroups requires a few, simple hooks
-into the rest of the kernel, none in performance critical paths:
+into the rest of the kernel, none in performance-critical paths:
 
  - in init/main.c, to initialize the root cgroups and initial
    css_set at system boot.
 
  - in fork and exit, to attach and detach a task from its css_set.
 
-In addition a new file system, of type "cgroup" may be mounted, to
+In addition, a new file system of type "cgroup" may be mounted, to
 enable browsing and modifying the cgroups presently known to the
 kernel.  When mounting a cgroup hierarchy, you may specify a
 comma-separated list of subsystems to mount as the filesystem mount
@@ -230,13 +231,13 @@ as the path relative to the root of the cgroup file system.
 Each cgroup is represented by a directory in the cgroup file system
 containing the following files describing that cgroup:
 
- - tasks: list of tasks (by pid) attached to that cgroup.  This list
-   is not guaranteed to be sorted.  Writing a thread id into this file
+ - tasks: list of tasks (by PID) attached to that cgroup.  This list
+   is not guaranteed to be sorted.  Writing a thread ID into this file
    moves the thread into this cgroup.
- - cgroup.procs: list of tgids in the cgroup.  This list is not
-   guaranteed to be sorted or free of duplicate tgids, and userspace
+ - cgroup.procs: list of thread group IDs in the cgroup.  This list is
+   not guaranteed to be sorted or free of duplicate TGIDs, and userspace
    should sort/uniquify the list if this property is required.
-   Writing a thread group id into this file moves all threads in that
+   Writing a thread group ID into this file moves all threads in that
    group into this cgroup.
  - notify_on_release flag: run the release agent on exit?
  - release_agent: the path to use for release notifications (this file
@@ -261,7 +262,7 @@ cgroup file system directories.
 
 When a task is moved from one cgroup to another, it gets a new
 css_set pointer - if there's an already existing css_set with the
-desired collection of cgroups then that group is reused, else a new
+desired collection of cgroups then that group is reused, otherwise a new
 css_set is allocated. The appropriate existing css_set is located by
 looking into a hash table.
 
@@ -292,17 +293,15 @@ file system) of the abandoned cgroup.  This enables automatic
 removal of abandoned cgroups.  The default value of
 notify_on_release in the root cgroup at system boot is disabled
 (0).  The default value of other cgroups at creation is the current
-value of their parents notify_on_release setting. The default value of
+value of their parents' notify_on_release settings. The default value of
 a cgroup hierarchy's release_agent path is empty.
 
 1.5 What does clone_children do ?
 ---------------------------------
 
-If the clone_children flag is enabled (1) in a cgroup, then all
-cgroups created beneath will call the post_clone callbacks for each
-subsystem of the newly created cgroup. Usually when this callback is
-implemented for a subsystem, it copies the values of the parent
-subsystem, this is the case for the cpuset.
+This flag only affects the cpuset controller. If the clone_children
+flag is enabled (1) in a cgroup, a new cpuset cgroup will copy its
+configuration from the parent during initialization.
 
 1.6 How do I use cgroups ?
 --------------------------
@@ -316,7 +315,7 @@ the "cpuset" cgroup subsystem, the steps are something like:
  4) Create the new cgroup by doing mkdir's and write's (or echo's) in
     the /sys/fs/cgroup virtual file system.
  5) Start a task that will be the "founding father" of the new job.
- 6) Attach that task to the new cgroup by writing its pid to the
+ 6) Attach that task to the new cgroup by writing its PID to the
     /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset/tasks file for that cgroup.
  7) fork, exec or clone the job tasks from this founding father task.
 
@@ -344,7 +343,7 @@ and then start a subshell 'sh' in that cgroup:
 2.1 Basic Usage
 ---------------
 
-Creating, modifying, using the cgroups can be done through the cgroup
+Creating, modifying, using cgroups can be done through the cgroup
 virtual filesystem.
 
 To mount a cgroup hierarchy with all available subsystems, type:
@@ -441,7 +440,7 @@ You can attach the current shell task by echoing 0:
 # echo 0 > tasks
 
 You can use the cgroup.procs file instead of the tasks file to move all
-threads in a threadgroup at once. Echoing the pid of any task in a
+threads in a threadgroup at once. Echoing the PID of any task in a
 threadgroup to cgroup.procs causes all tasks in that threadgroup to be
 be attached to the cgroup. Writing 0 to cgroup.procs moves all tasks
 in the writing task's threadgroup.
@@ -479,7 +478,7 @@ in /proc/mounts and /proc/<pid>/cgroups.
 There is mechanism which allows to get notifications about changing
 status of a cgroup.
 
-To register new notification handler you need:
+To register a new notification handler you need to:
  - create a file descriptor for event notification using eventfd(2);
  - open a control file to be monitored (e.g. memory.usage_in_bytes);
  - write "<event_fd> <control_fd> <args>" to cgroup.event_control.
@@ -488,7 +487,7 @@ To register new notification handler you need:
 eventfd will be woken up by control file implementation or when the
 cgroup is removed.
 
-To unregister notification handler just close eventfd.
+To unregister a notification handler just close eventfd.
 
 NOTE: Support of notifications should be implemented for the control
 file. See documentation for the subsystem.
@@ -502,7 +501,7 @@ file. See documentation for the subsystem.
 Each kernel subsystem that wants to hook into the generic cgroup
 system needs to create a cgroup_subsys object. This contains
 various methods, which are callbacks from the cgroup system, along
-with a subsystem id which will be assigned by the cgroup system.
+with a subsystem ID which will be assigned by the cgroup system.
 
 Other fields in the cgroup_subsys object include:
 
@@ -516,7 +515,7 @@ Other fields in the cgroup_subsys object include:
   at system boot.
 
 Each cgroup object created by the system has an array of pointers,
-indexed by subsystem id; this pointer is entirely managed by the
+indexed by subsystem ID; this pointer is entirely managed by the
 subsystem; the generic cgroup code will never touch this pointer.
 
 3.2 Synchronization
@@ -552,16 +551,16 @@ call to cgroup_unload_subsys(). It should also set its_subsys.module =
 THIS_MODULE in its .c file.
 
 Each subsystem may export the following methods. The only mandatory
-methods are create/destroy. Any others that are null are presumed to
+methods are css_alloc/free. Any others that are null are presumed to
 be successful no-ops.
 
-struct cgroup_subsys_state *create(struct cgroup *cgrp)
+struct cgroup_subsys_state *css_alloc(struct cgroup *cgrp)
 (cgroup_mutex held by caller)
 
-Called to create a subsystem state object for a cgroup. The
+Called to allocate a subsystem state object for a cgroup. The
 subsystem should allocate its subsystem state object for the passed
 cgroup, returning a pointer to the new object on success or a
-negative error code. On success, the subsystem pointer should point to
+ERR_PTR() value. On success, the subsystem pointer should point to
 a structure of type cgroup_subsys_state (typically embedded in a
 larger subsystem-specific object), which will be initialized by the
 cgroup system. Note that this will be called at initialization to
@@ -570,24 +569,33 @@ identified by the passed cgroup object having a NULL parent (since
 it's the root of the hierarchy) and may be an appropriate place for
 initialization code.
 
-void destroy(struct cgroup *cgrp)
+int css_online(struct cgroup *cgrp)
 (cgroup_mutex held by caller)
 
-The cgroup system is about to destroy the passed cgroup; the subsystem
-should do any necessary cleanup and free its subsystem state
-object. By the time this method is called, the cgroup has already been
-unlinked from the file system and from the child list of its parent;
-cgroup->parent is still valid. (Note - can also be called for a
-newly-created cgroup if an error occurs after this subsystem's
-create() method has been called for the new cgroup).
+Called after @cgrp successfully completed all allocations and made
+visible to cgroup_for_each_child/descendant_*() iterators. The
+subsystem may choose to fail creation by returning -errno. This
+callback can be used to implement reliable state sharing and
+propagation along the hierarchy. See the comment on
+cgroup_for_each_descendant_pre() for details.
 
-int pre_destroy(struct cgroup *cgrp);
+void css_offline(struct cgroup *cgrp);
 
-Called before checking the reference count on each subsystem. This may
-be useful for subsystems which have some extra references even if
-there are not tasks in the cgroup. If pre_destroy() returns error code,
-rmdir() will fail with it. From this behavior, pre_destroy() can be
-called multiple times against a cgroup.
+This is the counterpart of css_online() and called iff css_online()
+has succeeded on @cgrp. This signifies the beginning of the end of
+@cgrp. @cgrp is being removed and the subsystem should start dropping
+all references it's holding on @cgrp. When all references are dropped,
+cgroup removal will proceed to the next step - css_free(). After this
+callback, @cgrp should be considered dead to the subsystem.
+
+void css_free(struct cgroup *cgrp)
+(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
+
+The cgroup system is about to free @cgrp; the subsystem should free
+its subsystem state object. By the time this method is called, @cgrp
+is completely unused; @cgrp->parent is still valid. (Note - can also
+be called for a newly-created cgroup if an error occurs after this
+subsystem's create() method has been called for the new cgroup).
 
 int can_attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset)
 (cgroup_mutex held by caller)
@@ -634,14 +642,6 @@ void exit(struct task_struct *task)
 
 Called during task exit.
 
-void post_clone(struct cgroup *cgrp)
-(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
-
-Called during cgroup_create() to do any parameter
-initialization which might be required before a task could attach.  For
-example in cpusets, no task may attach before 'cpus' and 'mems' are set
-up.
-
 void bind(struct cgroup *root)
 (cgroup_mutex held by caller)
 
@@ -650,7 +650,26 @@ and root cgroup. Currently this will only involve movement between
 the default hierarchy (which never has sub-cgroups) and a hierarchy
 that is being created/destroyed (and hence has no sub-cgroups).
 
-4. Questions
+4. Extended attribute usage
+===========================
+
+cgroup filesystem supports certain types of extended attributes in its
+directories and files.  The current supported types are:
+	- Trusted (XATTR_TRUSTED)
+	- Security (XATTR_SECURITY)
+
+Both require CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability to set.
+
+Like in tmpfs, the extended attributes in cgroup filesystem are stored
+using kernel memory and it's advised to keep the usage at minimum.  This
+is the reason why user defined extended attributes are not supported, since
+any user can do it and there's no limit in the value size.
+
+The current known users for this feature are SELinux to limit cgroup usage
+in containers and systemd for assorted meta data like main PID in a cgroup
+(systemd creates a cgroup per service).
+
+5. Questions
 ============
 
 Q: what's up with this '/bin/echo' ?
@@ -660,5 +679,5 @@ A: bash's builtin 'echo' command does not check calls to write() against
 
 Q: When I attach processes, only the first of the line gets really attached !
 A: We can only return one error code per call to write(). So you should also
-   put only ONE pid.
+   put only ONE PID.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
index cefd3d8bbd1..12e01d432bf 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ and name space for cpusets, with a minimum of additional kernel code.
 The cpus and mems files in the root (top_cpuset) cpuset are
 read-only.  The cpus file automatically tracks the value of
 cpu_online_mask using a CPU hotplug notifier, and the mems file
-automatically tracks the value of node_states[N_HIGH_MEMORY]--i.e.,
+automatically tracks the value of node_states[N_MEMORY]--i.e.,
 nodes with memory--using the cpuset_track_online_nodes() hook.
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt
index 7e62de1e59f..c96a72cbb30 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/freezer-subsystem.txt
@@ -49,13 +49,49 @@ prevent the freeze/unfreeze cycle from becoming visible to the tasks
 being frozen. This allows the bash example above and gdb to run as
 expected.
 
-The freezer subsystem in the container filesystem defines a file named
-freezer.state. Writing "FROZEN" to the state file will freeze all tasks in the
-cgroup. Subsequently writing "THAWED" will unfreeze the tasks in the cgroup.
-Reading will return the current state.
+The cgroup freezer is hierarchical. Freezing a cgroup freezes all
+tasks beloning to the cgroup and all its descendant cgroups. Each
+cgroup has its own state (self-state) and the state inherited from the
+parent (parent-state). Iff both states are THAWED, the cgroup is
+THAWED.
 
-Note freezer.state doesn't exist in root cgroup, which means root cgroup
-is non-freezable.
+The following cgroupfs files are created by cgroup freezer.
+
+* freezer.state: Read-write.
+
+  When read, returns the effective state of the cgroup - "THAWED",
+  "FREEZING" or "FROZEN". This is the combined self and parent-states.
+  If any is freezing, the cgroup is freezing (FREEZING or FROZEN).
+
+  FREEZING cgroup transitions into FROZEN state when all tasks
+  belonging to the cgroup and its descendants become frozen. Note that
+  a cgroup reverts to FREEZING from FROZEN after a new task is added
+  to the cgroup or one of its descendant cgroups until the new task is
+  frozen.
+
+  When written, sets the self-state of the cgroup. Two values are
+  allowed - "FROZEN" and "THAWED". If FROZEN is written, the cgroup,
+  if not already freezing, enters FREEZING state along with all its
+  descendant cgroups.
+
+  If THAWED is written, the self-state of the cgroup is changed to
+  THAWED.  Note that the effective state may not change to THAWED if
+  the parent-state is still freezing. If a cgroup's effective state
+  becomes THAWED, all its descendants which are freezing because of
+  the cgroup also leave the freezing state.
+
+* freezer.self_freezing: Read only.
+
+  Shows the self-state. 0 if the self-state is THAWED; otherwise, 1.
+  This value is 1 iff the last write to freezer.state was "FROZEN".
+
+* freezer.parent_freezing: Read only.
+
+  Shows the parent-state.  0 if none of the cgroup's ancestors is
+  frozen; otherwise, 1.
+
+The root cgroup is non-freezable and the above interface files don't
+exist.
 
 * Examples of usage :
 
@@ -85,18 +121,3 @@ to unfreeze all tasks in the container :
 
 This is the basic mechanism which should do the right thing for user space task
 in a simple scenario.
-
-It's important to note that freezing can be incomplete. In that case we return
-EBUSY. This means that some tasks in the cgroup are busy doing something that
-prevents us from completely freezing the cgroup at this time. After EBUSY,
-the cgroup will remain partially frozen -- reflected by freezer.state reporting
-"FREEZING" when read. The state will remain "FREEZING" until one of these
-things happens:
-
-	1) Userspace cancels the freezing operation by writing "THAWED" to
-		the freezer.state file
-	2) Userspace retries the freezing operation by writing "FROZEN" to
-		the freezer.state file (writing "FREEZING" is not legal
-		and returns EINVAL)
-	3) The tasks that blocked the cgroup from entering the "FROZEN"
-		state disappear from the cgroup's set of tasks.
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
index 4372e6b8a35..8b8c28b9864 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ from the rest of the system. The article on LWN [12] mentions some probable
 uses of the memory controller. The memory controller can be used to
 
 a. Isolate an application or a group of applications
-   Memory hungry applications can be isolated and limited to a smaller
+   Memory-hungry applications can be isolated and limited to a smaller
    amount of memory.
-b. Create a cgroup with limited amount of memory, this can be used
+b. Create a cgroup with a limited amount of memory; this can be used
    as a good alternative to booting with mem=XXXX.
 c. Virtualization solutions can control the amount of memory they want
    to assign to a virtual machine instance.
 d. A CD/DVD burner could control the amount of memory used by the
    rest of the system to ensure that burning does not fail due to lack
    of available memory.
-e. There are several other use cases, find one or use the controller just
+e. There are several other use cases; find one or use the controller just
    for fun (to learn and hack on the VM subsystem).
 
 Current Status: linux-2.6.34-mmotm(development version of 2010/April)
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ Features:
  - optionally, memory+swap usage can be accounted and limited.
  - hierarchical accounting
  - soft limit
- - moving(recharging) account at moving a task is selectable.
+ - moving (recharging) account at moving a task is selectable.
  - usage threshold notifier
  - oom-killer disable knob and oom-notifier
  - Root cgroup has no limit controls.
 
- Kernel memory support is work in progress, and the current version provides
+ Kernel memory support is a work in progress, and the current version provides
  basically functionality. (See Section 2.7)
 
 Brief summary of control files.
@@ -71,6 +71,11 @@ Brief summary of control files.
  memory.oom_control		 # set/show oom controls.
  memory.numa_stat		 # show the number of memory usage per numa node
 
+ memory.kmem.limit_in_bytes      # set/show hard limit for kernel memory
+ memory.kmem.usage_in_bytes      # show current kernel memory allocation
+ memory.kmem.failcnt             # show the number of kernel memory usage hits limits
+ memory.kmem.max_usage_in_bytes  # show max kernel memory usage recorded
+
  memory.kmem.tcp.limit_in_bytes  # set/show hard limit for tcp buf memory
  memory.kmem.tcp.usage_in_bytes  # show current tcp buf memory allocation
  memory.kmem.tcp.failcnt            # show the number of tcp buf memory usage hits limits
@@ -144,9 +149,9 @@ Figure 1 shows the important aspects of the controller
 3. Each page has a pointer to the page_cgroup, which in turn knows the
    cgroup it belongs to
 
-The accounting is done as follows: mem_cgroup_charge() is invoked to setup
-the necessary data structures and check if the cgroup that is being charged
-is over its limit. If it is then reclaim is invoked on the cgroup.
+The accounting is done as follows: mem_cgroup_charge_common() is invoked to
+set up the necessary data structures and check if the cgroup that is being
+charged is over its limit. If it is, then reclaim is invoked on the cgroup.
 More details can be found in the reclaim section of this document.
 If everything goes well, a page meta-data-structure called page_cgroup is
 updated. page_cgroup has its own LRU on cgroup.
@@ -163,13 +168,13 @@ for earlier. A file page will be accounted for as Page Cache when it's
 inserted into inode (radix-tree). While it's mapped into the page tables of
 processes, duplicate accounting is carefully avoided.
 
-A RSS page is unaccounted when it's fully unmapped. A PageCache page is
+An RSS page is unaccounted when it's fully unmapped. A PageCache page is
 unaccounted when it's removed from radix-tree. Even if RSS pages are fully
 unmapped (by kswapd), they may exist as SwapCache in the system until they
-are really freed. Such SwapCaches also also accounted.
+are really freed. Such SwapCaches are also accounted.
 A swapped-in page is not accounted until it's mapped.
 
-Note: The kernel does swapin-readahead and read multiple swaps at once.
+Note: The kernel does swapin-readahead and reads multiple swaps at once.
 This means swapped-in pages may contain pages for other tasks than a task
 causing page fault. So, we avoid accounting at swap-in I/O.
 
@@ -209,7 +214,7 @@ memsw.limit_in_bytes.
 Example: Assume a system with 4G of swap. A task which allocates 6G of memory
 (by mistake) under 2G memory limitation will use all swap.
 In this case, setting memsw.limit_in_bytes=3G will prevent bad use of swap.
-By using memsw limit, you can avoid system OOM which can be caused by swap
+By using the memsw limit, you can avoid system OOM which can be caused by swap
 shortage.
 
 * why 'memory+swap' rather than swap.
@@ -217,7 +222,7 @@ The global LRU(kswapd) can swap out arbitrary pages. Swap-out means
 to move account from memory to swap...there is no change in usage of
 memory+swap. In other words, when we want to limit the usage of swap without
 affecting global LRU, memory+swap limit is better than just limiting swap from
-OS point of view.
+an OS point of view.
 
 * What happens when a cgroup hits memory.memsw.limit_in_bytes
 When a cgroup hits memory.memsw.limit_in_bytes, it's useless to do swap-out
@@ -236,7 +241,7 @@ an OOM routine is invoked to select and kill the bulkiest task in the
 cgroup. (See 10. OOM Control below.)
 
 The reclaim algorithm has not been modified for cgroups, except that
-pages that are selected for reclaiming come from the per cgroup LRU
+pages that are selected for reclaiming come from the per-cgroup LRU
 list.
 
 NOTE: Reclaim does not work for the root cgroup, since we cannot set any
@@ -268,20 +273,73 @@ the amount of kernel memory used by the system. Kernel memory is fundamentally
 different than user memory, since it can't be swapped out, which makes it
 possible to DoS the system by consuming too much of this precious resource.
 
+Kernel memory won't be accounted at all until limit on a group is set. This
+allows for existing setups to continue working without disruption.  The limit
+cannot be set if the cgroup have children, or if there are already tasks in the
+cgroup. Attempting to set the limit under those conditions will return -EBUSY.
+When use_hierarchy == 1 and a group is accounted, its children will
+automatically be accounted regardless of their limit value.
+
+After a group is first limited, it will be kept being accounted until it
+is removed. The memory limitation itself, can of course be removed by writing
+-1 to memory.kmem.limit_in_bytes. In this case, kmem will be accounted, but not
+limited.
+
 Kernel memory limits are not imposed for the root cgroup. Usage for the root
-cgroup may or may not be accounted.
+cgroup may or may not be accounted. The memory used is accumulated into
+memory.kmem.usage_in_bytes, or in a separate counter when it makes sense.
+(currently only for tcp).
+The main "kmem" counter is fed into the main counter, so kmem charges will
+also be visible from the user counter.
 
 Currently no soft limit is implemented for kernel memory. It is future work
 to trigger slab reclaim when those limits are reached.
 
 2.7.1 Current Kernel Memory resources accounted
 
+* stack pages: every process consumes some stack pages. By accounting into
+kernel memory, we prevent new processes from being created when the kernel
+memory usage is too high.
+
+* slab pages: pages allocated by the SLAB or SLUB allocator are tracked. A copy
+of each kmem_cache is created everytime the cache is touched by the first time
+from inside the memcg. The creation is done lazily, so some objects can still be
+skipped while the cache is being created. All objects in a slab page should
+belong to the same memcg. This only fails to hold when a task is migrated to a
+different memcg during the page allocation by the cache.
+
 * sockets memory pressure: some sockets protocols have memory pressure
 thresholds. The Memory Controller allows them to be controlled individually
 per cgroup, instead of globally.
 
 * tcp memory pressure: sockets memory pressure for the tcp protocol.
 
+2.7.3 Common use cases
+
+Because the "kmem" counter is fed to the main user counter, kernel memory can
+never be limited completely independently of user memory. Say "U" is the user
+limit, and "K" the kernel limit. There are three possible ways limits can be
+set:
+
+    U != 0, K = unlimited:
+    This is the standard memcg limitation mechanism already present before kmem
+    accounting. Kernel memory is completely ignored.
+
+    U != 0, K < U:
+    Kernel memory is a subset of the user memory. This setup is useful in
+    deployments where the total amount of memory per-cgroup is overcommited.
+    Overcommiting kernel memory limits is definitely not recommended, since the
+    box can still run out of non-reclaimable memory.
+    In this case, the admin could set up K so that the sum of all groups is
+    never greater than the total memory, and freely set U at the cost of his
+    QoS.
+
+    U != 0, K >= U:
+    Since kmem charges will also be fed to the user counter and reclaim will be
+    triggered for the cgroup for both kinds of memory. This setup gives the
+    admin a unified view of memory, and it is also useful for people who just
+    want to track kernel memory usage.
+
 3. User Interface
 
 0. Configuration
@@ -290,6 +348,7 @@ a. Enable CONFIG_CGROUPS
 b. Enable CONFIG_RESOURCE_COUNTERS
 c. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG
 d. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG_SWAP (to use swap extension)
+d. Enable CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM (to use kmem extension)
 
 1. Prepare the cgroups (see cgroups.txt, Why are cgroups needed?)
 # mount -t tmpfs none /sys/fs/cgroup
@@ -316,7 +375,7 @@ We can check the usage:
 # cat /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/0/memory.usage_in_bytes
 1216512
 
-A successful write to this file does not guarantee a successful set of
+A successful write to this file does not guarantee a successful setting of
 this limit to the value written into the file. This can be due to a
 number of factors, such as rounding up to page boundaries or the total
 availability of memory on the system. The user is required to re-read
@@ -350,7 +409,7 @@ Trying usual test under memory controller is always helpful.
 4.1 Troubleshooting
 
 Sometimes a user might find that the application under a cgroup is
-terminated by OOM killer. There are several causes for this:
+terminated by the OOM killer. There are several causes for this:
 
 1. The cgroup limit is too low (just too low to do anything useful)
 2. The user is using anonymous memory and swap is turned off or too low
@@ -358,7 +417,7 @@ terminated by OOM killer. There are several causes for this:
 A sync followed by echo 1 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches will help get rid of
 some of the pages cached in the cgroup (page cache pages).
 
-To know what happens, disable OOM_Kill by 10. OOM Control(see below) and
+To know what happens, disabling OOM_Kill as per "10. OOM Control" (below) and
 seeing what happens will be helpful.
 
 4.2 Task migration
@@ -399,13 +458,18 @@ About use_hierarchy, see Section 6.
 
   Almost all pages tracked by this memory cgroup will be unmapped and freed.
   Some pages cannot be freed because they are locked or in-use. Such pages are
-  moved to parent(if use_hierarchy==1) or root (if use_hierarchy==0) and this
+  moved to parent (if use_hierarchy==1) or root (if use_hierarchy==0) and this
   cgroup will be empty.
 
-  Typical use case of this interface is that calling this before rmdir().
+  The typical use case for this interface is before calling rmdir().
   Because rmdir() moves all pages to parent, some out-of-use page caches can be
   moved to the parent. If you want to avoid that, force_empty will be useful.
 
+  Also, note that when memory.kmem.limit_in_bytes is set the charges due to
+  kernel pages will still be seen. This is not considered a failure and the
+  write will still return success. In this case, it is expected that
+  memory.kmem.usage_in_bytes == memory.usage_in_bytes.
+
   About use_hierarchy, see Section 6.
 
 5.2 stat file
@@ -466,6 +530,10 @@ Note:
 5.3 swappiness
 
 Similar to /proc/sys/vm/swappiness, but affecting a hierarchy of groups only.
+Please note that unlike the global swappiness, memcg knob set to 0
+really prevents from any swapping even if there is a swap storage
+available. This might lead to memcg OOM killer if there are no file
+pages to reclaim.
 
 Following cgroups' swappiness can't be changed.
 - root cgroup (uses /proc/sys/vm/swappiness).
@@ -486,7 +554,7 @@ You can reset failcnt by writing 0 to failcnt file.
 
 For efficiency, as other kernel components, memory cgroup uses some optimization
 to avoid unnecessary cacheline false sharing. usage_in_bytes is affected by the
-method and doesn't show 'exact' value of memory(and swap) usage, it's an fuzz
+method and doesn't show 'exact' value of memory (and swap) usage, it's a fuzz
 value for efficient access. (Of course, when necessary, it's synchronized.)
 If you want to know more exact memory usage, you should use RSS+CACHE(+SWAP)
 value in memory.stat(see 5.2).
@@ -496,8 +564,8 @@ value in memory.stat(see 5.2).
 This is similar to numa_maps but operates on a per-memcg basis.  This is
 useful for providing visibility into the numa locality information within
 an memcg since the pages are allowed to be allocated from any physical
-node.  One of the usecases is evaluating application performance by
-combining this information with the application's cpu allocation.
+node.  One of the use cases is evaluating application performance by
+combining this information with the application's CPU allocation.
 
 We export "total", "file", "anon" and "unevictable" pages per-node for
 each memcg.  The ouput format of memory.numa_stat is:
@@ -561,10 +629,10 @@ are pushed back to their soft limits. If the soft limit of each control
 group is very high, they are pushed back as much as possible to make
 sure that one control group does not starve the others of memory.
 
-Please note that soft limits is a best effort feature, it comes with
+Please note that soft limits is a best-effort feature; it comes with
 no guarantees, but it does its best to make sure that when memory is
 heavily contended for, memory is allocated based on the soft limit
-hints/setup. Currently soft limit based reclaim is setup such that
+hints/setup. Currently soft limit based reclaim is set up such that
 it gets invoked from balance_pgdat (kswapd).
 
 7.1 Interface
@@ -592,7 +660,7 @@ page tables.
 
 8.1 Interface
 
-This feature is disabled by default. It can be enabled(and disabled again) by
+This feature is disabled by default. It can be enabledi (and disabled again) by
 writing to memory.move_charge_at_immigrate of the destination cgroup.
 
 If you want to enable it:
@@ -601,8 +669,8 @@ If you want to enable it:
 
 Note: Each bits of move_charge_at_immigrate has its own meaning about what type
       of charges should be moved. See 8.2 for details.
-Note: Charges are moved only when you move mm->owner, IOW, a leader of a thread
-      group.
+Note: Charges are moved only when you move mm->owner, in other words,
+      a leader of a thread group.
 Note: If we cannot find enough space for the task in the destination cgroup, we
       try to make space by reclaiming memory. Task migration may fail if we
       cannot make enough space.
@@ -612,25 +680,25 @@ And if you want disable it again:
 
 # echo 0 > memory.move_charge_at_immigrate
 
-8.2 Type of charges which can be move
+8.2 Type of charges which can be moved
 
-Each bits of move_charge_at_immigrate has its own meaning about what type of
-charges should be moved. But in any cases, it must be noted that an account of
-a page or a swap can be moved only when it is charged to the task's current(old)
-memory cgroup.
+Each bit in move_charge_at_immigrate has its own meaning about what type of
+charges should be moved. But in any case, it must be noted that an account of
+a page or a swap can be moved only when it is charged to the task's current
+(old) memory cgroup.
 
   bit | what type of charges would be moved ?
  -----+------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   0  | A charge of an anonymous page(or swap of it) used by the target task.
-      | You must enable Swap Extension(see 2.4) to enable move of swap charges.
+   0  | A charge of an anonymous page (or swap of it) used by the target task.
+      | You must enable Swap Extension (see 2.4) to enable move of swap charges.
  -----+------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   1  | A charge of file pages(normal file, tmpfs file(e.g. ipc shared memory)
+   1  | A charge of file pages (normal file, tmpfs file (e.g. ipc shared memory)
       | and swaps of tmpfs file) mmapped by the target task. Unlike the case of
-      | anonymous pages, file pages(and swaps) in the range mmapped by the task
+      | anonymous pages, file pages (and swaps) in the range mmapped by the task
       | will be moved even if the task hasn't done page fault, i.e. they might
       | not be the task's "RSS", but other task's "RSS" that maps the same file.
-      | And mapcount of the page is ignored(the page can be moved even if
-      | page_mapcount(page) > 1). You must enable Swap Extension(see 2.4) to
+      | And mapcount of the page is ignored (the page can be moved even if
+      | page_mapcount(page) > 1). You must enable Swap Extension (see 2.4) to
       | enable move of swap charges.
 
 8.3 TODO
@@ -640,11 +708,11 @@ memory cgroup.
 
 9. Memory thresholds
 
-Memory cgroup implements memory thresholds using cgroups notification
+Memory cgroup implements memory thresholds using the cgroups notification
 API (see cgroups.txt). It allows to register multiple memory and memsw
 thresholds and gets notifications when it crosses.
 
-To register a threshold application need:
+To register a threshold, an application must:
 - create an eventfd using eventfd(2);
 - open memory.usage_in_bytes or memory.memsw.usage_in_bytes;
 - write string like "<event_fd> <fd of memory.usage_in_bytes> <threshold>" to
@@ -659,24 +727,24 @@ It's applicable for root and non-root cgroup.
 
 memory.oom_control file is for OOM notification and other controls.
 
-Memory cgroup implements OOM notifier using cgroup notification
+Memory cgroup implements OOM notifier using the cgroup notification
 API (See cgroups.txt). It allows to register multiple OOM notification
 delivery and gets notification when OOM happens.
 
-To register a notifier, application need:
+To register a notifier, an application must:
  - create an eventfd using eventfd(2)
  - open memory.oom_control file
  - write string like "<event_fd> <fd of memory.oom_control>" to
    cgroup.event_control
 
-Application will be notified through eventfd when OOM happens.
-OOM notification doesn't work for root cgroup.
+The application will be notified through eventfd when OOM happens.
+OOM notification doesn't work for the root cgroup.
 
-You can disable OOM-killer by writing "1" to memory.oom_control file, as:
+You can disable the OOM-killer by writing "1" to memory.oom_control file, as:
 
 	#echo 1 > memory.oom_control
 
-This operation is only allowed to the top cgroup of sub-hierarchy.
+This operation is only allowed to the top cgroup of a sub-hierarchy.
 If OOM-killer is disabled, tasks under cgroup will hang/sleep
 in memory cgroup's OOM-waitqueue when they request accountable memory.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/net_prio.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/net_prio.txt
index 01b32263559..a82cbd28ea8 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/net_prio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/net_prio.txt
@@ -51,3 +51,5 @@ One usage for the net_prio cgroup is with mqprio qdisc allowing application
 traffic to be steered to hardware/driver based traffic classes. These mappings
 can then be managed by administrators or other networking protocols such as
 DCBX.
+
+A new net_prio cgroup inherits the parent's configuration.
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
index 0c4a344e78f..c4d99ed0b41 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt
@@ -83,16 +83,17 @@ to work with it.
 	res_counter->lock internally (it must be called with res_counter->lock
 	held). The force parameter indicates whether we can bypass the limit.
 
- e. void res_counter_uncharge[_locked]
+ e. u64 res_counter_uncharge[_locked]
 			(struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val)
 
 	When a resource is released (freed) it should be de-accounted
 	from the resource counter it was accounted to.  This is called
-	"uncharging".
+	"uncharging". The return value of this function indicate the amount
+	of charges still present in the counter.
 
 	The _locked routines imply that the res_counter->lock is taken.
 
- f. void res_counter_uncharge_until
+ f. u64 res_counter_uncharge_until
 		(struct res_counter *rc, struct res_counter *top,
 		 unsinged long val)
 
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9b4edfcf486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+Processor boosting control
+
+	- information for users -
+
+Quick guide for the impatient:
+--------------------
+/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost
+controls the boost setting for the whole system. You can read and write
+that file with either "0" (boosting disabled) or "1" (boosting allowed).
+Reading or writing 1 does not mean that the system is boosting at this
+very moment, but only that the CPU _may_ raise the frequency at it's
+discretion.
+--------------------
+
+Introduction
+-------------
+Some CPUs support a functionality to raise the operating frequency of
+some cores in a multi-core package if certain conditions apply, mostly
+if the whole chip is not fully utilized and below it's intended thermal
+budget. This is done without operating system control by a combination
+of hardware and firmware.
+On Intel CPUs this is called "Turbo Boost", AMD calls it "Turbo-Core",
+in technical documentation "Core performance boost". In Linux we use
+the term "boost" for convenience.
+
+Rationale for disable switch
+----------------------------
+
+Though the idea is to just give better performance without any user
+intervention, sometimes the need arises to disable this functionality.
+Most systems offer a switch in the (BIOS) firmware to disable the
+functionality at all, but a more fine-grained and dynamic control would
+be desirable:
+1. While running benchmarks, reproducible results are important. Since
+   the boosting functionality depends on the load of the whole package,
+   single thread performance can vary. By explicitly disabling the boost
+   functionality at least for the benchmark's run-time the system will run
+   at a fixed frequency and results are reproducible again.
+2. To examine the impact of the boosting functionality it is helpful
+   to do tests with and without boosting.
+3. Boosting means overclocking the processor, though under controlled
+   conditions. By raising the frequency and the voltage the processor
+   will consume more power than without the boosting, which may be
+   undesirable for instance for mobile users. Disabling boosting may
+   save power here, though this depends on the workload.
+
+
+User controlled switch
+----------------------
+
+To allow the user to toggle the boosting functionality, the acpi-cpufreq
+driver exports a sysfs knob to disable it. There is a file:
+/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost
+which can either read "0" (boosting disabled) or "1" (boosting enabled).
+Reading the file is always supported, even if the processor does not
+support boosting. In this case the file will be read-only and always
+reads as "0". Explicitly changing the permissions and writing to that
+file anyway will return EINVAL.
+
+On supported CPUs one can write either a "0" or a "1" into this file.
+This will either disable the boost functionality on all cores in the
+whole system (0) or will allow the hardware to boost at will (1).
+
+Writing a "1" does not explicitly boost the system, but just allows the
+CPU (and the firmware) to boost at their discretion. Some implementations
+take external factors like the chip's temperature into account, so
+boosting once does not necessarily mean that it will occur every time
+even using the exact same software setup.
+
+
+AMD legacy cpb switch
+---------------------
+The AMD powernow-k8 driver used to support a very similar switch to
+disable or enable the "Core Performance Boost" feature of some AMD CPUs.
+This switch was instantiated in each CPU's cpufreq directory
+(/sys/devices/system/cpu[0-9]*/cpufreq) and was called "cpb".
+Though the per CPU existence hints at a more fine grained control, the
+actual implementation only supported a system-global switch semantics,
+which was simply reflected into each CPU's file. Writing a 0 or 1 into it
+would pull the other CPUs to the same state.
+For compatibility reasons this file and its behavior is still supported
+on AMD CPUs, though it is now protected by a config switch
+(X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ_CPB). On Intel CPUs this file will never be created,
+even with the config option set.
+This functionality is considered legacy and will be removed in some future
+kernel version.
+
+More fine grained boosting control
+----------------------------------
+
+Technically it is possible to switch the boosting functionality at least
+on a per package basis, for some CPUs even per core. Currently the driver
+does not support it, but this may be implemented in the future.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
index 66ef8f35613..9f401350f50 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
@@ -207,6 +207,30 @@ by making it not-removable.
 
 In such cases you will also notice that the online file is missing under cpu0.
 
+Q: Is CPU0 removable on X86?
+A: Yes. If kernel is compiled with CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HOTPLUG_CPU0=y, CPU0 is
+removable by default. Otherwise, CPU0 is also removable by kernel option
+cpu0_hotplug.
+
+But some features depend on CPU0. Two known dependencies are:
+
+1. Resume from hibernate/suspend depends on CPU0. Hibernate/suspend will fail if
+CPU0 is offline and you need to online CPU0 before hibernate/suspend can
+continue.
+2. PIC interrupts also depend on CPU0. CPU0 can't be removed if a PIC interrupt
+is detected.
+
+It's said poweroff/reboot may depend on CPU0 on some machines although I haven't
+seen any poweroff/reboot failure so far after CPU0 is offline on a few tested
+machines.
+
+Please let me know if you know or see any other dependencies of CPU0.
+
+If the dependencies are under your control, you can turn on CPU0 hotplug feature
+either by CONFIG_BOOTPARAM_HOTPLUG_CPU0 or by kernel parameter cpu0_hotplug.
+
+--Fenghua Yu <fenghua.yu@intel.com>
+
 Q: How do i find out if a particular CPU is not removable?
 A: Depending on the implementation, some architectures may show this by the
 absence of the "online" file. This is done if it can be determined ahead of
diff --git a/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt
index 9d28a3406e7..b6f44f490ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt
@@ -76,9 +76,17 @@ total 0
 
 
 * desc : Small description about the idle state (string)
-* disable : Option to disable this idle state (bool)
+* disable : Option to disable this idle state (bool) -> see note below
 * latency : Latency to exit out of this idle state (in microseconds)
 * name : Name of the idle state (string)
 * power : Power consumed while in this idle state (in milliwatts)
 * time : Total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds)
 * usage : Number of times this state was entered (count)
+
+Note:
+The behavior and the effect of the disable variable depends on the
+implementation of a particular governor. In the ladder governor, for
+example, it is not coherent, i.e. if one is disabling a light state,
+then all deeper states are disabled as well, but the disable variable
+does not reflect it. Likewise, if one enables a deep state but a lighter
+state still is disabled, then this has no effect.
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7675904a74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+		=============================================
+		ASYMMETRIC / PUBLIC-KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY KEY TYPE
+		=============================================
+
+Contents:
+
+  - Overview.
+  - Key identification.
+  - Accessing asymmetric keys.
+    - Signature verification.
+  - Asymmetric key subtypes.
+  - Instantiation data parsers.
+
+
+========
+OVERVIEW
+========
+
+The "asymmetric" key type is designed to be a container for the keys used in
+public-key cryptography, without imposing any particular restrictions on the
+form or mechanism of the cryptography or form of the key.
+
+The asymmetric key is given a subtype that defines what sort of data is
+associated with the key and provides operations to describe and destroy it.
+However, no requirement is made that the key data actually be stored in the
+key.
+
+A completely in-kernel key retention and operation subtype can be defined, but
+it would also be possible to provide access to cryptographic hardware (such as
+a TPM) that might be used to both retain the relevant key and perform
+operations using that key.  In such a case, the asymmetric key would then
+merely be an interface to the TPM driver.
+
+Also provided is the concept of a data parser.  Data parsers are responsible
+for extracting information from the blobs of data passed to the instantiation
+function.  The first data parser that recognises the blob gets to set the
+subtype of the key and define the operations that can be done on that key.
+
+A data parser may interpret the data blob as containing the bits representing a
+key, or it may interpret it as a reference to a key held somewhere else in the
+system (for example, a TPM).
+
+
+==================
+KEY IDENTIFICATION
+==================
+
+If a key is added with an empty name, the instantiation data parsers are given
+the opportunity to pre-parse a key and to determine the description the key
+should be given from the content of the key.
+
+This can then be used to refer to the key, either by complete match or by
+partial match.  The key type may also use other criteria to refer to a key.
+
+The asymmetric key type's match function can then perform a wider range of
+comparisons than just the straightforward comparison of the description with
+the criterion string:
+
+ (1) If the criterion string is of the form "id:<hexdigits>" then the match
+     function will examine a key's fingerprint to see if the hex digits given
+     after the "id:" match the tail.  For instance:
+
+	keyctl search @s asymmetric id:5acc2142
+
+     will match a key with fingerprint:
+
+	1A00 2040 7601 7889 DE11  882C 3823 04AD 5ACC 2142
+
+ (2) If the criterion string is of the form "<subtype>:<hexdigits>" then the
+     match will match the ID as in (1), but with the added restriction that
+     only keys of the specified subtype (e.g. tpm) will be matched.  For
+     instance:
+
+	keyctl search @s asymmetric tpm:5acc2142
+
+Looking in /proc/keys, the last 8 hex digits of the key fingerprint are
+displayed, along with the subtype:
+
+	1a39e171 I-----     1 perm 3f010000     0     0 asymmetri modsign.0: DSA 5acc2142 []
+
+
+=========================
+ACCESSING ASYMMETRIC KEYS
+=========================
+
+For general access to asymmetric keys from within the kernel, the following
+inclusion is required:
+
+	#include <crypto/public_key.h>
+
+This gives access to functions for dealing with asymmetric / public keys.
+Three enums are defined there for representing public-key cryptography
+algorithms:
+
+	enum pkey_algo
+
+digest algorithms used by those:
+
+	enum pkey_hash_algo
+
+and key identifier representations:
+
+	enum pkey_id_type
+
+Note that the key type representation types are required because key
+identifiers from different standards aren't necessarily compatible.  For
+instance, PGP generates key identifiers by hashing the key data plus some
+PGP-specific metadata, whereas X.509 has arbitrary certificate identifiers.
+
+The operations defined upon a key are:
+
+ (1) Signature verification.
+
+Other operations are possible (such as encryption) with the same key data
+required for verification, but not currently supported, and others
+(eg. decryption and signature generation) require extra key data.
+
+
+SIGNATURE VERIFICATION
+----------------------
+
+An operation is provided to perform cryptographic signature verification, using
+an asymmetric key to provide or to provide access to the public key.
+
+	int verify_signature(const struct key *key,
+			     const struct public_key_signature *sig);
+
+The caller must have already obtained the key from some source and can then use
+it to check the signature.  The caller must have parsed the signature and
+transferred the relevant bits to the structure pointed to by sig.
+
+	struct public_key_signature {
+		u8 *digest;
+		u8 digest_size;
+		enum pkey_hash_algo pkey_hash_algo : 8;
+		u8 nr_mpi;
+		union {
+			MPI mpi[2];
+			...
+		};
+	};
+
+The algorithm used must be noted in sig->pkey_hash_algo, and all the MPIs that
+make up the actual signature must be stored in sig->mpi[] and the count of MPIs
+placed in sig->nr_mpi.
+
+In addition, the data must have been digested by the caller and the resulting
+hash must be pointed to by sig->digest and the size of the hash be placed in
+sig->digest_size.
+
+The function will return 0 upon success or -EKEYREJECTED if the signature
+doesn't match.
+
+The function may also return -ENOTSUPP if an unsupported public-key algorithm
+or public-key/hash algorithm combination is specified or the key doesn't
+support the operation; -EBADMSG or -ERANGE if some of the parameters have weird
+data; or -ENOMEM if an allocation can't be performed.  -EINVAL can be returned
+if the key argument is the wrong type or is incompletely set up.
+
+
+=======================
+ASYMMETRIC KEY SUBTYPES
+=======================
+
+Asymmetric keys have a subtype that defines the set of operations that can be
+performed on that key and that determines what data is attached as the key
+payload.  The payload format is entirely at the whim of the subtype.
+
+The subtype is selected by the key data parser and the parser must initialise
+the data required for it.  The asymmetric key retains a reference on the
+subtype module.
+
+The subtype definition structure can be found in:
+
+	#include <keys/asymmetric-subtype.h>
+
+and looks like the following:
+
+	struct asymmetric_key_subtype {
+		struct module		*owner;
+		const char		*name;
+
+		void (*describe)(const struct key *key, struct seq_file *m);
+		void (*destroy)(void *payload);
+		int (*verify_signature)(const struct key *key,
+					const struct public_key_signature *sig);
+	};
+
+Asymmetric keys point to this with their type_data[0] member.
+
+The owner and name fields should be set to the owning module and the name of
+the subtype.  Currently, the name is only used for print statements.
+
+There are a number of operations defined by the subtype:
+
+ (1) describe().
+
+     Mandatory.  This allows the subtype to display something in /proc/keys
+     against the key.  For instance the name of the public key algorithm type
+     could be displayed.  The key type will display the tail of the key
+     identity string after this.
+
+ (2) destroy().
+
+     Mandatory.  This should free the memory associated with the key.  The
+     asymmetric key will look after freeing the fingerprint and releasing the
+     reference on the subtype module.
+
+ (3) verify_signature().
+
+     Optional.  These are the entry points for the key usage operations.
+     Currently there is only the one defined.  If not set, the caller will be
+     given -ENOTSUPP.  The subtype may do anything it likes to implement an
+     operation, including offloading to hardware.
+
+
+==========================
+INSTANTIATION DATA PARSERS
+==========================
+
+The asymmetric key type doesn't generally want to store or to deal with a raw
+blob of data that holds the key data.  It would have to parse it and error
+check it each time it wanted to use it.  Further, the contents of the blob may
+have various checks that can be performed on it (eg. self-signatures, validity
+dates) and may contain useful data about the key (identifiers, capabilities).
+
+Also, the blob may represent a pointer to some hardware containing the key
+rather than the key itself.
+
+Examples of blob formats for which parsers could be implemented include:
+
+ - OpenPGP packet stream [RFC 4880].
+ - X.509 ASN.1 stream.
+ - Pointer to TPM key.
+ - Pointer to UEFI key.
+
+During key instantiation each parser in the list is tried until one doesn't
+return -EBADMSG.
+
+The parser definition structure can be found in:
+
+	#include <keys/asymmetric-parser.h>
+
+and looks like the following:
+
+	struct asymmetric_key_parser {
+		struct module	*owner;
+		const char	*name;
+
+		int (*parse)(struct key_preparsed_payload *prep);
+	};
+
+The owner and name fields should be set to the owning module and the name of
+the parser.
+
+There is currently only a single operation defined by the parser, and it is
+mandatory:
+
+ (1) parse().
+
+     This is called to preparse the key from the key creation and update paths.
+     In particular, it is called during the key creation _before_ a key is
+     allocated, and as such, is permitted to provide the key's description in
+     the case that the caller declines to do so.
+
+     The caller passes a pointer to the following struct with all of the fields
+     cleared, except for data, datalen and quotalen [see
+     Documentation/security/keys.txt].
+
+	struct key_preparsed_payload {
+		char		*description;
+		void		*type_data[2];
+		void		*payload;
+		const void	*data;
+		size_t		datalen;
+		size_t		quotalen;
+	};
+
+     The instantiation data is in a blob pointed to by data and is datalen in
+     size.  The parse() function is not permitted to change these two values at
+     all, and shouldn't change any of the other values _unless_ they are
+     recognise the blob format and will not return -EBADMSG to indicate it is
+     not theirs.
+
+     If the parser is happy with the blob, it should propose a description for
+     the key and attach it to ->description, ->type_data[0] should be set to
+     point to the subtype to be used, ->payload should be set to point to the
+     initialised data for that subtype, ->type_data[1] should point to a hex
+     fingerprint and quotalen should be updated to indicate how much quota this
+     key should account for.
+
+     When clearing up, the data attached to ->type_data[1] and ->description
+     will be kfree()'d and the data attached to ->payload will be passed to the
+     subtype's ->destroy() method to be disposed of.  A module reference for
+     the subtype pointed to by ->type_data[0] will be put.
+
+
+     If the data format is not recognised, -EBADMSG should be returned.  If it
+     is recognised, but the key cannot for some reason be set up, some other
+     negative error code should be returned.  On success, 0 should be returned.
+
+     The key's fingerprint string may be partially matched upon.  For a
+     public-key algorithm such as RSA and DSA this will likely be a printable
+     hex version of the key's fingerprint.
+
+Functions are provided to register and unregister parsers:
+
+	int register_asymmetric_key_parser(struct asymmetric_key_parser *parser);
+	void unregister_asymmetric_key_parser(struct asymmetric_key_parser *subtype);
+
+Parsers may not have the same name.  The names are otherwise only used for
+displaying in debugging messages.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
index 1c184495716..728c38c242d 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
@@ -132,3 +132,12 @@ Here we can see the RAID type is raid4, there are 5 devices - all of
 which are 'A'live, and the array is 2/490221568 complete with recovery.
 Faulty or missing devices are marked 'D'.  Devices that are out-of-sync
 are marked 'a'.
+
+
+Version History
+---------------
+1.0.0	Initial version.  Support for RAID 4/5/6
+1.1.0	Added support for RAID 1
+1.2.0	Handle creation of arrays that contain failed devices.
+1.3.0	Added support for RAID 10
+1.3.1	Allow device replacement/rebuild for RAID 10
diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt
index b6251cca926..08f01e79c41 100644
--- a/Documentation/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devices.txt
@@ -2561,9 +2561,6 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
 		192 = /dev/usb/yurex1	First USB Yurex device
 		   ...
 		209 = /dev/usb/yurex16	16th USB Yurex device
-		240 = /dev/usb/dabusb0	First daubusb device
-		    ...
-		243 = /dev/usb/dabusb3	Fourth dabusb device
 
 180 block	USB block devices
 		  0 = /dev/uba		First USB block device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-reset.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ecdb57d69db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-reset.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Altera SOCFPGA Reset Manager
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "altr,rst-mgr"
+- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+
+Example:
+	 rstmgr@ffd05000 {
+		compatible = "altr,rst-mgr";
+		reg = <0xffd05000 0x1000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..07c65e3cdcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Altera SOCFPGA System Manager
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "altr,sys-mgr"
+- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+
+Example:
+	 sysmgr@ffd08000 {
+		compatible = "altr,sys-mgr";
+		reg = <0xffd08000 0x1000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
index 91f26148af7..db5858e32d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
@@ -1,3 +1,19 @@
+ARM Integrator/AP (Application Platform) and Integrator/CP (Compact Platform)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ARM's oldest Linux-supported platform with connectors for different core
+tiles of ARMv4, ARMv5 and ARMv6 type.
+
+Required properties (in root node):
+	compatible = "arm,integrator-ap";  /* Application Platform */
+	compatible = "arm,integrator-cp";  /* Compact Platform */
+
+FPGA type interrupt controllers, see the versatile-fpga-irq binding doc.
+
+In the root node the Integrator/CP must have a /cpcon node pointing
+to the CP control registers, and the Integrator/AP must have a
+/syscon node pointing to the Integrator/AP system controller.
+
+
 ARM Versatile Application and Platform Baseboards
 -------------------------------------------------
 ARM's development hardware platform with connectors for customizable
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-mpic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-mpic.txt
index 70c0dc5f00e..61df564c0d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-mpic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-mpic.txt
@@ -6,9 +6,15 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
 - #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. Should be 1.
   The cell is the IRQ number
+
 - reg: Should contain PMIC registers location and length. First pair
   for the main interrupt registers, second pair for the per-CPU
-  interrupt registers
+  interrupt registers. For this last pair, to be compliant with SMP
+  support, the "virtual" must be use (For the record, these registers
+  automatically map to the interrupt controller registers of the
+  current CPU)
+
+
 
 Example:
 
@@ -18,6 +24,6 @@ Example:
               #address-cells = <1>;
               #size-cells = <1>;
               interrupt-controller;
-              reg = <0xd0020000 0x1000>,
-                    <0xd0021000 0x1000>;
+              reg = <0xd0020a00 0x1d0>,
+                    <0xd0021070 0x58>;
         };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..926b4d6aae7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Power Management Service Unit(PMSU)
+-----------------------------------
+Available on Marvell SOCs: Armada 370 and Armada XP
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "marvell,armada-370-xp-pmsu"
+
+- reg: Should contain PMSU registers location and length. First pair
+  for the per-CPU SW Reset Control registers, second pair for the
+  Power Management Service Unit.
+
+Example:
+
+armada-370-xp-pmsu@d0022000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,armada-370-xp-pmsu";
+	reg = <0xd0022100 0x430>,
+	      <0xd0020800 0x20>;
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-timer.txt
index 8b6ea2267c9..64830118b01 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-timer.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be "marvell,armada-370-xp-timer"
 - interrupts: Should contain the list of Global Timer interrupts
 - reg: Should contain the base address of the Global Timer registers
+- clocks: clock driving the timer hardware
 
 Optional properties:
 - marvell,timer-25Mhz: Tells whether the Global timer supports the 25
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
index ecc81e36871..1196290082d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
@@ -7,8 +7,14 @@ PIT Timer required properties:
 - interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the PIT which is the IRQ line
   shared across all System Controller members.
 
+System Timer (ST) required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the ST which is the IRQ line
+  shared across all System Controller members.
+
 TC/TCLIB Timer required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-pit".
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-tcb".
   <chip> can be "at91rm9200" or "at91sam9x5"
 - reg: Should contain registers location and length
 - interrupts: Should contain all interrupts for the TC block
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fb7b5cd2652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Broadcom BCM11351 device tree bindings
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with the bcm281xx SoC family (which includes bcm11130, bcm11140,
+bcm11351, bcm28145, bcm28155 SoCs) shall have the following properties:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible = "bcm,bcm11351";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ac683480c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Broadcom BCM2835 device tree bindings
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with the BCM2835 SoC shall have the following properties:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible = "brcm,bcm2835";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt
index 4755caaccba..25fcf96795c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,15 @@
-Calxeda Highbank Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+Calxeda Platforms Device Tree Bindings
 -----------------------------------------------
 
-Boards with Calxeda Cortex-A9 based Highbank SOC shall have the following
-properties.
+Boards with Calxeda Cortex-A9 based ECX-1000 (Highbank) SOC shall have the
+following properties.
 
 Required root node properties:
     - compatible = "calxeda,highbank";
+
+
+Boards with Calxeda Cortex-A15 based ECX-2000 SOC shall have the following
+properties.
+
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "calxeda,ecx-2000";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/combophy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/combophy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6622bdb2e8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/combophy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Calxeda Highbank Combination Phys for SATA
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should be "calxeda,hb-combophy"
+- #phy-cells: Should be 1.
+- reg : Address and size for Combination Phy registers.
+- phydev: device ID for programming the combophy.
+
+Example:
+
+	combophy5: combo-phy@fff5d000 {
+		compatible = "calxeda,hb-combophy";
+		#phy-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0xfff5d000 0x1000>;
+		phydev = <31>;
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coherency-fabric.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coherency-fabric.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..17d8cd10755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coherency-fabric.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Coherency fabric
+----------------
+Available on Marvell SOCs: Armada 370 and Armada XP
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "marvell,coherency-fabric"
+
+- reg: Should contain coherency fabric registers location and
+  length. First pair for the coherency fabric registers, second pair
+  for the per-CPU fabric registers registers.
+
+Example:
+
+coherency-fabric@d0020200 {
+	compatible = "marvell,coherency-fabric";
+	reg = <0xd0020200 0xb0>,
+		<0xd0021810 0x1c>;
+
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f32494dbfe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+* ARM CPUs binding description
+
+The device tree allows to describe the layout of CPUs in a system through
+the "cpus" node, which in turn contains a number of subnodes (ie "cpu")
+defining properties for every cpu.
+
+Bindings for CPU nodes follow the ePAPR standard, available from:
+
+http://devicetree.org
+
+For the ARM architecture every CPU node must contain the following properties:
+
+- device_type:	must be "cpu"
+- reg:		property matching the CPU MPIDR[23:0] register bits
+		reg[31:24] bits must be set to 0
+- compatible:	should be one of:
+		"arm,arm1020"
+		"arm,arm1020e"
+		"arm,arm1022"
+		"arm,arm1026"
+		"arm,arm720"
+		"arm,arm740"
+		"arm,arm7tdmi"
+		"arm,arm920"
+		"arm,arm922"
+		"arm,arm925"
+		"arm,arm926"
+		"arm,arm940"
+		"arm,arm946"
+		"arm,arm9tdmi"
+		"arm,cortex-a5"
+		"arm,cortex-a7"
+		"arm,cortex-a8"
+		"arm,cortex-a9"
+		"arm,cortex-a15"
+		"arm,arm1136"
+		"arm,arm1156"
+		"arm,arm1176"
+		"arm,arm11mpcore"
+		"faraday,fa526"
+		"intel,sa110"
+		"intel,sa1100"
+		"marvell,feroceon"
+		"marvell,mohawk"
+		"marvell,xsc3"
+		"marvell,xscale"
+
+Example:
+
+	cpus {
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+
+		CPU0: cpu@0 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+			reg = <0x0>;
+		};
+
+		CPU1: cpu@1 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+			reg = <0x1>;
+		};
+
+		CPU2: cpu@100 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
+			reg = <0x100>;
+		};
+
+		CPU3: cpu@101 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
+			reg = <0x101>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cfaeda4274e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Texas Instruments DaVinci Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18x Evaluation Module (EVM) board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "ti,da850-evm", "ti,da850";
+
+EnBW AM1808 based CMC board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "enbw,cmc", "ti,da850;
+
+Generic DaVinci Boards
+----------------------
+
+DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18x generic board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "ti,da850";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3545ea704b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* Texas Instruments Davinci NAND
+
+This file provides information, what the device node for the
+davinci nand interface contain.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,davinci-nand";
+- reg : contain 2 offset/length values:
+        - offset and length for the access window
+        - offset and length for accessing the aemif control registers
+- ti,davinci-chipselect: Indicates on the davinci_nand driver which
+                         chipselect is used for accessing the nand.
+
+Recommended properties :
+- ti,davinci-mask-ale: mask for ale
+- ti,davinci-mask-cle: mask for cle
+- ti,davinci-mask-chipsel: mask for chipselect
+- ti,davinci-ecc-mode: ECC mode valid values for davinci driver:
+		- "none"
+		- "soft"
+		- "hw"
+- ti,davinci-ecc-bits: used ECC bits, currently supported 1 or 4.
+- ti,davinci-nand-buswidth: buswidth 8 or 16
+- ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt: use flash based bad block table support.
+
+nand device bindings may contain additional sub-nodes describing
+partitions of the address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
+
+Example(da850 EVM ):
+nand_cs3@62000000 {
+	compatible = "ti,davinci-nand";
+	reg = <0x62000000 0x807ff
+		0x68000000 0x8000>;
+	ti,davinci-chipselect = <1>;
+	ti,davinci-mask-ale = <0>;
+	ti,davinci-mask-cle = <0>;
+	ti,davinci-mask-chipsel = <0>;
+	ti,davinci-ecc-mode = "hw";
+	ti,davinci-ecc-bits = <4>;
+	ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt;
+
+	partition@180000 {
+		label = "ubifs";
+		reg = <0x180000 0x7e80000>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
index 6528e215c5f..5216b419016 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
@@ -4,14 +4,13 @@ Exynos processors include support for multiple power domains which are used
 to gate power to one or more peripherals on the processor.
 
 Required Properties:
-- compatiable: should be one of the following.
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
     * samsung,exynos4210-pd - for exynos4210 type power domain.
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
     region.
 
-Optional Properties:
-- samsung,exynos4210-pd-off: Specifies that the power domain is in turned-off
-    state during boot and remains to be turned-off until explicitly turned-on.
+Node of a device using power domains must have a samsung,power-domain property
+defined with a phandle to respective power domain.
 
 Example:
 
@@ -19,3 +18,11 @@ Example:
 		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pd";
 		reg = <0x10023C00 0x10>;
 	};
+
+Example of the node using power domain:
+
+	node {
+		/* ... */
+		samsung,power-domain = <&lcd0>;
+		/* ... */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
index ac9e7516756..f79818711e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
@@ -41,6 +41,10 @@ i.MX6 Quad SABRE Smart Device Board
 Required root node properties:
     - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabresd", "fsl,imx6q";
 
+i.MX6 Quad SABRE Automotive Board
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6q";
+
 Generic i.MX boards
 -------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt
index 7ca52161e7a..cbef09b5c8a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,12 @@ Required properties:
 	"arm,pl310-cache"
 	"arm,l220-cache"
 	"arm,l210-cache"
+	"marvell,aurora-system-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be
+     compatible with the ARM one, with system cache mode (meaning
+     maintenance operations on L1 are broadcasted to the L2 and L2
+     performs the same operation).
+	"marvell,"aurora-outer-cache: Marvell Controller designed to be
+	 compatible with the ARM one with outer cache mode.
 - cache-unified : Specifies the cache is a unified cache.
 - cache-level : Should be set to 2 for a level 2 cache.
 - reg : Physical base address and size of cache controller's memory mapped
@@ -29,6 +35,9 @@ Optional properties:
   filter. Addresses in the filter window are directed to the M1 port. Other
   addresses will go to the M0 port.
 - interrupts : 1 combined interrupt.
+- cache-id-part: cache id part number to be used if it is not present
+  on hardware
+- wt-override: If present then L2 is forced to Write through mode
 
 Example:
 
@@ -37,7 +46,7 @@ L2: cache-controller {
         reg = <0xfff12000 0x1000>;
         arm,data-latency = <1 1 1>;
         arm,tag-latency = <2 2 2>;
-        arm,filter-latency = <0x80000000 0x8000000>;
+        arm,filter-ranges = <0x80000000 0x8000000>;
         cache-unified;
         cache-level = <2>;
 	interrupts = <45>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/tauros2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/tauros2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..31af1cbb60b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/tauros2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* Marvell Tauros2 Cache
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "marvell,tauros2-cache".
+- marvell,tauros2-cache-features : Specify the features supported for the
+  tauros2 cache.
+  The features including
+    CACHE_TAUROS2_PREFETCH_ON       (1 << 0)
+    CACHE_TAUROS2_LINEFILL_BURST8   (1 << 1)
+  The definition can be found at
+  arch/arm/include/asm/hardware/cache-tauros2.h
+
+Example:
+	L2: l2-cache {
+		compatible = "marvell,tauros2-cache";
+		marvell,tauros2-cache-features = <0x3>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8c5907b9cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+* MSM Timer
+
+Properties:
+
+- compatible : Should at least contain "qcom,msm-timer". More specific
+  properties such as "qcom,msm-gpt" and "qcom,msm-dgt" specify a general
+  purpose timer and a debug timer respectively.
+
+- interrupts : Interrupt indicating a match event.
+
+- reg : Specifies the base address of the timer registers. The second region
+  specifies an optional register used to configure the clock divider.
+
+- clock-frequency : The frequency of the timer in Hz.
+
+Optional:
+
+- cpu-offset : per-cpu offset used when the timer is accessed without the
+  CPU remapping facilities. The offset is cpu-offset * cpu-nr.
+
+Example:
+
+       timer@200a004 {
+               compatible = "qcom,msm-gpt", "qcom,msm-timer";
+               interrupts = <1 2 0x301>;
+               reg = <0x0200a004 0x10>;
+               clock-frequency = <32768>;
+               cpu-offset = <0x40000>;
+       };
+
+       timer@200a024 {
+               compatible = "qcom,msm-dgt", "qcom,msm-timer";
+               interrupts = <1 3 0x301>;
+               reg = <0x0200a024 0x10>,
+                     <0x0200a034 0x4>;
+               clock-frequency = <6750000>;
+               cpu-offset = <0x40000>;
+       };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/counter.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/counter.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5bd8aa09131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/counter.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+OMAP Counter-32K bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Must be "ti,omap-counter32k" for OMAP controllers
+- reg:		Contains timer register address range (base address and length)
+- ti,hwmods:	Name of the hwmod associated to the counter, which is typically
+		"counter_32k"
+
+Example:
+
+counter32k: counter@4a304000 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap-counter32k";
+	reg = <0x4a304000 0x20>;
+	ti,hwmods = "counter_32k";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index ccdd0e53451..d0051a75058 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -36,6 +36,9 @@ Boards:
 - OMAP3 BeagleBoard : Low cost community board
   compatible = "ti,omap3-beagle", "ti,omap3"
 
+- OMAP3 Tobi with Overo : Commercial expansion board with daughter board
+  compatible = "ti,omap3-tobi", "ti,omap3-overo", "ti,omap3"
+
 - OMAP4 SDP : Software Developement Board
   compatible = "ti,omap4-sdp", "ti,omap4430"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8732d4d41f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+OMAP Timer bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Must be "ti,omap2-timer" for OMAP2+ controllers.
+- reg:			Contains timer register address range (base address and
+			length).
+- interrupts: 		Contains the interrupt information for the timer. The
+			format is being dependent on which interrupt controller
+			the OMAP device uses.
+- ti,hwmods:		Name of the hwmod associated to the timer, "timer<X>",
+			where <X> is the instance number of the timer from the
+			HW spec.
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,timer-alwon:	Indicates the timer is in an alway-on power domain.
+- ti,timer-dsp:		Indicates the timer can interrupt the on-chip DSP in
+			addition to the ARM CPU.
+- ti,timer-pwm: 	Indicates the timer can generate a PWM output.
+- ti,timer-secure: 	Indicates the timer is reserved on a secure OMAP device
+			and therefore cannot be used by the kernel.
+
+Example:
+
+timer12: timer@48304000 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap2-timer";
+	reg = <0x48304000 0x400>;
+	interrupts = <95>;
+	ti,hwmods = "timer12"
+	ti,timer-alwon;
+	ti,timer-secure;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
index 1c044eb320c..343781b9f24 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
@@ -7,8 +7,12 @@ representation in the device tree should be done as under:-
 Required properties:
 
 - compatible : should be one of
+	"arm,cortex-a15-pmu"
 	"arm,cortex-a9-pmu"
 	"arm,cortex-a8-pmu"
+	"arm,cortex-a7-pmu"
+	"arm,cortex-a5-pmu"
+	"arm,arm11mpcore-pmu"
 	"arm,arm1176-pmu"
 	"arm,arm1136-pmu"
 - interrupts : 1 combined interrupt or 1 per core.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear/shirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear/shirq.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..13fbb8866bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear/shirq.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+* SPEAr Shared IRQ layer (shirq)
+
+SPEAr3xx architecture includes shared/multiplexed irqs for certain set
+of devices. The multiplexor provides a single interrupt to parent
+interrupt controller (VIC) on behalf of a group of devices.
+
+There can be multiple groups available on SPEAr3xx variants but not
+exceeding 4. The number of devices in a group can differ, further they
+may share same set of status/mask registers spanning across different
+bit masks. Also in some cases the group may not have enable or other
+registers. This makes software little complex.
+
+A single node in the device tree is used to describe the shared
+interrupt multiplexor (one node for all groups). A group in the
+interrupt controller shares config/control registers with other groups.
+For example, a 32-bit interrupt enable/disable config register can
+accommodate upto 4 interrupt groups.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: should be, either of
+     - "st,spear300-shirq"
+     - "st,spear310-shirq"
+     - "st,spear320-shirq"
+  - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+  - #interrupt-cells: should be <1> which basically contains the offset
+    (starting from 0) of interrupts for all the groups.
+  - reg: Base address and size of shirq registers.
+  - interrupts: The list of interrupts generated by the groups which are
+    then connected to a parent interrupt controller. Each group is
+    associated with one of the interrupts, hence number of interrupts (to
+    parent) is equal to number of groups. The format of the interrupt
+    specifier depends in the interrupt parent controller.
+
+  Optional properties:
+  - interrupt-parent: pHandle of the parent interrupt controller, if not
+    inherited from the parent node.
+
+Example:
+
+The following is an example from the SPEAr320 SoC dtsi file.
+
+shirq: interrupt-controller@0xb3000000 {
+	compatible = "st,spear320-shirq";
+	reg = <0xb3000000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <28 29 30 1>;
+	#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9989eda755d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+* ARM Versatile FPGA interrupt controller
+
+One or more FPGA IRQ controllers can be synthesized in an ARM reference board
+such as the Integrator or Versatile family. The output of these different
+controllers are OR:ed together and fed to the CPU tile's IRQ input. Each
+instance can handle up to 32 interrupts.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "arm,versatile-fpga-irq"
+- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts.  Must be 1
+  as the FPGA IRQ controller has no configuration options for interrupt
+  sources.  The cell is a u32 and defines the interrupt number.
+- reg: The register bank for the FPGA interrupt controller.
+- clear-mask: a u32 number representing the mask written to clear all IRQs
+  on the controller at boot for example.
+- valid-mask: a u32 number representing a bit mask determining which of
+  the interrupts are valid. Unconnected/unused lines are set to 0, and
+  the system till not make it possible for devices to request these
+  interrupts.
+
+Example:
+
+pic: pic@14000000 {
+        compatible = "arm,versatile-fpga-irq";
+        #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+        interrupt-controller;
+        reg = <0x14000000 0x100>;
+        clear-mask = <0xffffffff>;
+        valid-mask = <0x003fffff>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-sysreg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-sysreg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9cf3f25544c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-sysreg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+ARM Versatile Express system registers
+--------------------------------------
+
+This is a system control registers block, providing multiple low level
+platform functions like board detection and identification, software
+interrupt generation, MMC and NOR Flash control etc.
+
+Required node properties:
+- compatible value : = "arm,vexpress,sysreg";
+- reg : physical base address and the size of the registers window
+- gpio-controller : specifies that the node is a GPIO controller
+- #gpio-cells : size of the GPIO specifier, should be 2:
+  - first cell is the pseudo-GPIO line number:
+    0 - MMC CARDIN
+    1 - MMC WPROT
+    2 - NOR FLASH WPn
+  - second cell can take standard GPIO flags (currently ignored).
+
+Example:
+	v2m_sysreg: sysreg@10000000 {
+ 		compatible = "arm,vexpress-sysreg";
+ 		reg = <0x10000000 0x1000>;
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+ 	};
+
+This block also can also act a bridge to the platform's configuration
+bus via "system control" interface, addressing devices with site number,
+position in the board stack, config controller, function and device
+numbers - see motherboard's TRM for more details.
+
+The node describing a config device must refer to the sysreg node via
+"arm,vexpress,config-bridge" phandle (can be also defined in the node's
+parent) and relies on the board topology properties - see main vexpress
+node documentation for more details. It must must also define the
+following property:
+- arm,vexpress-sysreg,func : must contain two cells:
+  - first cell defines function number (eg. 1 for clock generator,
+    2 for voltage regulators etc.)
+  - device number (eg. osc 0, osc 1 etc.)
+
+Example:
+	mcc {
+		arm,vexpress,config-bridge = <&v2m_sysreg>;
+
+		osc@0 {
+			compatible = "arm,vexpress-osc";
+			arm,vexpress-sysreg,func = <1 0>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt
index ec8b50cbb2e..ae49161e478 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@ the motherboard file using a /include/ directive. As the motherboard
 can be initialized in one of two different configurations ("memory
 maps"), care must be taken to include the correct one.
 
+
+Root node
+---------
+
 Required properties in the root node:
 - compatible value:
 	compatible = "arm,vexpress,<model>", "arm,vexpress";
@@ -45,6 +49,10 @@ Optional properties in the root node:
   - Coretile Express A9x4 (V2P-CA9) HBI-0225:
 	arm,hbi = <0x225>;
 
+
+CPU nodes
+---------
+
 Top-level standard "cpus" node is required. It must contain a node
 with device_type = "cpu" property for every available core, eg.:
 
@@ -59,6 +67,52 @@ with device_type = "cpu" property for every available core, eg.:
 		};
 	};
 
+
+Configuration infrastructure
+----------------------------
+
+The platform has an elaborated configuration system, consisting of
+microcontrollers residing on the mother- and daughterboards known
+as Motherboard/Daughterboard Configuration Controller (MCC and DCC).
+The controllers are responsible for the platform initialization
+(reset generation, flash programming, FPGA bitfiles loading etc.)
+but also control clock generators, voltage regulators, gather
+environmental data like temperature, power consumption etc. Even
+the video output switch (FPGA) is controlled that way.
+
+Nodes describing devices controlled by this infrastructure should
+point at the bridge device node:
+- bridge phandle:
+	arm,vexpress,config-bridge = <phandle>;
+This property can be also defined in a parent node (eg. for a DCC)
+and is effective for all children.
+
+
+Platform topology
+-----------------
+
+As Versatile Express can be configured in number of physically
+different setups, the device tree should describe platform topology.
+Root node and main motherboard node must define the following
+property, describing physical location of the children nodes:
+- site number:
+	arm,vexpress,site = <number>;
+  where 0 means motherboard, 1 or 2 are daugtherboard sites,
+  0xf means "master" site (site containing main CPU tile)
+- when daughterboards are stacked on one site, their position
+  in the stack be be described with:
+	arm,vexpress,position = <number>;
+- when describing tiles consisting more than one DCC, its number
+  can be described with:
+	arm,vexpress,dcc = <number>;
+
+Any of the numbers above defaults to zero if not defined in
+the node or any of its parent.
+
+
+Motherboard
+-----------
+
 The motherboard description file provides a single "motherboard" node
 using 2 address cells corresponding to the Static Memory Bus used
 between the motherboard and the tile. The first cell defines the Chip
@@ -87,22 +141,30 @@ can be used to obtain required phandle in the tile's "aliases" node:
 - SP804 timers:
 	v2m_timer01 and v2m_timer23
 
-Current Linux implementation requires a "arm,v2m_timer" alias
-pointing at one of the motherboard's SP804 timers, if it is to be
-used as the system timer. This alias should be defined in the
-motherboard files.
+The tile description should define a "smb" node, describing the
+Static Memory Bus between the tile and motherboard. It must define
+the following properties:
+- "simple-bus" compatible value (to ensure creation of the children)
+	compatible = "simple-bus";
+- mapping of the SMB CS/offset addresses into main address space:
+	#address-cells = <2>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges = <...>;
+- interrupts mapping:
+	#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 63>;
+	interrupt-map = <...>;
 
-The tile description must define "ranges", "interrupt-map-mask" and
-"interrupt-map" properties to translate the motherboard's address
-and interrupt space into one used by the tile's processor.
 
-Abbreviated example:
+Example of a VE tile description (simplified)
+---------------------------------------------
 
 /dts-v1/;
 
 / {
 	model = "V2P-CA5s";
 	arm,hbi = <0x225>;
+	arm,vexpress,site = <0xf>;
 	compatible = "arm,vexpress-v2p-ca5s", "arm,vexpress";
 	interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
 	#address-cells = <1>;
@@ -134,13 +196,29 @@ Abbreviated example:
 		      <0x2c000100 0x100>;
 	};
 
-	motherboard {
+	dcc {
+		compatible = "simple-bus";
+		arm,vexpress,config-bridge = <&v2m_sysreg>;
+
+		osc@0 {
+			compatible = "arm,vexpress-osc";
+		};
+	};
+
+	smb {
+		compatible = "simple-bus";
+
+		#address-cells = <2>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
 		/* CS0 is visible at 0x08000000 */
 		ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x04000000>;
+
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
 		interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 63>;
 		/* Active high IRQ 0 is connected to GIC's SPI0 */
 		interrupt-map = <0 0 0 &gic 0 0 4>;
+
+		/include/ "vexpress-v2m-rs1.dtsi"
 	};
 };
 
-/include/ "vexpress-v2m-rs1.dtsi"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d657832c681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+VIA/Wondermedia VT8500 Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+---------------------------------------
+
+Boards with the VIA VT8500 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "via,vt8500";
+
+Boards with the Wondermedia WM8505 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "wm,wm8505";
+
+Boards with the Wondermedia WM8650 SoC shall have the following properties:
+Required root node property:
+compatible = "wm,wm8650";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a4ce1051b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+VIA/Wondermedia VT8500 Interrupt Controller
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "via,vt8500-intc"
+- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+- #interrupt-cells : should be <1>
+
+Example:
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller@d8140000 {
+		compatible = "via,vt8500-intc";
+		interrupt-controller;
+		reg = <0xd8140000 0x10000>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-pmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..521b9c7de93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-pmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+VIA/Wondermedia VT8500 Power Management Controller
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "via,vt8500-pmc"
+- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+
+Example:
+
+	pmc@d8130000 {
+		compatible = "via,vt8500-pmc";
+		reg = <0xd8130000 0x1000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..901c73f0d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500/via,vt8500-timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+VIA/Wondermedia VT8500 Timer
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "via,vt8500-timer"
+- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+- interrupts : interrupt for the timer
+
+Example:
+
+	timer@d8130100 {
+		compatible = "via,vt8500-timer";
+		reg = <0xd8130100 0x28>;
+		interrupts = <36>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f7b9c2109f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Xen hypervisor device tree bindings
+
+Xen ARM virtual platforms shall have a top-level "hypervisor" node with
+the following properties:
+
+- compatible:
+	compatible = "xen,xen-<version>", "xen,xen";
+  where <version> is the version of the Xen ABI of the platform.
+
+- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of a region in
+  memory where the grant table should be mapped to, using an
+  HYPERVISOR_memory_op hypercall. The memory region is large enough to map
+  the whole grant table (it is larger or equal to gnttab_max_grant_frames()).
+
+- interrupts: the interrupt used by Xen to inject event notifications.
+  A GIC node is also required.
+
+
+Example (assuming #address-cells = <2> and #size-cells = <2>):
+
+hypervisor {
+	compatible = "xen,xen-4.3", "xen,xen";
+	reg = <0 0xb0000000 0 0x20000>;
+	interrupts = <1 15 0xf08>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
index 8bb8a76d42e..b519f9b699c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
@@ -8,9 +8,18 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ>
 - reg               : <registers mapping>
 
+Optional properties:
+- calxeda,port-phys: phandle-combophy and lane assignment, which maps each
+			SATA port to a combophy and a lane within that
+			combophy
+- dma-coherent      : Present if dma operations are coherent
+
 Example:
         sata@ffe08000 {
 		compatible = "calxeda,hb-ahci";
                 reg = <0xffe08000 0x1000>;
                 interrupts = <115>;
+		calxeda,port-phys = <&combophy5 0 &combophy0 0 &combophy0 1
+					&combophy0 2 &combophy0 3>;
+
         };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..37824fac688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+* Samsung SATA PHY Controller
+
+SATA PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip SATA Physical layer controllers.
+Each SATA PHY controller should have its own node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible        : compatible list, contains "samsung,exynos5-sata-phy"
+- reg               : <registers mapping>
+
+Example:
+        sata@ffe07000 {
+                compatible = "samsung,exynos5-sata-phy";
+                reg = <0xffe07000 0x1000>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0849f1025e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/exynos-sata.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* Samsung AHCI SATA Controller
+
+SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers.
+Each SATA controller should have its own node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible        : compatible list, contains "samsung,exynos5-sata"
+- interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ>
+- reg               : <registers mapping>
+- samsung,sata-freq : <frequency in MHz>
+
+Example:
+        sata@ffe08000 {
+                compatible = "samsung,exynos5-sata";
+                reg = <0xffe08000 0x1000>;
+                interrupts = <115>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/pata-arasan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/pata-arasan.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..95ec7f825ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/pata-arasan.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* ARASAN PATA COMPACT FLASH CONTROLLER
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "arasan,cf-spear1340"
+- reg: Address range of the CF registers
+- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller
+  that services interrupts for this device
+- interrupt: Should contain the CF interrupt number
+
+Example:
+
+	cf@fc000000 {
+		compatible = "arasan,cf-spear1340";
+		reg = <0xfc000000 0x1000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&vic1>;
+		interrupts = <12>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..63dd8051521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* OMAP OCP2SCP - ocp interface to scp interface
+
+properties:
+- compatible : Should be "ti,omap-ocp2scp"
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
+- ranges : the child address space are mapped 1:1 onto the parent address space
+- ti,hwmods : must be "ocp2scp_usb_phy"
+
+Sub-nodes:
+All the devices connected to ocp2scp are described using sub-node to ocp2scp
+
+ocp2scp@4a0ad000 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap-ocp2scp";
+	reg = <0x4a0ad000 0x1f>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges;
+	ti,hwmods = "ocp2scp_usb_phy";
+
+	subnode1 {
+	...
+	};
+
+	subnode2 {
+	...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx23-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx23-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..baadbb11fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx23-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX23
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx23-clkctrl"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  The following is a full list of i.MX23
+clocks and IDs.
+
+	Clock		ID
+	------------------
+	ref_xtal	0
+	pll		1
+	ref_cpu		2
+	ref_emi		3
+	ref_pix		4
+	ref_io		5
+	saif_sel	6
+	lcdif_sel	7
+	gpmi_sel	8
+	ssp_sel		9
+	emi_sel		10
+	cpu		11
+	etm_sel		12
+	cpu_pll		13
+	cpu_xtal	14
+	hbus		15
+	xbus		16
+	lcdif_div	17
+	ssp_div		18
+	gpmi_div	19
+	emi_pll		20
+	emi_xtal	21
+	etm_div		22
+	saif_div	23
+	clk32k_div	24
+	rtc		25
+	adc		26
+	spdif_div	27
+	clk32k		28
+	dri		29
+	pwm		30
+	filt		31
+	uart		32
+	ssp		33
+	gpmi		34
+	spdif		35
+	emi		36
+	saif		37
+	lcdif		38
+	etm		39
+	usb		40
+	usb_phy		41
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: clkctrl@80040000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx23-clkctrl";
+	reg = <0x80040000 0x2000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+	clock-output-names =
+		...
+		"uart",		/* 32 */
+		...
+		"end_of_list";
+};
+
+auart0: serial@8006c000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx23-auart";
+	reg = <0x8006c000 0x2000>;
+	interrupts = <24 25 23>;
+	clocks = <&clks 32>;
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx25-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx25-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c2a3525ecb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx25-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX25
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx25-ccm"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  The following is a full list of i.MX25
+clocks and IDs.
+
+	Clock			ID
+	---------------------------
+	dummy			0
+	osc			1
+	mpll			2
+	upll			3
+	mpll_cpu_3_4		4
+	cpu_sel			5
+	cpu			6
+	ahb			7
+	usb_div			8
+	ipg			9
+	per0_sel		10
+	per1_sel		11
+	per2_sel		12
+	per3_sel		13
+	per4_sel		14
+	per5_sel		15
+	per6_sel		16
+	per7_sel		17
+	per8_sel		18
+	per9_sel		19
+	per10_sel		20
+	per11_sel		21
+	per12_sel		22
+	per13_sel		23
+	per14_sel		24
+	per15_sel		25
+	per0			26
+	per1			27
+	per2			28
+	per3			29
+	per4			30
+	per5			31
+	per6			32
+	per7			33
+	per8			34
+	per9			35
+	per10			36
+	per11			37
+	per12			38
+	per13			39
+	per14			40
+	per15			41
+	csi_ipg_per		42
+	epit_ipg_per		43
+	esai_ipg_per		44
+	esdhc1_ipg_per		45
+	esdhc2_ipg_per		46
+	gpt_ipg_per		47
+	i2c_ipg_per		48
+	lcdc_ipg_per		49
+	nfc_ipg_per		50
+	owire_ipg_per		51
+	pwm_ipg_per		52
+	sim1_ipg_per		53
+	sim2_ipg_per		54
+	ssi1_ipg_per		55
+	ssi2_ipg_per		56
+	uart_ipg_per		57
+	ata_ahb			58
+	reserved		59
+	csi_ahb			60
+	emi_ahb			61
+	esai_ahb		62
+	esdhc1_ahb		63
+	esdhc2_ahb		64
+	fec_ahb			65
+	lcdc_ahb		66
+	rtic_ahb		67
+	sdma_ahb		68
+	slcdc_ahb		69
+	usbotg_ahb		70
+	reserved		71
+	reserved		72
+	reserved		73
+	reserved		74
+	can1_ipg		75
+	can2_ipg		76
+	csi_ipg			77
+	cspi1_ipg		78
+	cspi2_ipg		79
+	cspi3_ipg		80
+	dryice_ipg		81
+	ect_ipg			82
+	epit1_ipg		83
+	epit2_ipg		84
+	reserved		85
+	esdhc1_ipg		86
+	esdhc2_ipg		87
+	fec_ipg			88
+	reserved		89
+	reserved		90
+	reserved		91
+	gpt1_ipg		92
+	gpt2_ipg		93
+	gpt3_ipg		94
+	gpt4_ipg		95
+	reserved		96
+	reserved		97
+	reserved		98
+	iim_ipg			99
+	reserved		100
+	reserved		101
+	kpp_ipg			102
+	lcdc_ipg		103
+	reserved		104
+	pwm1_ipg		105
+	pwm2_ipg		106
+	pwm3_ipg		107
+	pwm4_ipg		108
+	rngb_ipg		109
+	reserved		110
+	scc_ipg			111
+	sdma_ipg		112
+	sim1_ipg		113
+	sim2_ipg		114
+	slcdc_ipg		115
+	spba_ipg		116
+	ssi1_ipg		117
+	ssi2_ipg		118
+	tsc_ipg			119
+	uart1_ipg		120
+	uart2_ipg		121
+	uart3_ipg		122
+	uart4_ipg		123
+	uart5_ipg		124
+	reserved		125
+	wdt_ipg			126
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: ccm@53f80000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx25-ccm";
+	reg = <0x53f80000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <31>;
+	clock-output-names = ...
+			"uart_ipg",
+			"uart_serial",
+			...;
+};
+
+uart1: serial@43f90000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx25-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart";
+	reg = <0x43f90000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <45>;
+	clocks = <&clks 79>, <&clks 50>;
+	clock-names = "ipg", "per";
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx28-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx28-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..52a49a4a50b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx28-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX28
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx28-clkctrl"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  The following is a full list of i.MX28
+clocks and IDs.
+
+	Clock		ID
+	------------------
+	ref_xtal	0
+	pll0		1
+	pll1		2
+	pll2		3
+	ref_cpu		4
+	ref_emi		5
+	ref_io0		6
+	ref_io1		7
+	ref_pix		8
+	ref_hsadc	9
+	ref_gpmi	10
+	saif0_sel	11
+	saif1_sel	12
+	gpmi_sel	13
+	ssp0_sel	14
+	ssp1_sel	15
+	ssp2_sel	16
+	ssp3_sel	17
+	emi_sel		18
+	etm_sel		19
+	lcdif_sel	20
+	cpu		21
+	ptp_sel		22
+	cpu_pll		23
+	cpu_xtal	24
+	hbus		25
+	xbus		26
+	ssp0_div	27
+	ssp1_div	28
+	ssp2_div	29
+	ssp3_div	30
+	gpmi_div	31
+	emi_pll		32
+	emi_xtal	33
+	lcdif_div	34
+	etm_div		35
+	ptp		36
+	saif0_div	37
+	saif1_div	38
+	clk32k_div	39
+	rtc		40
+	lradc		41
+	spdif_div	42
+	clk32k		43
+	pwm		44
+	uart		45
+	ssp0		46
+	ssp1		47
+	ssp2		48
+	ssp3		49
+	gpmi		50
+	spdif		51
+	emi		52
+	saif0		53
+	saif1		54
+	lcdif		55
+	etm		56
+	fec		57
+	can0		58
+	can1		59
+	usb0		60
+	usb1		61
+	usb0_phy	62
+	usb1_phy	63
+	enet_out	64
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: clkctrl@80040000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx28-clkctrl";
+	reg = <0x80040000 0x2000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+	clock-output-names =
+		...
+		"uart",		/* 45 */
+		...
+		"end_of_list";
+};
+
+auart0: serial@8006a000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx28-auart", "fsl,imx23-auart";
+	reg = <0x8006a000 0x2000>;
+	interrupts = <112 70 71>;
+	clocks = <&clks 45>;
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..04ad47876be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX5
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,<soc>-ccm" , where <soc> can be imx51 or imx53
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  The following is a full list of i.MX5
+clocks and IDs.
+
+	Clock			ID
+	---------------------------
+	dummy			0
+	ckil			1
+	osc			2
+	ckih1			3
+	ckih2			4
+	ahb			5
+	ipg			6
+	axi_a			7
+	axi_b			8
+	uart_pred		9
+	uart_root		10
+	esdhc_a_pred		11
+	esdhc_b_pred		12
+	esdhc_c_s		13
+	esdhc_d_s		14
+	emi_sel			15
+	emi_slow_podf		16
+	nfc_podf		17
+	ecspi_pred		18
+	ecspi_podf		19
+	usboh3_pred		20
+	usboh3_podf		21
+	usb_phy_pred		22
+	usb_phy_podf		23
+	cpu_podf		24
+	di_pred			25
+	tve_di			26
+	tve_s			27
+	uart1_ipg_gate		28
+	uart1_per_gate		29
+	uart2_ipg_gate		30
+	uart2_per_gate		31
+	uart3_ipg_gate		32
+	uart3_per_gate		33
+	i2c1_gate		34
+	i2c2_gate		35
+	gpt_ipg_gate		36
+	pwm1_ipg_gate		37
+	pwm1_hf_gate		38
+	pwm2_ipg_gate		39
+	pwm2_hf_gate		40
+	gpt_hf_gate		41
+	fec_gate		42
+	usboh3_per_gate		43
+	esdhc1_ipg_gate		44
+	esdhc2_ipg_gate		45
+	esdhc3_ipg_gate		46
+	esdhc4_ipg_gate		47
+	ssi1_ipg_gate		48
+	ssi2_ipg_gate		49
+	ssi3_ipg_gate		50
+	ecspi1_ipg_gate		51
+	ecspi1_per_gate		52
+	ecspi2_ipg_gate		53
+	ecspi2_per_gate		54
+	cspi_ipg_gate		55
+	sdma_gate		56
+	emi_slow_gate		57
+	ipu_s			58
+	ipu_gate		59
+	nfc_gate		60
+	ipu_di1_gate		61
+	vpu_s			62
+	vpu_gate		63
+	vpu_reference_gate	64
+	uart4_ipg_gate		65
+	uart4_per_gate		66
+	uart5_ipg_gate		67
+	uart5_per_gate		68
+	tve_gate		69
+	tve_pred		70
+	esdhc1_per_gate		71
+	esdhc2_per_gate		72
+	esdhc3_per_gate		73
+	esdhc4_per_gate		74
+	usb_phy_gate		75
+	hsi2c_gate		76
+	mipi_hsc1_gate		77
+	mipi_hsc2_gate		78
+	mipi_esc_gate		79
+	mipi_hsp_gate		80
+	ldb_di1_div_3_5		81
+	ldb_di1_div		82
+	ldb_di0_div_3_5		83
+	ldb_di0_div		84
+	ldb_di1_gate		85
+	can2_serial_gate	86
+	can2_ipg_gate		87
+	i2c3_gate		88
+	lp_apm			89
+	periph_apm		90
+	main_bus		91
+	ahb_max			92
+	aips_tz1		93
+	aips_tz2		94
+	tmax1			95
+	tmax2			96
+	tmax3			97
+	spba			98
+	uart_sel		99
+	esdhc_a_sel		100
+	esdhc_b_sel		101
+	esdhc_a_podf		102
+	esdhc_b_podf		103
+	ecspi_sel		104
+	usboh3_sel		105
+	usb_phy_sel		106
+	iim_gate		107
+	usboh3_gate		108
+	emi_fast_gate		109
+	ipu_di0_gate		110
+	gpc_dvfs		111
+	pll1_sw			112
+	pll2_sw			113
+	pll3_sw			114
+	ipu_di0_sel		115
+	ipu_di1_sel		116
+	tve_ext_sel		117
+	mx51_mipi		118
+	pll4_sw			119
+	ldb_di1_sel		120
+	di_pll4_podf		121
+	ldb_di0_sel		122
+	ldb_di0_gate		123
+	usb_phy1_gate		124
+	usb_phy2_gate		125
+	per_lp_apm		126
+	per_pred1		127
+	per_pred2		128
+	per_podf		129
+	per_root		130
+	ssi_apm			131
+	ssi1_root_sel		132
+	ssi2_root_sel		133
+	ssi3_root_sel		134
+	ssi_ext1_sel		135
+	ssi_ext2_sel		136
+	ssi_ext1_com_sel	137
+	ssi_ext2_com_sel	138
+	ssi1_root_pred		139
+	ssi1_root_podf		140
+	ssi2_root_pred		141
+	ssi2_root_podf		142
+	ssi_ext1_pred		143
+	ssi_ext1_podf		144
+	ssi_ext2_pred		145
+	ssi_ext2_podf		146
+	ssi1_root_gate		147
+	ssi2_root_gate		148
+	ssi3_root_gate		149
+	ssi_ext1_gate		150
+	ssi_ext2_gate		151
+	epit1_ipg_gate		152
+	epit1_hf_gate		153
+	epit2_ipg_gate		154
+	epit2_hf_gate		155
+	can_sel			156
+	can1_serial_gate	157
+	can1_ipg_gate		158
+
+Examples (for mx53):
+
+clks: ccm@53fd4000{
+	compatible = "fsl,imx53-ccm";
+	reg = <0x53fd4000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <0 71 0x04 0 72 0x04>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+can1: can@53fc8000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx53-flexcan", "fsl,p1010-flexcan";
+	reg = <0x53fc8000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <82>;
+	clocks = <&clks 158>, <&clks 157>;
+	clock-names = "ipg", "per";
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d77b4e68dc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX6 Quad
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx6q-ccm"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  The following is a full list of i.MX6Q
+clocks and IDs.
+
+	Clock			ID
+	---------------------------
+	dummy			0
+	ckil			1
+	ckih			2
+	osc			3
+	pll2_pfd0_352m		4
+	pll2_pfd1_594m		5
+	pll2_pfd2_396m		6
+	pll3_pfd0_720m		7
+	pll3_pfd1_540m		8
+	pll3_pfd2_508m		9
+	pll3_pfd3_454m		10
+	pll2_198m		11
+	pll3_120m		12
+	pll3_80m		13
+	pll3_60m		14
+	twd			15
+	step			16
+	pll1_sw			17
+	periph_pre		18
+	periph2_pre		19
+	periph_clk2_sel		20
+	periph2_clk2_sel	21
+	axi_sel			22
+	esai_sel		23
+	asrc_sel		24
+	spdif_sel		25
+	gpu2d_axi		26
+	gpu3d_axi		27
+	gpu2d_core_sel		28
+	gpu3d_core_sel		29
+	gpu3d_shader_sel	30
+	ipu1_sel		31
+	ipu2_sel		32
+	ldb_di0_sel		33
+	ldb_di1_sel		34
+	ipu1_di0_pre_sel	35
+	ipu1_di1_pre_sel	36
+	ipu2_di0_pre_sel	37
+	ipu2_di1_pre_sel	38
+	ipu1_di0_sel		39
+	ipu1_di1_sel		40
+	ipu2_di0_sel		41
+	ipu2_di1_sel		42
+	hsi_tx_sel		43
+	pcie_axi_sel		44
+	ssi1_sel		45
+	ssi2_sel		46
+	ssi3_sel		47
+	usdhc1_sel		48
+	usdhc2_sel		49
+	usdhc3_sel		50
+	usdhc4_sel		51
+	enfc_sel		52
+	emi_sel			53
+	emi_slow_sel		54
+	vdo_axi_sel		55
+	vpu_axi_sel		56
+	cko1_sel		57
+	periph			58
+	periph2			59
+	periph_clk2		60
+	periph2_clk2		61
+	ipg			62
+	ipg_per			63
+	esai_pred		64
+	esai_podf		65
+	asrc_pred		66
+	asrc_podf		67
+	spdif_pred		68
+	spdif_podf		69
+	can_root		70
+	ecspi_root		71
+	gpu2d_core_podf		72
+	gpu3d_core_podf		73
+	gpu3d_shader		74
+	ipu1_podf		75
+	ipu2_podf		76
+	ldb_di0_podf		77
+	ldb_di1_podf		78
+	ipu1_di0_pre		79
+	ipu1_di1_pre		80
+	ipu2_di0_pre		81
+	ipu2_di1_pre		82
+	hsi_tx_podf		83
+	ssi1_pred		84
+	ssi1_podf		85
+	ssi2_pred		86
+	ssi2_podf		87
+	ssi3_pred		88
+	ssi3_podf		89
+	uart_serial_podf	90
+	usdhc1_podf		91
+	usdhc2_podf		92
+	usdhc3_podf		93
+	usdhc4_podf		94
+	enfc_pred		95
+	enfc_podf		96
+	emi_podf		97
+	emi_slow_podf		98
+	vpu_axi_podf		99
+	cko1_podf		100
+	axi			101
+	mmdc_ch0_axi_podf	102
+	mmdc_ch1_axi_podf	103
+	arm			104
+	ahb			105
+	apbh_dma		106
+	asrc			107
+	can1_ipg		108
+	can1_serial		109
+	can2_ipg		110
+	can2_serial		111
+	ecspi1			112
+	ecspi2			113
+	ecspi3			114
+	ecspi4			115
+	ecspi5			116
+	enet			117
+	esai			118
+	gpt_ipg			119
+	gpt_ipg_per		120
+	gpu2d_core		121
+	gpu3d_core		122
+	hdmi_iahb		123
+	hdmi_isfr		124
+	i2c1			125
+	i2c2			126
+	i2c3			127
+	iim			128
+	enfc			129
+	ipu1			130
+	ipu1_di0		131
+	ipu1_di1		132
+	ipu2			133
+	ipu2_di0		134
+	ldb_di0			135
+	ldb_di1			136
+	ipu2_di1		137
+	hsi_tx			138
+	mlb			139
+	mmdc_ch0_axi		140
+	mmdc_ch1_axi		141
+	ocram			142
+	openvg_axi		143
+	pcie_axi		144
+	pwm1			145
+	pwm2			146
+	pwm3			147
+	pwm4			148
+	per1_bch		149
+	gpmi_bch_apb		150
+	gpmi_bch		151
+	gpmi_io			152
+	gpmi_apb		153
+	sata			154
+	sdma			155
+	spba			156
+	ssi1			157
+	ssi2			158
+	ssi3			159
+	uart_ipg		160
+	uart_serial		161
+	usboh3			162
+	usdhc1			163
+	usdhc2			164
+	usdhc3			165
+	usdhc4			166
+	vdo_axi			167
+	vpu_axi			168
+	cko1			169
+	pll1_sys		170
+	pll2_bus		171
+	pll3_usb_otg		172
+	pll4_audio		173
+	pll5_video		174
+	pll8_mlb		175
+	pll7_usb_host		176
+	pll6_enet		177
+	ssi1_ipg		178
+	ssi2_ipg		179
+	ssi3_ipg		180
+	rom			181
+	usbphy1			182
+	usbphy2			183
+	ldb_di0_div_3_5		184
+	ldb_di1_div_3_5		185
+	sata_ref		186
+	sata_ref_100m		187
+	pcie_ref		188
+	pcie_ref_125m		189
+	enet_ref		190
+
+Examples:
+
+clks: ccm@020c4000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx6q-ccm";
+	reg = <0x020c4000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <0 87 0x04 0 88 0x04>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+	clock-output-names = ...
+			     "uart_ipg",
+			     "uart_serial",
+			     ...;
+};
+
+uart1: serial@02020000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx6q-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart";
+	reg = <0x02020000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <0 26 0x04>;
+	clocks = <&clks 160>, <&clks 161>;
+	clock-names = "ipg", "per";
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1e662948661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+* Core Clock bindings for Marvell MVEBU SoCs
+
+Marvell MVEBU SoCs usually allow to determine core clock frequencies by
+reading the Sample-At-Reset (SAR) register. The core clock consumer should
+specify the desired clock by having the clock ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.
+
+The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Armada 370/XP:
+ 0 = tclk    (Internal Bus clock)
+ 1 = cpuclk  (CPU clock)
+ 2 = nbclk   (L2 Cache clock)
+ 3 = hclk    (DRAM control clock)
+ 4 = dramclk (DDR clock)
+
+The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Kirkwood and Dove:
+ 0 = tclk   (Internal Bus clock)
+ 1 = cpuclk (CPU0 clock)
+ 2 = l2clk  (L2 Cache clock derived from CPU0 clock)
+ 3 = ddrclk (DDR controller clock derived from CPU0 clock)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of the following:
+	"marvell,armada-370-core-clock" - For Armada 370 SoC core clocks
+	"marvell,armada-xp-core-clock" - For Armada XP SoC core clocks
+	"marvell,dove-core-clock" - for Dove SoC core clocks
+	"marvell,kirkwood-core-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC (except mv88f6180)
+	"marvell,mv88f6180-core-clock" - for Kirkwood MV88f6180 SoC
+- reg : shall be the register address of the Sample-At-Reset (SAR) register
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 1
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : from common clock binding; allows overwrite default clock
+	output names ("tclk", "cpuclk", "l2clk", "ddrclk")
+
+Example:
+
+core_clk: core-clocks@d0214 {
+	compatible = "marvell,dove-core-clock";
+	reg = <0xd0214 0x4>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+spi0: spi@10600 {
+	compatible = "marvell,orion-spi";
+	/* ... */
+	/* get tclk from core clock provider */
+	clocks = <&core_clk 0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..feb83013071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Device Tree Clock bindings for cpu clock of Marvell EBU platforms
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of the following:
+	"marvell,armada-xp-cpu-clock" - cpu clocks for Armada XP
+- reg : Address and length of the clock complex register set
+- #clock-cells : should be set to 1.
+- clocks : shall be the input parent clock phandle for the clock.
+
+cpuclk: clock-complex@d0018700 {
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+	compatible = "marvell,armada-xp-cpu-clock";
+	reg = <0xd0018700 0xA0>;
+	clocks = <&coreclk 1>;
+}
+
+cpu@0 {
+	compatible = "marvell,sheeva-v7";
+	reg = <0>;
+	clocks = <&cpuclk 0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7337005ef5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+* Gated Clock bindings for Marvell Orion SoCs
+
+Marvell Dove and Kirkwood allow some peripheral clocks to be gated to save
+some power. The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having
+the clock ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The clock ID is directly mapped to
+the corresponding clock gating control bit in HW to ease manual clock lookup
+in datasheet.
+
+The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada 370:
+ID	Clock	Peripheral
+-----------------------------------
+0	Audio	AC97 Cntrl
+1	pex0_en	PCIe 0 Clock out
+2	pex1_en	PCIe 1 Clock out
+3	ge1	Gigabit Ethernet 1
+4	ge0	Gigabit Ethernet 0
+5	pex0	PCIe Cntrl 0
+9	pex1	PCIe Cntrl 1
+15	sata0	SATA Host 0
+17	sdio	SDHCI Host
+25	tdm	Time Division Mplx
+28	ddr	DDR Cntrl
+30	sata1	SATA Host 0
+
+The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada XP:
+ID	Clock	Peripheral
+-----------------------------------
+0	audio	Audio Cntrl
+1	ge3	Gigabit Ethernet 3
+2	ge2	Gigabit Ethernet 2
+3	ge1	Gigabit Ethernet 1
+4	ge0	Gigabit Ethernet 0
+5	pex0	PCIe Cntrl 0
+6	pex1	PCIe Cntrl 1
+7	pex2	PCIe Cntrl 2
+8	pex3	PCIe Cntrl 3
+13	bp
+14	sata0lnk
+15	sata0	SATA Host 0
+16	lcd	LCD Cntrl
+17	sdio	SDHCI Host
+18	usb0	USB Host 0
+19	usb1	USB Host 1
+20	usb2	USB Host 2
+22	xor0	XOR DMA 0
+23	crypto	CESA engine
+25	tdm	Time Division Mplx
+28	xor1	XOR DMA 1
+29	sata1lnk
+30	sata1	SATA Host 0
+
+The following is a list of provided IDs for Dove:
+ID	Clock	Peripheral
+-----------------------------------
+0	usb0	USB Host 0
+1	usb1	USB Host 1
+2	ge	Gigabit Ethernet
+3	sata	SATA Host
+4	pex0	PCIe Cntrl 0
+5	pex1	PCIe Cntrl 1
+8	sdio0	SDHCI Host 0
+9	sdio1	SDHCI Host 1
+10	nand	NAND Cntrl
+11	camera	Camera Cntrl
+12	i2s0	I2S Cntrl 0
+13	i2s1	I2S Cntrl 1
+15	crypto	CESA engine
+21	ac97	AC97 Cntrl
+22	pdma	Peripheral DMA
+23	xor0	XOR DMA 0
+24	xor1	XOR DMA 1
+30	gephy	Gigabit Ethernel PHY
+Note: gephy(30) is implemented as a parent clock of ge(2)
+
+The following is a list of provided IDs for Kirkwood:
+ID	Clock	Peripheral
+-----------------------------------
+0	ge0	Gigabit Ethernet 0
+2	pex0	PCIe Cntrl 0
+3	usb0	USB Host 0
+4	sdio	SDIO Cntrl
+5	tsu	Transp. Stream Unit
+6	dunit	SDRAM Cntrl
+7	runit	Runit
+8	xor0	XOR DMA 0
+9	audio	I2S Cntrl 0
+14	sata0	SATA Host 0
+15	sata1	SATA Host 1
+16	xor1	XOR DMA 1
+17	crypto	CESA engine
+18	pex1	PCIe Cntrl 1
+19	ge1	Gigabit Ethernet 0
+20	tdm	Time Division Mplx
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of the following:
+	"marvell,dove-gating-clock" - for Dove SoC clock gating
+	"marvell,kirkwood-gating-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC clock gating
+- reg : shall be the register address of the Clock Gating Control register
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 1
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks : default parent clock phandle (e.g. tclk)
+
+Example:
+
+gate_clk: clock-gating-control@d0038 {
+	compatible = "marvell,dove-gating-clock";
+	reg = <0xd0038 0x4>;
+	/* default parent clock is tclk */
+	clocks = <&core_clk 0>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+sdio0: sdio@92000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,dove-sdhci";
+	/* get clk gate bit 8 (sdio0) */
+	clocks = <&gate_clk 8>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/vt8500.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/vt8500.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a880c70d004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/vt8500.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+Device Tree Clock bindings for arch-vt8500
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be one of the following:
+	"via,vt8500-pll-clock" - for a VT8500/WM8505 PLL clock
+	"wm,wm8650-pll-clock" - for a WM8650 PLL clock
+	"via,vt8500-device-clock" - for a VT/WM device clock
+
+Required properties for PLL clocks:
+- reg : shall be the control register offset from PMC base for the pll clock.
+- clocks : shall be the input parent clock phandle for the clock. This should
+	be the reference clock.
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+
+Required properties for device clocks:
+- clocks : shall be the input parent clock phandle for the clock. This should
+	be a pll output.
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+
+
+Device Clocks
+
+Device clocks are required to have one or both of the following sets of
+properties:
+
+
+Gated device clocks:
+
+Required properties:
+- enable-reg : shall be the register offset from PMC base for the enable
+	register.
+- enable-bit : shall be the bit within enable-reg to enable/disable the clock.
+
+
+Divisor device clocks:
+
+Required property:
+- divisor-reg : shall be the register offset from PMC base for the divisor
+	register.
+Optional property:
+- divisor-mask : shall be the mask for the divisor register. Defaults to 0x1f
+	if not specified.
+
+
+For example:
+
+ref25: ref25M {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "fixed-clock";
+	clock-frequency = <25000000>;
+};
+
+plla: plla {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "wm,wm8650-pll-clock";
+	clocks = <&ref25>;
+	reg = <0x200>;
+};
+
+sdhc: sdhc {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "via,vt8500-device-clock";
+	clocks = <&pllb>;
+	divisor-reg = <0x328>;
+	divisor-mask = <0x3f>;
+	enable-reg = <0x254>;
+	enable-bit = <18>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..23ae1db1bc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+Device Tree Clock bindings for the Zynq 7000 EPP
+
+The Zynq EPP has several different clk providers, each with there own bindings.
+The purpose of this document is to document their usage.
+
+See clock_bindings.txt for more information on the generic clock bindings.
+See Chapter 25 of Zynq TRM for more information about Zynq clocks.
+
+== PLLs ==
+
+Used to describe the ARM_PLL, DDR_PLL, and IO_PLL.
+
+Required properties:
+- #clock-cells : shall be 0 (only one clock is output from this node)
+- compatible : "xlnx,zynq-pll"
+- reg : pair of u32 values, which are the address offsets within the SLCR
+        of the relevant PLL_CTRL register and PLL_CFG register respectively
+- clocks : phandle for parent clock.  should be the phandle for ps_clk
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : name of the output clock
+
+Example:
+	armpll: armpll {
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynq-pll";
+		clocks = <&ps_clk>;
+		reg = <0x100 0x110>;
+		clock-output-names = "armpll";
+	};
+
+== Peripheral clocks ==
+
+Describes clock node for the SDIO, SMC, SPI, QSPI, and UART clocks.
+
+Required properties:
+- #clock-cells : shall be 1
+- compatible : "xlnx,zynq-periph-clock"
+- reg : a single u32 value, describing the offset within the SLCR where
+        the CLK_CTRL register is found for this peripheral
+- clocks : phandle for parent clocks.  should hold phandles for
+           the IO_PLL, ARM_PLL, and DDR_PLL in order
+- clock-output-names : names of the output clock(s).  For peripherals that have
+                       two output clocks (for example, the UART), two clocks
+                       should be listed.
+
+Example:
+	uart_clk: uart_clk {
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynq-periph-clock";
+		clocks = <&iopll &armpll &ddrpll>;
+		reg = <0x154>;
+		clock-output-names = "uart0_ref_clk",
+				     "uart1_ref_clk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4416ccc3347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+Generic CPU0 cpufreq driver
+
+It is a generic cpufreq driver for CPU0 frequency management.  It
+supports both uniprocessor (UP) and symmetric multiprocessor (SMP)
+systems which share clock and voltage across all CPUs.
+
+Both required and optional properties listed below must be defined
+under node /cpus/cpu@0.
+
+Required properties:
+- operating-points: Refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt
+  for details
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-latency: Specify the possible maximum transition latency for clock,
+  in unit of nanoseconds.
+- voltage-tolerance: Specify the CPU voltage tolerance in percentage.
+
+Examples:
+
+cpus {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	cpu@0 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
+		reg = <0>;
+		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
+		operating-points = <
+			/* kHz    uV */
+			792000  1100000
+			396000  950000
+			198000  850000
+		>;
+		transition-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */
+	};
+
+	cpu@1 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
+		reg = <1>;
+		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@2 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
+		reg = <2>;
+		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@3 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
+		reg = <3>;
+		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-spear.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-spear.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f3d44984d91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-spear.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+SPEAr cpufreq driver
+-------------------
+
+SPEAr SoC cpufreq driver for CPU frequency scaling.
+It supports both uniprocessor (UP) and symmetric multiprocessor (SMP) systems
+which share clock across all CPUs.
+
+Required properties:
+- cpufreq_tbl: Table of frequencies CPU could be transitioned into, in the
+  increasing order.
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-latency: Specify the possible maximum transition latency for clock, in
+  unit of nanoseconds.
+
+Both required and optional properties listed above must be defined under node
+/cpus/cpu@0.
+
+Examples:
+--------
+cpus {
+
+	<...>
+
+	cpu@0 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
+		reg = <0>;
+
+		<...>
+
+		cpufreq_tbl = < 166000
+				200000
+				250000
+				300000
+				400000
+				500000
+				600000 >;
+	};
+
+	<...>
+
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
index bf57ecd5d73..fc9ce6f1688 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Freescale Semiconductor Inc.
    -Run Time Integrity Check (RTIC) Node
    -Run Time Integrity Check (RTIC) Memory Node
    -Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Node
+   -Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Low Power (LP) RTC Node
    -Full Example
 
 NOTE: the SEC 4 is also known as Freescale's Cryptographic Accelerator
@@ -53,7 +54,8 @@ PROPERTIES
    - compatible
       Usage: required
       Value type: <string>
-      Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0"
+      Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0". Also includes SEC
+           ERA versions (optional) with which the device is compatible.
 
    - #address-cells
        Usage: required
@@ -105,7 +107,7 @@ PROPERTIES
 
 EXAMPLE
 	crypto@300000 {
-		compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0";
+		compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0", "fsl,sec-era-v2.0";
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <1>;
 		reg = <0x300000 0x10000>;
@@ -294,6 +296,27 @@ Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Node
           address and length of the SEC4 configuration
           registers.
 
+   - #address-cells
+       Usage: required
+       Value type: <u32>
+       Definition: A standard property.  Defines the number of cells
+           for representing physical addresses in child nodes.  Must
+           have a value of 1.
+
+   - #size-cells
+       Usage: required
+       Value type: <u32>
+       Definition: A standard property.  Defines the number of cells
+           for representing the size of physical addresses in
+           child nodes.  Must have a value of 1.
+
+   - ranges
+       Usage: required
+       Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+       Definition: A standard property.  Specifies the physical address
+           range of the SNVS register space.  A triplet that includes
+           the child address, parent address, & length.
+
    - interrupts
       Usage: required
       Value type: <prop_encoded-array>
@@ -314,11 +337,34 @@ EXAMPLE
 	sec_mon@314000 {
 		compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon";
 		reg = <0x314000 0x1000>;
+		ranges = <0 0x314000 0x1000>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
 		interrupts = <93 2>;
 	};
 
 =====================================================================
+Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Low Power (LP) RTC Node
+
+  A SNVS child node that defines SNVS LP RTC.
+
+  - compatible
+      Usage: required
+      Value type: <string>
+      Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon-rtc-lp".
+
+  - reg
+      Usage: required
+      Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+      Definition: A standard property.  Specifies the physical
+          address and length of the SNVS LP configuration registers.
+
+EXAMPLE
+	sec_mon_rtc_lp@314000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon-rtc-lp";
+		reg = <0x34 0x58>;
+	};
+
+=====================================================================
 FULL EXAMPLE
 
 	crypto: crypto@300000 {
@@ -390,8 +436,14 @@ FULL EXAMPLE
 	sec_mon: sec_mon@314000 {
 		compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon";
 		reg = <0x314000 0x1000>;
+		ranges = <0 0x314000 0x1000>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
 		interrupts = <93 2>;
+
+		sec_mon_rtc_lp@34 {
+			compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon-rtc-lp";
+			reg = <0x34 0x58>;
+		};
 	};
 
 =====================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..47229b1a594
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Marvell Cryptographic Engines And Security Accelerator
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "marvell,orion-crypto"
+- reg : base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped
+        region, followed by base physical address of sram and its memory
+        length
+- reg-names : "regs" , "sram";
+- interrupts : interrupt number
+
+Examples:
+
+	crypto@30000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,orion-crypto";
+		reg = <0x30000 0x10000>,
+		      <0x4000000 0x800>;
+		reg-names = "regs" , "sram";
+		interrupts = <22>;
+		status = "okay";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
index a4cd273b2a6..36e27d54260 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ Required properties:
     region.
   - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
 
+Optional properties:
+- dma-coherent      : Present if dma operations are coherent
+
 Example:
 
 	pdma0: pdma@12680000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a4fa4efa1d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+* MARVELL MMP DMA controller
+
+Marvell Peripheral DMA Controller
+Used platfroms: pxa688, pxa910, pxa3xx, etc
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,pdma-1.0"
+- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Either contain all of the per-channel DMA interrupts
+		or one irq for pdma device
+- #dma-channels: Number of DMA channels supported by the controller.
+
+"marvell,pdma-1.0"
+Used platfroms: pxa25x, pxa27x, pxa3xx, pxa93x, pxa168, pxa910, pxa688.
+
+Examples:
+
+/*
+ * Each channel has specific irq
+ * ICU parse out irq channel from ICU register,
+ * while DMA controller may not able to distinguish the irq channel
+ * Using this method, interrupt-parent is required as demuxer
+ * For example, pxa688 icu register 0x128, bit 0~15 is PDMA channel irq,
+ * 18~21 is ADMA irq
+ */
+pdma: dma-controller@d4000000 {
+	      compatible = "marvell,pdma-1.0";
+	      reg = <0xd4000000 0x10000>;
+	      interrupts = <0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15>;
+	      interrupt-parent = <&intcmux32>;
+	      #dma-channels = <16>;
+      };
+
+/*
+ * One irq for all channels
+ * Dmaengine driver (DMA controller) distinguish irq channel via
+ * parsing internal register
+ */
+pdma: dma-controller@d4000000 {
+	      compatible = "marvell,pdma-1.0";
+	      reg = <0xd4000000 0x10000>;
+	      interrupts = <47>;
+	      #dma-channels = <16>;
+      };
+
+
+Marvell Two Channel DMA Controller used specifically for audio
+Used platfroms: pxa688, pxa910
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,adma-1.0" or "marvell,pxa910-squ"
+- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Either contain all of the per-channel DMA interrupts
+		or one irq for dma device
+
+"marvell,adma-1.0" used on pxa688
+"marvell,pxa910-squ" used on pxa910
+
+Examples:
+
+/* each channel has specific irq */
+adma0: dma-controller@d42a0800 {
+	      compatible = "marvell,adma-1.0";
+	      reg = <0xd42a0800 0x100>;
+	      interrupts = <18 19>;
+	      interrupt-parent = <&intcmux32>;
+      };
+
+/* One irq for all channels */
+squ: dma-controller@d42a0800 {
+	      compatible = "marvell,pxa910-squ";
+	      reg = <0xd42a0800 0x100>;
+	      interrupts = <46>;
+      };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7c6cb7fcecd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+* Marvell XOR engines
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,orion-xor"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length (two sets)
+    the first set is the low registers, the second set the high
+    registers for the XOR engine.
+- clocks: pointer to the reference clock
+
+The DT node must also contains sub-nodes for each XOR channel that the
+XOR engine has. Those sub-nodes have the following required
+properties:
+- interrupts: interrupt of the XOR channel
+
+And the following optional properties:
+- dmacap,memcpy to indicate that the XOR channel is capable of memcpy operations
+- dmacap,memset to indicate that the XOR channel is capable of memset operations
+- dmacap,xor to indicate that the XOR channel is capable of xor operations
+
+Example:
+
+xor@d0060900 {
+	compatible = "marvell,orion-xor";
+	reg = <0xd0060900 0x100
+	       0xd0060b00 0x100>;
+	clocks = <&coreclk 0>;
+	status = "okay";
+
+	xor00 {
+	      interrupts = <51>;
+	      dmacap,memcpy;
+	      dmacap,xor;
+	};
+	xor01 {
+	      interrupts = <52>;
+	      dmacap,memcpy;
+	      dmacap,xor;
+	      dmacap,memset;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..589edee3739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for drm hdmi driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5-hdmi".
+- reg: physical base address of the hdmi and length of memory mapped
+	region.
+- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
+- hpd-gpio: following information about the hotplug gpio pin.
+	a) phandle of the gpio controller node.
+	b) pin number within the gpio controller.
+	c) pin function mode.
+	d) optional flags and pull up/down.
+	e) drive strength.
+
+Example:
+
+	hdmi {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5-hdmi";
+		reg = <0x14530000 0x100000>;
+		interrupts = <0 95 0>;
+		hpd-gpio = <&gpx3 7 0xf 1 3>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmiddc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmiddc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fa166d94580
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmiddc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for hdmiddc driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5-hdmiddc".
+- reg: I2C address of the hdmiddc device.
+
+Example:
+
+	hdmiddc {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5-hdmiddc";
+		reg = <0x50>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmiphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmiphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..858f4f9b902
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/hdmiphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for hdmiphy driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5-hdmiphy".
+- reg: I2C address of the hdmiphy device.
+
+Example:
+
+	hdmiphy {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5-hdmiphy";
+		reg = <0x38>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/mixer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/mixer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9b2ea034356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/exynos/mixer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for mixer driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos5-mixer".
+- reg: physical base address of the mixer and length of memory mapped
+	region.
+- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
+
+Example:
+
+	mixer {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5-mixer";
+		reg = <0x14450000 0x10000>;
+		interrupts = <0 94 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc2608021f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-74x164.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+* Generic 8-bits shift register GPIO driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "fairchild,74hc595"
+- reg : chip select number
+- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+- #gpio-cells : Should be two.  The first cell is the pin number and
+  the second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity:
+      0 = active high
+      1 = active low
+- registers-number: Number of daisy-chained shift registers
+
+Example:
+
+gpio5: gpio5@0 {
+	compatible = "fairchild,74hc595";
+	reg = <0>;
+	gpio-controller;
+	#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	registers-number = <4>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <100000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-adnp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-adnp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..af66b272483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-adnp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Avionic Design N-bit GPIO expander bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "ad,gpio-adnp"
+- reg: The I2C slave address for this device.
+- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller.
+- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt.
+- #gpio-cells: Should be 2. The first cell is the GPIO number and the
+  second cell is used to specify optional parameters:
+  - bit 0: polarity (0: normal, 1: inverted)
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device as a GPIO controller
+- nr-gpios: The number of pins supported by the controller.
+
+The GPIO expander can optionally be used as an interrupt controller, in
+which case it uses the default two cell specifier as described in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	gpioext: gpio-controller@41 {
+		compatible = "ad,gpio-adnp";
+		reg = <0x41>;
+
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		interrupts = <160 1>;
+
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+
+		nr-gpios = <64>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2dd457a3469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Bindings for fan connected to GPIO lines
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "gpio-fan"
+- gpios: Specifies the pins that map to bits in the control value,
+  ordered MSB-->LSB.
+- gpio-fan,speed-map: A mapping of possible fan RPM speeds and the
+  control value that should be set to achieve them. This array
+  must have the RPM values in ascending order.
+
+Optional properties:
+- alarm-gpios: This pin going active indicates something is wrong with
+  the fan, and a udev event will be fired.
+
+Examples:
+
+	gpio_fan {
+		compatible = "gpio-fan";
+		gpios = <&gpio1 14 1
+			 &gpio1 13 1>;
+		gpio-fan,speed-map = <0    0
+				      3000 1
+				      6000 2>;
+		alarm-gpios = <&gpio1 15 1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a6f3bec1da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+* Marvell EBU GPIO controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should be "marvell,orion-gpio", "marvell,mv78200-gpio"
+  or "marvell,armadaxp-gpio". "marvell,orion-gpio" should be used for
+  Orion, Kirkwood, Dove, Discovery (except MV78200) and Armada
+  370. "marvell,mv78200-gpio" should be used for the Discovery
+  MV78200. "marvel,armadaxp-gpio" should be used for all Armada XP
+  SoCs (MV78230, MV78260, MV78460).
+
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. Only one
+  entry is expected, except for the "marvell,armadaxp-gpio" variant
+  for which two entries are expected: one for the general registers,
+  one for the per-cpu registers.
+
+- interrupts: The list of interrupts that are used for all the pins
+  managed by this GPIO bank. There can be more than one interrupt
+  (example: 1 interrupt per 8 pins on Armada XP, which means 4
+  interrupts per bank of 32 GPIOs).
+
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+
+- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. Should be two.
+  The first cell is the GPIO number.
+  The second cell is used to specify flags:
+    bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags:
+      1 = low-to-high edge triggered.
+      2 = high-to-low edge triggered.
+      4 = active high level-sensitive.
+      8 = active low level-sensitive.
+
+- gpio-controller: marks the device node as a gpio controller
+
+- ngpios: number of GPIOs this controller has
+
+- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number. The
+  second cell is reserved for flags, unused at the moment.
+
+Example:
+
+		gpio0: gpio@d0018100 {
+			compatible = "marvell,armadaxp-gpio";
+			reg = <0xd0018100 0x40>,
+			    <0xd0018800 0x30>;
+			ngpios = <32>;
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+			interrupt-controller;
+			#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+			interrupts = <16>, <17>, <18>, <19>;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-poweroff.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..558cdf3c9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-poweroff.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+GPIO line that should be set high/low to power off a device
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "gpio-poweroff".
+- gpios : The GPIO to set high/low, see "gpios property" in
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt. If the pin should be
+  low to power down the board set it to "Active Low", otherwise set
+  gpio to "Active High".
+
+Optional properties:
+- input : Initially configure the GPIO line as an input. Only reconfigure
+  it to an output when the pm_power_off function is called. If this optional
+  property is not specified, the GPIO is initialized as an output in its
+  inactive state.
+
+
+Examples:
+
+gpio-poweroff {
+	compatible = "gpio-poweroff";
+	gpios = <&gpio 4 0>; /* GPIO 4 Active Low */
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-samsung.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-samsung.txt
index 5375625e8cd..f1e5dfecf55 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-samsung.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-samsung.txt
@@ -39,3 +39,46 @@ Example:
 		#gpio-cells = <4>;
 		gpio-controller;
 	};
+
+
+Samsung S3C24XX GPIO Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Compatible property value should be "samsung,s3c24xx-gpio".
+
+- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+
+- #gpio-cells: Should be 3. The syntax of the gpio specifier used by client nodes
+  should be the following with values derived from the SoC user manual.
+     <[phandle of the gpio controller node]
+      [pin number within the gpio controller]
+      [mux function]
+      [flags and pull up/down]
+
+  Values for gpio specifier:
+  - Pin number: depending on the controller a number from 0 up to 15.
+  - Mux function: Depending on the SoC and the gpio bank the gpio can be set
+                  as input, output or a special function
+  - Flags and Pull Up/Down: the values to use differ for the individual SoCs
+                    example S3C2416/S3C2450:
+                            0 - Pull Up/Down Disabled.
+                            1 - Pull Down Enabled.
+                            2 - Pull Up Enabled.
+          Bit 16 (0x00010000) - Input is active low.
+  Consult the user manual for the correct values of Mux and Pull Up/Down.
+
+- gpio-controller: Specifies that the node is a gpio controller.
+- #address-cells: should be 1.
+- #size-cells: should be 1.
+
+Example:
+
+	gpa: gpio-controller@56000000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "samsung,s3c24xx-gpio";
+		reg = <0x56000000 0x10>;
+		#gpio-cells = <3>;
+		gpio-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stmpe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stmpe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0e4cf88521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stmpe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+STMPE gpio
+----------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "st,stmpe-gpio"
+
+Optional properties:
+ - st,norequest-mask: bitmask specifying which GPIOs should _not_ be requestable
+   due to different usage (e.g. touch, keypad)
+
+Node name must be stmpe_gpio and should be child node of stmpe node to which it
+belongs.
+
+Example:
+	stmpe_gpio {
+		compatible = "st,stmpe-gpio";
+		st,norequest-mask = <0x20>;	//gpio 5 can't be used
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt
index 16695d9cf1e..66788fda1db 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,11 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupt-controller: Mark the device node as an interrupt controller
   The first cell is the GPIO number.
   The second cell is not used.
+- ti,use-leds : Enables LEDA and LEDB outputs if set
+- ti,debounce : if n-th bit is set, debounces GPIO-n
+- ti,mmc-cd : if n-th bit is set, GPIO-n controls VMMC(n+1)
+- ti,pullups : if n-th bit is set, set a pullup on GPIO-n
+- ti,pulldowns : if n-th bit is set, set a pulldown on GPIO-n
 
 Example:
 
@@ -20,4 +25,5 @@ twl_gpio: gpio {
     gpio-controller;
     #interrupt-cells = <2>;
     interrupt-controller;
+    ti,use-leds;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vt8500.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vt8500.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4dc5233167
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vt8500.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+VIA/Wondermedia VT8500 GPIO Controller
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "via,vt8500-gpio", "wm,wm8505-gpio"
+	or "wm,wm8650-gpio" depending on your SoC
+- reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length)
+- #gpio-cells : should be <3>.
+	1) bank
+	2) pin number
+	3) flags - should be 0
+
+Example:
+
+	gpio: gpio-controller@d8110000 {
+		compatible = "via,vt8500-gpio";
+		gpio-controller;
+		reg = <0xd8110000 0x10000>;
+		#gpio-cells = <3>;
+	};
+
+	vibrate {
+		gpios = <&gpio 0 1 0>; /* Bank 0, Pin 1, No flags */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
index 4e16ba4feab..a33628759d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
@@ -75,4 +75,40 @@ Example of two SOC GPIO banks defined as gpio-controller nodes:
 		gpio-controller;
 	};
 
+2.1) gpio-controller and pinctrl subsystem
+------------------------------------------
 
+gpio-controller on a SOC might be tightly coupled with the pinctrl
+subsystem, in the sense that the pins can be used by other functions
+together with optional gpio feature.
+
+While the pin allocation is totally managed by the pin ctrl subsystem,
+gpio (under gpiolib) is still maintained by gpio drivers. It may happen
+that different pin ranges in a SoC is managed by different gpio drivers.
+
+This makes it logical to let gpio drivers announce their pin ranges to
+the pin ctrl subsystem and call 'pinctrl_request_gpio' in order to
+request the corresponding pin before any gpio usage.
+
+For this, the gpio controller can use a pinctrl phandle and pins to
+announce the pinrange to the pin ctrl subsystem. For example,
+
+	qe_pio_e: gpio-controller@1460 {
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		compatible = "fsl,qe-pario-bank-e", "fsl,qe-pario-bank";
+		reg = <0x1460 0x18>;
+		gpio-controller;
+		gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl1 20 10>, <&pinctrl2 50 20>;
+
+    }
+
+where,
+   &pinctrl1 and &pinctrl2 is the phandle to the pinctrl DT node.
+
+   Next values specify the base pin and number of pins for the range
+   handled by 'qe_pio_e' gpio. In the given example from base pin 20 to
+   pin 29 under pinctrl1 and pin 50 to pin 69 under pinctrl2 is handled
+   by this gpio controller.
+
+The pinctrl node must have "#gpio-range-cells" property to show number of
+arguments to pass with phandle from gpio controllers node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt
index 66efc804806..85f8c0d084f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,10 @@ Required properties:
   unused).
 - gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
 
+optional properties:
+- #gpio-lines: Number of gpio if absent 32.
+
+
 Example:
 	pioA: gpio@fffff200 {
 		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-gpio";
@@ -16,5 +20,6 @@ Example:
 		interrupts = <2 4>;
 		#gpio-cells = <2>;
 		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-lines = <19>;
 	};
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bb308abd22..00000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-LEDs connected to GPIO lines
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : should be "gpio-leds".
-
-Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the gpio-leds device.  Each
-node's name represents the name of the corresponding LED.
-
-LED sub-node properties:
-- gpios :  Should specify the LED's GPIO, see "gpios property" in
-  Documentation/devicetree/gpio.txt.  Active low LEDs should be
-  indicated using flags in the GPIO specifier.
-- label :  (optional) The label for this LED.  If omitted, the label is
-  taken from the node name (excluding the unit address).
-- linux,default-trigger :  (optional) This parameter, if present, is a
-  string defining the trigger assigned to the LED.  Current triggers are:
-    "backlight" - LED will act as a back-light, controlled by the framebuffer
-		  system
-    "default-on" - LED will turn on, but see "default-state" below
-    "heartbeat" - LED "double" flashes at a load average based rate
-    "ide-disk" - LED indicates disk activity
-    "timer" - LED flashes at a fixed, configurable rate
-- default-state:  (optional) The initial state of the LED.  Valid
-  values are "on", "off", and "keep".  If the LED is already on or off
-  and the default-state property is set the to same value, then no
-  glitch should be produced where the LED momentarily turns off (or
-  on).  The "keep" setting will keep the LED at whatever its current
-  state is, without producing a glitch.  The default is off if this
-  property is not present.
-
-Examples:
-
-leds {
-	compatible = "gpio-leds";
-	hdd {
-		label = "IDE Activity";
-		gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 1>; /* Active low */
-		linux,default-trigger = "ide-disk";
-	};
-
-	fault {
-		gpios = <&mcu_pio 1 0>;
-		/* Keep LED on if BIOS detected hardware fault */
-		default-state = "keep";
-	};
-};
-
-run-control {
-	compatible = "gpio-leds";
-	red {
-		gpios = <&mpc8572 6 0>;
-		default-state = "off";
-	};
-	green {
-		gpios = <&mpc8572 7 0>;
-		default-state = "on";
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aef3aca34d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/leds-ns2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Binding for dual-GPIO LED found on Network Space v2 (and parents).
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "lacie,ns2-leds".
+
+Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the ns2-leds device.
+
+Required sub-node properties:
+- cmd-gpio: Command LED GPIO. See OF device-tree GPIO specification.
+- slow-gpio: Slow LED GPIO. See OF device-tree GPIO specification.
+
+Optional sub-node properties:
+- label: Name for this LED. If omitted, the label is taken from the node name.
+- linux,default-trigger: Trigger assigned to the LED.
+
+Example:
+
+ns2-leds {
+	compatible = "lacie,ns2-leds";
+
+	blue-sata {
+		label = "ns2:blue:sata";
+		slow-gpio = <&gpio0 29 0>;
+		cmd-gpio = <&gpio0 30 0>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/spear_spics.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/spear_spics.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..96c37eb1507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/spear_spics.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+=== ST Microelectronics SPEAr SPI CS Driver ===
+
+SPEAr platform provides a provision to control chipselects of ARM PL022 Prime
+Cell spi controller through its system registers, which otherwise remains under
+PL022 control. If chipselect remain under PL022 control then they would be
+released as soon as transfer is over and TxFIFO becomes empty. This is not
+desired by some of the device protocols above spi which expect (multiple)
+transfers without releasing their chipselects.
+
+Chipselects can be controlled by software by turning them as GPIOs. SPEAr
+provides another interface through system registers through which software can
+directly control each PL022 chipselect. Hence, it is natural for SPEAr to export
+the control of this interface as gpio.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  * compatible: should be defined as "st,spear-spics-gpio"
+  * reg: mentioning address range of spics controller
+  * st-spics,peripcfg-reg: peripheral configuration register offset
+  * st-spics,sw-enable-bit: bit offset to enable sw control
+  * st-spics,cs-value-bit: bit offset to drive chipselect low or high
+  * st-spics,cs-enable-mask: chip select number bit mask
+  * st-spics,cs-enable-shift: chip select number program offset
+  * gpio-controller: Marks the device node as gpio controller
+  * #gpio-cells: should be 1 and will mention chip select number
+
+All the above bit offsets are within peripcfg register.
+
+Example:
+-------
+spics: spics@e0700000{
+        compatible = "st,spear-spics-gpio";
+        reg = <0xe0700000 0x1000>;
+        st-spics,peripcfg-reg = <0x3b0>;
+        st-spics,sw-enable-bit = <12>;
+        st-spics,cs-value-bit = <11>;
+        st-spics,cs-enable-mask = <3>;
+        st-spics,cs-enable-shift = <8>;
+        gpio-controller;
+        #gpio-cells = <2>;
+};
+
+
+spi0: spi@e0100000 {
+        status = "okay";
+        num-cs = <3>;
+        cs-gpios = <&gpio1 7 0>, <&spics 0>,
+                   <&spics 1>;
+	...
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b4fa934ae3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra host1x
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-host1x"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+- #address-cells: The number of cells used to represent physical base addresses
+  in the host1x address space. Should be 1.
+- #size-cells: The number of cells used to represent the size of an address
+  range in the host1x address space. Should be 1.
+- ranges: The mapping of the host1x address space to the CPU address space.
+
+The host1x top-level node defines a number of children, each representing one
+of the following host1x client modules:
+
+- mpe: video encoder
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-mpe"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+
+- vi: video input
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-vi"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+
+- epp: encoder pre-processor
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-epp"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+
+- isp: image signal processor
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-isp"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+
+- gr2d: 2D graphics engine
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-gr2d"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+
+- gr3d: 3D graphics engine
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-gr3d"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+
+- dc: display controller
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-dc"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+
+  Each display controller node has a child node, named "rgb", that represents
+  the RGB output associated with the controller. It can take the following
+  optional properties:
+  - nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
+  - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection
+  - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
+
+- hdmi: High Definition Multimedia Interface
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-hdmi"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+  - vdd-supply: regulator for supply voltage
+  - pll-supply: regulator for PLL
+
+  Optional properties:
+  - nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
+  - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection
+  - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
+
+- tvo: TV encoder output
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-tvo"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+  - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+
+- dsi: display serial interface
+
+  Required properties:
+  - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-dsi"
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+
+Example:
+
+/ {
+	...
+
+	host1x {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-host1x", "simple-bus";
+		reg = <0x50000000 0x00024000>;
+		interrupts = <0 65 0x04   /* mpcore syncpt */
+			      0 67 0x04>; /* mpcore general */
+
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		ranges = <0x54000000 0x54000000 0x04000000>;
+
+		mpe {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-mpe";
+			reg = <0x54040000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 68 0x04>;
+		};
+
+		vi {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-vi";
+			reg = <0x54080000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 69 0x04>;
+		};
+
+		epp {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-epp";
+			reg = <0x540c0000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 70 0x04>;
+		};
+
+		isp {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-isp";
+			reg = <0x54100000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 71 0x04>;
+		};
+
+		gr2d {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gr2d";
+			reg = <0x54140000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 72 0x04>;
+		};
+
+		gr3d {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gr3d";
+			reg = <0x54180000 0x00040000>;
+		};
+
+		dc@54200000 {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dc";
+			reg = <0x54200000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 73 0x04>;
+
+			rgb {
+				status = "disabled";
+			};
+		};
+
+		dc@54240000 {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dc";
+			reg = <0x54240000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 74 0x04>;
+
+			rgb {
+				status = "disabled";
+			};
+		};
+
+		hdmi {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-hdmi";
+			reg = <0x54280000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 75 0x04>;
+			status = "disabled";
+		};
+
+		tvo {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-tvo";
+			reg = <0x542c0000 0x00040000>;
+			interrupts = <0 76 0x04>;
+			status = "disabled";
+		};
+
+		dsi {
+			compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dsi";
+			reg = <0x54300000 0x00040000>;
+			status = "disabled";
+		};
+	};
+
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/vexpress.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/vexpress.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c27ed694bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/vexpress.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Versatile Express hwmon sensors
+-------------------------------
+
+Requires node properties:
+- "compatible" value : one of
+	"arm,vexpress-volt"
+	"arm,vexpress-amp"
+	"arm,vexpress-temp"
+	"arm,vexpress-power"
+	"arm,vexpress-energy"
+- "arm,vexpress-sysreg,func" when controlled via vexpress-sysreg
+  (see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress-sysreg.txt
+  for more details)
+
+Optional node properties:
+- label : string describing the monitored value
+
+Example:
+	energy@0 {
+		compatible = "arm,vexpress-energy";
+		arm,vexpress-sysreg,func = <13 0>;
+		label = "A15 Jcore";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/fsl-imx-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/fsl-imx-i2c.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f3cf43b66f7..00000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/fsl-imx-i2c.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-* Freescale Inter IC (I2C) and High Speed Inter IC (HS-I2C) for i.MX
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "fsl,<chip>-i2c"
-- reg : Should contain I2C/HS-I2C registers location and length
-- interrupts : Should contain I2C/HS-I2C interrupt
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
-  The absence of the propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz.
-
-Examples:
-
-i2c@83fc4000 { /* I2C2 on i.MX51 */
-	compatible = "fsl,imx51-i2c", "fsl,imx1-i2c";
-	reg = <0x83fc4000 0x4000>;
-	interrupts = <63>;
-};
-
-i2c@70038000 { /* HS-I2C on i.MX51 */
-	compatible = "fsl,imx51-i2c", "fsl,imx1-i2c";
-	reg = <0x70038000 0x4000>;
-	interrupts = <64>;
-	clock-frequency = <400000>;
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b689a0d9441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+I2C for Atmel platforms
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Must be "atmel,at91rm9200-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9261-i2c",
+     "atmel,at91sam9260-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g20-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g10-i2c"
+     or "atmel,at91sam9x5-i2c"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+     region.
+- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
+- #address-cells = <1>;
+- #size-cells = <0>;
+
+Optional properties:
+- Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding
+
+Examples :
+
+i2c0: i2c@fff84000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g20-i2c";
+	reg = <0xfff84000 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <12 4 6>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	24c512@50 {
+		compatible = "24c512";
+		reg = <0x50>;
+		pagesize = <128>;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cbus-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cbus-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8ce9cd2855b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-cbus-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Device tree bindings for i2c-cbus-gpio driver
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible = "i2c-cbus-gpio";
+	- gpios: clk, dat, sel
+	- #address-cells = <1>;
+	- #size-cells = <0>;
+
+Optional properties:
+	- child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding
+
+Example:
+
+i2c@0 {
+	compatible = "i2c-cbus-gpio";
+	gpios = <&gpio 66 0 /* clk */
+		 &gpio 65 0 /* dat */
+		 &gpio 64 0 /* sel */
+		>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	retu-mfd: retu@1 {
+		compatible = "retu-mfd";
+		reg = <0x1>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2dc935b4113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-davinci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* Texas Instruments Davinci I2C
+
+This file provides information, what the device node for the
+davinci i2c interface contain.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,davinci-i2c";
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+Recommended properties :
+- interrupts : standard interrupt property.
+- clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+
+Example (enbw_cmc board):
+	i2c@1c22000 {
+		compatible = "ti,davinci-i2c";
+		reg = <0x22000 0x1000>;
+		clock-frequency = <100000>;
+		interrupts = <15>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		dtt@48 {
+			compatible = "national,lm75";
+			reg = <0x48>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/gpio-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.txt
index 4f8ec947c6b..4f8ec947c6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/gpio-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3614242e773
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Freescale Inter IC (I2C) and High Speed Inter IC (HS-I2C) for i.MX
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "fsl,<chip>-i2c"
+- reg : Should contain I2C/HS-I2C registers location and length
+- interrupts : Should contain I2C/HS-I2C interrupt
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+  The absence of the propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz.
+
+Examples:
+
+i2c@83fc4000 { /* I2C2 on i.MX51 */
+	compatible = "fsl,imx51-i2c", "fsl,imx21-i2c";
+	reg = <0x83fc4000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <63>;
+};
+
+i2c@70038000 { /* HS-I2C on i.MX51 */
+	compatible = "fsl,imx51-i2c", "fsl,imx21-i2c";
+	reg = <0x70038000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <64>;
+	clock-frequency = <400000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/fsl-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mpc.txt
index 1eacd6b20ed..1eacd6b20ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/fsl-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mpc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..66709a82554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+GPIO-based I2C Bus Mux
+
+This binding describes an I2C bus multiplexer that uses GPIOs to
+route the I2C signals.
+
+                                  +-----+  +-----+
+                                  | dev |  | dev |
+    +------------+                +-----+  +-----+
+    | SoC        |                   |        |
+    |            |          /--------+--------+
+    |   +------+ |  +------+    child bus A, on GPIO value set to 0
+    |   | I2C  |-|--| Mux  |
+    |   +------+ |  +--+---+    child bus B, on GPIO value set to 1
+    |            |     |    \----------+--------+--------+
+    |   +------+ |     |               |        |        |
+    |   | GPIO |-|-----+            +-----+  +-----+  +-----+
+    |   +------+ |                  | dev |  | dev |  | dev |
+    +------------+                  +-----+  +-----+  +-----+
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: i2c-mux-gpio
+- i2c-parent: The phandle of the I2C bus that this multiplexer's master-side
+  port is connected to.
+- mux-gpios: list of gpios used to control the muxer
+* Standard I2C mux properties. See mux.txt in this directory.
+* I2C child bus nodes. See mux.txt in this directory.
+
+Optional properties:
+- idle-state: value to set the muxer to when idle. When no value is
+  given, it defaults to the last value used.
+
+For each i2c child node, an I2C child bus will be created. They will
+be numbered based on their order in the device tree.
+
+Whenever an access is made to a device on a child bus, the value set
+in the revelant node's reg property will be output using the list of
+GPIOs, the first in the list holding the least-significant value.
+
+If an idle state is defined, using the idle-state (optional) property,
+whenever an access is not being made to a device on a child bus, the
+GPIOs will be set according to the idle value.
+
+If an idle state is not defined, the most recently used value will be
+left programmed into hardware whenever no access is being made to a
+device on a child bus.
+
+Example:
+	i2cmux {
+		compatible = "i2c-mux-gpio";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		mux-gpios = <&gpio1 22 0 &gpio1 23 0>;
+		i2c-parent = <&i2c1>;
+
+		i2c@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			ssd1307: oled@3c {
+				compatible = "solomon,ssd1307fb-i2c";
+				reg = <0x3c>;
+				pwms = <&pwm 4 3000>;
+				reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7 1>;
+				reset-active-low;
+			};
+		};
+
+		i2c@3 {
+			reg = <3>;
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			pca9555: pca9555@20 {
+				compatible = "nxp,pca9555";
+				gpio-controller;
+				#gpio-cells = <2>;
+				reg = <0x20>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux.txt
index af84cce5cd7..af84cce5cd7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mux.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f46d928aa73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+
+* Marvell MV64XXX I2C controller
+
+Required properties :
+
+ - reg             : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+ - compatible      : Should be "marvell,mv64xxx-i2c"
+ - interrupts      : The interrupt number
+ - clock-frequency : Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+
+Examples:
+
+	i2c@11000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,mv64xxx-i2c";
+		reg = <0x11000 0x20>;
+		interrupts = <29>;
+		clock-frequency = <100000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt
index 30ac3a0557f..7a3fe9e5f4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupts: Should contain ERROR and DMA interrupts
 - clock-frequency: Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
                    Only 100000Hz and 400000Hz modes are supported.
+- fsl,i2c-dma-channel: APBX DMA channel for the I2C
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -16,4 +17,5 @@ i2c0: i2c@80058000 {
 	reg = <0x80058000 2000>;
 	interrupts = <111 68>;
 	clock-frequency = <100000>;
+	fsl,i2c-dma-channel = <6>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-nomadik.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-nomadik.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..72065b0ff68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-nomadik.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+I2C for Nomadik based systems
+
+Required (non-standard) properties:
+ - Nil
+
+Recommended (non-standard) properties:
+ - clock-frequency : Maximum bus clock frequency for the device
+
+Optional (non-standard) properties:
+ - Nil
+
+Example :
+
+i2c@80004000 {
+        compatible = "stericsson,db8500-i2c", "st,nomadik-i2c";
+        reg = <0x80004000 0x1000>;
+        interrupts = <0 21 0x4>;
+        #address-cells = <1>;
+        #size-cells = <0>;
+        v-i2c-supply = <&db8500_vape_reg>;
+
+        clock-frequency = <400000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt
index c15781f4dc8..1637c298a1b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Device tree configuration for i2c-ocores
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible      : "opencores,i2c-ocores"
+- compatible      : "opencores,i2c-ocores" or "aeroflexgaisler,i2cmst"
 - reg             : bus address start and address range size of device
 - interrupts      : interrupt number
 - clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/cavium-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-octeon.txt
index dced82ebe31..dced82ebe31 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/cavium-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-octeon.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/omap-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt
index 56564aa4b44..56564aa4b44 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/omap-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/pnx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pnx.txt
index fe98ada33ee..fe98ada33ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/pnx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pnx.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ce4100-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa-pci-ce4100.txt
index 569b1624851..569b1624851 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ce4100-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa-pci-ce4100.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..12b78ac507e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-pxa.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+* Marvell MMP I2C controller
+
+Required properties :
+
+ - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+ - compatible : should be "mrvl,mmp-twsi" where mmp is the name of a
+   compatible processor, e.g. pxa168, pxa910, mmp2, mmp3.
+   For the pxa2xx/pxa3xx, an additional node "mrvl,pxa-i2c" is required
+   as shown in the example below.
+
+Recommended properties :
+
+ - interrupts : the interrupt number
+ - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
+   services interrupts for this device. If the parent is the default
+   interrupt controller in device tree, it could be ignored.
+ - mrvl,i2c-polling : Disable interrupt of i2c controller. Polling
+   status register of i2c controller instead.
+ - mrvl,i2c-fast-mode : Enable fast mode of i2c controller.
+
+Examples:
+	twsi1: i2c@d4011000 {
+		compatible = "mrvl,mmp-twsi";
+		reg = <0xd4011000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <7>;
+		mrvl,i2c-fast-mode;
+	};
+	
+	twsi2: i2c@d4025000 {
+		compatible = "mrvl,mmp-twsi";
+		reg = <0xd4025000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <58>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e9611ace879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-s3c2410.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* Samsung's I2C controller
+
+The Samsung's I2C controller is used to interface with I2C devices.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: value should be either of the following.
+      (a) "samsung, s3c2410-i2c", for i2c compatible with s3c2410 i2c.
+      (b) "samsung, s3c2440-i2c", for i2c compatible with s3c2440 i2c.
+      (c) "samsung, s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c", for s3c2440-like i2c used
+          inside HDMIPHY block found on several samsung SoCs
+  - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+    region.
+  - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
+  - samsung,i2c-sda-delay: Delay (in ns) applied to data line (SDA) edges.
+
+Required for all cases except "samsung,s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c":
+  - Samsung GPIO variant (deprecated):
+    - gpios: The order of the gpios should be the following: <SDA, SCL>.
+      The gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. Required in all
+      cases except for "samsung,s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c" whose input/output
+      lines are permanently wired to the respective clienta
+  - Pinctrl variant (preferred, if available):
+    - pinctrl-0: Pin control group to be used for this controller.
+    - pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default".
+
+Optional properties:
+  - samsung,i2c-slave-addr: Slave address in multi-master enviroment. If not
+    specified, default value is 0.
+  - samsung,i2c-max-bus-freq: Desired frequency in Hz of the bus. If not
+    specified, the default value in Hz is 100000.
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c@13870000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,s3c2440-i2c";
+		reg = <0x13870000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <345>;
+		samsung,i2c-sda-delay = <100>;
+		samsung,i2c-max-bus-freq = <100000>;
+		/* Samsung GPIO variant begins here */
+		gpios = <&gpd1 2 0 /* SDA */
+			 &gpd1 3 0 /* SCL */>;
+		/* Samsung GPIO variant ends here */
+		/* Pinctrl variant begins here */
+		pinctrl-0 = <&i2c3_bus>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		/* Pinctrl variant ends here */
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		wm8994@1a {
+			compatible = "wlf,wm8994";
+			reg = <0x1a>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/sirf-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt
index 7baf9e133fa..7baf9e133fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/sirf-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/arm-versatile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-versatile.txt
index 361d31c51b6..361d31c51b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/arm-versatile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-versatile.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/xiic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xiic.txt
index ceabbe91ae4..ceabbe91ae4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/xiic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xiic.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mrvl-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mrvl-i2c.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f7945019f6..00000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mrvl-i2c.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-* Marvell MMP I2C controller
-
-Required properties :
-
- - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
- - compatible : should be "mrvl,mmp-twsi" where mmp is the name of a
-   compatible processor, e.g. pxa168, pxa910, mmp2, mmp3.
-   For the pxa2xx/pxa3xx, an additional node "mrvl,pxa-i2c" is required
-   as shown in the example below.
-
-Recommended properties :
-
- - interrupts : the interrupt number
- - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
-   services interrupts for this device. If the parent is the default
-   interrupt controller in device tree, it could be ignored.
- - mrvl,i2c-polling : Disable interrupt of i2c controller. Polling
-   status register of i2c controller instead.
- - mrvl,i2c-fast-mode : Enable fast mode of i2c controller.
-
-Examples:
-	twsi1: i2c@d4011000 {
-		compatible = "mrvl,mmp-twsi";
-		reg = <0xd4011000 0x1000>;
-		interrupts = <7>;
-		mrvl,i2c-fast-mode;
-	};
-	
-	twsi2: i2c@d4025000 {
-		compatible = "mrvl,mmp-twsi";
-		reg = <0xd4025000 0x1000>;
-		interrupts = <58>;
-	};
-
-* Marvell MV64XXX I2C controller
-
-Required properties :
-
- - reg             : Offset and length of the register set for the device
- - compatible      : Should be "marvell,mv64xxx-i2c"
- - interrupts      : The interrupt number
- - clock-frequency : Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
-
-Examples:
-
-	i2c@11000 {
-		compatible = "marvell,mv64xxx-i2c";
-		reg = <0x11000 0x20>;
-		interrupts = <29>;
-		clock-frequency = <100000>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung-i2c.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b6cb5a12c67..00000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung-i2c.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-* Samsung's I2C controller
-
-The Samsung's I2C controller is used to interface with I2C devices.
-
-Required properties:
-  - compatible: value should be either of the following.
-      (a) "samsung, s3c2410-i2c", for i2c compatible with s3c2410 i2c.
-      (b) "samsung, s3c2440-i2c", for i2c compatible with s3c2440 i2c.
-      (c) "samsung, s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c", for s3c2440-like i2c used
-          inside HDMIPHY block found on several samsung SoCs
-  - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
-    region.
-  - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
-  - samsung,i2c-sda-delay: Delay (in ns) applied to data line (SDA) edges.
-
-Optional properties:
-  - gpios: The order of the gpios should be the following: <SDA, SCL>.
-    The gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. Required in all
-    cases except for "samsung,s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c" whose input/output
-    lines are permanently wired to the respective client
-  - samsung,i2c-slave-addr: Slave address in multi-master enviroment. If not
-    specified, default value is 0.
-  - samsung,i2c-max-bus-freq: Desired frequency in Hz of the bus. If not
-    specified, the default value in Hz is 100000.
-
-Example:
-
-	i2c@13870000 {
-		compatible = "samsung,s3c2440-i2c";
-		reg = <0x13870000 0x100>;
-		interrupts = <345>;
-		samsung,i2c-sda-delay = <100>;
-		samsung,i2c-max-bus-freq = <100000>;
-		gpios = <&gpd1 2 0 /* SDA */
-			 &gpd1 3 0 /* SCL */>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-
-		wm8994@1a {
-			compatible = "wlf,wm8994";
-			reg = <0x1a>;
-		};
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
index 1a85f986961..446859fcdca 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
@@ -55,4 +55,7 @@ st-micro,24c256		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
 stm,m41t00		Serial Access TIMEKEEPER
 stm,m41t62		Serial real-time clock (RTC) with alarm
 stm,m41t80		M41T80 - SERIAL ACCESS RTC WITH ALARMS
+taos,tsl2550		Ambient Light Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
 ti,tsc2003		I2C Touch-Screen Controller
+ti,tmp102		Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
+ti,tmp275		Digital Temperature Sensor
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..313abefa37c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys-polled.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for input/gpio_keys_polled.c keyboard driver
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible = "gpio-keys-polled";
+	- poll-interval: Poll interval time in milliseconds
+
+Optional properties:
+	- autorepeat: Boolean, Enable auto repeat feature of Linux input
+	  subsystem.
+
+Each button (key) is represented as a sub-node of "gpio-keys-polled":
+Subnode properties:
+
+	- gpios: OF device-tree gpio specification.
+	- label: Descriptive name of the key.
+	- linux,code: Keycode to emit.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+	- linux,input-type: Specify event type this button/key generates.
+	  If not specified defaults to <1> == EV_KEY.
+	- debounce-interval: Debouncing interval time in milliseconds.
+	  If not specified defaults to 5.
+	- gpio-key,wakeup: Boolean, button can wake-up the system.
+
+Example nodes:
+
+	gpio_keys_polled {
+			compatible = "gpio-keys-polled";
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+			poll-interval = <100>;
+			autorepeat;
+			button@21 {
+				label = "GPIO Key UP";
+				linux,code = <103>;
+				gpios = <&gpio1 0 1>;
+			};
+			...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ead641c65e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-matrix-keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* GPIO driven matrix keypad device tree bindings
+
+GPIO driven matrix keypad is used to interface a SoC with a matrix keypad.
+The matrix keypad supports multiple row and column lines, a key can be
+placed at each intersection of a unique row and a unique column. The matrix
+keypad can sense a key-press and key-release by means of GPIO lines and
+report the event using GPIO interrupts to the cpu.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible:		Should be "gpio-matrix-keypad"
+- row-gpios:		List of gpios used as row lines. The gpio specifier
+			for this property depends on the gpio controller to
+			which these row lines are connected.
+- col-gpios:		List of gpios used as column lines. The gpio specifier
+			for this property depends on the gpio controller to
+			which these column lines are connected.
+- linux,keymap:		The definition can be found at
+			bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt
+
+Optional Properties:
+- linux,no-autorepeat:	do no enable autorepeat feature.
+- linux,wakeup:		use any event on keypad as wakeup event.
+- debounce-delay-ms:	debounce interval in milliseconds
+- col-scan-delay-us:	delay, measured in microseconds, that is needed
+			before we can scan keypad after activating column gpio
+
+Example:
+	matrix-keypad {
+		compatible = "gpio-matrix-keypad";
+		debounce-delay-ms = <5>;
+		col-scan-delay-us = <2>;
+
+		row-gpios = <&gpio2 25 0
+			     &gpio2 26 0
+			     &gpio2 27 0>;
+
+		col-gpios = <&gpio2 21 0
+			     &gpio2 22 0>;
+
+		linux,keymap = <0x0000008B
+				0x0100009E
+				0x02000069
+				0x0001006A
+				0x0101001C
+				0x0201006C>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-beeper.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-beeper.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..be332ae4f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-beeper.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+* PWM beeper device tree bindings
+
+Registers a PWM device as beeper.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "pwm-beeper"
+- pwms: phandle to the physical PWM device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..331549593ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Rotary encoder DT bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- gpios: a spec for two GPIOs to be used
+
+Optional properties:
+- linux,axis: the input subsystem axis to map to this rotary encoder.
+  Defaults to 0 (ABS_X / REL_X)
+- rotary-encoder,steps: Number of steps in a full turnaround of the
+  encoder. Only relevant for absolute axis. Defaults to 24 which is a
+  typical value for such devices.
+- rotary-encoder,relative-axis: register a relative axis rather than an
+  absolute one. Relative axis will only generate +1/-1 events on the input
+  device, hence no steps need to be passed.
+- rotary-encoder,rollover: Automatic rollove when the rotary value becomes
+  greater than the specified steps or smaller than 0. For absolute axis only.
+- rotary-encoder,half-period: Makes the driver work on half-period mode.
+
+See Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt for more information.
+
+Example:
+
+		rotary@0 {
+			compatible = "rotary-encoder";
+			gpios = <&gpio 19 1>, <&gpio 20 0>; /* GPIO19 is inverted */
+			linux,axis = <0>; /* REL_X */
+			rotary-encoder,relative-axis;
+		};
+
+		rotary@1 {
+			compatible = "rotary-encoder";
+			gpios = <&gpio 21 0>, <&gpio 22 0>;
+			linux,axis = <1>; /* ABS_Y */
+			rotary-encoder,steps = <24>;
+			rotary-encoder,rollover;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1b97222e8a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/stmpe-keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+* STMPE Keypad
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible               : "st,stmpe-keypad"
+ - linux,keymap             : See ./matrix-keymap.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+ - debounce-interval        : Debouncing interval time in milliseconds
+ - st,scan-count            : Scanning cycles elapsed before key data is updated
+ - st,no-autorepeat         : If specified device will not autorepeat
+
+Example:
+
+	stmpe_keypad {
+		compatible = "st,stmpe-keypad";
+
+		debounce-interval = <64>;
+		st,scan-count = <8>;
+		st,no-autorepeat;
+
+		linux,keymap = <0x205006b
+				0x4010074
+				0x3050072
+				0x1030004
+				0x502006a
+				0x500000a
+				0x5008b
+				0x706001c
+				0x405000b
+				0x6070003
+				0x3040067
+				0x303006c
+				0x60400e7
+				0x602009e
+				0x4020073
+				0x5050002
+				0x4030069
+				0x3020008>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a1538f0053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tca8418_keypad.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,tca8418"
+- reg: the I2C address
+- interrupts: IRQ line number, should trigger on falling edge
+- keypad,num-rows: The number of rows
+- keypad,num-columns: The number of columns
+- linux,keymap: Keys definitions, see keypad-matrix.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21013.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21013.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ca5a2c86480
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/bu21013.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* Rohm BU21013 Touch Screen
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible              : "rohm,bu21013_tp"
+ - reg                     :  I2C device address
+
+Optional properties:
+ - touch-gpio              : GPIO pin registering a touch event
+ - <supply_name>-supply    : Phandle to a regulator supply
+ - rohm,touch-max-x        : Maximum outward permitted limit in the X axis
+ - rohm,touch-max-y        : Maximum outward permitted limit in the Y axis
+ - rohm,flip-x             : Flip touch coordinates on the X axis
+ - rohm,flip-y             : Flip touch coordinates on the Y axis
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c@80110000 {
+		bu21013_tp@0x5c {
+			compatible = "rohm,bu21013_tp";
+			reg = <0x5c>;
+			touch-gpio = <&gpio2 20 0x4>;
+			avdd-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_aux1_reg>;
+
+			rohm,touch-max-x = <384>;
+			rohm,touch-max-y = <704>;
+			rohm,flip-y;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/egalax-ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/egalax-ts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..df70318a617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/egalax-ts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+* EETI eGalax Multiple Touch Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "eeti,egalax_ts"
+- reg: i2c slave address
+- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller
+- interrupts: touch controller interrupt
+- wakeup-gpios: the gpio pin to be used for waking up the controller
+  as well as uased as irq pin
+
+Example:
+
+	egalax_ts@04 {
+		compatible = "eeti,egalax_ts";
+		reg = <0x04>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>;
+		interrupts = <9 2>;
+		wakeup-gpios = <&gpio1 9 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/mms114.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/mms114.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..89d4c56c567
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/mms114.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+* MELFAS MMS114 touchscreen controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "melfas,mms114"
+- reg: I2C address of the chip
+- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected
+- x-size: horizontal resolution of touchscreen
+- y-size: vertical resolution of touchscreen
+
+Optional properties:
+- contact-threshold:
+- moving-threshold:
+- x-invert: invert X axis
+- y-invert: invert Y axis
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c@00000000 {
+		/* ... */
+
+		touchscreen@48 {
+			compatible = "melfas,mms114";
+			reg = <0x48>;
+			interrupts = <39 0>;
+			x-size = <720>;
+			y-size = <1280>;
+			contact-threshold = <10>;
+			moving-threshold = <10>;
+			x-invert;
+			y-invert;
+		};
+
+		/* ... */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..127baa31a77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+STMPE Touchscreen
+----------------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "st,stmpe-ts"
+
+Optional properties:
+- st,sample-time: ADC converstion time in number of clock.  (0 -> 36 clocks, 1 ->
+  44 clocks, 2 -> 56 clocks, 3 -> 64 clocks, 4 -> 80 clocks, 5 -> 96 clocks, 6
+  -> 144 clocks), recommended is 4.
+- st,mod-12b: ADC Bit mode (0 -> 10bit ADC, 1 -> 12bit ADC)
+- st,ref-sel: ADC reference source (0 -> internal reference, 1 -> external
+  reference)
+- st,adc-freq: ADC Clock speed (0 -> 1.625 MHz, 1 -> 3.25 MHz, 2 || 3 -> 6.5 MHz)
+- st,ave-ctrl: Sample average control (0 -> 1 sample, 1 -> 2 samples, 2 -> 4
+  samples, 3 -> 8 samples)
+- st,touch-det-delay: Touch detect interrupt delay (0 -> 10 us, 1 -> 50 us, 2 ->
+  100 us, 3 -> 500 us, 4-> 1 ms, 5 -> 5 ms, 6 -> 10 ms, 7 -> 50 ms) recommended
+  is 3
+- st,settling: Panel driver settling time (0 -> 10 us, 1 -> 100 us, 2 -> 500 us, 3
+  -> 1 ms, 4 -> 5 ms, 5 -> 10 ms, 6 for 50 ms, 7 -> 100 ms) recommended is 2
+- st,fraction-z: Length of the fractional part in z (fraction-z ([0..7]) = Count of
+  the fractional part) recommended is 7
+- st,i-drive: current limit value of the touchscreen drivers (0 -> 20 mA typical 35
+  mA max, 1 -> 50 mA typical 80 mA max)
+
+Node name must be stmpe_touchscreen and should be child node of stmpe node to
+which it belongs.
+
+Example:
+
+	stmpe_touchscreen {
+		compatible = "st,stmpe-ts";
+		st,sample-time = <4>;
+		st,mod-12b = <1>;
+		st,ref-sel = <0>;
+		st,adc-freq = <1>;
+		st,ave-ctrl = <1>;
+		st,touch-det-delay = <2>;
+		st,settling = <2>;
+		st,fraction-z = <7>;
+		st,i-drive = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sunxi-ic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sunxi-ic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7f9fb85f545
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sunxi-ic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+Allwinner Sunxi Interrupt Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "allwinner,sunxi-ic"
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value shall be 1.
+
+The interrupt sources are as follows:
+
+0: ENMI
+1: UART0
+2: UART1
+3: UART2
+4: UART3
+5: IR0
+6: IR1
+7: I2C0
+8: I2C1
+9: I2C2
+10: SPI0
+11: SPI1
+12: SPI2
+13: SPDIF
+14: AC97
+15: TS
+16: I2S
+17: UART4
+18: UART5
+19: UART6
+20: UART7
+21: KEYPAD
+22: TIMER0
+23: TIMER1
+24: TIMER2
+25: TIMER3
+26: CAN
+27: DMA
+28: PIO
+29: TOUCH_PANEL
+30: AUDIO_CODEC
+31: LRADC
+32: SDMC0
+33: SDMC1
+34: SDMC2
+35: SDMC3
+36: MEMSTICK
+37: NAND
+38: USB0
+39: USB1
+40: USB2
+41: SCR
+42: CSI0
+43: CSI1
+44: LCDCTRL0
+45: LCDCTRL1
+46: MP
+47: DEFEBE0
+48: DEFEBE1
+49: PMU
+50: SPI3
+51: TZASC
+52: PATA
+53: VE
+54: SS
+55: EMAC
+56: SATA
+57: GPS
+58: HDMI
+59: TVE
+60: ACE
+61: TVD
+62: PS2_0
+63: PS2_1
+64: USB3
+65: USB4
+66: PLE_PFM
+67: TIMER4
+68: TIMER5
+69: GPU_GP
+70: GPU_GPMMU
+71: GPU_PP0
+72: GPU_PPMMU0
+73: GPU_PMU
+74: GPU_RSV0
+75: GPU_RSV1
+76: GPU_RSV2
+77: GPU_RSV3
+78: GPU_RSV4
+79: GPU_RSV5
+80: GPU_RSV6
+82: SYNC_TIMER0
+83: SYNC_TIMER1
+
+Example:
+
+intc: interrupt-controller {
+	compatible = "allwinner,sunxi-ic";
+	reg = <0x01c20400 0x400>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7da578d7212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+BCM2835 Top-Level ("ARMCTRL") Interrupt Controller
+
+The BCM2835 contains a custom top-level interrupt controller, which supports
+72 interrupt sources using a 2-level register scheme. The interrupt
+controller, or the HW block containing it, is referred to occasionally
+as "armctrl" in the SoC documentation, hence naming of this binding.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic"
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value shall be 2.
+
+  The 1st cell is the interrupt bank; 0 for interrupts in the "IRQ basic
+  pending" register, or 1/2 respectively for interrupts in the "IRQ pending
+  1/2" register.
+
+  The 2nd cell contains the interrupt number within the bank. Valid values
+  are 0..7 for bank 0, and 0..31 for bank 1.
+
+The interrupt sources are as follows:
+
+Bank 0:
+0: ARM_TIMER
+1: ARM_MAILBOX
+2: ARM_DOORBELL_0
+3: ARM_DOORBELL_1
+4: VPU0_HALTED
+5: VPU1_HALTED
+6: ILLEGAL_TYPE0
+7: ILLEGAL_TYPE1
+
+Bank 1:
+0: TIMER0
+1: TIMER1
+2: TIMER2
+3: TIMER3
+4: CODEC0
+5: CODEC1
+6: CODEC2
+7: VC_JPEG
+8: ISP
+9: VC_USB
+10: VC_3D
+11: TRANSPOSER
+12: MULTICORESYNC0
+13: MULTICORESYNC1
+14: MULTICORESYNC2
+15: MULTICORESYNC3
+16: DMA0
+17: DMA1
+18: VC_DMA2
+19: VC_DMA3
+20: DMA4
+21: DMA5
+22: DMA6
+23: DMA7
+24: DMA8
+25: DMA9
+26: DMA10
+27: DMA11
+28: DMA12
+29: AUX
+30: ARM
+31: VPUDMA
+
+Bank 2:
+0: HOSTPORT
+1: VIDEOSCALER
+2: CCP2TX
+3: SDC
+4: DSI0
+5: AVE
+6: CAM0
+7: CAM1
+8: HDMI0
+9: HDMI1
+10: PIXELVALVE1
+11: I2CSPISLV
+12: DSI1
+13: PWA0
+14: PWA1
+15: CPR
+16: SMI
+17: GPIO0
+18: GPIO1
+19: GPIO2
+20: GPIO3
+21: VC_I2C
+22: VC_SPI
+23: VC_I2SPCM
+24: VC_SDIO
+25: VC_UART
+26: SLIMBUS
+27: VEC
+28: CPG
+29: RNG
+30: VC_ARASANSDIO
+31: AVSPMON
+
+Example:
+
+intc: interrupt-controller {
+	compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic";
+	reg = <0x7e00b200 0x200>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..72a06c0ab1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+Specifying interrupt information for devices
+============================================
+
+1) Interrupt client nodes
+-------------------------
+
+Nodes that describe devices which generate interrupts must contain an
+"interrupts" property. This property must contain a list of interrupt
+specifiers, one per output interrupt. The format of the interrupt specifier is
+determined by the interrupt controller to which the interrupts are routed; see
+section 2 below for details.
+
+The "interrupt-parent" property is used to specify the controller to which
+interrupts are routed and contains a single phandle referring to the interrupt
+controller node. This property is inherited, so it may be specified in an
+interrupt client node or in any of its parent nodes.
+
+2) Interrupt controller nodes
+-----------------------------
+
+A device is marked as an interrupt controller with the "interrupt-controller"
+property. This is a empty, boolean property. An additional "#interrupt-cells"
+property defines the number of cells needed to specify a single interrupt.
+
+It is the responsibility of the interrupt controller's binding to define the
+length and format of the interrupt specifier. The following two variants are
+commonly used:
+
+  a) one cell
+  -----------
+  The #interrupt-cells property is set to 1 and the single cell defines the
+  index of the interrupt within the controller.
+
+  Example:
+
+	vic: intc@10140000 {
+		compatible = "arm,versatile-vic";
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x10140000 0x1000>;
+	};
+
+	sic: intc@10003000 {
+		compatible = "arm,versatile-sic";
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x10003000 0x1000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&vic>;
+		interrupts = <31>; /* Cascaded to vic */
+	};
+
+  b) two cells
+  ------------
+  The #interrupt-cells property is set to 2 and the first cell defines the
+  index of the interrupt within the controller, while the second cell is used
+  to specify any of the following flags:
+    - bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags
+        1 = low-to-high edge triggered
+        2 = high-to-low edge triggered
+        4 = active high level-sensitive
+        8 = active low level-sensitive
+
+  Example:
+
+	i2c@7000c000 {
+		gpioext: gpio-adnp@41 {
+			compatible = "ad,gpio-adnp";
+			reg = <0x41>;
+
+			interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+			interrupts = <160 1>;
+
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <1>;
+
+			interrupt-controller;
+			#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+
+			nr-gpios = <64>;
+		};
+
+		sx8634@2b {
+			compatible = "smtc,sx8634";
+			reg = <0x2b>;
+
+			interrupt-parent = <&gpioext>;
+			interrupts = <3 0x8>;
+
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			threshold = <0x40>;
+			sensitivity = <7>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2d88816dd55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Common leds properties.
+
+Optional properties for child nodes:
+- label : The label for this LED.  If omitted, the label is
+  taken from the node name (excluding the unit address).
+
+- linux,default-trigger :  This parameter, if present, is a
+    string defining the trigger assigned to the LED.  Current triggers are:
+     "backlight" - LED will act as a back-light, controlled by the framebuffer
+		   system
+     "default-on" - LED will turn on (but for leds-gpio see "default-state"
+		    property in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt)
+     "heartbeat" - LED "double" flashes at a load average based rate
+     "ide-disk" - LED indicates disk activity
+     "timer" - LED flashes at a fixed, configurable rate
+
+Examples:
+
+system-status {
+	label = "Status";
+	linux,default-trigger = "heartbeat";
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..df1b3080f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+LEDs connected to GPIO lines
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "gpio-leds".
+
+Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the gpio-leds device.  Each
+node's name represents the name of the corresponding LED.
+
+LED sub-node properties:
+- gpios :  Should specify the LED's GPIO, see "gpios property" in
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt.  Active low LEDs should be
+  indicated using flags in the GPIO specifier.
+- label :  (optional)
+  see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- linux,default-trigger :  (optional)
+  see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- default-state:  (optional) The initial state of the LED.  Valid
+  values are "on", "off", and "keep".  If the LED is already on or off
+  and the default-state property is set the to same value, then no
+  glitch should be produced where the LED momentarily turns off (or
+  on).  The "keep" setting will keep the LED at whatever its current
+  state is, without producing a glitch.  The default is off if this
+  property is not present.
+
+Examples:
+
+leds {
+	compatible = "gpio-leds";
+	hdd {
+		label = "IDE Activity";
+		gpios = <&mcu_pio 0 1>; /* Active low */
+		linux,default-trigger = "ide-disk";
+	};
+
+	fault {
+		gpios = <&mcu_pio 1 0>;
+		/* Keep LED on if BIOS detected hardware fault */
+		default-state = "keep";
+	};
+};
+
+run-control {
+	compatible = "gpio-leds";
+	red {
+		gpios = <&mpc8572 6 0>;
+		default-state = "off";
+	};
+	green {
+		gpios = <&mpc8572 7 0>;
+		default-state = "on";
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2-timings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2-timings.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ceb19e0c7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2-timings.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+* AC timing parameters of LPDDR2(JESD209-2) memories for a given speed-bin
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "jedec,lpddr2-timings"
+- min-freq : minimum DDR clock frequency for the speed-bin. Type is <u32>
+- max-freq : maximum DDR clock frequency for the speed-bin. Type is <u32>
+
+Optional properties:
+
+The following properties represent AC timing parameters from the memory
+data-sheet of the device for a given speed-bin. All these properties are
+of type <u32> and the default unit is ps (pico seconds). Parameters with
+a different unit have a suffix indicating the unit such as 'tRAS-max-ns'
+- tRCD
+- tWR
+- tRAS-min
+- tRRD
+- tWTR
+- tXP
+- tRTP
+- tDQSCK-max
+- tFAW
+- tZQCS
+- tZQinit
+- tRPab
+- tZQCL
+- tCKESR
+- tRAS-max-ns
+- tDQSCK-max-derated
+
+Example:
+
+timings_elpida_ECB240ABACN_400mhz: lpddr2-timings@0 {
+	compatible	= "jedec,lpddr2-timings";
+	min-freq	= <10000000>;
+	max-freq	= <400000000>;
+	tRPab		= <21000>;
+	tRCD		= <18000>;
+	tWR		= <15000>;
+	tRAS-min	= <42000>;
+	tRRD		= <10000>;
+	tWTR		= <7500>;
+	tXP		= <7500>;
+	tRTP		= <7500>;
+	tCKESR		= <15000>;
+	tDQSCK-max	= <5500>;
+	tFAW		= <50000>;
+	tZQCS		= <90000>;
+	tZQCL		= <360000>;
+	tZQinit		= <1000000>;
+	tRAS-max-ns	= <70000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..58354a075e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+* LPDDR2 SDRAM memories compliant to JEDEC JESD209-2
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be one of - "jedec,lpddr2-nvm", "jedec,lpddr2-s2",
+  "jedec,lpddr2-s4"
+
+  "ti,jedec-lpddr2-s2" should be listed if the memory part is LPDDR2-S2 type
+
+  "ti,jedec-lpddr2-s4" should be listed if the memory part is LPDDR2-S4 type
+
+  "ti,jedec-lpddr2-nvm" should be listed if the memory part is LPDDR2-NVM type
+
+- density  : <u32> representing density in Mb (Mega bits)
+
+- io-width : <u32> representing bus width. Possible values are 8, 16, and 32
+
+Optional properties:
+
+The following optional properties represent the minimum value of some AC
+timing parameters of the DDR device in terms of number of clock cycles.
+These values shall be obtained from the device data-sheet.
+- tRRD-min-tck
+- tWTR-min-tck
+- tXP-min-tck
+- tRTP-min-tck
+- tCKE-min-tck
+- tRPab-min-tck
+- tRCD-min-tck
+- tWR-min-tck
+- tRASmin-min-tck
+- tCKESR-min-tck
+- tFAW-min-tck
+
+Child nodes:
+- The lpddr2 node may have one or more child nodes of type "lpddr2-timings".
+  "lpddr2-timings" provides AC timing parameters of the device for
+  a given speed-bin. The user may provide the timings for as many
+  speed-bins as is required. Please see Documentation/devicetree/
+  bindings/lpddr2/lpddr2-timings.txt for more information on "lpddr2-timings"
+
+Example:
+
+elpida_ECB240ABACN : lpddr2 {
+	compatible	= "Elpida,ECB240ABACN","jedec,lpddr2-s4";
+	density		= <2048>;
+	io-width	= <32>;
+
+	tRPab-min-tck	= <3>;
+	tRCD-min-tck	= <3>;
+	tWR-min-tck	= <3>;
+	tRASmin-min-tck	= <3>;
+	tRRD-min-tck	= <2>;
+	tWTR-min-tck	= <2>;
+	tXP-min-tck	= <2>;
+	tRTP-min-tck	= <2>;
+	tCKE-min-tck	= <3>;
+	tCKESR-min-tck	= <3>;
+	tFAW-min-tck	= <8>;
+
+	timings_elpida_ECB240ABACN_400mhz: lpddr2-timings@0 {
+		compatible	= "jedec,lpddr2-timings";
+		min-freq	= <10000000>;
+		max-freq	= <400000000>;
+		tRPab		= <21000>;
+		tRCD		= <18000>;
+		tWR		= <15000>;
+		tRAS-min	= <42000>;
+		tRRD		= <10000>;
+		tWTR		= <7500>;
+		tXP		= <7500>;
+		tRTP		= <7500>;
+		tCKESR		= <15000>;
+		tDQSCK-max	= <5500>;
+		tFAW		= <50000>;
+		tZQCS		= <90000>;
+		tZQCL		= <360000>;
+		tZQinit		= <1000000>;
+		tRAS-max-ns	= <70000>;
+	};
+
+	timings_elpida_ECB240ABACN_200mhz: lpddr2-timings@1 {
+		compatible	= "jedec,lpddr2-timings";
+		min-freq	= <10000000>;
+		max-freq	= <200000000>;
+		tRPab		= <21000>;
+		tRCD		= <18000>;
+		tWR		= <15000>;
+		tRAS-min	= <42000>;
+		tRRD		= <10000>;
+		tWTR		= <10000>;
+		tXP		= <7500>;
+		tRTP		= <7500>;
+		tCKESR		= <15000>;
+		tDQSCK-max	= <5500>;
+		tFAW		= <50000>;
+		tZQCS		= <90000>;
+		tZQCL		= <360000>;
+		tZQinit		= <1000000>;
+		tRAS-max-ns	= <70000>;
+	};
+
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos5-gsc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos5-gsc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0604d42f38d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos5-gsc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+* Samsung Exynos5 G-Scaler device
+
+G-Scaler is used for scaling and color space conversion on EXYNOS5 SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "samsung,exynos5-gsc"
+- reg: should contain G-Scaler physical address location and length.
+- interrupts: should contain G-Scaler interrupt number
+
+Example:
+
+gsc_0:  gsc@0x13e00000 {
+	compatible = "samsung,exynos5-gsc";
+	reg = <0x13e00000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <0 85 0>;
+};
+
+Aliases:
+Each G-Scaler node should have a numbered alias in the aliases node,
+in the form of gscN, N = 0...3. G-Scaler driver uses these aliases
+to retrieve the device IDs using "of_alias_get_id()" call.
+
+Example:
+
+aliases {
+	gsc0 =&gsc_0;
+	gsc1 =&gsc_1;
+	gsc2 =&gsc_2;
+	gsc3 =&gsc_3;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..67ec3d4ccc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Samsung Multi Format Codec (MFC)
+
+Multi Format Codec (MFC) is the IP present in Samsung SoCs which
+supports high resolution decoding and encoding functionalities.
+The MFC device driver is a v4l2 driver which can encode/decode
+video raw/elementary streams and has support for all popular
+video codecs.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible : value should be either one among the following
+	(a) "samsung,mfc-v5" for MFC v5 present in Exynos4 SoCs
+	(b) "samsung,mfc-v6" for MFC v6 present in Exynos5 SoCs
+
+  - reg : Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory
+	  mapped region.
+
+  - interrupts : MFC interrupt number to the CPU.
+
+  - samsung,mfc-r : Base address of the first memory bank used by MFC
+		    for DMA contiguous memory allocation and its size.
+
+  - samsung,mfc-l : Base address of the second memory bank used by MFC
+		    for DMA contiguous memory allocation and its size.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..938f8e1ba20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+* EMIF family of TI SDRAM controllers
+
+EMIF - External Memory Interface - is an SDRAM controller used in
+TI SoCs. EMIF supports, based on the IP revision, one or more of
+DDR2/DDR3/LPDDR2 protocols. This binding describes a given instance
+of the EMIF IP and memory parts attached to it.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible	: Should be of the form "ti,emif-<ip-rev>" where <ip-rev>
+  is the IP revision of the specific EMIF instance.
+
+- phy-type	: <u32> indicating the DDR phy type. Following are the
+  allowed values
+  <1>	: Attila PHY
+  <2>	: Intelli PHY
+
+- device-handle	: phandle to a "lpddr2" node representing the memory part
+
+- ti,hwmods	: For TI hwmods processing and omap device creation
+  the value shall be "emif<n>" where <n> is the number of the EMIF
+  instance with base 1.
+
+Optional properties:
+- cs1-used		: Have this property if CS1 of this EMIF
+  instance has a memory part attached to it. If there is a memory
+  part attached to CS1, it should be the same type as the one on CS0,
+  so there is no need to give the details of this memory part.
+
+- cal-resistor-per-cs	: Have this property if the board has one
+  calibration resistor per chip-select.
+
+- hw-caps-read-idle-ctrl: Have this property if the controller
+  supports read idle window programming
+
+- hw-caps-dll-calib-ctrl: Have this property if the controller
+  supports dll calibration control
+
+- hw-caps-ll-interface	: Have this property if the controller
+  has a low latency interface and corresponding interrupt events
+
+- hw-caps-temp-alert	: Have this property if the controller
+  has capability for generating SDRAM temperature alerts
+
+Example:
+
+emif1: emif@0x4c000000 {
+	compatible	= "ti,emif-4d";
+	ti,hwmods	= "emif2";
+	phy-type	= <1>;
+	device-handle	= <&elpida_ECB240ABACN>;
+	cs1-used;
+	hw-caps-read-idle-ctrl;
+	hw-caps-ll-interface;
+	hw-caps-temp-alert;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/88pm860x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/88pm860x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..63f3ee33759
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/88pm860x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+* Marvell 88PM860x Power Management IC
+
+Required parent device properties:
+- compatible : "marvell,88pm860x"
+- reg : the I2C slave address for the 88pm860x chip
+- interrupts : IRQ line for the 88pm860x chip
+- interrupt-controller: describes the 88pm860x as an interrupt controller (has its own domain)
+- #interrupt-cells : should be 1.
+		- The cell is the 88pm860x local IRQ number
+
+Optional parent device properties:
+- marvell,88pm860x-irq-read-clr: inicates whether interrupt status is cleared by read
+- marvell,88pm860x-slave-addr: 88pm860x are two chips solution. <reg> stores the I2C address
+				of one chip, and this property stores the I2C address of
+				another chip.
+
+88pm860x consists of a large and varied group of sub-devices:
+
+Device			 Supply Names	 Description
+------			 ------------	 -----------
+88pm860x-onkey		:		: On key
+88pm860x-rtc		:		: RTC
+88pm8607		:		: Regulators
+88pm860x-backlight	:		: Backlight
+88pm860x-led		:		: Led
+88pm860x-touch		:		: Touchscreen
+
+Example:
+
+	pmic: 88pm860x@34 {
+		compatible = "marvell,88pm860x";
+		reg = <0x34>;
+		interrupts = <4>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+		marvell,88pm860x-irq-read-clr;
+		marvell,88pm860x-slave-addr = <0x11>;
+
+		regulators {
+			BUCK1 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+			LDO1 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+		};
+		rtc {
+			marvell,88pm860x-vrtc = <1>;
+		};
+		touch {
+			marvell,88pm860x-gpadc-prebias = <1>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-gpadc-slot-cycle = <1>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-tsi-prebias = <6>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-pen-prebias = <16>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-pen-prechg = <2>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-resistor-X = <300>;
+		};
+		backlights {
+			backlight-0 {
+				marvell,88pm860x-iset = <4>;
+				marvell,88pm860x-pwm = <3>;
+			};
+			backlight-2 {
+			};
+		};
+		leds {
+			led0-red {
+				marvell,88pm860x-iset = <12>;
+			};
+			led0-green {
+				marvell,88pm860x-iset = <12>;
+			};
+			led0-blue {
+				marvell,88pm860x-iset = <12>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ab8500.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ab8500.txt
index 69e757a657a..13b707b7355 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ab8500.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ab8500.txt
@@ -23,7 +23,33 @@ Device                     IRQ Names              Supply Names   Description
 ab8500-bm                :                      :              : Battery Manager
 ab8500-btemp             :                      :              : Battery Temperature
 ab8500-charger           :                      :              : Battery Charger
-ab8500-fg                :                      :              : Fuel Gauge
+ab8500-codec             :                      :              : Audio Codec
+ab8500-fg                : 			: vddadc       : Fuel Gauge
+			 : NCONV_ACCU           :	       : Accumulate N Sample Conversion
+			 : BATT_OVV		:	       : Battery Over Voltage
+			 : LOW_BAT_F		:	       : LOW threshold battery voltage
+			 : CC_INT_CALIB		:	       : Coulomb Counter Internal Calibration
+			 : CCEOC		:	       : Coulomb Counter End of Conversion
+ab8500-btemp		 :			: vtvout       : Battery Temperature
+			 : BAT_CTRL_INDB        :              : Battery Removal Indicator
+			 : BTEMP_LOW            :              : Btemp < BtempLow, if battery temperature is lower than -10°C
+			 : BTEMP_LOW_MEDIUM     :              : BtempLow < Btemp < BtempMedium,if battery temperature is between -10 and 0°C
+			 : BTEMP_MEDIUM_HIGH    :	       : BtempMedium < Btemp < BtempHigh,if battery temperature is between 0°C and“MaxTemp
+			 : BTEMP_HIGH           :              : Btemp > BtempHigh, if battery temperature is higher than “MaxTemp
+ab8500-charger		 :			: vddadc       : Charger interface
+			 : MAIN_CH_UNPLUG_DET	:	       : main charger unplug detection management (not in 8505)
+			 : MAIN_CHARGE_PLUG_DET	:	       : main charger plug detection management (not in 8505)
+			 : MAIN_EXT_CH_NOT_OK	:	       : main charger not OK
+			 : MAIN_CH_TH_PROT_R	:	       : Die temp is above main charger
+			 : MAIN_CH_TH_PROT_F	:	       : Die temp is below main charger
+			 : VBUS_DET_F		:	       : VBUS falling detected
+			 : VBUS_DET_R		:	       : VBUS rising detected
+			 : USB_LINK_STATUS	:	       : USB link status has changed
+			 : USB_CH_TH_PROT_R	:	       : Die temp is above usb charger
+			 : USB_CH_TH_PROT_F	:	       : Die temp is below usb charger
+			 : USB_CHARGER_NOT_OKR	:	       : allowed USB charger not ok detection
+			 : VBUS_OVV		:	       : Overvoltage on Vbus ball detected (USB charge is stopped)
+			 : CH_WD_EXP		:	       : Charger watchdog detected
 ab8500-gpadc             : HW_CONV_END          : vddadc       : Analogue to Digital Converter
                            SW_CONV_END          :              :
 ab8500-gpio              :                      :              : GPIO Controller
@@ -52,6 +78,14 @@ Optional child device properties:
                            supplied in the interrupts property
 - <supply_name>-supply   : contains a phandle to the regulator supply node in Device Tree
 
+Non-standard child device properties:
+ - Audio CODEC:
+   - stericsson,amic[1|2]-type-single-ended : Single-ended Analoge Mic (default: differential)
+   - stericsson,amic1a-bias-vamic2          : Analoge Mic wishes to use a non-standard Vamic
+   - stericsson,amic1b-bias-vamic2          : Analoge Mic wishes to use a non-standard Vamic
+   - stericsson,amic2-bias-vamic1           : Analoge Mic wishes to use a non-standard Vamic
+   - stericsson,earpeice-cmv                : Earpeice voltage (only: 950 | 1100 | 1270 | 1580)
+
 ab8500@5 {
          compatible = "stericsson,ab8500";
          reg = <5>; /* mailbox 5 is i2c */
@@ -110,6 +144,12 @@ ab8500@5 {
                 compatible = "stericsson,ab8500-pwm";
         };
 
+	codec: ab8500-codec {
+		compatible = "stericsson,ab8500-codec";
+
+		stericsson,earpeice-cmv = <950>; /* Units in mV. */
+	};
+
         ab8500-regulators {
                 compatible = "stericsson,ab8500-regulator";
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..56edb552068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* ST Microelectronics STMPE Multi-Functional Device
+
+STMPE is an MFD device which may expose the following inbuilt devices: gpio,
+keypad, touchscreen, adc, pwm, rotator.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible                   : "st,stmpe[610|801|811|1601|2401|2403]"
+ - reg                          : I2C/SPI address of the device
+
+Optional properties:
+ - interrupts                   : The interrupt outputs from the controller
+ - interrupt-controller         : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller
+ - interrupt-parent             : Specifies which IRQ controller we're connected to
+ - wakeup-source                : Marks the input device as wakable
+ - st,autosleep-timeout         : Valid entries (ms); 4, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 and 1024
+
+Example:
+
+	stmpe1601: stmpe1601@40 {
+		compatible = "st,stmpe1601";
+		reg = <0x40>;
+		interrupts = <26 0x4>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio6>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+
+		wakeup-source;
+		st,autosleep-timeout = <1024>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fe8150bb324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* System Controller Registers R/W driver
+
+System controller node represents a register region containing a set
+of miscellaneous registers. The registers are not cohesive enough to
+represent as any specific type of device. The typical use-case is for
+some other node's driver, or platform-specific code, to acquire a
+reference to the syscon node (e.g. by phandle, node path, or search
+using a specific compatible value), interrogate the node (or associated
+OS driver) to determine the location of the registers, and access the
+registers directly.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "syscon".
+- reg: the register region can be accessed from syscon
+
+Examples:
+gpr: iomuxc-gpr@020e0000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx6q-iomuxc-gpr", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x020e0000 0x38>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
index db03599ae4d..2e3304888ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ Optional properties:
   in TPS6591X datasheet)
 - ti,en-gpio-sleep: enable sleep control for gpios
   There should be 9 entries here, one for each gpio.
+- ti,system-power-controller: Telling whether or not this pmic is controlling
+  the system power.
 
 Regulator Optional properties:
 - ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control: enable external sleep
@@ -79,6 +81,8 @@ Example:
 		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
 		interrupt-controller;
 
+		ti,system-power-controller;
+
 		ti,vmbch-threshold = 0;
 		ti,vmbch2-threshold = 0;
 		ti,en-ck32k-xtal;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-audio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..414d2ae0adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-audio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Texas Instruments TWL family (twl4030) audio module
+
+The audio module inside the TWL family consist of an audio codec and a vibra
+driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : must be "ti,twl4030-audio"
+
+Optional properties, nodes:
+
+Audio functionality:
+- codec { }: Need to be present if the audio functionality is used. Within this
+	     section the following options can be used:
+- ti,digimic_delay: Delay need after enabling the digimic to reduce artifacts
+		    from the start of the recorded sample (in ms)
+-ti,ramp_delay_value: HS ramp delay configuration to reduce pop noise
+-ti,hs_extmute: Use external mute for HS pop reduction
+-ti,hs_extmute_gpio: Use external GPIO to control the external mute
+-ti,offset_cncl_path: Offset cancellation path selection, refer to TRM for the
+		      valid values.
+
+Vibra functionality
+- ti,enable-vibra: Need to be set to <1> if the vibra functionality is used. if
+		   missing or it is 0, the vibra functionality is disabled.
+
+Example:
+&i2c1 {
+	clock-frequency = <2600000>;
+
+	twl: twl@48 {
+		reg = <0x48>;
+		interrupts = <7>; /* SYS_NIRQ cascaded to intc */
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+
+		twl_audio: audio {
+			compatible = "ti,twl4030-audio";
+
+			ti,enable-vibra = <1>;
+
+			codec {
+				ti,ramp_delay_value = <3>;
+			};
+
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt
index c855240f3a0..0f5dd709d75 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Texas Instruments TWL6040 family
 
-The TWL6040s are 8-channel high quality low-power audio codecs providing audio
-and vibra functionality on OMAP4+ platforms.
+The TWL6040s are 8-channel high quality low-power audio codecs providing audio,
+vibra and GPO functionality on OMAP4+ platforms.
 They are connected ot the host processor via i2c for commands, McPDM for audio
 data and commands.
 
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Required properties:
 - reg: must be 0x4b for i2c address
 - interrupts: twl6040 has one interrupt line connecteded to the main SoC
 - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller
+- gpio-controller:
+- #gpio-cells = <1>: twl6040 provides GPO lines.
 - twl6040,audpwron-gpio: Power on GPIO line for the twl6040
 
 - vio-supply: Regulator for the twl6040 VIO supply
@@ -37,7 +39,6 @@ Example:
 &i2c1 {
 	twl6040: twl@4b {
 		compatible = "ti,twl6040";
-		reg = <0x4b>;
 
 		interrupts = <0 119 4>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
@@ -60,3 +61,5 @@ Example:
 		};
 	};
 };
+
+/include/ "twl6040.dtsi"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/at25.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/at25.txt
index ab3c327929d..1d3447165c3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/at25.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/at25.txt
@@ -1,21 +1,35 @@
-Atmel AT25 eeprom
+EEPROMs (SPI) compatible with Atmel at25.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible : "atmel,at25".
 - reg : chip select number
 - spi-max-frequency : max spi frequency to use
+- pagesize : size of the eeprom page
+- size : total eeprom size in bytes
+- address-width : number of address bits (one of 8, 16, or 24)
 
+Optional properties:
+- spi-cpha : SPI shifted clock phase, as per spi-bus bindings.
+- spi-cpol : SPI inverse clock polarity, as per spi-bus bindings.
+- read-only : this parameter-less property disables writes to the eeprom
+
+Obsolete legacy properties are can be used in place of "size", "pagesize",
+"address-width", and "read-only":
 - at25,byte-len : total eeprom size in bytes
 - at25,addr-mode : addr-mode flags, as defined in include/linux/spi/eeprom.h
 - at25,page-size : size of the eeprom page
 
-Examples:
-at25@0 {
-	compatible = "atmel,at25";
-	reg = <0>
-	spi-max-frequency = <5000000>;
+Additional compatible properties are also allowed.
+
+Example:
+	at25@0 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at25", "st,m95256";
+		reg = <0>
+		spi-max-frequency = <5000000>;
+		spi-cpha;
+		spi-cpol;
 
-	at25,byte-len = <0x8000>;
-	at25,addr-mode = <2>;
-	at25,page-size = <64>;
-};
+		pagesize = <64>;
+		size = <32768>;
+		address-width = <16>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..38e51ad2e07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/atmel-ssc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+* Atmel SSC driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "atmel,at91rm9200-ssc" or "atmel,at91sam9g45-ssc"
+	- atmel,at91rm9200-ssc: support pdc transfer
+	- atmel,at91sam9g45-ssc: support dma transfer
+- reg: Should contain SSC registers location and length
+- interrupts: Should contain SSC interrupt
+
+Example:
+ssc0: ssc@fffbc000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-ssc";
+	reg = <0xfffbc000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <14 4 5>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ifm-csi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ifm-csi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5bdfffb0b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ifm-csi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+IFM camera sensor interface on mpc5200 LocalPlus bus
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ifm,o2d-csi"
+- reg: specifies sensor chip select number and associated address range
+- interrupts: external interrupt line number and interrupt sense mode
+  of the interrupt line signaling frame valid events
+- gpios: three gpio-specifiers for "capture", "reset" and "master enable"
+  GPIOs (strictly in this order).
+- ifm,csi-clk-handle: the phandle to a node in the DT describing the sensor
+  clock generator. This node is usually a general purpose timer controller.
+- ifm,csi-addr-bus-width: address bus width (valid values are 16, 24, 25)
+- ifm,csi-data-bus-width: data bus width (valid values are 8 and 16)
+- ifm,csi-wait-cycles: sensor bus wait cycles
+
+Optional properties:
+- ifm,csi-byte-swap: if this property is present, the byte swapping on
+  the bus will be enabled.
+
+Example:
+
+	csi@3,0 {
+		compatible = "ifm,o2d-csi";
+		reg = <3 0 0x00100000>;		/* CS 3, 1 MiB range */
+		interrupts = <1 1 2>;		/* IRQ1, edge falling */
+
+		ifm,csi-clk-handle = <&timer7>;
+		gpios = <&gpio_simple 23 0	/* image_capture */
+			 &gpio_simple 26 0	/* image_reset */
+			 &gpio_simple 29 0>;	/* image_master_en */
+
+		ifm,csi-addr-bus-width = <24>;
+		ifm,csi-data-bus-width = <8>;
+		ifm,csi-wait-cycles = <0>;
+	};
+
+The base address of the used chip select is specified in the
+ranges property of the parent localbus node, for example:
+
+	ranges = <0 0 0xff000000 0x01000000
+		  3 0 0xe3000000 0x00100000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6def86f6b05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+LIS302 accelerometer devicetree bindings
+
+This device is matched via its bus drivers, and has a number of properties
+that apply in on the generic device (independent from the bus).
+
+
+Required properties for the SPI bindings:
+ - compatible: 		should be set to "st,lis3lv02d_spi"
+ - reg:			the chipselect index
+ - spi-max-frequency:	maximal bus speed, should be set to 1000000 unless
+			constrained by external circuitry
+ - interrupts:		the interrupt generated by the device
+
+Required properties for the I2C bindings:
+ - compatible:		should be set to "st,lis3lv02d"
+ - reg:			i2c slave address
+ - Vdd-supply:		The input supply for Vdd
+ - Vdd_IO-supply:	The input supply for Vdd_IO
+
+
+Optional properties for all bus drivers:
+
+ - st,click-single-{x,y,z}:	if present, tells the device to issue an
+				interrupt on single click events on the
+				x/y/z axis.
+ - st,click-double-{x,y,z}:	if present, tells the device to issue an
+				interrupt on double click events on the
+				x/y/z axis.
+ - st,click-thresh-{x,y,z}:	set the x/y/z axis threshold
+ - st,click-click-time-limit:	click time limit, from 0 to 127.5msec
+				with step of 0.5 msec
+ - st,click-latency:		click latency, from 0 to 255 msec with
+				step of 1 msec.
+ - st,click-window:		click window, from 0 to 255 msec with
+				step of 1 msec.
+ - st,irq{1,2}-disable:		disable IRQ 1/2
+ - st,irq{1,2}-ff-wu-1:		raise IRQ 1/2 on FF_WU_1 condition
+ - st,irq{1,2}-ff-wu-2:		raise IRQ 1/2 on FF_WU_2 condition
+ - st,irq{1,2}-data-ready:	raise IRQ 1/2 on data ready contition
+ - st,irq{1,2}-click:		raise IRQ 1/2 on click condition
+ - st,irq-open-drain:		consider IRQ lines open-drain
+ - st,irq-active-low:		make IRQ lines active low
+ - st,wu-duration-1:		duration register for Free-Fall/Wake-Up
+				interrupt 1
+ - st,wu-duration-2:		duration register for Free-Fall/Wake-Up
+				interrupt 2
+ - st,wakeup-{x,y,z}-{lo,hi}:	set wakeup condition on x/y/z axis for
+				upper/lower limit
+ - st,highpass-cutoff-hz=:	1, 2, 4 or 8 for 1Hz, 2Hz, 4Hz or 8Hz of
+				highpass cut-off frequency
+ - st,hipass{1,2}-disable:	disable highpass 1/2.
+ - st,default-rate=:		set the default rate
+ - st,axis-{x,y,z}=:		set the axis to map to the three coordinates
+ - st,{min,max}-limit-{x,y,z}	set the min/max limits for x/y/z axis
+				(used by self-test)
+
+
+Example for a SPI device node:
+
+	lis302@0 {
+		compatible = "st,lis302dl-spi";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		interrupts = <104 0>;
+
+		st,click-single-x;
+		st,click-single-y;
+		st,click-single-z;
+		st,click-thresh-x = <10>;
+		st,click-thresh-y = <10>;
+		st,click-thresh-z = <10>;
+		st,irq1-click;
+		st,irq2-click;
+		st,wakeup-x-lo;
+		st,wakeup-x-hi;
+		st,wakeup-y-lo;
+		st,wakeup-y-hi;
+		st,wakeup-z-lo;
+		st,wakeup-z-hi;
+	};
+
+Example for a I2C device node:
+
+	lis331dlh: lis331dlh@18 {
+		compatible = "st,lis331dlh", "st,lis3lv02d";
+		reg = <0x18>;
+		Vdd-supply = <&lis3_reg>;
+		Vdd_IO-supply = <&lis3_reg>;
+
+		st,click-single-x;
+		st,click-single-y;
+		st,click-single-z;
+		st,click-thresh-x = <10>;
+		st,click-thresh-y = <10>;
+		st,click-thresh-z = <10>;
+		st,irq1-click;
+		st,irq2-click;
+		st,wakeup-x-lo;
+		st,wakeup-x-hi;
+		st,wakeup-y-lo;
+		st,wakeup-y-hi;
+		st,wakeup-z-lo;
+		st,wakeup-z-hi;
+		st,min-limit-x = <120>;
+		st,min-limit-y = <120>;
+		st,min-limit-z = <140>;
+		st,max-limit-x = <550>;
+		st,max-limit-y = <550>;
+		st,max-limit-z = <750>;
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a85c70cd30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+* Atmel High Speed MultiMedia Card Interface
+
+This controller on atmel products provides an interface for MMC, SD and SDIO
+types of memory cards.
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties described
+by mmc.txt and the properties used by the atmel-mci driver.
+
+1) MCI node
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "atmel,hsmci"
+- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the slot id.
+- #size-cells: should be zero.
+- at least one slot node
+
+The node contains child nodes for each slot that the platform uses
+
+Example MCI node:
+
+mmc0: mmc@f0008000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,hsmci";
+	reg = <0xf0008000 0x600>;
+	interrupts = <12 4>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	[ child node definitions...]
+};
+
+2) slot nodes
+
+Required properties:
+- reg: should contain the slot id.
+- bus-width: number of data lines connected to the controller
+
+Optional properties:
+- cd-gpios: specify GPIOs for card detection
+- cd-inverted: invert the value of external card detect gpio line
+- wp-gpios: specify GPIOs for write protection
+
+Example slot node:
+
+slot@0 {
+	reg = <0>;
+	bus-width = <4>;
+	cd-gpios = <&pioD 15 0>
+	cd-inverted;
+};
+
+Example full MCI node:
+mmc0: mmc@f0008000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,hsmci";
+	reg = <0xf0008000 0x600>;
+	interrupts = <12 4>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	slot@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		bus-width = <4>;
+		cd-gpios = <&pioD 15 0>
+		cd-inverted;
+	};
+	slot@1 {
+		reg = <1>;
+		bus-width = <4>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..79276895333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+* Samsung Exynos specific extensions to the Synopsis Designware Mobile
+  Storage Host Controller
+
+The Synopsis designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
+a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
+differences between the core Synopsis dw mshc controller properties described
+by synposis-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung Exynos specific
+extensions to the Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+* compatible: should be
+	- "samsung,exynos4210-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4210
+	  specific extentions.
+	- "samsung,exynos4412-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4412
+	  specific extentions.
+	- "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5250
+	  specific extentions.
+
+* samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div: Specifies the divider value for the card interface
+  unit (ciu) clock. This property is applicable only for Exynos5 SoC's and
+  ignored for Exynos4 SoC's. The valid range of divider value is 0 to 7.
+
+* samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing: Specifies the value of CIU clock phase shift value
+  in transmit mode and CIU clock phase shift value in receive mode for single
+  data rate mode operation. Refer notes below for the order of the cells and the
+  valid values.
+
+* samsung,dw-mshc-ddr-timing: Specifies the value of CUI clock phase shift value
+  in transmit mode and CIU clock phase shift value in receive mode for double
+  data rate mode operation. Refer notes below for the order of the cells and the
+  valid values.
+
+  Notes for the sdr-timing and ddr-timing values:
+
+    The order of the cells should be
+      - First Cell: CIU clock phase shift value for tx mode.
+      - Second Cell: CIU clock phase shift value for rx mode.
+
+    Valid values for SDR and DDR CIU clock timing for Exynos5250:
+      - valid value for tx phase shift and rx phase shift is 0 to 7.
+      - when CIU clock divider value is set to 3, all possible 8 phase shift
+        values can be used.
+      - if CIU clock divider value is 0 (that is divide by 1), both tx and rx
+        phase shift clocks should be 0.
+
+Required properties for a slot:
+
+* gpios: specifies a list of gpios used for command, clock and data bus. The
+  first gpio is the command line and the second gpio is the clock line. The
+  rest of the gpios (depending on the bus-width property) are the data lines in
+  no particular order. The format of the gpio specifier depends on the gpio
+  controller.
+
+Example:
+
+  The MSHC controller node can be split into two portions, SoC specific and
+  board specific portions as listed below.
+
+	dwmmc0@12200000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc";
+		reg = <0x12200000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 75 0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	dwmmc0@12200000 {
+		num-slots = <1>;
+		supports-highspeed;
+		broken-cd;
+		fifo-depth = <0x80>;
+		card-detect-delay = <200>;
+		samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div = <3>;
+		samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing = <2 3>;
+		samsung,dw-mshc-ddr-timing = <1 2>;
+
+		slot@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			bus-width = <8>;
+			gpios = <&gpc0 0 2 0 3>, <&gpc0 1 2 0 3>,
+				<&gpc1 0 2 3 3>, <&gpc1 1 2 3 3>,
+				<&gpc1 2 2 3 3>, <&gpc1 3 2 3 3>,
+				<&gpc0 3 2 3 3>, <&gpc0 4 2 3 3>,
+				<&gpc0 5 2 3 3>, <&gpc0 6 2 3 3>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
index 8a6811f4a02..a591c6741d7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
@@ -9,13 +9,24 @@ Interpreted by the OF core:
 Required properties:
 - bus-width: Number of data lines, can be <1>, <4>, or <8>
 
+Card detection:
+If no property below is supplied, standard SDHCI card detect is used.
+Only one of the properties in this section should be supplied:
+  - broken-cd: There is no card detection available; polling must be used.
+  - cd-gpios: Specify GPIOs for card detection, see gpio binding
+  - non-removable: non-removable slot (like eMMC); assume always present.
+
 Optional properties:
-- cd-gpios: Specify GPIOs for card detection, see gpio binding
 - wp-gpios: Specify GPIOs for write protection, see gpio binding
 - cd-inverted: when present, polarity on the cd gpio line is inverted
 - wp-inverted: when present, polarity on the wp gpio line is inverted
-- non-removable: non-removable slot (like eMMC)
 - max-frequency: maximum operating clock frequency
+- no-1-8-v: when present, denotes that 1.8v card voltage is not supported on
+  this system, even if the controller claims it is.
+
+Optional SDIO properties:
+- keep-power-in-suspend: Preserves card power during a suspend/resume cycle
+- enable-sdio-wakeup: Enables wake up of host system on SDIO IRQ assertion
 
 Example:
 
@@ -28,4 +39,6 @@ sdhci@ab000000 {
 	cd-inverted;
 	wp-gpios = <&gpio 70 0>;
 	max-frequency = <50000000>;
+	keep-power-in-suspend;
+	enable-sdio-wakeup;
 }
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7025de7dce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* PXA MMC drivers
+
+Driver bindings for the PXA MCI (MMC/SDIO) interfaces
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,pxa-mmc".
+- vmmc-supply: A regulator for VMMC
+
+Optional properties:
+- marvell,detect-delay-ms: sets the detection delay timeout in ms.
+- marvell,gpio-power: GPIO spec for the card power enable pin
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
+and the properties used by the pxa-mmc driver.
+
+Examples:
+
+mmc0: mmc@41100000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,pxa-mmc";
+	reg = <0x41100000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <23>;
+	cd-gpios = <&gpio 23 0>;
+	wp-gpios = <&gpio 24 0>;
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..97e9e315400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+* Samsung's SDHCI Controller device tree bindings
+
+Samsung's SDHCI controller is used as a connectivity interface with external
+MMC, SD and eMMC storage mediums. This file documents differences between the
+core mmc properties described by mmc.txt and the properties used by the
+Samsung implmentation of the SDHCI controller.
+
+Note: The mmc core bindings documentation states that if none of the core
+card-detect bindings are used, then the standard sdhci card detect mechanism
+is used. The Samsung's SDHCI controller bindings extends this as listed below.
+
+[A] The property "samsung,cd-pinmux-gpio" can be used as stated in the
+    "Optional Board Specific Properties" section below.
+
+Required SoC Specific Properties:
+- compatible: should be one of the following
+  - "samsung,s3c6410-sdhci": For controllers compatible with s3c6410 sdhci
+    controller.
+  - "samsung,exynos4210-sdhci": For controllers compatible with Exynos4 sdhci
+    controller.
+
+Required Board Specific Properties:
+- Samsung GPIO variant (will be completely replaced by pinctrl):
+  - gpios: Should specify the gpios used for clock, command and data lines. The
+    gpio specifier format depends on the gpio controller.
+- Pinctrl variant (preferred if available):
+  - pinctrl-0: Should specify pin control groups used for this controller.
+  - pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default".
+
+Optional Board Specific Properties:
+- samsung,cd-pinmux-gpio: Specifies the card detect line that is routed
+  through a pinmux to the card-detect pin of the card slot. This property
+  should be used only if none of the mmc core card-detect properties are
+  used. Only for Samsung GPIO variant.
+
+Example:
+	sdhci@12530000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-sdhci";
+		reg = <0x12530000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 75 0>;
+		bus-width = <4>;
+		cd-gpios = <&gpk2 2 2 3 3>;
+
+		/* Samsung GPIO variant */
+		gpios = <&gpk2 0 2 0 3>,  /* clock line */
+			<&gpk2 1 2 0 3>,  /* command line */
+			<&gpk2 3 2 3 3>,  /* data line 0 */
+			<&gpk2 4 2 3 3>,  /* data line 1 */
+			<&gpk2 5 2 3 3>,  /* data line 2 */
+			<&gpk2 6 2 3 3>;  /* data line 3 */
+
+		/* Pinctrl variant */
+		pinctrl-0 = <&sd0_clk &sd0_cmd &sd0_bus4>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+	};
+
+	Note: This example shows both SoC specific and board specific properties
+	in a single device node. The properties can be actually be seperated
+	into SoC specific node and board specific node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-dove.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-dove.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ae9aab9abcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-dove.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+* Marvell sdhci-dove controller
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
+and the properties used by the sdhci-pxav2 and sdhci-pxav3 drivers.
+
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,dove-sdhci".
+
+Example:
+
+sdio0: sdio@92000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,dove-sdhci";
+	reg = <0x92000 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <35>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-spear.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-spear.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fd3643e7e46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-spear.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* SPEAr SDHCI Controller
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
+and the properties used by the sdhci-spear driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "st,spear300-sdhci"
+
+Optional properties:
+- cd-gpios: card detect gpio, with zero flags.
+
+Example:
+
+	sdhci@fc000000 {
+		compatible = "st,spear300-sdhci";
+		reg = <0xfc000000 0x1000>;
+		cd-gpios = <&gpio0 6 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsis-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsis-dw-mshc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..06cd32d0805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsis-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+* Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller
+
+The Synopsis designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
+a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
+differences between the core mmc properties described by mmc.txt and the
+properties used by the Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+* compatible: should be
+	- snps,dw-mshc: for controllers compliant with synopsis dw-mshc.
+* #address-cells: should be 1.
+* #size-cells: should be 0.
+
+# Slots: The slot specific information are contained within child-nodes with
+  each child-node representing a supported slot. There should be atleast one
+  child node representing a card slot. The name of the child node representing
+  the slot is recommended to be slot@n where n is the unique number of the slot
+  connnected to the controller. The following are optional properties which
+  can be included in the slot child node.
+
+	* reg: specifies the physical slot number. The valid values of this
+	  property is 0 to (num-slots -1), where num-slots is the value
+	  specified by the num-slots property.
+
+	* bus-width: as documented in mmc core bindings.
+
+	* wp-gpios: specifies the write protect gpio line. The format of the
+	  gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. If the write-protect
+	  line is not available, this property is optional.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+* num-slots: specifies the number of slots supported by the controller.
+  The number of physical slots actually used could be equal or less than the
+  value specified by num-slots. If this property is not specified, the value
+  of num-slot property is assumed to be 1.
+
+* fifo-depth: The maximum size of the tx/rx fifo's. If this property is not
+  specified, the default value of the fifo size is determined from the
+  controller registers.
+
+* card-detect-delay: Delay in milli-seconds before detecting card after card
+  insert event. The default value is 0.
+
+* supports-highspeed: Enables support for high speed cards (upto 50MHz)
+
+* broken-cd: as documented in mmc core bindings.
+
+Aliases:
+
+- All the MSHC controller nodes should be represented in the aliases node using
+  the following format 'mshc{n}' where n is a unique number for the alias.
+
+Example:
+
+The MSHC controller node can be split into two portions, SoC specific and
+board specific portions as listed below.
+
+	dwmmc0@12200000 {
+		compatible = "snps,dw-mshc";
+		reg = <0x12200000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 75 0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	dwmmc0@12200000 {
+		num-slots = <1>;
+		supports-highspeed;
+		broken-cd;
+		fifo-depth = <0x80>;
+		card-detect-delay = <200>;
+
+		slot@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			bus-width = <8>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt
index be76a23b34c..ed271fc255b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ ti,dual-volt: boolean, supports dual voltage cards
 "supply-name" examples are "vmmc", "vmmc_aux" etc
 ti,non-removable: non-removable slot (like eMMC)
 ti,needs-special-reset: Requires a special softreset sequence
+ti,needs-special-hs-handling: HSMMC IP needs special setting for handling High Speed
 
 Example:
 	mmc1: mmc@0x4809c000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/vt8500-sdmmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/vt8500-sdmmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d7fb6abb3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/vt8500-sdmmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Wondermedia WM8505/WM8650 SD/MMC Host Controller
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties described
+by mmc.txt and the properties used by the wmt-sdmmc driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "wm,wm8505-sdhc".
+- interrupts: Two interrupts are required - regular irq and dma irq.
+
+Optional properties:
+- sdon-inverted: SD_ON bit is inverted on the controller
+
+Examples:
+
+sdhc@d800a000 {
+	compatible = "wm,wm8505-sdhc";
+	reg = <0xd800a000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <20 21>;
+	clocks = <&sdhc>;
+	bus-width = <4>;
+	sdon-inverted;
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
index a20069502f5..d555421ea49 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ Atmel NAND flash
 Required properties:
 - compatible : "atmel,at91rm9200-nand".
 - reg : should specify localbus address and size used for the chip,
-	and if availlable the ECC.
+	and hardware ECC controller if available.
+	If the hardware ECC is PMECC, it should contain address and size for
+	PMECC, PMECC Error Location controller and ROM which has lookup tables.
 - atmel,nand-addr-offset : offset for the address latch.
 - atmel,nand-cmd-offset : offset for the command latch.
 - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
@@ -16,6 +18,15 @@ Optional properties:
 - nand-ecc-mode : String, operation mode of the NAND ecc mode, soft by default.
   Supported values are: "none", "soft", "hw", "hw_syndrome", "hw_oob_first",
   "soft_bch".
+- atmel,has-pmecc : boolean to enable Programmable Multibit ECC hardware.
+  Only supported by at91sam9x5 or later sam9 product.
+- atmel,pmecc-cap : error correct capability for Programmable Multibit ECC
+  Controller. Supported values are: 2, 4, 8, 12, 24.
+- atmel,pmecc-sector-size : sector size for ECC computation. Supported values
+  are: 512, 1024.
+- atmel,pmecc-lookup-table-offset : includes two offsets of lookup table in ROM
+  for different sector size. First one is for sector size 512, the next is for
+  sector size 1024.
 - nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8
 - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false
 
@@ -39,3 +50,30 @@ nand0: nand@40000000,0 {
 		...
 	};
 };
+
+/* for PMECC supported chips */
+nand0: nand@40000000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-nand";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	reg = < 0x40000000 0x10000000	/* bus addr & size */
+		0xffffe000 0x00000600	/* PMECC addr & size */
+		0xffffe600 0x00000200	/* PMECC ERRLOC addr & size */
+		0x00100000 0x00100000	/* ROM addr & size */
+		>;
+	atmel,nand-addr-offset = <21>;	/* ale */
+	atmel,nand-cmd-offset = <22>;	/* cle */
+	nand-on-flash-bbt;
+	nand-ecc-mode = "hw";
+	atmel,has-pmecc;	/* enable PMECC */
+	atmel,pmecc-cap = <2>;
+	atmel,pmecc-sector-size = <512>;
+	atmel,pmecc-lookup-table-offset = <0x8000 0x10000>;
+	gpios = <&pioD 5 0	/* rdy */
+		 &pioD 4 0	/* nce */
+		 0		/* cd */
+		>;
+	partition@0 {
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b04d03a1d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Denali NAND controller
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible : should be "denali,denali-nand-dt"
+  - reg : should contain registers location and length for data and reg.
+  - reg-names: Should contain the reg names "nand_data" and "denali_reg"
+  - interrupts : The interrupt number.
+  - dm-mask : DMA bit mask
+
+The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the
+address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
+
+Examples:
+
+nand: nand@ff900000 {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	compatible = "denali,denali-nand-dt";
+	reg = <0xff900000 0x100000>, <0xffb80000 0x10000>;
+	reg-names = "nand_data", "denali_reg";
+	interrupts = <0 144 4>;
+	dma-mask = <0xffffffff>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/flctl-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/flctl-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..427f46dc60a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/flctl-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+FLCTL NAND controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "renesas,shmobile-flctl-sh7372"
+- reg : Address range of the FLCTL
+- interrupts : flste IRQ number
+- nand-bus-width : bus width to NAND chip
+
+Optional properties:
+- dmas: DMA specifier(s)
+- dma-names: name for each DMA specifier. Valid names are
+	     "data_tx", "data_rx", "ecc_tx", "ecc_rx"
+
+The DMA fields are not used yet in the driver but are listed here for
+completing the bindings.
+
+The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the
+address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
+
+Example:
+
+	flctl@e6a30000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "renesas,shmobile-flctl-sh7372";
+		reg = <0xe6a30000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0x0d80>;
+
+		nand-bus-width = <16>;
+
+		dmas = <&dmac 1 /* data_tx */
+			&dmac 2;> /* data_rx */
+		dma-names = "data_tx", "data_rx";
+
+		system@0 {
+			label = "system";
+			reg = <0x0 0x8000000>;
+		};
+
+		userdata@8000000 {
+			label = "userdata";
+			reg = <0x8000000 0x10000000>;
+		};
+
+		cache@18000000 {
+			label = "cache";
+			reg = <0x18000000 0x8000000>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
index e2c663b354d..e3ea32e7de3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt
@@ -3,9 +3,7 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible : "st,spear600-fsmc-nand"
 - reg : Address range of the mtd chip
-- reg-names: Should contain the reg names "fsmc_regs" and "nand_data"
-- st,ale-off : Chip specific offset to ALE
-- st,cle-off : Chip specific offset to CLE
+- reg-names: Should contain the reg names "fsmc_regs", "nand_data", "nand_addr" and "nand_cmd"
 
 Optional properties:
 - bank-width : Width (in bytes) of the device.  If not present, the width
@@ -19,10 +17,10 @@ Example:
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <1>;
 		reg = <0xd1800000 0x1000	/* FSMC Register */
-		       0xd2000000 0x4000>;	/* NAND Base */
-		reg-names = "fsmc_regs", "nand_data";
-		st,ale-off = <0x20000>;
-		st,cle-off = <0x10000>;
+		       0xd2000000 0x0010	/* NAND Base DATA */
+		       0xd2020000 0x0010	/* NAND Base ADDR */
+		       0xd2010000 0x0010>;	/* NAND Base CMD */
+		reg-names = "fsmc_regs", "nand_data", "nand_addr", "nand_cmd";
 
 		bank-width = <1>;
 		nand-skip-bbtscan;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
index 1a5bbd346d2..3fb3f901536 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ Required properties:
   - interrupt-names : The interrupt names "gpmi-dma", "bch";
   - fsl,gpmi-dma-channel : Should contain the dma channel it uses.
 
+Optional properties:
+  - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not
+                       present false
+
 The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the
 address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-mlc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-mlc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d0a37252eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-mlc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+NXP LPC32xx SoC NAND MLC controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nxp,lpc3220-mlc"
+- reg: Address and size of the controller
+- interrupts: The NAND interrupt specification
+- gpios: GPIO specification for NAND write protect
+
+The following required properties are very controller specific. See the LPC32xx
+User Manual 7.5.14 MLC NAND Timing Register (the values here are specified in
+Hz, to make them independent of actual clock speed and to provide for good
+accuracy:)
+- nxp,tcea_delay: TCEA_DELAY
+- nxp,busy_delay: BUSY_DELAY
+- nxp,nand_ta: NAND_TA
+- nxp,rd_high: RD_HIGH
+- nxp,rd_low: RD_LOW
+- nxp,wr_high: WR_HIGH
+- nxp,wr_low: WR_LOW
+
+Optional subnodes:
+- Partitions, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	mlc: flash@200A8000 {
+		compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-mlc";
+		reg = <0x200A8000 0x11000>;
+		interrupts = <11 0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		nxp,tcea-delay = <333333333>;
+		nxp,busy-delay = <10000000>;
+		nxp,nand-ta = <18181818>;
+		nxp,rd-high = <31250000>;
+		nxp,rd-low = <45454545>;
+		nxp,wr-high = <40000000>;
+		nxp,wr-low = <83333333>;
+		gpios = <&gpio 5 19 1>; /* GPO_P3 19, active low */
+
+		mtd0@00000000 {
+			label = "boot";
+			reg = <0x00000000 0x00064000>;
+			read-only;
+		};
+
+		...
+
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-slc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-slc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d94edc0fc55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-slc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+NXP LPC32xx SoC NAND SLC controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nxp,lpc3220-slc"
+- reg: Address and size of the controller
+- nand-on-flash-bbt: Use bad block table on flash
+- gpios: GPIO specification for NAND write protect
+
+The following required properties are very controller specific. See the LPC32xx
+User Manual:
+- nxp,wdr-clks: Delay before Ready signal is tested on write (W_RDY)
+- nxp,rdr-clks: Delay before Ready signal is tested on read (R_RDY)
+(The following values are specified in Hz, to make them independent of actual
+clock speed:)
+- nxp,wwidth: Write pulse width (W_WIDTH)
+- nxp,whold: Write hold time (W_HOLD)
+- nxp,wsetup: Write setup time (W_SETUP)
+- nxp,rwidth: Read pulse width (R_WIDTH)
+- nxp,rhold: Read hold time (R_HOLD)
+- nxp,rsetup: Read setup time (R_SETUP)
+
+Optional subnodes:
+- Partitions, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	slc: flash@20020000 {
+		compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-slc";
+		reg = <0x20020000 0x1000>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		nxp,wdr-clks = <14>;
+		nxp,wwidth = <40000000>;
+		nxp,whold = <100000000>;
+		nxp,wsetup = <100000000>;
+		nxp,rdr-clks = <14>;
+		nxp,rwidth = <40000000>;
+		nxp,rhold = <66666666>;
+		nxp,rsetup = <100000000>;
+		nand-on-flash-bbt;
+		gpios = <&gpio 5 19 1>; /* GPO_P3 19, active low */
+
+		mtd0@00000000 {
+			label = "phy3250-boot";
+			reg = <0x00000000 0x00064000>;
+			read-only;
+		};
+
+		...
+
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6d3d5760947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* MTD SPI driver for ST M25Pxx (and similar) serial flash chips
+
+Required properties:
+- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
+  representing partitions.
+- compatible : Should be the manufacturer and the name of the chip. Bear in mind
+               the DT binding is not Linux-only, but in case of Linux, see the
+               "m25p_ids" table in drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c for the list of
+               supported chips.
+- reg : Chip-Select number
+- spi-max-frequency : Maximum frequency of the SPI bus the chip can operate at
+
+Optional properties:
+- m25p,fast-read : Use the "fast read" opcode to read data from the chip instead
+                   of the usual "read" opcode. This opcode is not supported by
+                   all chips and support for it can not be detected at runtime.
+                   Refer to your chips' datasheet to check if this is supported
+                   by your chip.
+
+Example:
+
+	flash: m25p80@0 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "spansion,m25p80";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <40000000>;
+		m25p,fast-read;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
index a63c2bd7de2..dab7847fc80 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,16 @@ file systems on embedded devices.
  - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has
    sub-nodes representing partitions (see below).  In this case
    both #address-cells and #size-cells must be equal to 1.
+ - no-unaligned-direct-access: boolean to disable the default direct
+   mapping of the flash.
+   On some platforms (e.g. MPC5200) a direct 1:1 mapping may cause
+   problems with JFFS2 usage, as the local bus (LPB) doesn't support
+   unaligned accesses as implemented in the JFFS2 code via memcpy().
+   By defining "no-unaligned-direct-access", the flash will not be
+   exposed directly to the MTD users (e.g. JFFS2) any more.
+ - linux,mtd-name: allow to specify the mtd name for retro capability with
+   physmap-flash drivers as boot loader pass the mtd partition via the old
+   device name physmap-flash.
 
 For JEDEC compatible devices, the following additional properties
 are defined:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f1421e2bbab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+PXA3xx NAND DT bindings
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible:		Should be "marvell,pxa3xx-nand"
+ - reg: 		The register base for the controller
+ - interrupts:		The interrupt to map
+ - #address-cells:	Set to <1> if the node includes partitions
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - marvell,nand-enable-arbiter:	Set to enable the bus arbiter
+ - marvell,nand-keep-config:	Set to keep the NAND controller config as set
+				by the bootloader
+ - num-cs:			Number of chipselect lines to usw
+
+Example:
+
+	nand0: nand@43100000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,pxa3xx-nand";
+		reg = <0x43100000 90>;
+		interrupts = <45>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+
+		marvell,nand-enable-arbiter;
+		marvell,nand-keep-config;
+		num-cs = <1>;
+
+		/* partitions (optional) */
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/calxeda-xgmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/calxeda-xgmac.txt
index 411727a3f82..c8ae996bd8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/calxeda-xgmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/calxeda-xgmac.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,9 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupts : Should contain 3 xgmac interrupts. The 1st is main interrupt.
   The 2nd is pwr mgt interrupt. The 3rd is low power state interrupt.
 
+Optional properties:
+- dma-coherent      : Present if dma operations are coherent
+
 Example:
 
 ethernet@fff50000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/c_can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/c_can.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8f1ae81228e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/c_can.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+Bosch C_CAN/D_CAN controller Device Tree Bindings
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: Should be "bosch,c_can" for C_CAN controllers and
+			  "bosch,d_can" for D_CAN controllers.
+- reg			: physical base address and size of the C_CAN/D_CAN
+			  registers map
+- interrupts		: property with a value describing the interrupt
+			  number
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,hwmods		: Must be "d_can<n>" or "c_can<n>", n being the
+			  instance number
+
+Note: "ti,hwmods" field is used to fetch the base address and irq
+resources from TI, omap hwmod data base during device registration.
+Future plan is to migrate hwmod data base contents into device tree
+blob so that, all the required data will be used from device tree dts
+file.
+
+Example:
+
+Step1: SoC common .dtsi file
+
+	dcan1: d_can@481d0000 {
+		compatible = "bosch,d_can";
+		reg = <0x481d0000 0x2000>;
+		interrupts = <55>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		status = "disabled";
+	};
+
+(or)
+
+	dcan1: d_can@481d0000 {
+		compatible = "bosch,d_can";
+		ti,hwmods = "d_can1";
+		reg = <0x481d0000 0x2000>;
+		interrupts = <55>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		status = "disabled";
+	};
+
+Step 2: board specific .dts file
+
+	&dcan1 {
+		status = "okay";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/grcan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/grcan.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..34ef3498f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/grcan.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Aeroflex Gaisler GRCAN and GRHCAN CAN controllers.
+
+The GRCAN and CRHCAN CAN controllers are available in the GRLIB VHDL IP core
+library.
+
+Note: These properties are built from the AMBA plug&play in a Leon SPARC system
+(the ordinary environment for GRCAN and GRHCAN). There are no dts files for
+sparc.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- name : Should be "GAISLER_GRCAN", "01_03d", "GAISLER_GRHCAN" or "01_034"
+
+- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
+
+- freq : Frequency of the external oscillator clock in Hz (the frequency of
+	the amba bus in the ordinary case)
+
+- interrupts : Interrupt number for this device
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- systemid : If not present or if the value of the least significant 16 bits
+	of this 32-bit property is smaller than GRCAN_TXBUG_SAFE_GRLIB_VERSION
+	a bug workaround is activated.
+
+For further information look in the documentation for the GLIB IP core library:
+http://www.gaisler.com/products/grlib/grip.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..09055c2495f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cdns-emac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Cadence EMAC Ethernet controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "cdns,[<chip>-]{emac}"
+  Use "cdns,at91rm9200-emac" Atmel at91rm9200 SoC.
+  or the generic form: "cdns,emac".
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt
+- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface.
+  Supported values are: "mii", "rmii".
+
+Optional properties:
+- local-mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
+
+Examples:
+
+	macb0: ethernet@fffc4000 {
+		compatible = "cdns,at91rm9200-emac";
+		reg = <0xfffc4000 0x4000>;
+		interrupts = <21>;
+		phy-mode = "rmii";
+		local-mac-address = [3a 0e 03 04 05 06];
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ddd0286a9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+TI SoC Ethernet Switch Controller Device Tree Bindings
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: Should be "ti,cpsw"
+- reg			: physical base address and size of the cpsw
+			  registers map
+- interrupts		: property with a value describing the interrupt
+			  number
+- interrupt-parent	: The parent interrupt controller
+- cpdma_channels 	: Specifies number of channels in CPDMA
+- ale_entries		: Specifies No of entries ALE can hold
+- bd_ram_size		: Specifies internal descriptor RAM size
+- rx_descs		: Specifies number of Rx descriptors
+- mac_control		: Specifies Default MAC control register content
+			  for the specific platform
+- slaves		: Specifies number for slaves
+- cpts_active_slave	: Specifies the slave to use for time stamping
+- cpts_clock_mult	: Numerator to convert input clock ticks into nanoseconds
+- cpts_clock_shift	: Denominator to convert input clock ticks into nanoseconds
+- phy_id		: Specifies slave phy id
+- mac-address		: Specifies slave MAC address
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,hwmods		: Must be "cpgmac0"
+- no_bd_ram		: Must be 0 or 1
+
+Note: "ti,hwmods" field is used to fetch the base address and irq
+resources from TI, omap hwmod data base during device registration.
+Future plan is to migrate hwmod data base contents into device tree
+blob so that, all the required data will be used from device tree dts
+file.
+
+Examples:
+
+	mac: ethernet@4A100000 {
+		compatible = "ti,cpsw";
+		reg = <0x4A100000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <55 0x4>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		cpdma_channels = <8>;
+		ale_entries = <1024>;
+		bd_ram_size = <0x2000>;
+		no_bd_ram = <0>;
+		rx_descs = <64>;
+		mac_control = <0x20>;
+		slaves = <2>;
+		cpts_active_slave = <0>;
+		cpts_clock_mult = <0x80000000>;
+		cpts_clock_shift = <29>;
+		cpsw_emac0: slave@0 {
+			phy_id = <&davinci_mdio>, <0>;
+			/* Filled in by U-Boot */
+			mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+		};
+		cpsw_emac1: slave@1 {
+			phy_id = <&davinci_mdio>, <1>;
+			/* Filled in by U-Boot */
+			mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+		};
+	};
+
+(or)
+	mac: ethernet@4A100000 {
+		compatible = "ti,cpsw";
+		ti,hwmods = "cpgmac0";
+		cpdma_channels = <8>;
+		ale_entries = <1024>;
+		bd_ram_size = <0x2000>;
+		no_bd_ram = <0>;
+		rx_descs = <64>;
+		mac_control = <0x20>;
+		slaves = <2>;
+		cpts_active_slave = <0>;
+		cpts_clock_mult = <0x80000000>;
+		cpts_clock_shift = <29>;
+		cpsw_emac0: slave@0 {
+			phy_id = <&davinci_mdio>, <0>;
+			/* Filled in by U-Boot */
+			mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+		};
+		cpsw_emac1: slave@1 {
+			phy_id = <&davinci_mdio>, <1>;
+			/* Filled in by U-Boot */
+			mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..72efaaf764f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+TI SoC Davinci MDIO Controller Device Tree Bindings
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: Should be "ti,davinci_mdio"
+- reg			: physical base address and size of the davinci mdio
+			  registers map
+- bus_freq		: Mdio Bus frequency
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,hwmods		: Must be "davinci_mdio"
+
+Note: "ti,hwmods" field is used to fetch the base address and irq
+resources from TI, omap hwmod data base during device registration.
+Future plan is to migrate hwmod data base contents into device tree
+blob so that, all the required data will be used from device tree dts
+file.
+
+Examples:
+
+	mdio: davinci_mdio@4A101000 {
+		compatible = "ti,cpsw";
+		reg = <0x4A101000 0x1000>;
+		bus_freq = <1000000>;
+	};
+
+(or)
+
+	mdio: davinci_mdio@4A101000 {
+		compatible = "ti,cpsw";
+		ti,hwmods = "davinci_mdio";
+		bus_freq = <1000000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..859a6fa7569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Marvell Armada 370 / Armada XP Ethernet Controller (NETA)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "marvell,armada-370-neta".
+- reg: address and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts: interrupt for the device
+- phy: A phandle to a phy node defining the PHY address (as the reg
+  property, a single integer).
+- phy-mode: The interface between the SoC and the PHY (a string that
+  of_get_phy_mode() can understand)
+- clocks: a pointer to the reference clock for this device.
+
+Example:
+
+ethernet@d0070000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,armada-370-neta";
+	reg = <0xd0070000 0x2500>;
+	interrupts = <8>;
+	clocks = <&gate_clk 4>;
+	status = "okay";
+	phy = <&phy0>;
+	phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..34e7aafa321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+* Marvell MDIO Ethernet Controller interface
+
+The Ethernet controllers of the Marvel Kirkwood, Dove, Orion5x,
+MV78xx0, Armada 370 and Armada XP have an identical unit that provides
+an interface with the MDIO bus. This driver handles this MDIO
+interface.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,orion-mdio"
+- reg: address and length of the SMI register
+
+The child nodes of the MDIO driver are the individual PHY devices
+connected to this MDIO bus. They must have a "reg" property given the
+PHY address on the MDIO bus.
+
+Example at the SoC level:
+
+mdio {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "marvell,orion-mdio";
+	reg = <0xd0072004 0x4>;
+};
+
+And at the board level:
+
+mdio {
+	phy0: ethernet-phy@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+	};
+
+	phy1: ethernet-phy@1 {
+		reg = <1>;
+	};
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt
index bc954952901..c79bab02536 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-gpio.txt
@@ -8,9 +8,16 @@ gpios property as described in section VIII.1 in the following order:
 
 MDC, MDIO.
 
+Note: Each gpio-mdio bus should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases"
+node.
+
 Example:
 
-mdio {
+aliases {
+	mdio-gpio0 = <&mdio0>;
+};
+
+mdio0: mdio {
 	compatible = "virtual,mdio-gpio";
 	#address-cells = <1>;
 	#size-cells = <0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-mmioreg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-mmioreg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8516929c725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-mmioreg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+Properties for an MDIO bus multiplexer controlled by a memory-mapped device
+
+This is a special case of a MDIO bus multiplexer.  A memory-mapped device,
+like an FPGA, is used to control which child bus is connected.  The mdio-mux
+node must be a child of the memory-mapped device.  The driver currently only
+supports devices with eight-bit registers.
+
+Required properties in addition to the generic multiplexer properties:
+
+- compatible : string, must contain "mdio-mux-mmioreg"
+
+- reg : integer, contains the offset of the register that controls the bus
+	multiplexer.  The size field in the 'reg' property is the size of
+	register, and must therefore be 1.
+
+- mux-mask : integer, contains an eight-bit mask that specifies which
+	bits in the register control the actual bus multiplexer.  The
+	'reg' property of each child mdio-mux node must be constrained by
+	this mask.
+
+Example:
+
+The FPGA node defines a memory-mapped FPGA with a register space of 0x30 bytes.
+For the "EMI2" MDIO bus, register 9 (BRDCFG1) controls the mux on that bus.
+A bitmask of 0x6 means that bits 1 and 2 (bit 0 is lsb) are the bits on
+BRDCFG1 that control the actual mux.
+
+	/* The FPGA node */
+	fpga: board-control@3,0 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "fsl,p5020ds-fpga", "fsl,fpga-ngpixis";
+		reg = <3 0 0x30>;
+		ranges = <0 3 0 0x30>;
+
+		mdio-mux-emi2 {
+			compatible = "mdio-mux-mmioreg", "mdio-mux";
+			mdio-parent-bus = <&xmdio0>;
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+			reg = <9 1>; // BRDCFG1
+			mux-mask = <0x6>; // EMI2
+
+			emi2_slot1: mdio@0 {	// Slot 1 XAUI (FM2)
+				reg = <0>;
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+
+				phy_xgmii_slot1: ethernet-phy@0 {
+					compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45";
+					reg = <4>;
+				};
+			};
+
+			emi2_slot2: mdio@2 {	// Slot 2 XAUI (FM1)
+				reg = <2>;
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+
+				phy_xgmii_slot2: ethernet-phy@4 {
+					compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45";
+					reg = <0>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	/* The parent MDIO bus. */
+	xmdio0: mdio@f1000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "fsl,fman-xmdio";
+		reg = <0xf1000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <100 1 0 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3a268127b05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+* Atmel AT91 Pinmux Controller
+
+The AT91 Pinmux Controler, enables the IC
+to share one PAD to several functional blocks. The sharing is done by
+multiplexing the PAD input/output signals. For each PAD there are up to
+8 muxing options (called periph modes). Since different modules require
+different PAD settings (like pull up, keeper, etc) the contoller controls
+also the PAD settings parameters.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+Atmel AT91 pin configuration node is a node of a group of pins which can be
+used for a specific device or function. This node represents both mux and config
+of the pins in that group. The 'pins' selects the function mode(also named pin
+mode) this pin can work on and the 'config' configures various pad settings
+such as pull-up, multi drive, etc.
+
+Required properties for iomux controller:
+- compatible: "atmel,at91rm9200-pinctrl"
+- atmel,mux-mask: array of mask (periph per bank) to describe if a pin can be
+  configured in this periph mode. All the periph and bank need to be describe.
+
+How to create such array:
+
+Each column will represent the possible peripheral of the pinctrl
+Each line will represent a pio bank
+
+Take an example on the 9260
+Peripheral: 2 ( A and B)
+Bank: 3 (A, B and C)
+=>
+
+  /*    A         B     */
+  0xffffffff 0xffc00c3b  /* pioA */
+  0xffffffff 0x7fff3ccf  /* pioB */
+  0xffffffff 0x007fffff  /* pioC */
+
+For each peripheral/bank we will descibe in a u32 if a pin can can be
+configured in it by putting 1 to the pin bit (1 << pin)
+
+Let's take the pioA on peripheral B
+From the datasheet Table 10-2.
+Peripheral B
+PA0	MCDB0
+PA1	MCCDB
+PA2
+PA3	MCDB3
+PA4	MCDB2
+PA5	MCDB1
+PA6
+PA7
+PA8
+PA9
+PA10	ETX2
+PA11	ETX3
+PA12
+PA13
+PA14
+PA15
+PA16
+PA17
+PA18
+PA19
+PA20
+PA21
+PA22	ETXER
+PA23	ETX2
+PA24	ETX3
+PA25	ERX2
+PA26	ERX3
+PA27	ERXCK
+PA28	ECRS
+PA29	ECOL
+PA30	RXD4
+PA31	TXD4
+
+=> 0xffc00c3b
+
+Required properties for pin configuration node:
+- atmel,pins: 4 integers array, represents a group of pins mux and config
+  setting. The format is atmel,pins = <PIN_BANK PIN_BANK_NUM PERIPH CONFIG>.
+  The PERIPH 0 means gpio.
+
+Bits used for CONFIG:
+PULL_UP		(1 << 0): indicate this pin need a pull up.
+MULTIDRIVE	(1 << 1): indicate this pin need to be configured as multidrive.
+DEGLITCH	(1 << 2): indicate this pin need deglitch.
+PULL_DOWN	(1 << 3): indicate this pin need a pull down.
+DIS_SCHMIT	(1 << 4): indicate this pin need to disable schmit trigger.
+DEBOUNCE	(1 << 16): indicate this pin need debounce.
+DEBOUNCE_VAL	(0x3fff << 17): debounce val.
+
+NOTE:
+Some requirements for using atmel,at91rm9200-pinctrl binding:
+1. We have pin function node defined under at91 controller node to represent
+   what pinmux functions this SoC supports.
+2. The driver can use the function node's name and pin configuration node's
+   name describe the pin function and group hierarchy.
+   For example, Linux at91 pinctrl driver takes the function node's name
+   as the function name and pin configuration node's name as group name to
+   create the map table.
+3. Each pin configuration node should have a phandle, devices can set pins
+   configurations by referring to the phandle of that pin configuration node.
+4. The gpio controller must be describe in the pinctrl simple-bus.
+
+Examples:
+
+pinctrl@fffff400 {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges;
+	compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-pinctrl", "simple-bus";
+	reg = <0xfffff400 0x600>;
+
+	atmel,mux-mask = <
+	      /*    A         B     */
+	       0xffffffff 0xffc00c3b  /* pioA */
+	       0xffffffff 0x7fff3ccf  /* pioB */
+	       0xffffffff 0x007fffff  /* pioC */
+	      >;
+
+	/* shared pinctrl settings */
+	dbgu {
+		pinctrl_dbgu: dbgu-0 {
+			atmel,pins =
+				<1 14 0x1 0x0	/* PB14 periph A */
+				 1 15 0x1 0x1>;	/* PB15 periph with pullup */
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+dbgu: serial@fffff200 {
+	compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
+	reg = <0xfffff200 0x200>;
+	interrupts = <1 4 7>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_dbgu>;
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm2835-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm2835-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8edc20e1b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm2835-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+Broadcom BCM2835 GPIO (and pinmux) controller
+
+The BCM2835 GPIO module is a combined GPIO controller, (GPIO) interrupt
+controller, and pinmux/control device.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "brcm,bcm2835-gpio"
+- reg: Should contain the physical address of the GPIO module's registes.
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the
+  second cell is used to specify optional parameters:
+  - bit 0 specifies polarity (0 for normal, 1 for inverted)
+- interrupts : The interrupt outputs from the controller. One interrupt per
+  individual bank followed by the "all banks" interrupt.
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2.
+  The first cell is the GPIO number.
+  The second cell is used to specify flags:
+    bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags:
+      1 = low-to-high edge triggered.
+      2 = high-to-low edge triggered.
+      4 = active high level-sensitive.
+      8 = active low level-sensitive.
+    Valid combinations are 1, 2, 3, 4, 8.
+
+Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt for a general description of GPIO bindings.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+Each pin configuration node lists the pin(s) to which it applies, and one or
+more of the mux function to select on those pin(s), and pull-up/down
+configuration. Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly
+listed. In other words, a subnode that lists only a mux function implies no
+information about any pull configuration. Similarly, a subnode that lists only
+a pul parameter implies no information about the mux function.
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- brcm,pins: An array of cells. Each cell contains the ID of a pin. Valid IDs
+  are the integer GPIO IDs; 0==GPIO0, 1==GPIO1, ... 53==GPIO53.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- brcm,function: Integer, containing the function to mux to the pin(s):
+  0: GPIO in
+  1: GPIO out
+  2: alt5
+  3: alt4
+  4: alt0
+  5: alt1
+  6: alt2
+  7: alt3
+- brcm,pull: Integer, representing the pull-down/up to apply to the pin(s):
+  0: none
+  1: down
+  2: up
+
+Each of brcm,function and brcm,pull may contain either a single value which
+will be applied to all pins in brcm,pins, or 1 value for each entry in
+brcm,pins.
+
+Example:
+
+	gpio: gpio {
+		compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-gpio";
+		reg = <0x2200000 0xb4>;
+		interrupts = <2 17>, <2 19>, <2 18>, <2 20>;
+
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx35-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx35-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1183f1a3be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx35-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,984 @@
+* Freescale IMX35 IOMUX Controller
+
+Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part
+and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "fsl,imx35-iomuxc"
+- fsl,pins: two integers array, represents a group of pins mux and config
+  setting. The format is fsl,pins = <PIN_FUNC_ID CONFIG>, PIN_FUNC_ID is a
+  pin working on a specific function, CONFIG is the pad setting value like
+  pull-up for this pin. Please refer to imx35 datasheet for the valid pad
+  config settings.
+
+CONFIG bits definition:
+PAD_CTL_DRIVE_VOLAGAGE_18	(1 << 13)
+PAD_CTL_DRIVE_VOLAGAGE_33	(0 << 13)
+PAD_CTL_HYS			(1 << 8)
+PAD_CTL_PKE			(1 << 7)
+PAD_CTL_PUE			(1 << 6)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN		(0 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP		(1 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP		(2 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_22K_UP		(3 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_ODE_CMOS		(0 << 3)
+PAD_CTL_ODE_OPENDRAIN		(1 << 3)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_NOMINAL		(0 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_HIGH		(1 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_MAX			(2 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST		(1 << 0)
+PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW		(0 << 0)
+
+See below for available PIN_FUNC_ID for imx35:
+0 MX35_PAD_CAPTURE__GPT_CAPIN1
+1 MX35_PAD_CAPTURE__GPT_CMPOUT2
+2 MX35_PAD_CAPTURE__CSPI2_SS1
+3 MX35_PAD_CAPTURE__EPIT1_EPITO
+4 MX35_PAD_CAPTURE__CCM_CLK32K
+5 MX35_PAD_CAPTURE__GPIO1_4
+6 MX35_PAD_COMPARE__GPT_CMPOUT1
+7 MX35_PAD_COMPARE__GPT_CAPIN2
+8 MX35_PAD_COMPARE__GPT_CMPOUT3
+9 MX35_PAD_COMPARE__EPIT2_EPITO
+10 MX35_PAD_COMPARE__GPIO1_5
+11 MX35_PAD_COMPARE__SDMA_EXTDMA_2
+12 MX35_PAD_WDOG_RST__WDOG_WDOG_B
+13 MX35_PAD_WDOG_RST__IPU_FLASH_STROBE
+14 MX35_PAD_WDOG_RST__GPIO1_6
+15 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_0__GPIO1_0
+16 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_0__CCM_PMIC_RDY
+17 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_0__OWIRE_LINE
+18 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_0__SDMA_EXTDMA_0
+19 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_1__GPIO1_1
+20 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_1__PWM_PWMO
+21 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_1__CSPI1_SS2
+22 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_1__SCC_TAMPER_DETECT
+23 MX35_PAD_GPIO1_1__SDMA_EXTDMA_1
+24 MX35_PAD_GPIO2_0__GPIO2_0
+25 MX35_PAD_GPIO2_0__USB_TOP_USBOTG_CLK
+26 MX35_PAD_GPIO3_0__GPIO3_0
+27 MX35_PAD_GPIO3_0__USB_TOP_USBH2_CLK
+28 MX35_PAD_RESET_IN_B__CCM_RESET_IN_B
+29 MX35_PAD_POR_B__CCM_POR_B
+30 MX35_PAD_CLKO__CCM_CLKO
+31 MX35_PAD_CLKO__GPIO1_8
+32 MX35_PAD_BOOT_MODE0__CCM_BOOT_MODE_0
+33 MX35_PAD_BOOT_MODE1__CCM_BOOT_MODE_1
+34 MX35_PAD_CLK_MODE0__CCM_CLK_MODE_0
+35 MX35_PAD_CLK_MODE1__CCM_CLK_MODE_1
+36 MX35_PAD_POWER_FAIL__CCM_DSM_WAKEUP_INT_26
+37 MX35_PAD_VSTBY__CCM_VSTBY
+38 MX35_PAD_VSTBY__GPIO1_7
+39 MX35_PAD_A0__EMI_EIM_DA_L_0
+40 MX35_PAD_A1__EMI_EIM_DA_L_1
+41 MX35_PAD_A2__EMI_EIM_DA_L_2
+42 MX35_PAD_A3__EMI_EIM_DA_L_3
+43 MX35_PAD_A4__EMI_EIM_DA_L_4
+44 MX35_PAD_A5__EMI_EIM_DA_L_5
+45 MX35_PAD_A6__EMI_EIM_DA_L_6
+46 MX35_PAD_A7__EMI_EIM_DA_L_7
+47 MX35_PAD_A8__EMI_EIM_DA_H_8
+48 MX35_PAD_A9__EMI_EIM_DA_H_9
+49 MX35_PAD_A10__EMI_EIM_DA_H_10
+50 MX35_PAD_MA10__EMI_MA10
+51 MX35_PAD_A11__EMI_EIM_DA_H_11
+52 MX35_PAD_A12__EMI_EIM_DA_H_12
+53 MX35_PAD_A13__EMI_EIM_DA_H_13
+54 MX35_PAD_A14__EMI_EIM_DA_H2_14
+55 MX35_PAD_A15__EMI_EIM_DA_H2_15
+56 MX35_PAD_A16__EMI_EIM_A_16
+57 MX35_PAD_A17__EMI_EIM_A_17
+58 MX35_PAD_A18__EMI_EIM_A_18
+59 MX35_PAD_A19__EMI_EIM_A_19
+60 MX35_PAD_A20__EMI_EIM_A_20
+61 MX35_PAD_A21__EMI_EIM_A_21
+62 MX35_PAD_A22__EMI_EIM_A_22
+63 MX35_PAD_A23__EMI_EIM_A_23
+64 MX35_PAD_A24__EMI_EIM_A_24
+65 MX35_PAD_A25__EMI_EIM_A_25
+66 MX35_PAD_SDBA1__EMI_EIM_SDBA1
+67 MX35_PAD_SDBA0__EMI_EIM_SDBA0
+68 MX35_PAD_SD0__EMI_DRAM_D_0
+69 MX35_PAD_SD1__EMI_DRAM_D_1
+70 MX35_PAD_SD2__EMI_DRAM_D_2
+71 MX35_PAD_SD3__EMI_DRAM_D_3
+72 MX35_PAD_SD4__EMI_DRAM_D_4
+73 MX35_PAD_SD5__EMI_DRAM_D_5
+74 MX35_PAD_SD6__EMI_DRAM_D_6
+75 MX35_PAD_SD7__EMI_DRAM_D_7
+76 MX35_PAD_SD8__EMI_DRAM_D_8
+77 MX35_PAD_SD9__EMI_DRAM_D_9
+78 MX35_PAD_SD10__EMI_DRAM_D_10
+79 MX35_PAD_SD11__EMI_DRAM_D_11
+80 MX35_PAD_SD12__EMI_DRAM_D_12
+81 MX35_PAD_SD13__EMI_DRAM_D_13
+82 MX35_PAD_SD14__EMI_DRAM_D_14
+83 MX35_PAD_SD15__EMI_DRAM_D_15
+84 MX35_PAD_SD16__EMI_DRAM_D_16
+85 MX35_PAD_SD17__EMI_DRAM_D_17
+86 MX35_PAD_SD18__EMI_DRAM_D_18
+87 MX35_PAD_SD19__EMI_DRAM_D_19
+88 MX35_PAD_SD20__EMI_DRAM_D_20
+89 MX35_PAD_SD21__EMI_DRAM_D_21
+90 MX35_PAD_SD22__EMI_DRAM_D_22
+91 MX35_PAD_SD23__EMI_DRAM_D_23
+92 MX35_PAD_SD24__EMI_DRAM_D_24
+93 MX35_PAD_SD25__EMI_DRAM_D_25
+94 MX35_PAD_SD26__EMI_DRAM_D_26
+95 MX35_PAD_SD27__EMI_DRAM_D_27
+96 MX35_PAD_SD28__EMI_DRAM_D_28
+97 MX35_PAD_SD29__EMI_DRAM_D_29
+98 MX35_PAD_SD30__EMI_DRAM_D_30
+99 MX35_PAD_SD31__EMI_DRAM_D_31
+100 MX35_PAD_DQM0__EMI_DRAM_DQM_0
+101 MX35_PAD_DQM1__EMI_DRAM_DQM_1
+102 MX35_PAD_DQM2__EMI_DRAM_DQM_2
+103 MX35_PAD_DQM3__EMI_DRAM_DQM_3
+104 MX35_PAD_EB0__EMI_EIM_EB0_B
+105 MX35_PAD_EB1__EMI_EIM_EB1_B
+106 MX35_PAD_OE__EMI_EIM_OE
+107 MX35_PAD_CS0__EMI_EIM_CS0
+108 MX35_PAD_CS1__EMI_EIM_CS1
+109 MX35_PAD_CS1__EMI_NANDF_CE3
+110 MX35_PAD_CS2__EMI_EIM_CS2
+111 MX35_PAD_CS3__EMI_EIM_CS3
+112 MX35_PAD_CS4__EMI_EIM_CS4
+113 MX35_PAD_CS4__EMI_DTACK_B
+114 MX35_PAD_CS4__EMI_NANDF_CE1
+115 MX35_PAD_CS4__GPIO1_20
+116 MX35_PAD_CS5__EMI_EIM_CS5
+117 MX35_PAD_CS5__CSPI2_SS2
+118 MX35_PAD_CS5__CSPI1_SS2
+119 MX35_PAD_CS5__EMI_NANDF_CE2
+120 MX35_PAD_CS5__GPIO1_21
+121 MX35_PAD_NF_CE0__EMI_NANDF_CE0
+122 MX35_PAD_NF_CE0__GPIO1_22
+123 MX35_PAD_ECB__EMI_EIM_ECB
+124 MX35_PAD_LBA__EMI_EIM_LBA
+125 MX35_PAD_BCLK__EMI_EIM_BCLK
+126 MX35_PAD_RW__EMI_EIM_RW
+127 MX35_PAD_RAS__EMI_DRAM_RAS
+128 MX35_PAD_CAS__EMI_DRAM_CAS
+129 MX35_PAD_SDWE__EMI_DRAM_SDWE
+130 MX35_PAD_SDCKE0__EMI_DRAM_SDCKE_0
+131 MX35_PAD_SDCKE1__EMI_DRAM_SDCKE_1
+132 MX35_PAD_SDCLK__EMI_DRAM_SDCLK
+133 MX35_PAD_SDQS0__EMI_DRAM_SDQS_0
+134 MX35_PAD_SDQS1__EMI_DRAM_SDQS_1
+135 MX35_PAD_SDQS2__EMI_DRAM_SDQS_2
+136 MX35_PAD_SDQS3__EMI_DRAM_SDQS_3
+137 MX35_PAD_NFWE_B__EMI_NANDF_WE_B
+138 MX35_PAD_NFWE_B__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_3
+139 MX35_PAD_NFWE_B__IPU_DISPB_D0_VSYNC
+140 MX35_PAD_NFWE_B__GPIO2_18
+141 MX35_PAD_NFWE_B__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_0
+142 MX35_PAD_NFRE_B__EMI_NANDF_RE_B
+143 MX35_PAD_NFRE_B__USB_TOP_USBH2_DIR
+144 MX35_PAD_NFRE_B__IPU_DISPB_BCLK
+145 MX35_PAD_NFRE_B__GPIO2_19
+146 MX35_PAD_NFRE_B__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_1
+147 MX35_PAD_NFALE__EMI_NANDF_ALE
+148 MX35_PAD_NFALE__USB_TOP_USBH2_STP
+149 MX35_PAD_NFALE__IPU_DISPB_CS0
+150 MX35_PAD_NFALE__GPIO2_20
+151 MX35_PAD_NFALE__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_2
+152 MX35_PAD_NFCLE__EMI_NANDF_CLE
+153 MX35_PAD_NFCLE__USB_TOP_USBH2_NXT
+154 MX35_PAD_NFCLE__IPU_DISPB_PAR_RS
+155 MX35_PAD_NFCLE__GPIO2_21
+156 MX35_PAD_NFCLE__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_3
+157 MX35_PAD_NFWP_B__EMI_NANDF_WP_B
+158 MX35_PAD_NFWP_B__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_7
+159 MX35_PAD_NFWP_B__IPU_DISPB_WR
+160 MX35_PAD_NFWP_B__GPIO2_22
+161 MX35_PAD_NFWP_B__ARM11P_TOP_TRCTL
+162 MX35_PAD_NFRB__EMI_NANDF_RB
+163 MX35_PAD_NFRB__IPU_DISPB_RD
+164 MX35_PAD_NFRB__GPIO2_23
+165 MX35_PAD_NFRB__ARM11P_TOP_TRCLK
+166 MX35_PAD_D15__EMI_EIM_D_15
+167 MX35_PAD_D14__EMI_EIM_D_14
+168 MX35_PAD_D13__EMI_EIM_D_13
+169 MX35_PAD_D12__EMI_EIM_D_12
+170 MX35_PAD_D11__EMI_EIM_D_11
+171 MX35_PAD_D10__EMI_EIM_D_10
+172 MX35_PAD_D9__EMI_EIM_D_9
+173 MX35_PAD_D8__EMI_EIM_D_8
+174 MX35_PAD_D7__EMI_EIM_D_7
+175 MX35_PAD_D6__EMI_EIM_D_6
+176 MX35_PAD_D5__EMI_EIM_D_5
+177 MX35_PAD_D4__EMI_EIM_D_4
+178 MX35_PAD_D3__EMI_EIM_D_3
+179 MX35_PAD_D2__EMI_EIM_D_2
+180 MX35_PAD_D1__EMI_EIM_D_1
+181 MX35_PAD_D0__EMI_EIM_D_0
+182 MX35_PAD_CSI_D8__IPU_CSI_D_8
+183 MX35_PAD_CSI_D8__KPP_COL_0
+184 MX35_PAD_CSI_D8__GPIO1_20
+185 MX35_PAD_CSI_D8__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_13
+186 MX35_PAD_CSI_D9__IPU_CSI_D_9
+187 MX35_PAD_CSI_D9__KPP_COL_1
+188 MX35_PAD_CSI_D9__GPIO1_21
+189 MX35_PAD_CSI_D9__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_14
+190 MX35_PAD_CSI_D10__IPU_CSI_D_10
+191 MX35_PAD_CSI_D10__KPP_COL_2
+192 MX35_PAD_CSI_D10__GPIO1_22
+193 MX35_PAD_CSI_D10__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_15
+194 MX35_PAD_CSI_D11__IPU_CSI_D_11
+195 MX35_PAD_CSI_D11__KPP_COL_3
+196 MX35_PAD_CSI_D11__GPIO1_23
+197 MX35_PAD_CSI_D12__IPU_CSI_D_12
+198 MX35_PAD_CSI_D12__KPP_ROW_0
+199 MX35_PAD_CSI_D12__GPIO1_24
+200 MX35_PAD_CSI_D13__IPU_CSI_D_13
+201 MX35_PAD_CSI_D13__KPP_ROW_1
+202 MX35_PAD_CSI_D13__GPIO1_25
+203 MX35_PAD_CSI_D14__IPU_CSI_D_14
+204 MX35_PAD_CSI_D14__KPP_ROW_2
+205 MX35_PAD_CSI_D14__GPIO1_26
+206 MX35_PAD_CSI_D15__IPU_CSI_D_15
+207 MX35_PAD_CSI_D15__KPP_ROW_3
+208 MX35_PAD_CSI_D15__GPIO1_27
+209 MX35_PAD_CSI_MCLK__IPU_CSI_MCLK
+210 MX35_PAD_CSI_MCLK__GPIO1_28
+211 MX35_PAD_CSI_VSYNC__IPU_CSI_VSYNC
+212 MX35_PAD_CSI_VSYNC__GPIO1_29
+213 MX35_PAD_CSI_HSYNC__IPU_CSI_HSYNC
+214 MX35_PAD_CSI_HSYNC__GPIO1_30
+215 MX35_PAD_CSI_PIXCLK__IPU_CSI_PIXCLK
+216 MX35_PAD_CSI_PIXCLK__GPIO1_31
+217 MX35_PAD_I2C1_CLK__I2C1_SCL
+218 MX35_PAD_I2C1_CLK__GPIO2_24
+219 MX35_PAD_I2C1_CLK__CCM_USB_BYP_CLK
+220 MX35_PAD_I2C1_DAT__I2C1_SDA
+221 MX35_PAD_I2C1_DAT__GPIO2_25
+222 MX35_PAD_I2C2_CLK__I2C2_SCL
+223 MX35_PAD_I2C2_CLK__CAN1_TXCAN
+224 MX35_PAD_I2C2_CLK__USB_TOP_USBH2_PWR
+225 MX35_PAD_I2C2_CLK__GPIO2_26
+226 MX35_PAD_I2C2_CLK__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_2
+227 MX35_PAD_I2C2_DAT__I2C2_SDA
+228 MX35_PAD_I2C2_DAT__CAN1_RXCAN
+229 MX35_PAD_I2C2_DAT__USB_TOP_USBH2_OC
+230 MX35_PAD_I2C2_DAT__GPIO2_27
+231 MX35_PAD_I2C2_DAT__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_3
+232 MX35_PAD_STXD4__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXD
+233 MX35_PAD_STXD4__GPIO2_28
+234 MX35_PAD_STXD4__ARM11P_TOP_ARM_COREASID0
+235 MX35_PAD_SRXD4__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXD
+236 MX35_PAD_SRXD4__GPIO2_29
+237 MX35_PAD_SRXD4__ARM11P_TOP_ARM_COREASID1
+238 MX35_PAD_SCK4__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXC
+239 MX35_PAD_SCK4__GPIO2_30
+240 MX35_PAD_SCK4__ARM11P_TOP_ARM_COREASID2
+241 MX35_PAD_STXFS4__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXFS
+242 MX35_PAD_STXFS4__GPIO2_31
+243 MX35_PAD_STXFS4__ARM11P_TOP_ARM_COREASID3
+244 MX35_PAD_STXD5__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXD
+245 MX35_PAD_STXD5__SPDIF_SPDIF_OUT1
+246 MX35_PAD_STXD5__CSPI2_MOSI
+247 MX35_PAD_STXD5__GPIO1_0
+248 MX35_PAD_STXD5__ARM11P_TOP_ARM_COREASID4
+249 MX35_PAD_SRXD5__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXD
+250 MX35_PAD_SRXD5__SPDIF_SPDIF_IN1
+251 MX35_PAD_SRXD5__CSPI2_MISO
+252 MX35_PAD_SRXD5__GPIO1_1
+253 MX35_PAD_SRXD5__ARM11P_TOP_ARM_COREASID5
+254 MX35_PAD_SCK5__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXC
+255 MX35_PAD_SCK5__SPDIF_SPDIF_EXTCLK
+256 MX35_PAD_SCK5__CSPI2_SCLK
+257 MX35_PAD_SCK5__GPIO1_2
+258 MX35_PAD_SCK5__ARM11P_TOP_ARM_COREASID6
+259 MX35_PAD_STXFS5__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXFS
+260 MX35_PAD_STXFS5__CSPI2_RDY
+261 MX35_PAD_STXFS5__GPIO1_3
+262 MX35_PAD_STXFS5__ARM11P_TOP_ARM_COREASID7
+263 MX35_PAD_SCKR__ESAI_SCKR
+264 MX35_PAD_SCKR__GPIO1_4
+265 MX35_PAD_SCKR__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_10
+266 MX35_PAD_FSR__ESAI_FSR
+267 MX35_PAD_FSR__GPIO1_5
+268 MX35_PAD_FSR__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_11
+269 MX35_PAD_HCKR__ESAI_HCKR
+270 MX35_PAD_HCKR__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXFS
+271 MX35_PAD_HCKR__CSPI2_SS0
+272 MX35_PAD_HCKR__IPU_FLASH_STROBE
+273 MX35_PAD_HCKR__GPIO1_6
+274 MX35_PAD_HCKR__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_12
+275 MX35_PAD_SCKT__ESAI_SCKT
+276 MX35_PAD_SCKT__GPIO1_7
+277 MX35_PAD_SCKT__IPU_CSI_D_0
+278 MX35_PAD_SCKT__KPP_ROW_2
+279 MX35_PAD_FST__ESAI_FST
+280 MX35_PAD_FST__GPIO1_8
+281 MX35_PAD_FST__IPU_CSI_D_1
+282 MX35_PAD_FST__KPP_ROW_3
+283 MX35_PAD_HCKT__ESAI_HCKT
+284 MX35_PAD_HCKT__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXC
+285 MX35_PAD_HCKT__GPIO1_9
+286 MX35_PAD_HCKT__IPU_CSI_D_2
+287 MX35_PAD_HCKT__KPP_COL_3
+288 MX35_PAD_TX5_RX0__ESAI_TX5_RX0
+289 MX35_PAD_TX5_RX0__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXC
+290 MX35_PAD_TX5_RX0__CSPI2_SS2
+291 MX35_PAD_TX5_RX0__CAN2_TXCAN
+292 MX35_PAD_TX5_RX0__UART2_DTR
+293 MX35_PAD_TX5_RX0__GPIO1_10
+294 MX35_PAD_TX5_RX0__EMI_M3IF_CHOSEN_MASTER_0
+295 MX35_PAD_TX4_RX1__ESAI_TX4_RX1
+296 MX35_PAD_TX4_RX1__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXFS
+297 MX35_PAD_TX4_RX1__CSPI2_SS3
+298 MX35_PAD_TX4_RX1__CAN2_RXCAN
+299 MX35_PAD_TX4_RX1__UART2_DSR
+300 MX35_PAD_TX4_RX1__GPIO1_11
+301 MX35_PAD_TX4_RX1__IPU_CSI_D_3
+302 MX35_PAD_TX4_RX1__KPP_ROW_0
+303 MX35_PAD_TX3_RX2__ESAI_TX3_RX2
+304 MX35_PAD_TX3_RX2__I2C3_SCL
+305 MX35_PAD_TX3_RX2__EMI_NANDF_CE1
+306 MX35_PAD_TX3_RX2__GPIO1_12
+307 MX35_PAD_TX3_RX2__IPU_CSI_D_4
+308 MX35_PAD_TX3_RX2__KPP_ROW_1
+309 MX35_PAD_TX2_RX3__ESAI_TX2_RX3
+310 MX35_PAD_TX2_RX3__I2C3_SDA
+311 MX35_PAD_TX2_RX3__EMI_NANDF_CE2
+312 MX35_PAD_TX2_RX3__GPIO1_13
+313 MX35_PAD_TX2_RX3__IPU_CSI_D_5
+314 MX35_PAD_TX2_RX3__KPP_COL_0
+315 MX35_PAD_TX1__ESAI_TX1
+316 MX35_PAD_TX1__CCM_PMIC_RDY
+317 MX35_PAD_TX1__CSPI1_SS2
+318 MX35_PAD_TX1__EMI_NANDF_CE3
+319 MX35_PAD_TX1__UART2_RI
+320 MX35_PAD_TX1__GPIO1_14
+321 MX35_PAD_TX1__IPU_CSI_D_6
+322 MX35_PAD_TX1__KPP_COL_1
+323 MX35_PAD_TX0__ESAI_TX0
+324 MX35_PAD_TX0__SPDIF_SPDIF_EXTCLK
+325 MX35_PAD_TX0__CSPI1_SS3
+326 MX35_PAD_TX0__EMI_DTACK_B
+327 MX35_PAD_TX0__UART2_DCD
+328 MX35_PAD_TX0__GPIO1_15
+329 MX35_PAD_TX0__IPU_CSI_D_7
+330 MX35_PAD_TX0__KPP_COL_2
+331 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_MOSI__CSPI1_MOSI
+332 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_MOSI__GPIO1_16
+333 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_MOSI__ECT_CTI_TRIG_OUT1_2
+334 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_MISO__CSPI1_MISO
+335 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_MISO__GPIO1_17
+336 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_MISO__ECT_CTI_TRIG_OUT1_3
+337 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS0__CSPI1_SS0
+338 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS0__OWIRE_LINE
+339 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS0__CSPI2_SS3
+340 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS0__GPIO1_18
+341 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS0__ECT_CTI_TRIG_OUT1_4
+342 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__CSPI1_SS1
+343 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__PWM_PWMO
+344 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__CCM_CLK32K
+345 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__GPIO1_19
+346 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__IPU_DIAGB_29
+347 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__ECT_CTI_TRIG_OUT1_5
+348 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SCLK__CSPI1_SCLK
+349 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SCLK__GPIO3_4
+350 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SCLK__IPU_DIAGB_30
+351 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SCLK__EMI_M3IF_CHOSEN_MASTER_1
+352 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SPI_RDY__CSPI1_RDY
+353 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SPI_RDY__GPIO3_5
+354 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SPI_RDY__IPU_DIAGB_31
+355 MX35_PAD_CSPI1_SPI_RDY__EMI_M3IF_CHOSEN_MASTER_2
+356 MX35_PAD_RXD1__UART1_RXD_MUX
+357 MX35_PAD_RXD1__CSPI2_MOSI
+358 MX35_PAD_RXD1__KPP_COL_4
+359 MX35_PAD_RXD1__GPIO3_6
+360 MX35_PAD_RXD1__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_16
+361 MX35_PAD_TXD1__UART1_TXD_MUX
+362 MX35_PAD_TXD1__CSPI2_MISO
+363 MX35_PAD_TXD1__KPP_COL_5
+364 MX35_PAD_TXD1__GPIO3_7
+365 MX35_PAD_TXD1__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_17
+366 MX35_PAD_RTS1__UART1_RTS
+367 MX35_PAD_RTS1__CSPI2_SCLK
+368 MX35_PAD_RTS1__I2C3_SCL
+369 MX35_PAD_RTS1__IPU_CSI_D_0
+370 MX35_PAD_RTS1__KPP_COL_6
+371 MX35_PAD_RTS1__GPIO3_8
+372 MX35_PAD_RTS1__EMI_NANDF_CE1
+373 MX35_PAD_RTS1__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_18
+374 MX35_PAD_CTS1__UART1_CTS
+375 MX35_PAD_CTS1__CSPI2_RDY
+376 MX35_PAD_CTS1__I2C3_SDA
+377 MX35_PAD_CTS1__IPU_CSI_D_1
+378 MX35_PAD_CTS1__KPP_COL_7
+379 MX35_PAD_CTS1__GPIO3_9
+380 MX35_PAD_CTS1__EMI_NANDF_CE2
+381 MX35_PAD_CTS1__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_19
+382 MX35_PAD_RXD2__UART2_RXD_MUX
+383 MX35_PAD_RXD2__KPP_ROW_4
+384 MX35_PAD_RXD2__GPIO3_10
+385 MX35_PAD_TXD2__UART2_TXD_MUX
+386 MX35_PAD_TXD2__SPDIF_SPDIF_EXTCLK
+387 MX35_PAD_TXD2__KPP_ROW_5
+388 MX35_PAD_TXD2__GPIO3_11
+389 MX35_PAD_RTS2__UART2_RTS
+390 MX35_PAD_RTS2__SPDIF_SPDIF_IN1
+391 MX35_PAD_RTS2__CAN2_RXCAN
+392 MX35_PAD_RTS2__IPU_CSI_D_2
+393 MX35_PAD_RTS2__KPP_ROW_6
+394 MX35_PAD_RTS2__GPIO3_12
+395 MX35_PAD_RTS2__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXC
+396 MX35_PAD_RTS2__UART3_RXD_MUX
+397 MX35_PAD_CTS2__UART2_CTS
+398 MX35_PAD_CTS2__SPDIF_SPDIF_OUT1
+399 MX35_PAD_CTS2__CAN2_TXCAN
+400 MX35_PAD_CTS2__IPU_CSI_D_3
+401 MX35_PAD_CTS2__KPP_ROW_7
+402 MX35_PAD_CTS2__GPIO3_13
+403 MX35_PAD_CTS2__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXFS
+404 MX35_PAD_CTS2__UART3_TXD_MUX
+405 MX35_PAD_RTCK__ARM11P_TOP_RTCK
+406 MX35_PAD_TCK__SJC_TCK
+407 MX35_PAD_TMS__SJC_TMS
+408 MX35_PAD_TDI__SJC_TDI
+409 MX35_PAD_TDO__SJC_TDO
+410 MX35_PAD_TRSTB__SJC_TRSTB
+411 MX35_PAD_DE_B__SJC_DE_B
+412 MX35_PAD_SJC_MOD__SJC_MOD
+413 MX35_PAD_USBOTG_PWR__USB_TOP_USBOTG_PWR
+414 MX35_PAD_USBOTG_PWR__USB_TOP_USBH2_PWR
+415 MX35_PAD_USBOTG_PWR__GPIO3_14
+416 MX35_PAD_USBOTG_OC__USB_TOP_USBOTG_OC
+417 MX35_PAD_USBOTG_OC__USB_TOP_USBH2_OC
+418 MX35_PAD_USBOTG_OC__GPIO3_15
+419 MX35_PAD_LD0__IPU_DISPB_DAT_0
+420 MX35_PAD_LD0__GPIO2_0
+421 MX35_PAD_LD0__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_0
+422 MX35_PAD_LD1__IPU_DISPB_DAT_1
+423 MX35_PAD_LD1__GPIO2_1
+424 MX35_PAD_LD1__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_1
+425 MX35_PAD_LD2__IPU_DISPB_DAT_2
+426 MX35_PAD_LD2__GPIO2_2
+427 MX35_PAD_LD2__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_2
+428 MX35_PAD_LD3__IPU_DISPB_DAT_3
+429 MX35_PAD_LD3__GPIO2_3
+430 MX35_PAD_LD3__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_3
+431 MX35_PAD_LD4__IPU_DISPB_DAT_4
+432 MX35_PAD_LD4__GPIO2_4
+433 MX35_PAD_LD4__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_4
+434 MX35_PAD_LD5__IPU_DISPB_DAT_5
+435 MX35_PAD_LD5__GPIO2_5
+436 MX35_PAD_LD5__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_5
+437 MX35_PAD_LD6__IPU_DISPB_DAT_6
+438 MX35_PAD_LD6__GPIO2_6
+439 MX35_PAD_LD6__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_6
+440 MX35_PAD_LD7__IPU_DISPB_DAT_7
+441 MX35_PAD_LD7__GPIO2_7
+442 MX35_PAD_LD7__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_7
+443 MX35_PAD_LD8__IPU_DISPB_DAT_8
+444 MX35_PAD_LD8__GPIO2_8
+445 MX35_PAD_LD8__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_8
+446 MX35_PAD_LD9__IPU_DISPB_DAT_9
+447 MX35_PAD_LD9__GPIO2_9
+448 MX35_PAD_LD9__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_9
+449 MX35_PAD_LD10__IPU_DISPB_DAT_10
+450 MX35_PAD_LD10__GPIO2_10
+451 MX35_PAD_LD10__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_10
+452 MX35_PAD_LD11__IPU_DISPB_DAT_11
+453 MX35_PAD_LD11__GPIO2_11
+454 MX35_PAD_LD11__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_11
+455 MX35_PAD_LD11__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_4
+456 MX35_PAD_LD12__IPU_DISPB_DAT_12
+457 MX35_PAD_LD12__GPIO2_12
+458 MX35_PAD_LD12__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_12
+459 MX35_PAD_LD12__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_5
+460 MX35_PAD_LD13__IPU_DISPB_DAT_13
+461 MX35_PAD_LD13__GPIO2_13
+462 MX35_PAD_LD13__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_PC_13
+463 MX35_PAD_LD13__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_6
+464 MX35_PAD_LD14__IPU_DISPB_DAT_14
+465 MX35_PAD_LD14__GPIO2_14
+466 MX35_PAD_LD14__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_0
+467 MX35_PAD_LD14__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_7
+468 MX35_PAD_LD15__IPU_DISPB_DAT_15
+469 MX35_PAD_LD15__GPIO2_15
+470 MX35_PAD_LD15__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_1
+471 MX35_PAD_LD15__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_8
+472 MX35_PAD_LD16__IPU_DISPB_DAT_16
+473 MX35_PAD_LD16__IPU_DISPB_D12_VSYNC
+474 MX35_PAD_LD16__GPIO2_16
+475 MX35_PAD_LD16__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_2
+476 MX35_PAD_LD16__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_9
+477 MX35_PAD_LD17__IPU_DISPB_DAT_17
+478 MX35_PAD_LD17__IPU_DISPB_CS2
+479 MX35_PAD_LD17__GPIO2_17
+480 MX35_PAD_LD17__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_3
+481 MX35_PAD_LD17__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_10
+482 MX35_PAD_LD18__IPU_DISPB_DAT_18
+483 MX35_PAD_LD18__IPU_DISPB_D0_VSYNC
+484 MX35_PAD_LD18__IPU_DISPB_D12_VSYNC
+485 MX35_PAD_LD18__ESDHC3_CMD
+486 MX35_PAD_LD18__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_3
+487 MX35_PAD_LD18__GPIO3_24
+488 MX35_PAD_LD18__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_4
+489 MX35_PAD_LD18__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_11
+490 MX35_PAD_LD19__IPU_DISPB_DAT_19
+491 MX35_PAD_LD19__IPU_DISPB_BCLK
+492 MX35_PAD_LD19__IPU_DISPB_CS1
+493 MX35_PAD_LD19__ESDHC3_CLK
+494 MX35_PAD_LD19__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DIR
+495 MX35_PAD_LD19__GPIO3_25
+496 MX35_PAD_LD19__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_5
+497 MX35_PAD_LD19__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_12
+498 MX35_PAD_LD20__IPU_DISPB_DAT_20
+499 MX35_PAD_LD20__IPU_DISPB_CS0
+500 MX35_PAD_LD20__IPU_DISPB_SD_CLK
+501 MX35_PAD_LD20__ESDHC3_DAT0
+502 MX35_PAD_LD20__GPIO3_26
+503 MX35_PAD_LD20__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_STATUS_3
+504 MX35_PAD_LD20__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_13
+505 MX35_PAD_LD21__IPU_DISPB_DAT_21
+506 MX35_PAD_LD21__IPU_DISPB_PAR_RS
+507 MX35_PAD_LD21__IPU_DISPB_SER_RS
+508 MX35_PAD_LD21__ESDHC3_DAT1
+509 MX35_PAD_LD21__USB_TOP_USBOTG_STP
+510 MX35_PAD_LD21__GPIO3_27
+511 MX35_PAD_LD21__SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_SEL
+512 MX35_PAD_LD21__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_14
+513 MX35_PAD_LD22__IPU_DISPB_DAT_22
+514 MX35_PAD_LD22__IPU_DISPB_WR
+515 MX35_PAD_LD22__IPU_DISPB_SD_D_I
+516 MX35_PAD_LD22__ESDHC3_DAT2
+517 MX35_PAD_LD22__USB_TOP_USBOTG_NXT
+518 MX35_PAD_LD22__GPIO3_28
+519 MX35_PAD_LD22__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_ERROR
+520 MX35_PAD_LD22__ARM11P_TOP_TRCTL
+521 MX35_PAD_LD23__IPU_DISPB_DAT_23
+522 MX35_PAD_LD23__IPU_DISPB_RD
+523 MX35_PAD_LD23__IPU_DISPB_SD_D_IO
+524 MX35_PAD_LD23__ESDHC3_DAT3
+525 MX35_PAD_LD23__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_7
+526 MX35_PAD_LD23__GPIO3_29
+527 MX35_PAD_LD23__SDMA_DEBUG_MATCHED_DMBUS
+528 MX35_PAD_LD23__ARM11P_TOP_TRCLK
+529 MX35_PAD_D3_HSYNC__IPU_DISPB_D3_HSYNC
+530 MX35_PAD_D3_HSYNC__IPU_DISPB_SD_D_IO
+531 MX35_PAD_D3_HSYNC__GPIO3_30
+532 MX35_PAD_D3_HSYNC__SDMA_DEBUG_RTBUFFER_WRITE
+533 MX35_PAD_D3_HSYNC__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_15
+534 MX35_PAD_D3_FPSHIFT__IPU_DISPB_D3_CLK
+535 MX35_PAD_D3_FPSHIFT__IPU_DISPB_SD_CLK
+536 MX35_PAD_D3_FPSHIFT__GPIO3_31
+537 MX35_PAD_D3_FPSHIFT__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_STATUS_0
+538 MX35_PAD_D3_FPSHIFT__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_16
+539 MX35_PAD_D3_DRDY__IPU_DISPB_D3_DRDY
+540 MX35_PAD_D3_DRDY__IPU_DISPB_SD_D_O
+541 MX35_PAD_D3_DRDY__GPIO1_0
+542 MX35_PAD_D3_DRDY__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_STATUS_1
+543 MX35_PAD_D3_DRDY__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_17
+544 MX35_PAD_CONTRAST__IPU_DISPB_CONTR
+545 MX35_PAD_CONTRAST__GPIO1_1
+546 MX35_PAD_CONTRAST__SDMA_SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_STATUS_2
+547 MX35_PAD_CONTRAST__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_18
+548 MX35_PAD_D3_VSYNC__IPU_DISPB_D3_VSYNC
+549 MX35_PAD_D3_VSYNC__IPU_DISPB_CS1
+550 MX35_PAD_D3_VSYNC__GPIO1_2
+551 MX35_PAD_D3_VSYNC__SDMA_DEBUG_YIELD
+552 MX35_PAD_D3_VSYNC__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_19
+553 MX35_PAD_D3_REV__IPU_DISPB_D3_REV
+554 MX35_PAD_D3_REV__IPU_DISPB_SER_RS
+555 MX35_PAD_D3_REV__GPIO1_3
+556 MX35_PAD_D3_REV__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_RWB
+557 MX35_PAD_D3_REV__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_20
+558 MX35_PAD_D3_CLS__IPU_DISPB_D3_CLS
+559 MX35_PAD_D3_CLS__IPU_DISPB_CS2
+560 MX35_PAD_D3_CLS__GPIO1_4
+561 MX35_PAD_D3_CLS__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_0
+562 MX35_PAD_D3_CLS__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_21
+563 MX35_PAD_D3_SPL__IPU_DISPB_D3_SPL
+564 MX35_PAD_D3_SPL__IPU_DISPB_D12_VSYNC
+565 MX35_PAD_D3_SPL__GPIO1_5
+566 MX35_PAD_D3_SPL__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_1
+567 MX35_PAD_D3_SPL__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_22
+568 MX35_PAD_SD1_CMD__ESDHC1_CMD
+569 MX35_PAD_SD1_CMD__MSHC_SCLK
+570 MX35_PAD_SD1_CMD__IPU_DISPB_D0_VSYNC
+571 MX35_PAD_SD1_CMD__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_4
+572 MX35_PAD_SD1_CMD__GPIO1_6
+573 MX35_PAD_SD1_CMD__ARM11P_TOP_TRCTL
+574 MX35_PAD_SD1_CLK__ESDHC1_CLK
+575 MX35_PAD_SD1_CLK__MSHC_BS
+576 MX35_PAD_SD1_CLK__IPU_DISPB_BCLK
+577 MX35_PAD_SD1_CLK__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_5
+578 MX35_PAD_SD1_CLK__GPIO1_7
+579 MX35_PAD_SD1_CLK__ARM11P_TOP_TRCLK
+580 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA0__ESDHC1_DAT0
+581 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA0__MSHC_DATA_0
+582 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA0__IPU_DISPB_CS0
+583 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA0__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_6
+584 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA0__GPIO1_8
+585 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA0__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_23
+586 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA1__ESDHC1_DAT1
+587 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA1__MSHC_DATA_1
+588 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA1__IPU_DISPB_PAR_RS
+589 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA1__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_0
+590 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA1__GPIO1_9
+591 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA1__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_24
+592 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA2__ESDHC1_DAT2
+593 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA2__MSHC_DATA_2
+594 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA2__IPU_DISPB_WR
+595 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA2__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_1
+596 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA2__GPIO1_10
+597 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA2__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_25
+598 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA3__ESDHC1_DAT3
+599 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA3__MSHC_DATA_3
+600 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA3__IPU_DISPB_RD
+601 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA3__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_2
+602 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA3__GPIO1_11
+603 MX35_PAD_SD1_DATA3__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_26
+604 MX35_PAD_SD2_CMD__ESDHC2_CMD
+605 MX35_PAD_SD2_CMD__I2C3_SCL
+606 MX35_PAD_SD2_CMD__ESDHC1_DAT4
+607 MX35_PAD_SD2_CMD__IPU_CSI_D_2
+608 MX35_PAD_SD2_CMD__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_4
+609 MX35_PAD_SD2_CMD__GPIO2_0
+610 MX35_PAD_SD2_CMD__SPDIF_SPDIF_OUT1
+611 MX35_PAD_SD2_CMD__IPU_DISPB_D12_VSYNC
+612 MX35_PAD_SD2_CLK__ESDHC2_CLK
+613 MX35_PAD_SD2_CLK__I2C3_SDA
+614 MX35_PAD_SD2_CLK__ESDHC1_DAT5
+615 MX35_PAD_SD2_CLK__IPU_CSI_D_3
+616 MX35_PAD_SD2_CLK__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_5
+617 MX35_PAD_SD2_CLK__GPIO2_1
+618 MX35_PAD_SD2_CLK__SPDIF_SPDIF_IN1
+619 MX35_PAD_SD2_CLK__IPU_DISPB_CS2
+620 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA0__ESDHC2_DAT0
+621 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA0__UART3_RXD_MUX
+622 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA0__ESDHC1_DAT6
+623 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA0__IPU_CSI_D_4
+624 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA0__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_6
+625 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA0__GPIO2_2
+626 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA0__SPDIF_SPDIF_EXTCLK
+627 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA1__ESDHC2_DAT1
+628 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA1__UART3_TXD_MUX
+629 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA1__ESDHC1_DAT7
+630 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA1__IPU_CSI_D_5
+631 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA1__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_0
+632 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA1__GPIO2_3
+633 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA2__ESDHC2_DAT2
+634 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA2__UART3_RTS
+635 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA2__CAN1_RXCAN
+636 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA2__IPU_CSI_D_6
+637 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA2__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_1
+638 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA2__GPIO2_4
+639 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA3__ESDHC2_DAT3
+640 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA3__UART3_CTS
+641 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA3__CAN1_TXCAN
+642 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA3__IPU_CSI_D_7
+643 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA3__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_2
+644 MX35_PAD_SD2_DATA3__GPIO2_5
+645 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS0__ATA_CS0
+646 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS0__CSPI1_SS3
+647 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS0__IPU_DISPB_CS1
+648 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS0__GPIO2_6
+649 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS0__IPU_DIAGB_0
+650 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS0__ARM11P_TOP_MAX1_HMASTER_0
+651 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS1__ATA_CS1
+652 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS1__IPU_DISPB_CS2
+653 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS1__CSPI2_SS0
+654 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS1__GPIO2_7
+655 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS1__IPU_DIAGB_1
+656 MX35_PAD_ATA_CS1__ARM11P_TOP_MAX1_HMASTER_1
+657 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOR__ATA_DIOR
+658 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOR__ESDHC3_DAT0
+659 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOR__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DIR
+660 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOR__IPU_DISPB_BE0
+661 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOR__CSPI2_SS1
+662 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOR__GPIO2_8
+663 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOR__IPU_DIAGB_2
+664 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOR__ARM11P_TOP_MAX1_HMASTER_2
+665 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOW__ATA_DIOW
+666 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOW__ESDHC3_DAT1
+667 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOW__USB_TOP_USBOTG_STP
+668 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOW__IPU_DISPB_BE1
+669 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOW__CSPI2_MOSI
+670 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOW__GPIO2_9
+671 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOW__IPU_DIAGB_3
+672 MX35_PAD_ATA_DIOW__ARM11P_TOP_MAX1_HMASTER_3
+673 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMACK__ATA_DMACK
+674 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMACK__ESDHC3_DAT2
+675 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMACK__USB_TOP_USBOTG_NXT
+676 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMACK__CSPI2_MISO
+677 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMACK__GPIO2_10
+678 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMACK__IPU_DIAGB_4
+679 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMACK__ARM11P_TOP_MAX0_HMASTER_0
+680 MX35_PAD_ATA_RESET_B__ATA_RESET_B
+681 MX35_PAD_ATA_RESET_B__ESDHC3_DAT3
+682 MX35_PAD_ATA_RESET_B__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_0
+683 MX35_PAD_ATA_RESET_B__IPU_DISPB_SD_D_O
+684 MX35_PAD_ATA_RESET_B__CSPI2_RDY
+685 MX35_PAD_ATA_RESET_B__GPIO2_11
+686 MX35_PAD_ATA_RESET_B__IPU_DIAGB_5
+687 MX35_PAD_ATA_RESET_B__ARM11P_TOP_MAX0_HMASTER_1
+688 MX35_PAD_ATA_IORDY__ATA_IORDY
+689 MX35_PAD_ATA_IORDY__ESDHC3_DAT4
+690 MX35_PAD_ATA_IORDY__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_1
+691 MX35_PAD_ATA_IORDY__IPU_DISPB_SD_D_IO
+692 MX35_PAD_ATA_IORDY__ESDHC2_DAT4
+693 MX35_PAD_ATA_IORDY__GPIO2_12
+694 MX35_PAD_ATA_IORDY__IPU_DIAGB_6
+695 MX35_PAD_ATA_IORDY__ARM11P_TOP_MAX0_HMASTER_2
+696 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA0__ATA_DATA_0
+697 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA0__ESDHC3_DAT5
+698 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA0__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_2
+699 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA0__IPU_DISPB_D12_VSYNC
+700 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA0__ESDHC2_DAT5
+701 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA0__GPIO2_13
+702 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA0__IPU_DIAGB_7
+703 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA0__ARM11P_TOP_MAX0_HMASTER_3
+704 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA1__ATA_DATA_1
+705 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA1__ESDHC3_DAT6
+706 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA1__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_3
+707 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA1__IPU_DISPB_SD_CLK
+708 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA1__ESDHC2_DAT6
+709 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA1__GPIO2_14
+710 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA1__IPU_DIAGB_8
+711 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA1__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_27
+712 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA2__ATA_DATA_2
+713 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA2__ESDHC3_DAT7
+714 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA2__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_4
+715 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA2__IPU_DISPB_SER_RS
+716 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA2__ESDHC2_DAT7
+717 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA2__GPIO2_15
+718 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA2__IPU_DIAGB_9
+719 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA2__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_28
+720 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA3__ATA_DATA_3
+721 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA3__ESDHC3_CLK
+722 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA3__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_5
+723 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA3__CSPI2_SCLK
+724 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA3__GPIO2_16
+725 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA3__IPU_DIAGB_10
+726 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA3__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_29
+727 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA4__ATA_DATA_4
+728 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA4__ESDHC3_CMD
+729 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA4__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_6
+730 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA4__GPIO2_17
+731 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA4__IPU_DIAGB_11
+732 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA4__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_30
+733 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA5__ATA_DATA_5
+734 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA5__USB_TOP_USBOTG_DATA_7
+735 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA5__GPIO2_18
+736 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA5__IPU_DIAGB_12
+737 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA5__ARM11P_TOP_TRACE_31
+738 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA6__ATA_DATA_6
+739 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA6__CAN1_TXCAN
+740 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA6__UART1_DTR
+741 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA6__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXD
+742 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA6__GPIO2_19
+743 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA6__IPU_DIAGB_13
+744 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA7__ATA_DATA_7
+745 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA7__CAN1_RXCAN
+746 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA7__UART1_DSR
+747 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA7__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXD
+748 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA7__GPIO2_20
+749 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA7__IPU_DIAGB_14
+750 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA8__ATA_DATA_8
+751 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA8__UART3_RTS
+752 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA8__UART1_RI
+753 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA8__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXC
+754 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA8__GPIO2_21
+755 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA8__IPU_DIAGB_15
+756 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA9__ATA_DATA_9
+757 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA9__UART3_CTS
+758 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA9__UART1_DCD
+759 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA9__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXFS
+760 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA9__GPIO2_22
+761 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA9__IPU_DIAGB_16
+762 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA10__ATA_DATA_10
+763 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA10__UART3_RXD_MUX
+764 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA10__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXC
+765 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA10__GPIO2_23
+766 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA10__IPU_DIAGB_17
+767 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA11__ATA_DATA_11
+768 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA11__UART3_TXD_MUX
+769 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA11__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXFS
+770 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA11__GPIO2_24
+771 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA11__IPU_DIAGB_18
+772 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA12__ATA_DATA_12
+773 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA12__I2C3_SCL
+774 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA12__GPIO2_25
+775 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA12__IPU_DIAGB_19
+776 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA13__ATA_DATA_13
+777 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA13__I2C3_SDA
+778 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA13__GPIO2_26
+779 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA13__IPU_DIAGB_20
+780 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA14__ATA_DATA_14
+781 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA14__IPU_CSI_D_0
+782 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA14__KPP_ROW_0
+783 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA14__GPIO2_27
+784 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA14__IPU_DIAGB_21
+785 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA15__ATA_DATA_15
+786 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA15__IPU_CSI_D_1
+787 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA15__KPP_ROW_1
+788 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA15__GPIO2_28
+789 MX35_PAD_ATA_DATA15__IPU_DIAGB_22
+790 MX35_PAD_ATA_INTRQ__ATA_INTRQ
+791 MX35_PAD_ATA_INTRQ__IPU_CSI_D_2
+792 MX35_PAD_ATA_INTRQ__KPP_ROW_2
+793 MX35_PAD_ATA_INTRQ__GPIO2_29
+794 MX35_PAD_ATA_INTRQ__IPU_DIAGB_23
+795 MX35_PAD_ATA_BUFF_EN__ATA_BUFFER_EN
+796 MX35_PAD_ATA_BUFF_EN__IPU_CSI_D_3
+797 MX35_PAD_ATA_BUFF_EN__KPP_ROW_3
+798 MX35_PAD_ATA_BUFF_EN__GPIO2_30
+799 MX35_PAD_ATA_BUFF_EN__IPU_DIAGB_24
+800 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMARQ__ATA_DMARQ
+801 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMARQ__IPU_CSI_D_4
+802 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMARQ__KPP_COL_0
+803 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMARQ__GPIO2_31
+804 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMARQ__IPU_DIAGB_25
+805 MX35_PAD_ATA_DMARQ__ECT_CTI_TRIG_IN1_4
+806 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA0__ATA_DA_0
+807 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA0__IPU_CSI_D_5
+808 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA0__KPP_COL_1
+809 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA0__GPIO3_0
+810 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA0__IPU_DIAGB_26
+811 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA0__ECT_CTI_TRIG_IN1_5
+812 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA1__ATA_DA_1
+813 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA1__IPU_CSI_D_6
+814 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA1__KPP_COL_2
+815 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA1__GPIO3_1
+816 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA1__IPU_DIAGB_27
+817 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA1__ECT_CTI_TRIG_IN1_6
+818 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA2__ATA_DA_2
+819 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA2__IPU_CSI_D_7
+820 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA2__KPP_COL_3
+821 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA2__GPIO3_2
+822 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA2__IPU_DIAGB_28
+823 MX35_PAD_ATA_DA2__ECT_CTI_TRIG_IN1_7
+824 MX35_PAD_MLB_CLK__MLB_MLBCLK
+825 MX35_PAD_MLB_CLK__GPIO3_3
+826 MX35_PAD_MLB_DAT__MLB_MLBDAT
+827 MX35_PAD_MLB_DAT__GPIO3_4
+828 MX35_PAD_MLB_SIG__MLB_MLBSIG
+829 MX35_PAD_MLB_SIG__GPIO3_5
+830 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_CLK__FEC_TX_CLK
+831 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_CLK__ESDHC1_DAT4
+832 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_CLK__UART3_RXD_MUX
+833 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_CLK__USB_TOP_USBH2_DIR
+834 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_CLK__CSPI2_MOSI
+835 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_CLK__GPIO3_6
+836 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_CLK__IPU_DISPB_D12_VSYNC
+837 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_CLK__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_0
+838 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_CLK__FEC_RX_CLK
+839 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_CLK__ESDHC1_DAT5
+840 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_CLK__UART3_TXD_MUX
+841 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_CLK__USB_TOP_USBH2_STP
+842 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_CLK__CSPI2_MISO
+843 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_CLK__GPIO3_7
+844 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_CLK__IPU_DISPB_SD_D_I
+845 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_CLK__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_1
+846 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_DV__FEC_RX_DV
+847 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_DV__ESDHC1_DAT6
+848 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_DV__UART3_RTS
+849 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_DV__USB_TOP_USBH2_NXT
+850 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_DV__CSPI2_SCLK
+851 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_DV__GPIO3_8
+852 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_DV__IPU_DISPB_SD_CLK
+853 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_DV__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_2
+854 MX35_PAD_FEC_COL__FEC_COL
+855 MX35_PAD_FEC_COL__ESDHC1_DAT7
+856 MX35_PAD_FEC_COL__UART3_CTS
+857 MX35_PAD_FEC_COL__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_0
+858 MX35_PAD_FEC_COL__CSPI2_RDY
+859 MX35_PAD_FEC_COL__GPIO3_9
+860 MX35_PAD_FEC_COL__IPU_DISPB_SER_RS
+861 MX35_PAD_FEC_COL__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_3
+862 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA0__FEC_RDATA_0
+863 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA0__PWM_PWMO
+864 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA0__UART3_DTR
+865 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA0__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_1
+866 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA0__CSPI2_SS0
+867 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA0__GPIO3_10
+868 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA0__IPU_DISPB_CS1
+869 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA0__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_4
+870 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA0__FEC_TDATA_0
+871 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA0__SPDIF_SPDIF_OUT1
+872 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA0__UART3_DSR
+873 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA0__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_2
+874 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA0__CSPI2_SS1
+875 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA0__GPIO3_11
+876 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA0__IPU_DISPB_CS0
+877 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA0__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_5
+878 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__FEC_TX_EN
+879 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__SPDIF_SPDIF_IN1
+880 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__UART3_RI
+881 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_3
+882 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__GPIO3_12
+883 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__IPU_DISPB_PAR_RS
+884 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_6
+885 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDC__FEC_MDC
+886 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDC__CAN2_TXCAN
+887 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDC__UART3_DCD
+888 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDC__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_4
+889 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDC__GPIO3_13
+890 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDC__IPU_DISPB_WR
+891 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDC__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_7
+892 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDIO__FEC_MDIO
+893 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDIO__CAN2_RXCAN
+894 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDIO__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_5
+895 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDIO__GPIO3_14
+896 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDIO__IPU_DISPB_RD
+897 MX35_PAD_FEC_MDIO__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_8
+898 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_ERR__FEC_TX_ERR
+899 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_ERR__OWIRE_LINE
+900 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_ERR__SPDIF_SPDIF_EXTCLK
+901 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_ERR__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_6
+902 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_ERR__GPIO3_15
+903 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_ERR__IPU_DISPB_D0_VSYNC
+904 MX35_PAD_FEC_TX_ERR__ARM11P_TOP_EVNTBUS_9
+905 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_ERR__FEC_RX_ERR
+906 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_ERR__IPU_CSI_D_0
+907 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_ERR__USB_TOP_USBH2_DATA_7
+908 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_ERR__KPP_COL_4
+909 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_ERR__GPIO3_16
+910 MX35_PAD_FEC_RX_ERR__IPU_DISPB_SD_D_IO
+911 MX35_PAD_FEC_CRS__FEC_CRS
+912 MX35_PAD_FEC_CRS__IPU_CSI_D_1
+913 MX35_PAD_FEC_CRS__USB_TOP_USBH2_PWR
+914 MX35_PAD_FEC_CRS__KPP_COL_5
+915 MX35_PAD_FEC_CRS__GPIO3_17
+916 MX35_PAD_FEC_CRS__IPU_FLASH_STROBE
+917 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA1__FEC_RDATA_1
+918 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA1__IPU_CSI_D_2
+919 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA1__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXC
+920 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA1__USB_TOP_USBH2_OC
+921 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA1__KPP_COL_6
+922 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA1__GPIO3_18
+923 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA1__IPU_DISPB_BE0
+924 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA1__FEC_TDATA_1
+925 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA1__IPU_CSI_D_3
+926 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA1__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXFS
+927 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA1__KPP_COL_7
+928 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA1__GPIO3_19
+929 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA1__IPU_DISPB_BE1
+930 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA2__FEC_RDATA_2
+931 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA2__IPU_CSI_D_4
+932 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA2__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXD
+933 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA2__KPP_ROW_4
+934 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA2__GPIO3_20
+935 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA2__FEC_TDATA_2
+936 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA2__IPU_CSI_D_5
+937 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA2__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXD
+938 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA2__KPP_ROW_5
+939 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA2__GPIO3_21
+940 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA3__FEC_RDATA_3
+941 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA3__IPU_CSI_D_6
+942 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA3__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXC
+943 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA3__KPP_ROW_6
+944 MX35_PAD_FEC_RDATA3__GPIO3_22
+945 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA3__FEC_TDATA_3
+946 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA3__IPU_CSI_D_7
+947 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA3__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXFS
+948 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA3__KPP_ROW_7
+949 MX35_PAD_FEC_TDATA3__GPIO3_23
+950 MX35_PAD_EXT_ARMCLK__CCM_EXT_ARMCLK
+951 MX35_PAD_TEST_MODE__TCU_TEST_MODE
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..daa76895606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+Lantiq FALCON pinmux controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "lantiq,pinctrl-falcon"
+- reg: Should contain the physical address and length of the gpio/pinmux
+  register range
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+Lantiq's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those group(s), and two pin configuration parameters:
+pull-up and open-drain
+
+The name of each subnode is not important as long as it is unique; all subnodes
+should be enumerated and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In
+other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration
+parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters.
+Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no
+information about e.g. the mux function.
+
+We support 2 types of nodes.
+
+Definition of mux function groups:
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,groups : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a group.
+  Valid values for these names are listed below.
+- lantiq,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the
+  group. Valid values for function names are listed below.
+
+Valid values for group and function names:
+
+  mux groups:
+    por, ntr, ntr8k, hrst, mdio, bootled, asc0, spi, spi cs0, spi cs1, i2c,
+    jtag, slic, pcm, asc1
+
+  functions:
+    rst, ntr, mdio, led, asc, spi, i2c, jtag, slic, pcm
+
+
+Definition of pin configurations:
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin.
+  Valid values for these names are listed below.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,pull: Integer, representing the pull-down/up to apply to the pin.
+    0: none, 1: down
+- lantiq,drive-current: Boolean, enables drive-current
+- lantiq,slew-rate: Boolean, enables slew-rate
+
+Example:
+	pinmux0 {
+		compatible = "lantiq,pinctrl-falcon";
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&state_default>;
+
+		state_default: pinmux {
+			asc0 {
+				lantiq,groups = "asc0";
+				lantiq,function = "asc";
+			};
+			ntr {
+				lantiq,groups = "ntr8k";
+				lantiq,function = "ntr";
+			};
+			i2c {
+				lantiq,groups = "i2c";
+				lantiq,function = "i2c";
+			};
+			hrst {
+				lantiq,groups = "hrst";
+				lantiq,function = "rst";
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b5469db1d7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+Lantiq XWAY pinmux controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "lantiq,pinctrl-xway" or "lantiq,pinctrl-xr9"
+- reg: Should contain the physical address and length of the gpio/pinmux
+  register range
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+Lantiq's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those group(s), and two pin configuration parameters:
+pull-up and open-drain
+
+The name of each subnode is not important as long as it is unique; all subnodes
+should be enumerated and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In
+other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration
+parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters.
+Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no
+information about e.g. the mux function.
+
+We support 2 types of nodes.
+
+Definition of mux function groups:
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,groups : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a group.
+  Valid values for these names are listed below.
+- lantiq,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the
+  group. Valid values for function names are listed below.
+
+Valid values for group and function names:
+
+  mux groups:
+    exin0, exin1, exin2, jtag, ebu a23, ebu a24, ebu a25, ebu clk, ebu cs1,
+    ebu wait, nand ale, nand cs1, nand cle, spi, spi_cs1, spi_cs2, spi_cs3,
+    spi_cs4, spi_cs5, spi_cs6, asc0, asc0 cts rts, stp, nmi , gpt1, gpt2,
+    gpt3, clkout0, clkout1, clkout2, clkout3, gnt1, gnt2, gnt3, req1, req2,
+    req3
+
+  additional mux groups (XR9 only):
+    mdio, nand rdy, nand rd, exin3, exin4, gnt4, req4
+
+  functions:
+    spi, asc, cgu, jtag, exin, stp, gpt, nmi, pci, ebu, mdio
+
+
+
+Definition of pin configurations:
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin.
+  Valid values for these names are listed below.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,pull: Integer, representing the pull-down/up to apply to the pin.
+    0: none, 1: down, 2: up.
+- lantiq,open-drain: Boolean, enables open-drain on the defined pin.
+
+Valid values for XWAY pin names:
+  Pinconf pins can be referenced via the names io0-io31.
+
+Valid values for XR9 pin names:
+  Pinconf pins can be referenced via the names io0-io55.
+
+Example:
+	gpio: pinmux@E100B10 {
+		compatible = "lantiq,pinctrl-xway";
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&state_default>;
+
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		gpio-controller;
+		reg = <0xE100B10 0xA0>;
+
+		state_default: pinmux {
+			stp {
+				lantiq,groups = "stp";
+				lantiq,function = "stp";
+			};
+			pci {
+				lantiq,groups = "gnt1";
+				lantiq,function = "pci";
+			};
+			conf_out {
+				lantiq,pins = "io4", "io5", "io6"; /* stp */
+				lantiq,open-drain;
+				lantiq,pull = <0>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..01ef408e205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+* Marvell Armada 370 SoC pinctrl driver for mpp
+
+Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,88f6710-pinctrl"
+
+Available mpp pins/groups and functions:
+Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given
+only for more detailed description in this document.
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, uart0(rxd)
+mpp1          1        gpo, uart0(txd)
+mpp2          2        gpio, i2c0(sck), uart0(txd)
+mpp3          3        gpio, i2c0(sda), uart0(rxd)
+mpp4          4        gpio, cpu_pd(vdd)
+mpp5          5        gpo, ge0(txclko), uart1(txd), spi1(clk), audio(mclk)
+mpp6          6        gpio, ge0(txd0), sata0(prsnt), tdm(rst), audio(sdo)
+mpp7          7        gpo, ge0(txd1), tdm(tdx), audio(lrclk)
+mpp8          8        gpio, ge0(txd2), uart0(rts), tdm(drx), audio(bclk)
+mpp9          9        gpo, ge0(txd3), uart1(txd), sd0(clk), audio(spdifo)
+mpp10         10       gpio, ge0(txctl), uart0(cts), tdm(fsync), audio(sdi)
+mpp11         11       gpio, ge0(rxd0), uart1(rxd), sd0(cmd), spi0(cs1),
+                       sata1(prsnt), spi1(cs1)
+mpp12         12       gpio, ge0(rxd1), i2c1(sda), sd0(d0), spi1(cs0),
+                       audio(spdifi)
+mpp13         13       gpio, ge0(rxd2), i2c1(sck), sd0(d1), tdm(pclk),
+                       audio(rmclk)
+mpp14         14       gpio, ge0(rxd3), pcie(clkreq0), sd0(d2), spi1(mosi),
+                       spi0(cs2)
+mpp15         15       gpio, ge0(rxctl), pcie(clkreq1), sd0(d3), spi1(miso),
+                       spi0(cs3)
+mpp16         16       gpio, ge0(rxclk), uart1(rxd), tdm(int), audio(extclk)
+mpp17         17       gpo, ge(mdc)
+mpp18         18       gpio, ge(mdio)
+mpp19         19       gpio, ge0(txclk), ge1(txclkout), tdm(pclk)
+mpp20         20       gpo, ge0(txd4), ge1(txd0)
+mpp21         21       gpo, ge0(txd5), ge1(txd1), uart1(txd)
+mpp22         22       gpo, ge0(txd6), ge1(txd2), uart0(rts)
+mpp23         23       gpo, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), spi1(mosi)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge0(col), ge1(txctl), spi1(cs0)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge0(rxerr), ge1(rxd0), uart1(rxd)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge0(crs), ge1(rxd1), spi1(miso)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge0(rxd4), ge1(rxd2), uart0(cts)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge0(rxd5), ge1(rxd3)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge0(rxd6), ge1(rxctl), i2c1(sda)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge0(rxd7), ge1(rxclk), i2c1(sck)
+mpp31         31       gpio, tclk, ge0(txerr)
+mpp32         32       gpio, spi0(cs0)
+mpp33         33       gpio, dev(bootcs), spi0(cs0)
+mpp34         34       gpo, dev(wen0), spi0(mosi)
+mpp35         35       gpo, dev(oen), spi0(sck)
+mpp36         36       gpo, dev(a1), spi0(miso)
+mpp37         37       gpo, dev(a0), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp38         38       gpio, dev(ready), uart1(cts), uart0(cts)
+mpp39         39       gpo, dev(ad0), audio(spdifo)
+mpp40         40       gpio, dev(ad1), uart1(rts), uart0(rts)
+mpp41         41       gpio, dev(ad2), uart1(rxd)
+mpp42         42       gpo, dev(ad3), uart1(txd)
+mpp43         43       gpo, dev(ad4), audio(bclk)
+mpp44         44       gpo, dev(ad5), audio(mclk)
+mpp45         45       gpo, dev(ad6), audio(lrclk)
+mpp46         46       gpo, dev(ad7), audio(sdo)
+mpp47         47       gpo, dev(ad8), sd0(clk), audio(spdifo)
+mpp48         48       gpio, dev(ad9), uart0(rts), sd0(cmd), sata1(prsnt),
+                       spi0(cs1)
+mpp49         49       gpio, dev(ad10), pcie(clkreq1), sd0(d0), spi1(cs0),
+                       audio(spdifi)
+mpp50         50       gpio, dev(ad11), uart0(cts), sd0(d1), spi1(miso),
+                       audio(rmclk)
+mpp51         51       gpio, dev(ad12), i2c1(sda), sd0(d2), spi1(mosi)
+mpp52         52       gpio, dev(ad13), i2c1(sck), sd0(d3), spi1(sck)
+mpp53         53       gpio, dev(ad14), sd0(clk), tdm(pclk), spi0(cs2),
+                       pcie(clkreq1)
+mpp54         54       gpo, dev(ad15), tdm(dtx)
+mpp55         55       gpio, dev(cs1), uart1(txd), tdm(rst), sata1(prsnt),
+                       sata0(prsnt)
+mpp56         56       gpio, dev(cs2), uart1(cts), uart0(cts), spi0(cs3),
+                       pcie(clkreq0), spi1(cs1)
+mpp57         57       gpio, dev(cs3), uart1(rxd), tdm(fsync), sata0(prsnt),
+                       audio(sdo)
+mpp58         58       gpio, dev(cs0), uart1(rts), tdm(int), audio(extclk),
+                       uart0(rts)
+mpp59         59       gpo, dev(ale0), uart1(rts), uart0(rts), audio(bclk)
+mpp60         60       gpio, dev(ale1), uart1(rxd), sata0(prsnt), pcie(rst-out),
+                       audio(sdi)
+mpp61         61       gpo, dev(wen1), uart1(txd), audio(rclk)
+mpp62         62       gpio, dev(a2), uart1(cts), tdm(drx), pcie(clkreq0),
+                       audio(mclk), uart0(cts)
+mpp63         63       gpo, spi0(sck), tclk
+mpp64         64       gpio, spi0(miso), spi0-1(cs1)
+mpp65         65       gpio, spi0(mosi), spi0-1(cs2)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bfa0a2e5e0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+* Marvell Armada XP SoC pinctrl driver for mpp
+
+Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,mv78230-pinctrl", "marvell,mv78260-pinctrl",
+              "marvell,mv78460-pinctrl"
+
+This driver supports all Armada XP variants, i.e. mv78230, mv78260, and mv78460.
+
+Available mpp pins/groups and functions:
+Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given
+only for more detailed description in this document.
+
+* Marvell Armada XP (all variants)
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, ge0(txclko), lcd(d0)
+mpp1          1        gpio, ge0(txd0), lcd(d1)
+mpp2          2        gpio, ge0(txd1), lcd(d2)
+mpp3          3        gpio, ge0(txd2), lcd(d3)
+mpp4          4        gpio, ge0(txd3), lcd(d4)
+mpp5          5        gpio, ge0(txctl), lcd(d5)
+mpp6          6        gpio, ge0(rxd0), lcd(d6)
+mpp7          7        gpio, ge0(rxd1), lcd(d7)
+mpp8          8        gpio, ge0(rxd2), lcd(d8)
+mpp9          9        gpio, ge0(rxd3), lcd(d9)
+mpp10         10       gpio, ge0(rxctl), lcd(d10)
+mpp11         11       gpio, ge0(rxclk), lcd(d11)
+mpp12         12       gpio, ge0(txd4), ge1(txd0), lcd(d12)
+mpp13         13       gpio, ge0(txd5), ge1(txd1), lcd(d13)
+mpp14         14       gpio, ge0(txd6), ge1(txd2), lcd(d15)
+mpp15         15       gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), lcd(d16)
+mpp16         16       gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), lcd(d16)
+mpp17         17       gpio, ge0(col), ge1(txctl), lcd(d17)
+mpp18         18       gpio, ge0(rxerr), ge1(rxd0), lcd(d18), ptp(trig)
+mpp19         19       gpio, ge0(crs), ge1(rxd1), lcd(d19), ptp(evreq)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge0(rxd4), ge1(rxd2), lcd(d20), ptp(clk)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge0(rxd5), ge1(rxd3), lcd(d21), mem(bat)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge0(rxd6), ge1(rxctl), lcd(d22), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge0(rxd7), ge1(rxclk), lcd(d23), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp24         24       gpio, lcd(hsync), sata1(prsnt), nf(bootcs-re), tdm(rst)
+mpp25         25       gpio, lcd(vsync), sata0(prsnt), nf(bootcs-we), tdm(pclk)
+mpp26         26       gpio, lcd(clk), tdm(fsync), vdd(cpu1-pd)
+mpp27         27       gpio, lcd(e), tdm(dtx), ptp(trig)
+mpp28         28       gpio, lcd(pwm), tdm(drx), ptp(evreq)
+mpp29         29       gpio, lcd(ref-clk), tdm(int0), ptp(clk), vdd(cpu0-pd)
+mpp30         30       gpio, tdm(int1), sd0(clk)
+mpp31         31       gpio, tdm(int2), sd0(cmd), vdd(cpu0-pd)
+mpp32         32       gpio, tdm(int3), sd0(d0), vdd(cpu1-pd)
+mpp33         33       gpio, tdm(int4), sd0(d1), mem(bat)
+mpp34         34       gpio, tdm(int5), sd0(d2), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp35         35       gpio, tdm(int6), sd0(d3), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp36         36       gpio, spi(mosi)
+mpp37         37       gpio, spi(miso)
+mpp38         38       gpio, spi(sck)
+mpp39         39       gpio, spi(cs0)
+mpp40         40       gpio, spi(cs1), uart2(cts), lcd(vga-hsync), vdd(cpu1-pd),
+                       pcie(clkreq0)
+mpp41         41       gpio, spi(cs2), uart2(rts), lcd(vga-vsync), sata1(prsnt),
+                       pcie(clkreq1)
+mpp42         42       gpio, uart2(rxd), uart0(cts), tdm(int7), tdm-1(timer),
+                       vdd(cpu0-pd)
+mpp43         43       gpio, uart2(txd), uart0(rts), spi(cs3), pcie(rstout),
+                       vdd(cpu2-3-pd){1}
+mpp44         44       gpio, uart2(cts), uart3(rxd), spi(cs4), pcie(clkreq2),
+                       mem(bat)
+mpp45         45       gpio, uart2(rts), uart3(txd), spi(cs5), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp46         46       gpio, uart3(rts), uart1(rts), spi(cs6), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp47         47       gpio, uart3(cts), uart1(cts), spi(cs7), pcie(clkreq3),
+                       ref(clkout)
+mpp48         48       gpio, tclk, dev(burst/last)
+
+* Marvell Armada XP (mv78260 and mv78460 only)
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp49         49       gpio, dev(we3)
+mpp50         50       gpio, dev(we2)
+mpp51         51       gpio, dev(ad16)
+mpp52         52       gpio, dev(ad17)
+mpp53         53       gpio, dev(ad18)
+mpp54         54       gpio, dev(ad19)
+mpp55         55       gpio, dev(ad20), vdd(cpu0-pd)
+mpp56         56       gpio, dev(ad21), vdd(cpu1-pd)
+mpp57         57       gpio, dev(ad22), vdd(cpu2-3-pd){1}
+mpp58         58       gpio, dev(ad23)
+mpp59         59       gpio, dev(ad24)
+mpp60         60       gpio, dev(ad25)
+mpp61         61       gpio, dev(ad26)
+mpp62         62       gpio, dev(ad27)
+mpp63         63       gpio, dev(ad28)
+mpp64         64       gpio, dev(ad29)
+mpp65         65       gpio, dev(ad30)
+mpp66         66       gpio, dev(ad31)
+
+Notes:
+* {1} vdd(cpu2-3-pd) only available on mv78460.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a648aaad611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+* Marvell Dove SoC pinctrl driver for mpp
+
+Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,dove-pinctrl"
+- clocks: (optional) phandle of pdma clock
+
+Available mpp pins/groups and functions:
+Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given
+only for more detailed description in this document.
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, pmu, uart2(rts), sdio0(cd), lcd0(pwm)
+mpp1          1        gpio, pmu, uart2(cts), sdio0(wp), lcd1(pwm)
+mpp2          2        gpio, pmu, uart2(txd), sdio0(buspwr), sata(prsnt),
+                       uart1(rts)
+mpp3          3        gpio, pmu, uart2(rxd), sdio0(ledctrl), sata(act),
+                       uart1(cts), lcd-spi(cs1)
+mpp4          4        gpio, pmu, uart3(rts), sdio1(cd), spi1(miso)
+mpp5          5        gpio, pmu, uart3(cts), sdio1(wp), spi1(cs)
+mpp6          6        gpio, pmu, uart3(txd), sdio1(buspwr), spi1(mosi)
+mpp7          7        gpio, pmu, uart3(rxd), sdio1(ledctrl), spi1(sck)
+mpp8          8        gpio, pmu, watchdog(rstout)
+mpp9          9        gpio, pmu, pex1(clkreq)
+mpp10         10       gpio, pmu, ssp(sclk)
+mpp11         11       gpio, pmu, sata(prsnt), sata-1(act), sdio0(ledctrl),
+                       sdio1(ledctrl), pex0(clkreq)
+mpp12         12       gpio, pmu, uart2(rts), audio0(extclk), sdio1(cd), sata(act)
+mpp13         13       gpio, pmu, uart2(cts), audio1(extclk), sdio1(wp),
+                       ssp(extclk)
+mpp14         14       gpio, pmu, uart2(txd), sdio1(buspwr), ssp(rxd)
+mpp15         15       gpio, pmu, uart2(rxd), sdio1(ledctrl), ssp(sfrm)
+mpp16         16       gpio, uart3(rts), sdio0(cd), ac97(sdi1), lcd-spi(cs1)
+mpp17         17       gpio, uart3(cts), sdio0(wp), ac97(sdi2), twsi(sda),
+                       ac97-1(sysclko)
+mpp18         18       gpio, uart3(txd), sdio0(buspwr), ac97(sdi3), lcd0(pwm)
+mpp19         19       gpio, uart3(rxd), sdio0(ledctrl), twsi(sck)
+mpp20         20       gpio, sdio0(cd), sdio1(cd), spi1(miso), lcd-spi(miso),
+                       ac97(sysclko)
+mpp21         21       gpio, sdio0(wp), sdio1(wp), spi1(cs), lcd-spi(cs0),
+                       uart1(cts), ssp(sfrm)
+mpp22         22       gpio, sdio0(buspwr), sdio1(buspwr), spi1(mosi),
+                       lcd-spi(mosi), uart1(cts), ssp(txd)
+mpp23         23       gpio, sdio0(ledctrl), sdio1(ledctrl), spi1(sck),
+                       lcd-spi(sck), ssp(sclk)
+mpp_camera    24-39    gpio, camera
+mpp_sdio0     40-45    gpio, sdio0
+mpp_sdio1     46-51    gpio, sdio1
+mpp_audio1    52-57    gpio, i2s1/spdifo, i2s1, spdifo, twsi, ssp/spdifo, ssp,
+                       ssp/twsi
+mpp_spi0      58-61    gpio, spi0
+mpp_uart1     62-63    gpio, uart1
+mpp_nand      64-71    gpo, nand
+audio0        -        i2s, ac97
+twsi          -        none, opt1, opt2, opt3
+
+Notes:
+* group "mpp_audio1" allows the following functions and gpio pins:
+  - gpio          : gpio on pins 52-57
+  - i2s1/spdifo   : audio1 i2s on pins 52-55 and spdifo on 57, no gpios
+  - i2s1          : audio1 i2s on pins 52-55, gpio on pins 56,57
+  - spdifo        : spdifo on pin 57, gpio on pins 52-55
+  - twsi          : twsi on pins 56,57, gpio on pins 52-55
+  - ssp/spdifo    : ssp on pins 52-55, spdifo on pin 57, no gpios
+  - ssp           : ssp on pins 52-55, gpio on pins 56,57
+  - ssp/twsi      : ssp on pins 52-55, twsi on pins 56,57, no gpios
+* group "audio0" internally muxes i2s0 or ac97 controller to the dedicated
+  audio0 pins.
+* group "twsi" internally muxes twsi controller to the dedicated or option pins.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..95daf6335c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+* Marvell Kirkwood SoC pinctrl driver for mpp
+
+Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,88f6180-pinctrl",
+              "marvell,88f6190-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6192-pinctrl",
+              "marvell,88f6281-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6282-pinctrl"
+              "marvell,98dx4122-pinctrl"
+
+This driver supports all kirkwood variants, i.e. 88f6180, 88f619x, and 88f628x.
+It also support the 88f6281-based variant in the 98dx412x Bobcat SoCs.
+
+Available mpp pins/groups and functions:
+Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given
+only for more detailed description in this document.
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6180
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), ptp(trig)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi), ptp(trig)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs), ptp(trig)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), ptp(clk),
+                       mii(col)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), ptp(evreq),
+                       mii(crs)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), ptp(trig)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), ptp-1(evreq),
+                       ptp-2(trig)
+mpp12         12       gpo, sdio(clk)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, mii(rxerr)
+mpp21         21       gpio, audio(spdifi)
+mpp22         22       gpio, audio(spdifo)
+mpp23         23       gpio, audio(rmclk)
+mpp24         24       gpio, audio(bclk)
+mpp25         25       gpio, audio(sdo)
+mpp26         26       gpio, audio(lrclk)
+mpp27         27       gpio, audio(mclk)
+mpp28         28       gpio, audio(sdi)
+mpp29         29       gpio, audio(extclk)
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6190
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi), ptp(trig)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs), ptp(trig)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), ptp(clk),
+                       mii(col), mii-1(rxerr)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), ptp(evreq),
+                       mii(crs), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), ptp(trig)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), ptp-1(evreq),
+                       ptp-2(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp12         12       gpo, sdio(clk)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd), sata0(act)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge1(txd0)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge1(txd1), sata0(act)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge1(txd2)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge1(txd3), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge1(rxd0)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge1(rxd1)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge1(rxd2)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge1(rxd3)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge1(col)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge1(txclk)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge1(rxclk)
+mpp31         31       gpio, ge1(rxclk)
+mpp32         32       gpio, ge1(txclko)
+mpp33         33       gpo, ge1(txclk)
+mpp34         34       gpio, ge1(txen)
+mpp35         35       gpio, ge1(rxerr), sata0(act), mii(rxerr)
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6192
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), sata1(act)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi), ptp(trig)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs), ptp(trig)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), ptp(clk),
+                       mii(col), mii-1(rxerr), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), ptp(evreq),
+                       mii(crs), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata1(act)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), ptp-1(evreq),
+                       ptp-2(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp12         12       gpo, sdio(clk)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd), sata0(act)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs),
+                       sata1(act)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge1(txd0), ts(mp0), tdm(tx0ql), audio(spdifi),
+                       sata1(act)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge1(txd1), sata0(act), ts(mp1), tdm(rx0ql),
+                       audio(spdifo)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge1(txd2), ts(mp2), tdm(tx2ql), audio(rmclk),
+                       sata1(prsnt)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge1(txd3), sata0(prsnt), ts(mp3), tdm(rx2ql),
+                       audio(bclk)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge1(rxd0), ts(mp4), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(sdo)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge1(rxd1), ts(mp5), tdm(spi-sck), audio(lrclk)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge1(rxd2), ts(mp6), tdm(spi-miso), audio(mclk)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge1(rxd3), ts(mp7), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(sdi)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge1(col), ts(mp8), tdm(int), audio(extclk)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge1(txclk), ts(mp9), tdm(rst)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp10), tdm(pclk)
+mpp31         31       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp11), tdm(fs)
+mpp32         32       gpio, ge1(txclko), ts(mp12), tdm(drx)
+mpp33         33       gpo, ge1(txclk), tdm(drx)
+mpp34         34       gpio, ge1(txen), tdm(spi-cs1)
+mpp35         35       gpio, ge1(rxerr), sata0(act), mii(rxerr), tdm(tx0ql)
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6281
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), sata1(act)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi), ptp(trig)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs), ptp(trig)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), ptp(clk),
+                       mii(col), mii-1(rxerr), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), ptp(evreq),
+                       mii(crs), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata1(act)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), ptp-1(evreq),
+                       ptp-2(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp12         12       gpio, sdio(clk)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd), sata0(act)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs),
+                       sata1(act)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge1(txd0), ts(mp0), tdm(tx0ql), audio(spdifi),
+                       sata1(act)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge1(txd1), sata0(act), ts(mp1), tdm(rx0ql),
+                       audio(spdifo)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge1(txd2), ts(mp2), tdm(tx2ql), audio(rmclk),
+                       sata1(prsnt)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge1(txd3), sata0(prsnt), ts(mp3), tdm(rx2ql),
+                       audio(bclk)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge1(rxd0), ts(mp4), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(sdo)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge1(rxd1), ts(mp5), tdm(spi-sck), audio(lrclk)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge1(rxd2), ts(mp6), tdm(spi-miso), audio(mclk)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge1(rxd3), ts(mp7), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(sdi)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge1(col), ts(mp8), tdm(int), audio(extclk)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge1(txclk), ts(mp9), tdm(rst)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp10), tdm(pclk)
+mpp31         31       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp11), tdm(fs)
+mpp32         32       gpio, ge1(txclko), ts(mp12), tdm(drx)
+mpp33         33       gpo, ge1(txclk), tdm(drx)
+mpp34         34       gpio, ge1(txen), tdm(spi-cs1), sata1(act)
+mpp35         35       gpio, ge1(rxerr), sata0(act), mii(rxerr), tdm(tx0ql)
+mpp36         36       gpio, ts(mp0), tdm(spi-cs1), audio(spdifi)
+mpp37         37       gpio, ts(mp1), tdm(tx2ql), audio(spdifo)
+mpp38         38       gpio, ts(mp2), tdm(rx2ql), audio(rmclk)
+mpp39         39       gpio, ts(mp3), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(bclk)
+mpp40         40       gpio, ts(mp4), tdm(spi-sck), audio(sdo)
+mpp41         41       gpio, ts(mp5), tdm(spi-miso), audio(lrclk)
+mpp42         42       gpio, ts(mp6), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(mclk)
+mpp43         43       gpio, ts(mp7), tdm(int), audio(sdi)
+mpp44         44       gpio, ts(mp8), tdm(rst), audio(extclk)
+mpp45         45       gpio, ts(mp9), tdm(pclk)
+mpp46         46       gpio, ts(mp10), tdm(fs)
+mpp47         47       gpio, ts(mp11), tdm(drx)
+mpp48         48       gpio, ts(mp12), tdm(dtx)
+mpp49         49       gpio, ts(mp9), tdm(rx0ql), ptp(clk)
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6282
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), sata1(act), lcd(hsync)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), sata0(act), lcd(vsync)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi)
+mpp7          7        gpo, spi(cs), lcd(pwm)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), mii(col),
+                       mii-1(rxerr), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), mii(crs),
+                       sata0(prsnt)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), sata1(act)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), sata0(act)
+mpp12         12       gpo, sdio(clk), audio(spdifo), spi(mosi), twsi(sda)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd), audio(rmclk), lcd(pwm)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col), sata1(prsnt),
+                       audio(spdifi), audio-1(sdi)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd), sata0(act),
+                       spi(cs)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs),
+                       sata1(act), lcd(extclk)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3), sata0(prsnt), sata1(act), twsi1(sck)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0), pex(clkreq)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge1(txd0), ts(mp0), tdm(tx0ql), audio(spdifi),
+                       sata1(act), lcd(d0)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge1(txd1), sata0(act), ts(mp1), tdm(rx0ql),
+                       audio(spdifo), lcd(d1)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge1(txd2), ts(mp2), tdm(tx2ql), audio(rmclk),
+                       sata1(prsnt), lcd(d2)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge1(txd3), sata0(prsnt), ts(mp3), tdm(rx2ql),
+                       audio(bclk), lcd(d3)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge1(rxd0), ts(mp4), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(sdo),
+                       lcd(d4)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge1(rxd1), ts(mp5), tdm(spi-sck), audio(lrclk),
+                       lcd(d5)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge1(rxd2), ts(mp6), tdm(spi-miso), audio(mclk),
+                       lcd(d6)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge1(rxd3), ts(mp7), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(sdi),
+                       lcd(d7)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge1(col), ts(mp8), tdm(int), audio(extclk),
+                       lcd(d8)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge1(txclk), ts(mp9), tdm(rst), lcd(d9)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp10), tdm(pclk), lcd(d10)
+mpp31         31       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp11), tdm(fs), lcd(d11)
+mpp32         32       gpio, ge1(txclko), ts(mp12), tdm(drx), lcd(d12)
+mpp33         33       gpo, ge1(txclk), tdm(drx), lcd(d13)
+mpp34         34       gpio, ge1(txen), tdm(spi-cs1), sata1(act), lcd(d14)
+mpp35         35       gpio, ge1(rxerr), sata0(act), mii(rxerr), tdm(tx0ql),
+                       lcd(d15)
+mpp36         36       gpio, ts(mp0), tdm(spi-cs1), audio(spdifi), twsi1(sda)
+mpp37         37       gpio, ts(mp1), tdm(tx2ql), audio(spdifo), twsi1(sck)
+mpp38         38       gpio, ts(mp2), tdm(rx2ql), audio(rmclk), lcd(d18)
+mpp39         39       gpio, ts(mp3), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(bclk), lcd(d19)
+mpp40         40       gpio, ts(mp4), tdm(spi-sck), audio(sdo), lcd(d20)
+mpp41         41       gpio, ts(mp5), tdm(spi-miso), audio(lrclk), lcd(d21)
+mpp42         42       gpio, ts(mp6), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(mclk), lcd(d22)
+mpp43         43       gpio, ts(mp7), tdm(int), audio(sdi), lcd(d23)
+mpp44         44       gpio, ts(mp8), tdm(rst), audio(extclk), lcd(clk)
+mpp45         45       gpio, ts(mp9), tdm(pclk), lcd(e)
+mpp46         46       gpio, ts(mp10), tdm(fs), lcd(hsync)
+mpp47         47       gpio, ts(mp11), tdm(drx), lcd(vsync)
+mpp48         48       gpio, ts(mp12), tdm(dtx), lcd(d16)
+mpp49         49       gpo, tdm(rx0ql), pex(clkreq), lcd(d17)
+
+* Marvell Bobcat 98dx4122
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd)
+mpp13         13       gpio, uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, uart1(rxd)
+mpp15         15       gpio, uart0(rts)
+mpp16         16       gpio, uart0(cts)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp34         34       gpio
+mpp35         35       gpio
+mpp36         36       gpio
+mpp37         37       gpio
+mpp38         38       gpio
+mpp39         39       gpio
+mpp40         40       gpio
+mpp41         41       gpio
+mpp42         42       gpio
+mpp43         43       gpio
+mpp44         44       gpio
+mpp45         45       gpio
+mpp49         49       gpio
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0a26c3aa4e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* Marvell SoC pinctrl core driver for mpp
+
+The pinctrl driver enables Marvell SoCs to configure the multi-purpose pins
+(mpp) to a specific function. For each SoC family there is a SoC specific
+driver using this core driver.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+A Marvell SoC pin configuration node is a node of a group of pins which can
+be used for a specific device or function. Each node requires one or more
+mpp pins or group of pins and a mpp function common to all pins.
+
+Required properties for pinctrl driver:
+- compatible: "marvell,<soc>-pinctrl"
+  Please refer to each marvell,<soc>-pinctrl.txt binding doc for supported SoCs.
+
+Required properties for pin configuration node:
+- marvell,pins: string array of mpp pins or group of pins to be muxed.
+- marvell,function: string representing a function to mux to for all
+    marvell,pins given in this pin configuration node. The function has to be
+    common for all marvell,pins. Please refer to marvell,<soc>-pinctrl.txt for
+    valid pin/pin group names and available function names for each SoC.
+
+Examples:
+
+uart1: serial@12100 {
+	compatible = "ns16550a";
+	reg = <0x12100 0x100>;
+	reg-shift = <2>;
+	interrupts = <7>;
+
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pmx_uart1_sw>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+};
+
+pinctrl: pinctrl@d0200 {
+	compatible = "marvell,dove-pinctrl";
+	reg = <0xd0200 0x20>;
+
+	pmx_uart1_sw: pmx-uart1-sw {
+		marvell,pins = "mpp_uart1";
+		marvell,function = "uart1";
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt
index c8e578263ce..683fde93c4f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Valid values for pin and group names are:
 
     With some exceptions, these support nvidia,high-speed-mode,
     nvidia,schmitt, nvidia,low-power-mode, nvidia,pull-down-strength,
-    nvidia,pull-up-strength, nvidia,slew_rate-rising, nvidia,slew_rate-falling.
+    nvidia,pull-up-strength, nvidia,slew-rate-rising, nvidia,slew-rate-falling.
 
     drive_ao1, drive_ao2, drive_at1, drive_at2, drive_cdev1, drive_cdev2,
     drive_csus, drive_dap1, drive_dap2, drive_dap3, drive_dap4, drive_dbg,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt
index c275b70349c..6f426ed7009 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Valid values for pin and group names are:
   drive groups:
 
     These all support nvidia,pull-down-strength, nvidia,pull-up-strength,
-    nvidia,slew_rate-rising, nvidia,slew_rate-falling. Most but not all
+    nvidia,slew-rate-rising, nvidia,slew-rate-falling. Most but not all
     support nvidia,high-speed-mode, nvidia,schmitt, nvidia,low-power-mode.
 
     ao1, ao2, at1, at2, at3, at4, at5, cdev1, cdev2, cec, crt, csus, dap1,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt
index 5187f0dd8b2..2c81e45f137 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt
@@ -14,10 +14,12 @@ Optional properties:
 - pinctrl-single,function-off : function off mode for disabled state if
   available and same for all registers; if not specified, disabling of
   pin functions is ignored
+- pinctrl-single,bit-per-mux : boolean to indicate that one register controls
+  more than one pin
 
-This driver assumes that there is only one register for each pin,
-and uses the common pinctrl bindings as specified in the pinctrl-bindings.txt
-document in this directory.
+This driver assumes that there is only one register for each pin (unless the
+pinctrl-single,bit-per-mux is set), and uses the common pinctrl bindings as
+specified in the pinctrl-bindings.txt document in this directory.
 
 The pin configuration nodes for pinctrl-single are specified as pinctrl
 register offset and value pairs using pinctrl-single,pins. Only the bits
@@ -31,6 +33,15 @@ device pinctrl register, and 0x118 contains the desired value of the
 pinctrl register. See the device example and static board pins example
 below for more information.
 
+In case when one register changes more than one pin's mux the
+pinctrl-single,bits need to be used which takes three parameters:
+
+	pinctrl-single,bits = <0xdc 0x18, 0xff>;
+
+Where 0xdc is the offset from the pinctrl register base address for the
+device pinctrl register, 0x18 is the desired value, and 0xff is the sub mask to
+be used when applying this change to the register.
+
 Example:
 
 /* SoC common file */
@@ -55,6 +66,15 @@ pmx_wkup: pinmux@4a31e040 {
 	pinctrl-single,function-mask = <0xffff>;
 };
 
+control_devconf0: pinmux@48002274 {
+	compatible = "pinctrl-single";
+	reg = <0x48002274 4>;	/* Single register */
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	pinctrl-single,bit-per-mux;
+	pinctrl-single,register-width = <32>;
+	pinctrl-single,function-mask = <0x5F>;
+};
 
 /* board specific .dts file */
 
@@ -87,6 +107,21 @@ pmx_wkup: pinmux@4a31e040 {
 	};
 };
 
+&control_devconf0 {
+	mcbsp1_pins: pinmux_mcbsp1_pins {
+		pinctrl-single,bits = <
+			0x00 0x18 0x18 /* FSR/CLKR signal from FSX/CLKX pin */
+		>;
+	};
+
+	mcbsp2_clks_pins: pinmux_mcbsp2_clks_pins {
+		pinctrl-single,bits = <
+			0x00 0x40 0x40 /* McBSP2 CLKS from McBSP_CLKS pin */
+		>;
+	};
+
+};
+
 &uart2 {
        pinctrl-names = "default";
        pinctrl-0 = <&uart2_pins>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e97a27856b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+Samsung GPIO and Pin Mux/Config controller
+
+Samsung's ARM based SoC's integrates a GPIO and Pin mux/config hardware
+controller. It controls the input/output settings on the available pads/pins
+and also provides ability to multiplex and configure the output of various
+on-chip controllers onto these pads.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
+  - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210": for Exynos4210 compatible pin-controller.
+  - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4x12": for Exynos4x12 compatible pin-controller.
+  - "samsung,pinctrl-exynos5250": for Exynos5250 compatible pin-controller.
+
+- reg: Base address of the pin controller hardware module and length of
+  the address space it occupies.
+
+- Pin banks as child nodes: Pin banks of the controller are represented by child
+  nodes of the controller node. Bank name is taken from name of the node. Each
+  bank node must contain following properties:
+
+  - gpio-controller: identifies the node as a gpio controller and pin bank.
+  - #gpio-cells: number of cells in GPIO specifier. Since the generic GPIO
+    binding is used, the amount of cells must be specified as 2. See generic
+    GPIO binding documentation for description of particular cells.
+
+- Pin mux/config groups as child nodes: The pin mux (selecting pin function
+  mode) and pin config (pull up/down, driver strength) settings are represented
+  as child nodes of the pin-controller node. There should be atleast one
+  child node and there is no limit on the count of these child nodes.
+
+  The child node should contain a list of pin(s) on which a particular pin
+  function selection or pin configuration (or both) have to applied. This
+  list of pins is specified using the property name "samsung,pins". There
+  should be atleast one pin specfied for this property and there is no upper
+  limit on the count of pins that can be specified. The pins are specified
+  using pin names which are derived from the hardware manual of the SoC. As
+  an example, the pins in GPA0 bank of the pin controller can be represented
+  as "gpa0-0", "gpa0-1", "gpa0-2" and so on. The names should be in lower case.
+  The format of the pin names should be (as per the hardware manual)
+  "[pin bank name]-[pin number within the bank]".
+
+  The pin function selection that should be applied on the pins listed in the
+  child node is specified using the "samsung,pin-function" property. The value
+  of this property that should be applied to each of the pins listed in the
+  "samsung,pins" property should be picked from the hardware manual of the SoC
+  for the specified pin group. This property is optional in the child node if
+  no specific function selection is desired for the pins listed in the child
+  node. The value of this property is used as-is to program the pin-controller
+  function selector register of the pin-bank.
+
+  The child node can also optionally specify one or more of the pin
+  configuration that should be applied on all the pins listed in the
+  "samsung,pins" property of the child node. The following pin configuration
+  properties are supported.
+
+  - samsung,pin-pud: Pull up/down configuration.
+  - samsung,pin-drv: Drive strength configuration.
+  - samsung,pin-pud-pdn: Pull up/down configuration in power down mode.
+  - samsung,pin-drv-pdn: Drive strength configuration in power down mode.
+
+  The values specified by these config properties should be derived from the
+  hardware manual and these values are programmed as-is into the pin
+  pull up/down and driver strength register of the pin-controller.
+
+  Note: A child should include atleast a pin function selection property or
+  pin configuration property (one or more) or both.
+
+  The client nodes that require a particular pin function selection and/or
+  pin configuration should use the bindings listed in the "pinctrl-bindings.txt"
+  file.
+
+External GPIO and Wakeup Interrupts:
+
+The controller supports two types of external interrupts over gpio. The first
+is the external gpio interrupt and second is the external wakeup interrupts.
+The difference between the two is that the external wakeup interrupts can be
+used as system wakeup events.
+
+A. External GPIO Interrupts: For supporting external gpio interrupts, the
+   following properties should be specified in the pin-controller device node.
+
+   - interrupt-parent: phandle of the interrupt parent to which the external
+     GPIO interrupts are forwarded to.
+   - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the controller. The format and value of
+     the interrupt specifier depends on the interrupt parent for the controller.
+
+   In addition, following properties must be present in node of every bank
+   of pins supporting GPIO interrupts:
+
+   - interrupt-controller: identifies the controller node as interrupt-parent.
+   - #interrupt-cells: the value of this property should be 2.
+     - First Cell: represents the external gpio interrupt number local to the
+       external gpio interrupt space of the controller.
+     - Second Cell: flags to identify the type of the interrupt
+       - 1 = rising edge triggered
+       - 2 = falling edge triggered
+       - 3 = rising and falling edge triggered
+       - 4 = high level triggered
+       - 8 = low level triggered
+
+B. External Wakeup Interrupts: For supporting external wakeup interrupts, a
+   child node representing the external wakeup interrupt controller should be
+   included in the pin-controller device node. This child node should include
+   the following properties.
+
+   - compatible: identifies the type of the external wakeup interrupt controller
+     The possible values are:
+     - samsung,exynos4210-wakeup-eint: represents wakeup interrupt controller
+       found on Samsung Exynos4210 SoC.
+   - interrupt-parent: phandle of the interrupt parent to which the external
+     wakeup interrupts are forwarded to.
+   - interrupts: interrupt used by multiplexed wakeup interrupts.
+
+   In addition, following properties must be present in node of every bank
+   of pins supporting wake-up interrupts:
+
+   - interrupt-controller: identifies the node as interrupt-parent.
+   - #interrupt-cells: the value of this property should be 2
+     - First Cell: represents the external wakeup interrupt number local to
+       the external wakeup interrupt space of the controller.
+     - Second Cell: flags to identify the type of the interrupt
+       - 1 = rising edge triggered
+       - 2 = falling edge triggered
+       - 3 = rising and falling edge triggered
+       - 4 = high level triggered
+       - 8 = low level triggered
+
+   Node of every bank of pins supporting direct wake-up interrupts (without
+   multiplexing) must contain following properties:
+
+   - interrupt-parent: phandle of the interrupt parent to which the external
+     wakeup interrupts are forwarded to.
+   - interrupts: interrupts of the interrupt parent which are used for external
+     wakeup interrupts from pins of the bank, must contain interrupts for all
+     pins of the bank.
+
+Aliases:
+
+All the pin controller nodes should be represented in the aliases node using
+the following format 'pinctrl{n}' where n is a unique number for the alias.
+
+Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks:
+
+	pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+		reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 47 0>;
+
+		/* ... */
+
+		/* Pin bank without external interrupts */
+		gpy0: gpy0 {
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		};
+
+		/* ... */
+
+		/* Pin bank with external GPIO or muxed wake-up interrupts */
+		gpj0: gpj0 {
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+			interrupt-controller;
+			#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		};
+
+		/* ... */
+
+		/* Pin bank with external direct wake-up interrupts */
+		gpx0: gpx0 {
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+			interrupt-controller;
+			interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+			interrupts = <0 16 0>, <0 17 0>, <0 18 0>, <0 19 0>,
+				     <0 20 0>, <0 21 0>, <0 22 0>, <0 23 0>;
+			#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		};
+
+		/* ... */
+	};
+
+Example 1: A pin-controller node with pin groups.
+
+	pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+		reg = <0x11400000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 47 0>;
+
+		/* ... */
+
+		uart0_data: uart0-data {
+			samsung,pins = "gpa0-0", "gpa0-1";
+			samsung,pin-function = <2>;
+			samsung,pin-pud = <0>;
+			samsung,pin-drv = <0>;
+		};
+
+		uart0_fctl: uart0-fctl {
+			samsung,pins = "gpa0-2", "gpa0-3";
+			samsung,pin-function = <2>;
+			samsung,pin-pud = <0>;
+			samsung,pin-drv = <0>;
+		};
+
+		uart1_data: uart1-data {
+			samsung,pins = "gpa0-4", "gpa0-5";
+			samsung,pin-function = <2>;
+			samsung,pin-pud = <0>;
+			samsung,pin-drv = <0>;
+		};
+
+		uart1_fctl: uart1-fctl {
+			samsung,pins = "gpa0-6", "gpa0-7";
+			samsung,pin-function = <2>;
+			samsung,pin-pud = <0>;
+			samsung,pin-drv = <0>;
+		};
+
+		i2c2_bus: i2c2-bus {
+			samsung,pins = "gpa0-6", "gpa0-7";
+			samsung,pin-function = <3>;
+			samsung,pin-pud = <3>;
+			samsung,pin-drv = <0>;
+		};
+	};
+
+Example 2: A pin-controller node with external wakeup interrupt controller node.
+
+	pinctrl_1: pinctrl@11000000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,pinctrl-exynos4210";
+		reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 46 0>
+
+		/* ... */
+
+		wakeup-interrupt-controller {
+			compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-wakeup-eint";
+			interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+			interrupts = <0 32 0>;
+		};
+	};
+
+Example 3: A uart client node that supports 'default' and 'flow-control' states.
+
+	uart@13800000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-uart";
+		reg = <0x13800000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 52 0>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default", "flow-control;
+		pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_data>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&uart0_data &uart0_fctl>;
+	};
+
+Example 4: Set up the default pin state for uart controller.
+
+	static int s3c24xx_serial_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) {
+		struct pinctrl *pinctrl;
+
+		/* ... */
+
+		pinctrl = devm_pinctrl_get_select_default(&pdev->dev);
+	}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..74499e5033f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/opp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Generic OPP Interface
+
+SoCs have a standard set of tuples consisting of frequency and
+voltage pairs that the device will support per voltage domain. These
+are called Operating Performance Points or OPPs.
+
+Properties:
+- operating-points: An array of 2-tuples items, and each item consists
+  of frequency and voltage like <freq-kHz vol-uV>.
+	freq: clock frequency in kHz
+	vol: voltage in microvolt
+
+Examples:
+
+cpu@0 {
+	compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
+	reg = <0>;
+	next-level-cache = <&L2>;
+	operating-points = <
+		/* kHz    uV */
+		792000  1100000
+		396000  950000
+		198000  850000
+	>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/btemp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/btemp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0ba1bcc7f33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/btemp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+=== AB8500 Battery Temperature Monitor Driver ===
+
+The properties below describes the node for btemp driver.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible = Shall be: "stericsson,ab8500-btemp"
+- battery = Shall be battery specific information
+
+	Example:
+	ab8500_btemp {
+		compatible = "stericsson,ab8500-btemp";
+		battery	   = <&ab8500_battery>;
+	};
+
+For information on battery specific node, Ref:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/fg.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/chargalg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/chargalg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ef532837112
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/chargalg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+=== AB8500 Charging Algorithm Driver ===
+
+The properties below describes the node for chargalg driver.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible = Shall be: "stericsson,ab8500-chargalg"
+- battery = Shall be battery specific information
+
+Example:
+ab8500_chargalg {
+	compatible = "stericsson,ab8500-chargalg";
+	battery	   = <&ab8500_battery>;
+};
+
+For information on battery specific node, Ref:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/fg.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ab8500/charger.txt
new file mode 100644
author	Linus Torvalds <torvalds@g5.osdl.org>	2005-07-28 15:44:44 -0700
committer	Linus Torvalds <torvalds@g5.osdl.org>	2005-07-28 15:44:44 -0700
commit	63953523341bcafe5928bf6e99bffd7db94b471e (patch)
tree	2a27dc78b6883265da24f03b16774745c0f0865a /arch/mips/kernel/proc.c
parent	bafd2df5d0049bccc74947fece37963e3f68fadc (diff)